Undergraduate catalog

^

I

m

m

i»f'

'■'■'n
<^^

Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive

in 2009 witii funding from

Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation

http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1983indi

MR P J ZORICH

LI fcfiARY

ei^5^./-^.

Undergraduate Catalog
1983-1984

THIS BULLETIN CONTAINS ANNOUNCEMENTS OF COURSES FOR
THE ACADEMIC YEAR 1983-84. lUP RESERVES THE RIGHT TO RE-
PEAL, CHANGE, OR AMEND THE RULES, REGULATIONS AND
COURSES CONTAINED IN THIS BULLETIN AT ANY TIME. TUITION
AND FEES ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO CHANGE

lUP IS ACCREDITED BY THE NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR ACCREDITA-
TION OF TEACHER EDUCATION, THE MIDDLE STATES ASSOCIA-
TION OF COLLEGES AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS, AMERICAN
HOME ECONOMICS ASSOCIATION, THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SO-
CIETY, THE NATIONAL LEAGUE OF NURSING AND THE NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION OF SCHOOLS OF MUSIC.

lUP IS COMMITTED TO PROVIDING LEADERSHIP IN TAKING AFFIR-
MATIVE ACTION TO ATTAIN EQUAL EDUCATIONAL AND EMPLOY-
MENT RIGHTS TO ALL PERSONS, WITHOUT REGARD TO RACE,
RELIGION, NATIONAL ORIGIN, ANCESTRY, SEX, PHYSICAL HANDI-
CAP, OR AFFECT ATIONAL OR LIFESTYLE PREFERENCE. THIS POL-
ICY IS PLACED IN THIS DOCUMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE
AND FEDERAL LAWS INCLUDING TITLES VI AND VII OF THE CIVIL
RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, TITLE IX OF THE EDUCATIONAL AMEND-
MENTS OF 1972, SECTIONS 503 AND 504 OF THE REHABILITATION
ACT OF 1973 AS WELL AS FEDERAL AND STATE EXECUTIVE OR-
DERS. THIS POLICY EXTENDS TO DISABLED VETERANS AND VET-
ERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA. PLEASE DIRECT INQUIRIES CON-
CERNING EQUAL OPPORTUNITY TO: ASSISTANT PROVOST, 223
SUTTON HALL, INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, INDIANA,
PENNSYLVANIA 15705.

Indiana University
of Pennsylvania Bulletin

1983-84
Undergraduate Catalog

lUP
INDIANA, PENNSYLVANIA 15705

2 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Table of Contents

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 3

THE UNIVERSITY 5

THE BRANCH CAMPUSES 9

ADMISSION AND REGISTRATION 15

FINANCES 21

ACADEMIC POLICIES 37

STUDENT PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 49

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 59

THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS 67

THE SCHOOL OF CONTINUING EDUCATION 89

THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 91

THE COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS 123

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 143

THE COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCES 145

THE COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS 167

THE COLLEGE OF HUMANITIES AND

SOCIAL SCIENCES 187

MILITARY SCIENCE 251

THE COLLEGE OF NATURAL SCIENCES

AND MATHEMATICS 255

DIRECTORY 303

University Calendar — 3

University Calendar

FALL SEMESTER - 1983

Registration Aug. 30

Classes Begin Aug. 31

Thanksgiving recess begins at

close of classes Nov. 23

Classes resume at 8 a.m . . Nov. 28
Final Exams Dec. 12-17

SUMMER SESSIONS - 1984

Dates undetermined as of this printing-
Contact the Office of Associate Prov-
ost, Sutton Hall, for dates.

SPRING SEMESTER - 1984

Winter Interim Jan. 9-21

Registration Jan. 24

Classes begin Jan. 25

Spring vacation begins at

close of classes Mar. 17

Classes resume at 8 a.m . . Mar. 26
Spring weekend begins at

close of classes Apr. 19

Classes resume at 8 a.m. . Apr. 24

Final Exams May 14-18

Commencement May 19

.^^ar^

.^4M&ft.

The University — 5

The University

A University Education

As an institution of higher learning, lUP is a community of scholars of both faculty and
students, committed to discover, preserve and impart truth in all its forms. Our primary
concern is with the intellectual, moral, cultural, physical, social and aesthetic development
and maturation of its students. To this end we are charged with providing a liberal education
of both general and specialized studies which will allow our students to liberate themselves
from narrow interests and prejudices, to broaden their intellectual horizons by increased
cultural perspective, to develop the ability to think logically, critically and creatively and to
communicate their judgments clearly and forcefully. The curriculum involves a body of
knowledge about the universe and about people, their nature, behavior and values. It also
provides an opportunity to gain specialized knowledge as a preparation for graduate study
and entry into professional life. Beyond this breadth and depth of knowledge, the university
recognizes that such an education is only a beginning and hopes to stimulate its students
to pursue continuous development in the areas of human knowledge, to seek wisdom, to
challenge the mysteries of life and examine its ultimate meaning, and to become useful
members of society by embracing careers which will touch the whole community.

Approved by the University Senate in May, 1979.

6 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY

Throughout the history of lUP, great emphasis has been placed on maintaining high aca-
demic standards and providing facilities conducive to individual and group growth. The
present record and reputation enjoyed by the University have evolved during a century's
history. Having observed the need for a teacher training institution in Western Pennsylvania,
the General Assembly passed an act in the legislative session of 1871 granting aid for the
establishment of a Normal School in the Ninth District, at Indiana.

The first building, named John Sutton Hall in honor of the first president of the Board of
Trustees, was opened for students on May 17, 1875.

In April, 1 920, control and ownership of the school passed to the Commonwealth of Pennsyl-
vania. In May, 1927, by authority of the General Assembly, the State Normal School became
a college, with the right to grant degrees. The name was then changed to the State Teachers
College at Indiana, Pennsylvania. With the development of a Liberal Arts program in 1960,
the institution was renamed Indiana State College.

In December, 1965, Indiana was redesignated Indiana University of Pennsylvania and given
the authority to expand its curriculum and to grant degrees at the master's level. At this time
the first doctoral program was initiated.

Since the founding of the University in 1875, lUP has graduated over 40,000 students, and
since the University became a degree-conferring institution in 1927, over 30,000 degrees
have been granted. Many of the graduates are organized into a strong Alumni Association,
with units active in many sections of Pennsylvania, as well as in New York, Michigan and the
District of Columbia. The Alumni Association cooperates with the University in many projects
relating to the improvement of the institution and the welfare of the students.

ACCREDITATION

lUP is a state-owned and state-controlled institution for higher education.lt is an approved
and fully accredited member of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education, the American
Home Economics Association, the American Chemical Society and the National League of
Nursing. Membership in these .organizations is of immediate personal importance to the
student in two ways: first, the student may transfer college credits from one approved
institution to another without loss of credit, but, more importantly, it assures the student a
quality education.

LOCATION

lUP is located in Indiana Borough, Indiana County seat, in the foothills of the Alleghenies at
an elevation of about 1 ,300 feet. It is easily accessible by automobile over state highway
routes coming from all sections of the state. These leading routes are Route 422 east and
west. Route 286 northeast and southwest, and Route 1 1 9 north and south. Bus passenger
services operate on frequent schedules to and from Indiana and all nearby cities and towns,
including Pittsburgh, Altoona, Johnstown, Butler, Punxsutawney, Kittanning, DuBois, Ridg-
way and New Castle.

BUILDINGS AND GROUNDS

The campus at Indiana is frequently described as one of the most beautiful in the state. The
main campus, originally consisting of 12 acres and one building, is now composed of a total
of 137 acres on which are located 79 major buildings and seven athletic fields. In the center
of the campus is the historic Oak Grove, about which are grouped many of the main buildings,
forming three sides of a quadrangle. The University Lodge, located a few miles from Indiana
and surrounded by 280 acres of wooded hillside offers opportunity for nature study and such
recreational activities as hiking and skiing.

The University — 7

THE CENTER FOR COMMUNITY AFFAIRS

The Center for Community Affairs was established in 1 976 to meet community needs through
the use of lUP resources and technical services.

The purpose of the Center is to forge a strong link between community planning efforts and
the analytical capabilities of the University. The Center also seeks to improve the quality of
community decision-making and public policy by providing informational resources and ana-
lytical skill to elected officials, government bureaus, civic organizations and health or social
welfare agencies.

The Center serves these officials and agencies through computer services, surveys and
studies, media sen/ices, conferences and workshops and publications.

Besides these sen/ices the Center has established a mechanism to provide consultants
through a resource survey of lUP faculty and staff. The Center also serves as a referral
agency and contact point to direct local government officials and agencies to assistance from
state/regional agencies as well as lUP and other educational institutions.

The staff of the Center includes four full-time members, graduate and undergraduate stu-
dents, faculty associates and an advisory board. The office is located in 359 Sutton Hall on
the lUP campus.

COMPUTER CENTER

The Computer Center, established in July, 1 963, is located on the ground floor of Stright Hall.
The Center provides computational support for undergraduate and graduate courses, faculty
and student research, and the administrative requirements of the University. The computing
capacity of the Center is provided by a large-scale disk oriented central processor which
supports both time-sharing and batch processing services for the university community.
Computer terminals, located both in the Computer Center and in various departments on
campus, permit the use of the computer on a time-sharing basis. Terminal facilities and a
full complement of tabulating equipment are available in Stright Hall for student use. Addi-
tional facililties in Mack Hall consisting of remote front end procesor, card reader, line printer,
CRT terminals and hard copy terminals are available for student use. Aid in the use of the
computer and facililties may be obtained from user assistants on duty at the Computer Center
and from the Center's professional staff.

lUP's Computer Center plays an active part in the daily functioning of the University. It is the
principal laboratory facility for computer-oriented courses and is used as a teaching aid in
many classes involving statistical and numerical analyses and computer simulations. The
staff at the Center is actively involved in continuing work aimed at making computers a more
effective and readily accessible tool for the academic, administrative and research segments
at lUP.

LIBRARY AND MEDIA SERVICES

The combined Stapleton and Stabley Library buildings provide study room for approximately
1 500 students, including private carrels and group study facilities. The library houses 530,000
volumes including 75,000 volumes of periodicals and receives 3,800 current penodical titles. -
The well-organized general holdings are enhanced by the reference collection and 1 ,450,000
units of microform as well as a media resources collection consisting of slides, filmstrips,
recordings, filmloops, textbooks, courses of study and films. All of these media resources
together with listening facilities are housed in Stabley Library with the exception of the films,
which are located in Davis Hall.

An instructional program in the use of library tools and reference books is available to
develop skills in library use.

8 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Media services, operated from Davis Hall, consist of photographic services, sound recording
and reproduction, design and production of conventional instructional materials and the
procurement, inventory, maintenance and circulation of University multi-media equip-
ment.

The Branch Campuses — 9

THE BRANCH CAMPUSES

Robert H. Doerr, Director Armstrong Branch
Norman T. Storm, Director Punxsutawney Branch

lUP operates two branch campuses, one in Punxsutawney, 28 miles north of Indiana Cam-
pus, and one in Kittanning, 28 miles west of the Indiana Campus. The first branch campus
was established in September, 1962, in Punxsutawney. The following year the Armstrong
County Campus in Kittanning was opened. Over 200 students are enrolled at the Punxsutaw-
ney Campus and 550 students at Armstrong County Campus.

Both campuses have University faculty members who teach full time at the branch cam-
puses. To meet additional curriculum needs, other faculty from the main campus travel to
the branch campuses. The branches provide one to two full years of college work which, if
satisfactory, is transferable to the main campus of lUP or to other accredited colleges.

Control of the branch campuses is directly vested with the lUP Administration and Board of
Trustees. Advisory Boards from the respective areas identify local needs. Both branch
campuses carry full accreditation as integral parts of the undergraduate programs of lUP.
This means that courses offered at the branch campuses are of the same quality as those
offered at the main campus.

Programs of Study

The branch campuses of lUP offer basic general education courses in most majors in the
various undergraduate schools of the University. Thus students may schedule a full program
for the freshman and sophomore years by pursuing work that will fulfill these general educa-
tion requirements. In addition to these required courses a number of electives are offered
in many fields.

In some majors, the student will be able to complete only one year's work at a branch campus
instead of the two years which would qualify him/her for junior status; hence it will be
necessary to continue studies at the main campus after the first year. This is true of students
majoring in highly specialized fields. In any event, no student accepted at either of the branch
campuses is eligible for transfer to the main campus at Indiana until he/she has completed
two semesters and has achieved the necessary grade point average.

10 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Students find many advantages in remaining at the branch campuses for two years providing
they can obtain a full program of University credit. A smaller student body and a closer
relationship among faculty members, administration and students at the branch campuses
are very beneficial to students.

Faculty advisers and administrators at the branch campuses are available to advise students
on their instructional program and the proper time for continuing at the Indiana Campus
whether it be after two, three or four semesters.

Business Associate Degree Program

The two-year Associate of Arts Degree in Business is based upon a broad liberal arts
program as well as professional competencies needed in the field of business. The program
is offered only at the Punxsutawney campus of lUP. A student accepted for this program may
concentrate in accounting. Under the program the student will complete 30 credits in the field
of business, including business electives, and 30 credits in general education courses. It is
understood that students in the two-year program may not transfer into any other major
offered by the University until completion of the program. At that time the student may apply
for admission into a four-year baccalaureate degree program according to the availability of
openings on the main campus of lUP. The credits earned in the two-year program will apply
toward the four-year degree programs in Business.

Criminology Associate Degree Program

This special two-year program in Criminology is offered only at the Punxsutawney branch
campus and is not offered at the main campus of lUP. When a student is accepted for
admission into this two-year program, it is understood that he/she will remain in the particular
program at the branch campus until it is completed. It is further understood that the student
in this special two-year program may not transfer into any other major offered by the Univer-
sity until completion of this program. At that time, the student may apply for admission into
a four-year baccalaureate degree program according to the availability of openings on the
main campus of lUP. Admission is not guaranteed. If accepted, however, the credits earned
in the two-year program will apply toward the four-year degree program in Criminology.

Admission

Any prospective student who wishes to attend either of the branch campuses instead of the
Indiana Campus may apply for admission by requesting an application from the Admissions
Office or from the Director of either branch campus. The same standards and requirements
used for admission at the main campus are applied at both University branch campuses. The
mailing addresses for the respective branch campuses follow:

Armstrong County Branch Campus Punxsutawney Branch Campus

Indiana University of Pennsylvania Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Kittanning, Pa. 16201 Punxsutawney, Pa. 15767

Housing

Both the branch campuses have privately owned residence halls for students living beyond
commuting distance. Students are free to choose their housing from all available sources
which include the privately owned residence halls and private homes or apartments in the
community. At the Punxsutawney Campus, the Punxsutawney Area College Trust maintains
two residence halls: Pact Hall (women) and Trust Hall (men). There are two privately-owned
residence halls at the Armstrong County Campus as well as rooms and apartments in private
homes in the community adjacent to the branch campus. A list of rooms and apartments is
available in each campus director's office.

Both branch campuses have residence halls with integral laundry facilities.

The Branch Campuses — 1 1

Food Service

Each branch campus has its own dining hall within the residence hall. Meals are served
seven days a week during the time the University is in session. Residence hall students as
well as students living in private homes and apartments may make arrangements to take
meals in the dining halls. The dining service is operated by the same food service contractor
as on the main campus.

Libraries

The Armstrong County Campus Library, an integral part of Academic Hall, has more than
22,000 volumes. In addition, the library provides microfilm, 1 50 periodicals, and language and
shorthand tapes and records. All books and magazines are displayed on open stacks. The
library, which seats about 100 students, is open 70 hours per week.

The Punxsutawney library contains more than 1 3,500 volumes as well as 1 00 periodicals and
recordings of music, poetry and dramas. There are 59 titles available on microfilm in addition
to The New York Times, 1965-1970. The Punxsutawney library is open 56 hours a week.

The University employs professional librarians for both branch campuses. The libraries at the
branch campuses are especially practical since the volumes are geared for the specific
curricula. If volumes and other materials are not immediately available, the general holdings
of the Stapleton-Rhodes Library on the Indiana campus are available to the students through
inter-library loan.

Extra Curricular Activities - Armstrong County Campus

A large part of the extra curricular activities at the Armstrong County Campus takes place
in the Student Union which adjoins the two dormitories and the academic building. The Union
is a two-story building, the first floor of which is equipped for such activities as pool, ping-pong
and dancing. The second floor is furnished as a lounge with television and a piano. Movies
are scheduled biweekly, and dances are scheduled on alternate Fridays.

Each Wednesday from 7 to 10 p.m. the students may participate at the local YMCA in a
Gym-Swim sponsored by the branch campus and supervised by college faculty. The Gym-
Swim physical activity includes swimming, gymnastics, volleyball and basketball.

Each year two semi-formal dances for students and faculty are held, one during the Christ-
mas season and the other in the Spring. A fall outing at the University Lodge on the outskirts
of Indiana is supervised by faculty members. All three functions are organized and sponsor-
ed by student government.

The students of the Armstrong County Campus are encouraged to attend the University
Artists-Lecture Series on the Indiana campus. Bus transportation is provided for those
students who wish to attend these monthly activities.

Many of the students are active in Women's Judicial Board, Student PSEA, Big Brother and
Big Sister, Newman Club and other branch campus activities.

The churches and social and civic organizations of the area invite and encourage the
students to take an active part in their projects and activities.

Extracurricular Activities - Punxsutawney Campus The Student Union building is the scene
of a major portion of extra-curricular activities at the Punxsutawney Campus. The new Union
provides facilities for dances, pool, ping-pong and movies and also has a lounge area
equipped with color television and piano.

Outstanding functions of the school year are the Christmas and Spring semi- formal dinner
dances and an informal party at the University Lodge held in conjunction with the Kittanning
Campus.

12 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

A campus van facilitates the transporting of small groups of students for such events as
intramural athletic activities to both Main Campus and the Kittanning Campus. Bus transpor-
tation is provided for larger groups of students wishing to attend artist series performances,
athletic events and other Main Campus activities.

Various clubs are active on the Punxsutawney Campus, especially the Circle K, which is the
college division of Kiwanis International. Circle K participates in many worthwhile community
service projects. The elected Student Government supervises and arranges for all extra
curricular activities on the campus.

The churches and the social and civic organizations of the area invite and encourage
students to take an active part in their functions.

Rules and Regulations Concerning Student Behavior

Students at the Branch Campuses are subject to the same rules and regulations as students
on the main campus.

Fees

Branch Campus students pay the same basic fees as main campus students, except for the
health fee. The health fee at the Armstrong County Branch Campus is $23 per semester,
while Punxsutawney Branch Campus students do not pay a health fee.

CONTINUING EDUCATION

The School of Continuing Education plays a significant role in programming community-
university studies classes (non-credit) and academic workshops and institutes in the Punx-
sutawney and Kittanning Areas. While meeting the needs of the traditional students in the
Criminology Extension Program, the School is also responsive to the needs of the local
community through credit and non-credit activities.

A representative of the School maintains office hours at both branch campuses.

COURSE OFFERINGS AT THE BRANCH CAMPUSES

Anthropology-Sociology Department

AN 110 Intro to Anthropology

SO 151 Principles of Sociology
Art Department

AH 101 Introduction to Art

AR 116 Western Art: Renaissance to Baroque
Biology Department

Bl 103 General Biology I

Bl 104 General Biology II
Business Department

AD 101 Business Organization and Management

BE 111 Foundations of Business Mathematics

BE 131 Principles of Typing

BE 132 Intermediate Typing

AG 201 Principles of Accounting I

MK 320 Marketing

AD 235 Introduction to Business Law

AG 202 Principles of Accounting II

BE 261 Shorthand Theory

BE 262 Shorthand Dictation

BE 271 Advanced Typing

AD 272 Introduction to Word Processing

BE 275 Filing and Records Administration

AD 321 Business Communications

The Branch Campuses — 13

DE 330 Merchandise Information
DE 331 Modern Merchandising
DE 332 Retail Management
DE 333 Principles of Selling
BE 335 Machines Mathematics
AD 336 Law of Business Organization
FS 292 Business Data Processing
AG 301 Intermediate Accounting I
AG 31 1 Cost Accounting
AG 302 Intermediate Accounting II
BE 363 Shorthand Transcription
BE 364 Office Procedures
BE 365 Advanced Transcription

BE 433 Work Experience and Seminar in Office Occupations
DE 434 Work Experience and Seminar in Retailing
FS 351 Business Information Systems
Chemistry and Physics Department

SC 105 Physical Science I
SC 106 Physical Science II
Criminology Department

CR 101 General Administration of Justice

CR 102 Criminology

OR 301 Criminal Law I

CR 302 Criminal Law II

CR 201 Police Administration I

CR 202 Police Administration II

CR 310 Criminal Investigation

CR 340 Crime Prevention

CR 350 Techniques of Interviewing

CR 370 Community Relations

CR 431 Etiology of Delinquent Behavior

CR 432 Treatment and Control of Delinquency

CR 440 Institutional Treatment of the Offender

CR 445 Non-Institutional Treatment of the Offender

CR 490 Crime in Modern Society
Economics Department

EC 101 Basic Economics

EC 121 Phnciples of Economics I
English Department

EN 101 English I

EN 102 English II

EN 201 English ill

EN 358 Modern American Fiction
Foreign Language Department

SP 151 Spanish I

SP 152 Spanish II

SP 251 Spanish III

SP 252 Spanish IV

FR 151 French I

FR 152 French II

FR 251 French III

FR 252 French IV

GM 151 German I
Geography Department

GE 101 World Geography

GE 102 Geog of United States and Canada
Health and Physical Education Department

HP 101 Health
History Department

HI 101 Hist of Civilization I

14 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

HI 102 History of Civilization II

HI 104 Hist of U. S. and Pa. II
Home Economics Department

CS 113 Management and Equipment

CS 315 Family Finance and Consumer Economics
Mathematics Department

MA 110 Elementary Functions

MA 121 Calculus I for Business and Social and Natural Sciences

MA 101 Foundations of Math

MA 127 Calculus I (Math Majors)

MA 151 Math for Elementary Teachers I

MA 152 Math for Elementary Teachers II

MA 217 Probability and Statistics
Military Science Department

MS 101 World Military History (Fresh)

MS 102 American Military History (Fresh)

MS 203 Fundamentals of Tactical Operations With Applied Terrain
Analysis & Military Topography (Soph)

MS 204 National Security and Concept of Force (Soph)
Music Department

ML) 101 Introduction to Music
Philosophy Department

PH 101 General Logic

PH 110 World Religions

PH 120 Intro to Philosophy

PH 221 Symbolic Logic

PH 222 Ethics
Political Science Department

PS 111 American Politics

PS 101 World Politics
Psychology Department

PC 101 General Psychology

EP 302 Educational Psychology

PC 354 Developmental Psychology
Theater Department

TH 101 Intro to Theater

Admission and Registration — 15

Admission and Registration

ADMISSIONS POLICY

Any graduate of an accredited four-year high school or holder of GED equivalency diploma
is qualified to apply for admission to lUP. Prospective students who have completed the third
year of high school may file an application beginning the following July 1. Applications filed
before completion of the junior year will be returned to the sender.

Requests for application papers and catalogs should be addressed to:
The Admissions Office
Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Indiana, Pennsylvania 15705

Admission will be based on college quotas at lUP, taking into consideration restrictions in
some curriculums. The Admissions Committee, in reviewing the applications, will take the
following into consideration: academic excellence, giving equal opportunity to all students,
needs and welfare of the students, high school grades, SAT/ACT scores, achievement tests,
guidance counselors' recommendations, faculty recommendations, extra-curricular activities
and other pertinent infoi'mation that would help the Admissions Committee.

Although the University does not require a specific number of high school credits in certain
subject matter fields, it does strongly urge all applicants to take the usual college preparatory
program In high school. Applicants should also take all available work offered in the field in
which they plan to major.

Applicants are expected to name their major field upon application, but a change in major
can be made during the freshman year without loss of credit. A change of major after the
freshman year (restncted areas are excluded) usually entails a loss of credit and results in
a program of more than four years to satisfy graduation requirements.

Applicants to the departments of Art and Music will be admitted to the University by the
Admissions Office, subject to the acceptance by the Department of Art after the portfolio
review and by the Department of Music after the audition. It is the responsibility of the student
to contact the department chairperson and make the necessary arrangements.

16 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

APPLICATION FEE

A CHECK or MONEY ORDER (cash will not be accepted) for $10, payable to Indiana
University of Pennsylvania, must accompany each application. This fee is non refundable and
will be used to meet the cost of filing and processing applications.

The application form, the $10 application fee and the high school transcript must be mailed
to: the Accounts Receivable Office, lUP, Indiana, Pennsylvania 15705.

FRESHMAN APPLICANTS

The Scholastic Aptitude Test

All persons expecting to apply for admission as freshmen should plan to take the Scholastic
Aptitude Test ('College Boards') on or before the November test date of the senior year of
high school. The Admissions Committee recommends that the applicant first take the test
in the spring of the junior year, because the application, if complete, may receive early
consideration in the fall of the senior year. If the applicant has an excellenthigh school record
and high College Board Scores, the application for admission may be approved by November
30 of the senior year.

Whether or not the applicant takes the College Boards in the junior year, it is recommended
that the College Boards also be taken no later than the November testing date of the senior
year. The Admissions Committee gives the applicant the benefit of the highest total Board
scores from all test dates. It is, therefore, in many instances, to the applicant's advantage
to take the Boards in the senior year. However, the Committee will use the Boards completed
in the junior year if the senior Boards are not available at the time admissions decisions are
being made.

The applicant should arrange to take the College Boards through the high school principal
or guidance counselor or by writing to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 592,
Princeton, New Jersey 08540 for an information pamphlet and test application. lUP will
accept the test battery of the American College Testing Program (ACT) in lieu of College
Boards (SAT).

When the applicant receives the information and test application, he/she should fill out the
test application and designate lUP as one of the schools he/she desires to receive a copy
of the test scores. The test application is to be returned to the Princeton, New Jersey,
address.

The Admission Application

Applications for admission will be available after June 1 following the student's junior year
of high school.

The applicant may fill out and submit the application and accompanying forms to the guid-
ance counselor after July 1 of the summer following completion of the junior year. The
deadline for applications for early consideration is October 1.

The application deadline depends on the number of available vacancies in the freshman
class and the number of applications received. Students are encouraged to submit an
application and the required supportive information by December 31. Students who have an
outstanding high school record and apply to the main campus after December 31 , therefore,
may run the risk of not being awarded admission to the Indiana Campus Fall Program.
Deadlines for the branch campuses vary from year to year depending on the number of
applications received and the academic quality of the students who apply. The University
reserves the right to close admissions when it feels that it has offered a sufficient number
of acceptances to academically qualified students.

Admission and Registration — 1 7

The applicant should give the completed application form and the $10 application fee to
his/her high school principal or guidance counselor for completion of the high school record
portion of the application. The principal or counselor must then mail the complete packet of
admissions materials to the Accounts Receivable Office, lUP, Indiana, Pennsylvania 15705.

The student's application is complete when the Admissions Committee receives the Junior
College Board and/or Senior College Board or ACT test results, the high school record, the
completed application form, and the application fee. In some cases the Committee may
request additional information, such as a list of senior year subjects or a senior grade report.

This university uses the Social Security Account Number (SSN) as the basis for all student
recordkeeping. Although disclosure of the SSN is not mandatory, its use will facilitate the
coordination of your national test results, your financial aid awards, and the maintenance of
accurate records. The SSN will be used solely for identification and/or record keeping
purposes.

Processing the Application

(1 ) The Admissions committee reviews, with care and understanding, each of the several
thousand applications that are submitted each year.

(2) Those persons who, in the Committee's judgment, satisfy the standards for early
decision will receive notification by November 30 of their senior year. Decisions on
most applications are deferred until later in the year. Final action on a completed
application takes from eight to sixteen weeks, depending on the number of applica-
tions that must be processed. This delay is necessary if each application is to be
examined carefully. Applicants who are not given early decision can expect a deci-
sion by January 31 of their senior year.

(3) The applicant who is admitted to an entering class is required to visit the campus on
an appointed date to discuss his/her academic and career plans with the College
Dean and other advisers. Choosing a major and possible career is an important
problem for young men and women. It is hoped that early consultation with know-
ledgeable advisers will help the applicant make these crucial decisions. The date of
this appointment for the orientation interview accompanies the notice of acceptance.

(4) A medical examination is required of every applicant after the student is admitted.

(5) Attendance at the orientation interview and payment of the $20 orientation fee
signifies the applicant's interest, but NOT commitment, to attend lUP.

(6) Around April 15 a $100 advance is required of all incoming freshmen. This advance
payment will be credited to the applicant's housing charges and basic fees. Fifty
percent of the $100 is refundable if applicant cancels admission before July 1.
Exceptions to refund policy may be made by application to Admissions Committee
in cases of unusual circumstances.

EARLY ADMISSIONS PROGRAM

The Early Admissions Program permits students to enroll as college freshmen after complet-
ing the junior year in high school. Student applications for acceptance must originate with
the student's high school guidance counselor and principal. Admission consideration will be
given to those appJications which contain a statement indicating explicit approval by the high
school principal. The applicant must rank in approximately the top tenth of his/her class and
have a SAT score of approximately 1 1 50. The University Admissions Committee will exercise
the final judgment as to University acceptance after a personal interview with the applicant.
The University strongly recommends prior summer school attendance by all students admit-
ted through the Early Admissions Program.

18 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

TRANSFER STUDENTS

A student who has been attending another institution of higher education and wishes to
transfer to lUP must submit an application, offical transcripts of all post-secondary educa-
tional work and a statement from his/her dean certifying that he/she is in good academic
standing and entitled to honorable separation from that institution. Transfer students are not
required to submit their high school transcript or SAT/ACT scores.

Applications will be accepted for consideration for the fall and spring semesters after July
1 of the preceding year. The application deadline depends on the number of available
vacancies in the transfer program and the number of applications received. Students are
encouraged to submit an application, $10 application fee and the required supportive infor-
mation by February 1 for the fall semester and November 15 for the spring semester.
Students who have an outstanding college academic record but who apply after the above
designated dates risk not being awarded admission to the University because of space
limitations.

A non refundable orientation fee of $20 is required of all accepted students. Attendance at
a Transfer Orientation Day in July is required. If a waiver of attendance at summer orientation
is approved by the Admissions Office, the student will schedule courses as available in late
registration the day before the start of classes.

The evaluation of credits from other institutions of higher education is the responsibility of
the Director of Academic Services and the academic college dean who has jurisdiction over
the student's desired major. Normally, courses considered for transfer are only those taken
from institutions which are accredited by the six regional accrediting agencies. Each course
is usually evaluated separately. The evaluation normally includes a review of the description,
semester hours and grade of each course along with the applicability of the course to the
student's major at lUP. However, only credits transfer, not grade point average. It has been
the policy of the University that only courses with a 'C or higher grade will be accepted
except for two-year associate degree graduates of state-supported community colleges in
Pennsylvania. No matter how many credits are transferable, the student must satisfy all of
the degree requirements falling into the categories of (1) University requirements, (2) college
requirements and (3) department requirements.

University requirements. Since all students are obliged to fulfill a basic program in General
Education consisting of 52 semester credit hours and there is a reasonable degree of
flexibility in the General Education requirements, the Director of Academic Services and the
college deans will look this area first for applicable credits for transfer. Most introductory
courses are generally equivalent.

Residency requirements. The University requires that the last 30 credits in a student's
curriculum must be earned by enrollment in courses at lUP. It should also be noted that for
community college graduates, a maximum of 60 credit hours are transferable to this institu-
tion for the purpose of fulfilling a specific program of study. Excess credits, if any, may be
transferred but cannot be used for fulfilling the minimum requirements for the degree.

Transfer students, to remain in good academic standing, must meet the same quality-point
average requirements as those specified for all other undergraduate students. See section
entitled 'Criteria Governing Continuance at lUP.

The articulation policy as adopted by the Board of State College and University Directors on
September 20, 1973, and transmitted by memorandum by Commissioner Ziegler on Decem-
ber 7, 1973, to the State College and University Presidents, and whereby the 'D' grade
obtained by two-year Associate Degree graduates of state-owned community colleges
should be treated by the senior institution in the same manner as the senior institution treats
the 'D' of its indigenous students is applicable.

Admission and Registration — 19

PART-TIME STUDY

Any high school graduate or holder of GED equivalency diploma is eligible for part-time study.

Students who plan to participate in the part-time study must obtain an application from the
School of Continuing Education.

Applications and official transcripts from high school and other institutions attended must be
sutamitted to the School of Continuing Education by August 15 for the Fall Semester and
December 15 for the Spring Semester.

At the end of 15 credit hours of course work taken at lUP, a part-time student must have
a 1 .8 cumulative quality-point average to continue. At the end of 30 credit hours taken at lUP,
a part-time student must have a cumulative quality point average of 2.0 to continue.

A part-time student MAY apply for degree candidacy after the completion of 15 credit hours
of 'C work or better in academic subjects and maintenance of a cumulative quality point
average of 2.0 or better. A part-time student MUST apply and be approved for degree
candidacy by the time he/she has earned 30 credit hours. STUDENTS WHO HAVE NOT
BEEN APPROVED FOR DEGREE CANDIDACY AFTER THE COMPLETION OF 30 CREDIT
HOURS OF PART-TIME STUDY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO CONTINUE AT THE UNI-
VERSITY.

Part-time students who are transferring 12 credits or more from another institution, where
they are in good standing, are eligible to apply for degree candidacy after completing nine
credit hours of 'C work or better at lUP. This course work must be completed during the Fall
or Spring Semester.

Degree candidates who wish to continue as part-time students must file a part-time applica-
tion with their undergraduate College Dean each semester prior to the application deadline.

PROGRAM FOR HIGH SCHOOL JUNIORS

Honor students who have completed the junior year of high school with at least a B average
in all college entrance subjects taken in the sophomore and junior years may preview
University life and earn regular college credit by enrolling in two or three lower division
courses. Students seeking admission to this program should write to the Registrar for further
details.

CERTIFICATION STUDENTS

(Students who graduated with other than B.S. in Education degree)

A student who wishes to be admitted to complete requirements for an Instructional I certifi-
cate must submit an application and official transcript of college work showing degree
attained. One semester on campus is a prerequisite to Student Teaching.

READMISSION POLICY

FOR STUDENTS WHO WITHDRAW

FROM THE UNIVERSITY VOLUNTARILY

A student who withdrew from the University on a voluntary basis for reasons of health,
financial difficulty, etc., and who wishes to re-enter, must notify, in writing, the Dean of the
College in which the student was enrolled at the time of his/her withdrawal before April 1,
if requesting readmission for that year's summer sessions, or before July 1 for the Fall
semester (starting in September). Written requests must be made to the above-mentioned
offices before November 1 if requesting readmission for the Spring semester starting in
January.

20 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

THE SUMMER SESSIONS

The Summer School is an integral part of the year's work. Students from other colleges or
universities, new students, teachers in-service, and students in regular attendance can
secure, in the summer sessions, credits toward any certificate offered or toward graduation
in curriculum. The courses are planned for a wide range of student needs. There are courses
for those who wish to begin their higher education courses, for those who wish to accelerate
their program of studies, for students from other colleges or universities who wish to transfer
lUP credits, and for those who find it necessary to use the summer program to make up
deficiencies in courses in which they previously earned unsatisfactory grades.

All courses given in the summer session require the same amount of time and are granted
the same credit as if taken during a regular semester. The Summer Bulletin will be mailed
to anyone desiring more complete information regarding the courses to be offered.

Three sessions, two of three weeks and one of six weeks, are generally offered during the
summer. The pre-session opens the first week of June. Main session begins the last week
of June and continues into the first week of August. The post-session opens in early August
and usually closes a week prior to the end of the month.

Address the Registrar to obtain the Summer Sessions Bulletin which indicates courses and
activities of the Summer Session. Normally, Summer Sessions Bulletins are available after
March 1.

Finances — 21

Finances

*BASIC FEES (as of May, 1983)

The fees set forth in this section were those in effect in May 1 983. The fee schedule is subject
to change: these figures are to be considered simply as an estimate. You may request a
current fee schedule by writing to the Admissions Office, lUP, or by phoning (412) 357-2230.

The basic fee for all full-time in-state students is $740 per semester. This fee covers registra-
tion and the keeping of student records, use of the library, student welfare and laboratory
facilities. An additional $62 per credit will be charged for credits scheduled in excess of '!B.

Out-of-state full-time students pay a basic fee of $1295 per semester. An additional $108.00
per credit will be charged for credits in excess of 18.

The basic fee for part-time in-state undergraduate students is $62 per semester hour. A
part-time undergraduate student is one taking 1 1 or fewer semester hours. See the section
on Admission and Registration and onUniversity Policies for further information concerning
part-time students.

The basic fee for part-time out-of-state students is $108 per semester hour.

An in-state student is defined as one who is a bona fide resident of and domiciled within the
State of Pennsylvania for a reasonable period, not less than one year, immediately preceding
his or her registration for a term or semester in any State-supported college or university in
the State of Pennsylvania. A minor will generally be presumed to be a resident of the place
of his/her parents' or guardian's domicile.

The establishment of domicile is primarily a matter of continued residence and intention.
Generally, Pennsylvania domicile is considered to be established upon the completion of at
least 12 months of continuous residence within the State at the time of registration for
courses. For special cases, the University has a committee to review individual circum-
stances.

*The University reserves the right to change its fees without notice.

22 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

*OTHER FEES

AUDIT FEE- Full standard fees will be assessed for each course audited, exception being
persons on social security or equivalent retirement benefit, who will be given remission of
basic fees for such classes where space is available.

ADVANCE REGISTRATION FEE- A non-refundable confirmation fee of $20 must be paid by
each student accepted for enrollment. This confirmation fee will be used to cover the cost
incurred by the University on the students' behalf during Freshman Orientation Day on
campus and Fall Freshman Orientation.

HEALTH FEE - The student health fee of $34 per semester is assessed for each full-time
undergraduate or graduate student at the main campus. All students enrolled in Summer
Sessions will be assessed a student health fee according to the following schedule: pre
session - $7; main session - $14; post session - $7. This fee covers most services provided
by the lUP Health Center. Students will be assessed an additional amount, upon use, for
certain medications and laboratory tests. In-patient cost in the Health Center will be $6 per
night if the student does not have a valid meal card. No charge for in-patient care at the lUP
Health Center will be assessed for students with valid meal cards. Part-time undergraduate
students taking 6-11 credit hours will be assessed a $17 per semester health service fee
which will provide limited service. Part-time students have the option of paying the $34 per
semester fee, or they may choose the Fee-for-Service schedule available at the lUP Health
Center. Students attending the Armstrong County Branch Campus of lUP will be assessed
a health fee of $30 per semester. There is no health fee for students attending the Punx-
sutawney Campus of I UP.

HOUSING FEE - The housing fee for students living in commonwealth residence halls is
$514 per semester and the meal fee is $420 per semester; thus, students who reside in a
commonwealth residence hall and have their meals in one of the University dining halls pay
a total of $934 per semester. This includes room and meals in one of the University dining
halls. This applies only to full-time students, as part-time students are not permitted to live
in University dormitories or residences, except during summer sessions. Effective September
I, 1 980, students assigned for four or more days to temporary residence hall facilities where
accommodations are less than those provided in permanent facilities, shall have their weekly
housing fee reduced by 25 percent, with credit applied to forthcoming semester bills for
returning students and refunds processed for non-returning students.

See the section on Housing for details concerning housing policies at the University.

STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE - An activity fee is collected from all students and administered
through the Student Cooperative Association under regulations approved by the Board of
Trustees. This fee of $51 per semester coversthe cost of student activities in athletics,
lectures, entertainment, student publications, etc., and is payable in one sum for the se-
mester. The Student Activity Fee is $19 for part-time students. (These fees are subject-
without notice during the academic year.) Included in the Student Activity Fee is a $2
Commonwealth Association of Students (CAS) membership fee. This fee is refundable
through Harrisburg.

LATE REGISTRATION FEE - Each student registering after the last date officially set for
registration is required to pay $1 0 for each day thereafter to a maximum of $20 (except when
permission for late registration has been secured in advance from the President because of
illness or other unavoidable causes).

BAD CHECK CHARGE - Students making checks payable to 'Indiana University of Pennsyl-
vania' which are not acceptable to the bank because of insufficient funds will be charged
$5 for each bad check in the amount of $.01 to $9.99 and $10 for bad checks written for
$10 or more.

*The University reserves the right to change its fees without notice.

Finances — 23

MILITARY SCIENCE FEE - An Activity Fee of $5 is required for ROTC Cadets to cover the
cost of Cadet Corps functions. A uniform deposit fee of $10 which is refundable, is required
of all cadets. These fees are payable directly to the Military Science Department.

STUDENTS STUDYING ABROAD - Students enrolled in the studies abroad program will pay
a $75 administrative fee per semester to the University. All other fees assessed by the foreign
institution will be paid directly to the foreign institution by the student.

MED-TECH STUDENTS - During the clinical year a fee may be levied and collected by the
participating hospital. The only other cost to these students shall be an administrative fee
of $150 to be collected by the University. The total fees charged by the hospital and the
University shall not exceed the basic fee costs paid by other students for that same academic
year. Room and board shall be the responsiblility of the student.

FINANCIAL DELINQUENCY POLICY - Registration is not in fact complete until a student
pays the fee for such registration, and the University reserves for itself the right to bar such
a student from classes. When it has been determined during the course of a semester that
a student's account has become delinquent from accrued charges, the Registrar's office will
be notified of this delinquency and advised to refrain from reporting the student's grades and
from issuance of any transcripts for that student's work until the delinquent account has been
satisfied. Faculty members will continue to submit a grade for the financially delinquent
student; however, only after the student has cleared his account or established a payment
plan satisfactory to the Accounts Receivable Office will requests from and official reports to
students be honored by the Registrar's office.

MISCELLANEOUS COSTS - In some courses students are required to obtain supplies and
materials to complete course projects. In many courses, a student may make a voluntary
contribution to a cooperative fund established for the purpose of obtaining these non'-es
and/or services at a lower cost. Examples are art courses, field trips, etc.

MUSIC - University-owned instruments for certain classes are usually available for a modest
rental fee. For each Applied Music course, the fee is $50 per half-hour of instruction. This
charge is in addition to credit hour costs.

ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER

Tuition

Housing

Meals

Student Activity Fee

Health Fee

Books and Supplies

Miscellaneous and travel expenses would be in addition to the above.

*Cost of books and supplies may vary depending on major and class enrollment

SUMMER SESSIONS FEES

BASIC FEE - The basic fee for students enrolled for any of the regular summer sessions s
$62 per semester hour for undergraduate students.

HOUSING FEE - Summer session rates will be calculated based upon the number of weeks
within the session. Weekly summer rates are $34 per week for residence hall room, doublp
occupancy, and $51 per week forsingle occupancy, and $27.50 per week for meals in one
of the University dining halls.

In-State

Out of Stale

$ 740.00

$ 1295.00

514.00

514.00

420.00

420.00

70.00

70.00

34.00

34.00

250.00

250.00

$2,028.00

$2,583.( J

24 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

See the section on Housing for housing-policy details at the University.

STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE - For the Main Summer Session, this fee is $19 and for the Pre
and Post Sessions, $8 per session, payable at time of registration.

STUDENT HEALTH FEE - Each undergraduate and graduate student enrolled in lUP Sum-
mer Sessions will be assessed the following fees for Student Health Services: $7 for pre
session, $14 for main session, and $7 for post session.

SPECIAL FEES

DEGREE FEE - A fee of $20 to cover the costs of a diploma and processing must be paid
by each candidate for a degree.

TRANSCRIPT FEES - Applications for transcripts must be made ONLY IN WRITING to the
Registrar, either by U.S. Mail or on forms available at the Transcript Window in Clark Hall.
Such requests MUST include:

(1) Your full name and social security number as of your graduation or termination of
enrollment at lUP. (Please note any name changes since graduation);

(2) Your present address;

(3) Whether you are requesting a transcript of your undergraduate and/or graduate work;

(4) Whether you graduated, or if not, when you were enrolled;

(5) The full and clearly stated name(s) and address(es) of person(s) to whom you wish
the transcript(s) sent;

(6) The transcript fee is $2 for each copy requested. (Checks or money orders should
be made out to Indiana University of Pennsylvania.)

Any requests which are not accompanied by the proper fees or information will be returned
to the senders for inclusion of them. No transcript requests will be processed without the
payment of transcript fees.

OFFICIAL transcripts (containing signature and University seal) will not be issued to students
directly. The University will attempt to mail official transcripts within a reasonable time.
However, in the event of its failure to do so, damages will be limited to the fee, if any, paid
by the student for the copy or copies of the transcript. In no case is the University responsible
for consequential damages.

DAMAGE FEE - Students are responsible for damages, breakage, loss or delayed return of
University property.

BILLING AND PAYMENTS

All bills, including basic fee and housing fee, are payable as specified on the bill for at least
the first nine weeks. Checks or money orders, in the exact amount of the account, should
be made payable to the account designated on the bill. Book Store purchases are on a cash
basis.

It is desired that payments for the entire semester be made in August for the first semester
and in December for the second semester; however, the half- payment option may be
exercised, if necessary.

Delinquent Accounts

Students will not be permitted to enroll for any semester nor to graduate, until all bills
previously incurred have been paid; nor will credit be certified to any other institution or the
Department of Education until all overdue accounts have been paid. A late payment fee of

Finances — 25

$5 for each day past the due date will be assessed for delinquent accounts up to a maximum
of $25.

Undergraduate students desiring to leave school before the close of a semester must report
to the Vice President of Student Affairs and to the Accounts Receivable Office to settle all
unpaid accounts. Graduate students report to The Graduate School Dean.

UNIVERSITY REFUND POLICY

The University must engage its faculty, assign residence hall space and arrange for meal
contracts in advance of each term in accordance with the number of students who expressed
their intent to be enrolled. When students withdraw from the University, they create vacan-
cies which cannot be filled and financial commitments for salaries and services by the
University must be honored. The refund policy at lUP applies to all students enrolled in credit
producing programs at the University either full- time or part-time.

CANCELLATION

Students who have made prepayments to the University and due to circumstances are
prevented from enrolling at registration are entitled to a full refund of all fees paid less
applicable advance deposit payments. To be eligible for such a refund, the student must
notify the Director of Accounting in writing, not later than the day preceding the first day of
classes. Students who use University residence halls and/or food service the week prior to
the start of classes and cancel will forfeit an amount equal to one week's fee for such
services plus the full amount of any advance payment deposit paid.

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE UNIVERSITY

Students who have been processed through registration and afforded the opportunity to
attend class(es) for that session or semester and then find circumstances require total
withdrawal from the University are subject to the following:

Undergraduate students withdrawing from the University must process such withdrawal
through the Dean of Student Life Office, 202 Pratt Hall. The official withdrawal date will be
established by this office for undergraduate students. Students totally withdrawing from
courses. Residence Halls and/or meal contracts upon receiving approval from the Dean of
Student Life will forfeit a portion of the semester charges in accordance with the following
schedule:

From the first full day of semester
classes to and including the
fourteenth (14th) calendar day following
the start of classes.

Forfeit twenty (20) percent of the
student's total semester charges.

From the fifteenth (15th) calendar day
and including the twenty-first (21st)
calendar day following the start of
classes.

Forfeit thirty (30) percent of
student's total semester charges.

From the twenty-second (22nd)
calendar day to and including the
twenty-eighth (28th) calendar day
following the start of classes.

Forfeit forty (40) percent of the
student's total semester charges.

From the twenty-ninth (29th) calendar
day to and including the thirty-
fitth (35th) calendar day following
the start of classes.

Forfeit fifty (50) percent of the
student's total semester charges.

26 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

After the thirty-fifth (35th) calendar
day following the start of classes.

No refund will be granted and all
semester fees forfeited.

The start of days is defined as the first day of classes to begin as scheduled.

Refunds for students receiving financial assistance from scholarships and/or grants will be
returned to the source of aid in accordance with the provisions prescribed by the funding
source.

During summer sessions, students totally withdrawing from courses, residence halls and/or
meal contracts, upon receiving approval from the applicable office (Dean of Student Life for
undergraduates), will forfeit a portion of the total session charges in accordance with the
following schedule:

Forfeit fifty (50) percent
of the total session charges.

Forfeit one hundred (100) percent
of the total session charges. No
refund granted.

Pre, Main and Post Sessions -
Through fourth calendar day
after the beginning of the
class.

Fifth calendar day
following the beginning
of the class and beyond

Once a student registers for a course, the maximum refund shall be 50 percent regardless
of when the class(es) begin.

The Associate Provost (for undergraduate students) and the Graduate School Dean (for
graduate students) in cooperation with the Registrar will determine the official start of
classes. Refunds to students enrolled in credit-bearing summer conferences, institutes,
workshops or tours of less than three-weeks duration will be granted a 50 percent refund
through the first day of class (unless a no-refund policy is required by the sponsor).

INDIVIDUAL COURSE WITHDRAWAL

No refunds will be made to full-time students who reduce class load after classes have
started.

Individual course withdrawal is defined as a reduction in class load but not total withdrawal
from the University. Example: A student who registers for three courses and then withdraws
from one or two classes but continues with the other class or classes.

Part-time students (undergraduate students who register for less than 1 2 semester hours and
graduate students who register for less than eight semester hours) will forfeit a portion of
the semester fee in accordance with the following schedule:

From the first calendar day of
class through the 35th day

From the 36th calendar day of
class and beyond

Forfeit fifty (50) percent of
the student's instructional fee.

Forfeit one hundred (100) percent
of the student's instructional fee.
No refund granted.

Refunds will be granted only for the instructional fee. No refund will be granted to students
who add or drop a like number of semester hours.

Refunds will be granted students for individual course withdrawals during the summer ses-
sions under the same basis as the schedule listed previously for summer sessions refunds
(see Withdrawals from the University).

Finances — 27

WITHDRAWAL FROM RESIDENCE HALLS AND FOOD

SERVICE

Students who withdraw from University residence halls and/or food sen/ice will forfeit a
portion of the semester charges in accordance with the following schedule:

From the day preceding the start Forfeit fifty (50) percent of

of classes through the 35th calendar the total semester fee.

day following the start of classes.

From the 36th calendar class day Forfeit one hundred (100) percent

and beyond of the total semester fee. No

refund granted.

The refund schedule outlined under WITHDRAWALS FROM THE UNIVERSITY will be fol-
lowed during the summer sessions.

OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE REFUND POLICY

No refunds will be granted unless formal withdrawal procedure has been initiated through
the Office of the Dean of Student Life by the student (or his/her family in special circum-
stances) within 30 days of the date of withdrawal. Written and dated notice is required.

No refunds will be made by the University to students who are suspended or expelled from
classes, residence halls and/or food service.

The Office of the Dean of Student Life (for undergraduate students) mayrequest exceptions
to these policies to grant pro-rated refunds when circumstances justify it. Example: Death,
medical reason or military obligation.

The Accounts Receivable Office, located in the Administrative Annex, is responsible for
implementing this refund policy. Students who wish to appeal the decision rendered by
the Accounts Receivable Office may do so through the Director of Accounting and the
Vice President for Finance respectively.

FINANCIAL AID

The Financial Aid Office, located at 308 Pratt Hall, offers financial information and counseling
to all students attending lUP. The types of financial assistance offered by the Financial Aid
Office include student employment, loans, grants and scholarships. In most cases, a Penn-
sylvania State (PHEAA) Grant Application is used to determine eligibility for these programs.

STATEMENT OF STUDENT'S RIGHTS

The Financial Aid Office of lUP is providing the following information in compliance with HEW
guidelines for the dissemination of financial aid information.

In order to be considered for financial aid administered through the University, a Pennsyl-
»/ania State (PHEAA) Grant Application must be submitted to PHEAA, Harrisburg, PA. Stu-
dents will be awarded assistance based on demonstrated financial need. In order to be
eligible for continued funding, the applicant must remain in satisfactory academic standing
at the University and show continued satisfactory progress.

The appeal process regarding financial aid decisions is through the Vice President of Student
Affairs.

Payment of financial aid awards is done on a semester basis. All financial aid, with the
exception of the private scholarships, work-study and the guaranteed student loans, is
credited to the student's bill in advance.

28 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

The cost of attending lUP and the University's refund policy are listed in this catalog. Please
refer to the index for further information.

EMPLOYMENT provides an opportunity for students to earn money to help finance their
educational expenses. Students may be employed on campus for up to twenty (20) hours
per week. The University encourages students to participate in the on-campus student
employment program, since studies have demonstrated that part-time employment provides
a positive stimulus to students in their adjustment to campus life and the maintenance of their
academic averages. All campus employment is administered by the Financial Aid Office.

ROTC - Students participating in the Advanced ROTC Program, junior and senior years, are
given a subsistence allowance of $100 per month for up to ten months per academic year.
Additionally, the student will earn approximately $500 plus room and board, travel expense
and medical and dental care for six weeks summer camp between the junior and senior
years. This is approximately $2,400 for the two years.

Students enrolled in ROTC may apply for ROTC Scholarships. Recipient benefits include all
tuition. University fees and all books and expense costs, in addition to $100 per month
subsistence for each ten month academic year during the period of the scholarship. Three-
year, two-year and one-year scholarships are applied for in the freshman, sophomore and
junior years, respectively. For winners, upon graduation, a four-year active duty obligation is
incurred as an officer in the U.S. Army.

LOANS are a form of aid for which repayment must begin upon termination of the student's
University education. Interest rates normally range to 9 percent.

GRANTS are funds which carry no obligation for repayment. These funds are awarded to
the student on the basis of financial need.

SCHOLARSHIPS are funds which carry no obligation for repayment. They are gifts awarded
to the student on the basis of ability.

Federal aid administered through the University is available for both the regular academic
year and the summer sessions. The application deadline for upperclassmen for these federal
aid programs is normally May 1 for the following academic year. Freshmen may apply for aid
upon acceptance to the University. For the summer sessions, the application deadline is also
May 1.

A Financial Aid Fact Sheet containing specific information about financial aid may be ob-
tained at the Financial Aid Office. In addition, the director and assistant directors of Financial
Aid are available for student consultation from 1 to 4 p.m. Monday through Friday. The
Financial Aid Office recommends that students with questions contact the office at (412)
357-2218.

EMPLOYMENT

Campus part-time employment for students is available in the academic offices, residence
halls, library, administrative offices, student co-op and dining halls.

The University operates two student employment programs under which students may be

employed:

FEDERAL - To be employed under the Federal College Work-Study Program (CWSP),
a student must show 'financial need' as determined by the Pennsylvania State (PHEAA)
Grant Application. A student employed under the Federal College Work-Study Program
may work up to a maximum of fifteen (15) hours per week when classes are in session
and forty (40) hours per week when classes are not in session.

STATE - The State University Employment Program (UE) employs students. Under this
program, a student may work up to twenty (20) hours per week when classes are in
session and forty (40) hours per week when classes are not in session. No application
is necessary for this program.

Finances — 29

The Financial Aid Office offers placement assistance to students. When an employment
opening is located, the potential employer indicates his intention of employing the student
by giving him an employment assignment card. The student takes this card to the Student
Employee Payroll Office and is then placed on the appropriate student payroll. There is no
provision to have employment earnings deducted from student accounts. Students are paid
directly by check every two weeks.

LOANS

Government-Sponsored Loan Programs

NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM - The application for the National Direct
Student Loan Program is the Pennsylvania State (PHEAA) Grant Application. The loan is
awarded to students on the basis of financial need. It is interest-free and nonrepayable until
six months after termination of education, at which time it becomes repayable at 5 percent
interest with a minimum $30 payment per month and up to ten years to repay.

GUARANTEED STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM - Applications for the Guarenteed Student
Loan are obtainable from lending institutions. These include banks, savings and loan as-
sociations, credit unions, etc. Through this program, undergraduate students may borrow up
to $2500 per academic level ($5000 for graduates.) The loan is interest-free until six months
after termination of education and is then repayable directly to the lending institution at 9
percent simple interest.

PARENT LOANS FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS (PLUS) are obtained from lending
institutions such as banks and credit unions and administered in conjunction with the Federal
Government. Up to $3,000 per academic level may be borrowed by parents with a total limit
of $12,000 for the undergraduate year. Up to $2,500 per academic level may be borrowed
by independent students with a total of $10,000 for the undergraduate years. For all borrow-
ers, repayment at 12 percent interest per year starts 60 days after the check is issued.
Applications are available at participating lending institutions.

University-Sponsored Loan Programs

The Financial Aid Office, in conjunction with the Student Co-operative Association, adminis-
ters the University Loan Fund in behalf of lUP students. Loans are available to assist students
who are in financial need and have a financial aid refund coming to them or who have a
financial emergency which requires immediate aid. The maximum loan available will be $200
with repayment to be made in 60 days. No interest will be charged for these loans. Loans
will be made to meet educational expenses only. Applications for the University Loan and
additional information may be obtained at the Financial Aid Office.

The University Loan Fund encompasses the following individual loan accounts:

JENNIE E. ACKERMAN LOAN FUND - By action of the Executive Committee of lUP's Alumni
Association, the Jennie E. Ackerman Loan Fund was established in 1962, by contributions
from alumni and friends, in memory of Jennie E. Ackerman, who served as Supervisor of
Student Teachers at lUP for many years.

ROBERT BELLIS LOAN FUND - This loan fund has been established at lUP by friends and
relatives of Robert G. Bellis, a graduate of Indiana State College.

MARY EDNA FLEGAL LOAN FUND -In 1978 a loan fund was established at lUP by Alpha
Chapter of Delta Kappa Gamma Society International, an honorary society for distinguished
women educators, in memory of Mary Edna Flegal who graduated from Indiana Normal
School in 1899 and served as Director of Art at lUP. Upperclass students enrolled in the
College of Education are eligible to receive these funds.

30 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

COLETTE CROMER GERSHMAN LOAN FUND - Family and friends of Colette Cromer
Gershman established this fund in 1972 in memory of Colette Cromer Gershman, a home
economics education graduate. Upperclass students enrolled in the College of Home Eco-
nomics are eligible for the loan.

MARGARET FLEGAL HARTE LOAN FUND - Established in 1978, the primary purpose of
this fund is to aid students who are in temporary need of assistance.

SUZANNE MARSHALL HARTMAN LOAN FUND - In 1970, a loan fund was established by
family and friends of Suzanne M. Hartman, a home economics graduate of lUP. This loan
is granted to deserving students in their sophomore, junior and senior years.

JOHN HAYS MEMORIAL FUND - In 1 977, a loan fund was established in memory of Dr. John
Hays of lUP's educational psychology department. Dr. Hays was a faculty member at lUP
for 21 years.

OLIVER W. HELMRICH MEMORIAL LOAN FUND - The Helmrich Memorial Loan Fund was
established in 1971 by family and friends in memory of Oliver W. Helmrich, an lUP faculty
member. Eligibility is limited to seniors and graduate students enrolled in the College of
Education.

WILLIAM HENZELMANN MEMORIAL FUND - This loan provides assistance to junior and
senior students enrolled in German or Russian in the department of foreign languages. This
loan was established in 1972 in memory of William J. Henzelmann, a faculty member in
German in the lUP foreign languages department.

MARY ANNE KOLESSAR LOAN FUND - The Kolessar Loan was established in 1978 in
memory of Mary Anne Kolessar, a consumer services student at lUP. The purpose of the
fund is to aid students majoring in consumer services who are in temporary need of funds.

JANE E. LEONARD MEMORIAL LOAN FUND - The Leonard Loan was established in 1951
in honor of Jane E. Leonard, a faculty member at Indiana Normal School from 1875-1921.

MACK LOAN FUND - This fund was established in 1 962 by the Mack Family for the purpose
of providing assistance to worthy students with financial need.

RUSTY PREISENDEFER MEMORIAL LOAN FUND - This fund was established in 1967 by
Mrs. Suzanne Preisendefer Brickner in memory of her husband. First Lieutenant Harold A.
Preisendefer, who was killed in action in South Vietnam.

FLOSSIE WAGNER SANFORD STUDENT LOAN FUND - In 1964, the Pennsylvania Federa-
tion of Women's Clubs established this loan fund in honor of Flossie Wagner Sanford, past
president of the club and former member of the faculty of Indiana.

VARSITY I LOAN FUND - Established in 1951 by the Men's Varsity I Club, this loan is
available for use by all lUP students. Preference in granting this loan is given to freshmen.

NORAH ZINK LOAN FUND - The Zink Loan was established in 1972 in honor of Dr. Norah
E. Zink, a former geography professor at lUP. Foreign students in their sophomore, junior
or senior year are eligible to receive these funds.

GRANTS

PELL GRANTS (formerly known as BEOG) are available for eligible students. Applications
for and information on deadlines for this program are available from the Financial Aid Office
or high school counselors. All students are urged to apply for this grant.

PENNSYLVANIA HIGHER EDUCATION ASSISTANCE AGENCY GRANTS (PHEAA) are
available for both regular academic year and the summer sessions. Contact the Financial
Aid Office to determine the application deadlines for the PHEAA Grant Program.

Finances — 31

SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS (SEOG) are available to eligi-
ble students who demonstrate financial need as based on the PHEAA Grant Application.

SCHOLARSHIPS

The Financial Aid Office administers various scholarship programs in behalf of the University.
These scholarships have been established by alumni and friends of the University to recog-
nize outstanding students and assist them in financing their educational expenses. Unless
otherwise noted, no application is required for consideration.

AETNA LIFE AND CASUALTY SCHOLARSHIP - A $100 award is presented each semester
to a safety management major under this scholarship established by the Aetna Life and
Casualty Insurance Company. The award is to be given for academic excellence with strong
consideration for women and minority students. Applications should be made to the chairper-
son, safety sciences department.

J. DONALD BARTOLOfvlUCCI SCHOLARSHIP - The J. Donald Bartolomucci f\/1emorial Fund
was established to award scholarships to upperclass students inthe College of Business who
are deemed worthy by the Scholarship Committee.

JEMIMA S. BOYD SCHOLARSHIP - The Jemima S. Boyd Scholarship has been established
from the estate of Grace Noble Lacock. Each year, the interest from the account is awarded
to female students who intends to teach in schools in Pennsylvania and whose parents are
American born. The scholarships are granted to students who will be entering their freshman
year at lUP. Applications are available from the Admissions Office.

BRAMAN MUSIC SCHOLARSHIP FUND - Interest, up to an amount of $100, will be granted
as a single scholarship to an eligible prospective freshman music major, whose performing
area is one of the following: violin, viola, cello or double bass. Selection of grantee is made
by the string area music department faculty and awarded for the second semester. Applica-
tion and information are available from the music department.

M. VASHTI BURR MEMORIAL AWARD - The sum of $100 is awarded annually to that
student of lUP who is deemed by the faculty to be most deserving, having in mind his or her
economic need and the excellence of his or her industry and scholarship. This award is given
through the generosity of Mr. William V. Whittington, Washington, D.C.

HOWARD B. BUTERBAUGH SCHOLARSHIP FUND - This scholarship money was a gift to
the University from Dr. Howard Buterbaugh's estate. The scholarship is to be given to a
student/s based on his or her academic performance at lUP.

CLARK SCHOLARSHIP - The Lieutenant Alpheus Bell Clark Memorial Scholarship was
established by Mr. and Mrs. Steele Clark, Cherry Tree, Indiana County, in memory of their son.
The sum of $100 is awarded each semester to that young man or woman, a senior in the
University and a resident of Indiana County, who in the opinion of a committee chosen by the
President, best qualifies for the honor in terms of academic ability, leadership, and service to
the University, with preference going to a veteran or a son or a daughter of a veteran.

JACK CROSSAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND - Established in Jack Crossan's honor
by fellow athletes, classmates and friends, this scholarship shall be awarded at the discretion
and good judgment of the head basketball coach to a basketball player of good character
and sound academic standing.

ROY A. DAUGHERTY SCHOLARSHIP - Scholarships will be given to worthy student with
preference given to sons and daughters of members of Sigma Phi Epsilon Fraternity who
attended lUP with Mr. Daugherty.

CHARLES DAVIS SCHOLARSHIP - This scholarship is awarded each year to a music major
who has shown outstanding ability. The amount of the award-will be determined by the funds
available from Phi Mu Alpha, the professional music fraternity at lUP.

32— Indiana University of Pennsylvania

DISTINGUISHED ACHIEVER SCHOLARSHIPS - The lUP Distinguished Achiever Scholar-
ships were established to honor outstanding students who rank in the top tenth of their
high school classes and who score at least 11 00 on the junior SATs. Consideration is also
given to school and community leadership, entrepreneurship, music, art, theater, forensics
and other special accomplishments. The scholarships are valued at $1000 per year for four
years. Applications and further information are available through the lUP Admissions Of-
fice.

EXTENSION HOMEMAKER SCHOLARSHIP - Homemakers participating in the Home Eco-
nomics Extension Program contribute funds annually for scholarships to be given to
sophomores, juniors, or seniors who are majoring in home economics in several colleges in
the state. lUP is allotted several each year, to be awarded on the basis of 4-H experience,
need, scholarship and other outstanding characteristics. Each award is for $250 per year.

THOMAS V. FRAZIER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP - A senior student interested in the
theater arts is the recipient of this award. The student may be a drama student or just active
in off-stage roles. Financial need will be a consideration, with the Chairperson of the Theater
Department and membersof the Financial Aid Office selecting the recipient.

GORRELL EDUCATION FUND - Established by the Gorrell family, these scholarships are
awarded to students with exceptional need.

MARGARET FLEGAL HARTE SCHOLARSHIP - Fourteen $450 Margaret Flegal Harte
Scholarships are awarded to top students of each freshman class for the first year. Eligibility
is based on academic achievement and financial need. Scholastic achievement is measured
by the computation of high school rank and College Entrance Examination Board scores.
Financial need is determined through the Pennsylvania State (PHEAA) Grant Application.
Applications are available from the Admissions Office.

WILLIAM HEARD SCHOLARSHIP - Established as a memorial by friends and colleagues of
William Heard, formerly a professor at lUP, the William Heard Scholarship is awarded each
year to a junior chemistry major for his/her senior year. The recipient is selected by the
chemistry department steering committee on the basis of contributions to the department
and the University, financial need, academic record, and interview - qualities esteemed by
Mr. Heard. Applications are available each spring in the chemistry office.

H. EUGENE HULBERT SCHOLARSHIP - The H. Eugene Hulbert Scholarship is awarded to
junior music majors each year on the basis of academic excellence and financial need. The
recipient is selected by the H. Eugene Hulbert Scholarship Committee. Applications are
available in the music office during the second week of classes in the fall.

PATTI HURLEY SCHOLARSHIP - A four-year scholarship of $150 per year is awarded to a
female graduate of Indiana Area High School attending the University, based upon academic
achievement, participation in school activities and economic need. This memorial scholar-
ship was established by the family and friends of Patti Hurley, a 1971 graduate of Indiana
Area High School who was killed in an automobile accident two weeks after high school
graduation and prior to entering college.

SALLY JOHNSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND - This scholarship will go to a female
junior student, based upon her outstanding athletic abilities. Information and applications
available through the physical education department.

JOEL L. LOGAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP - The $500 Joel L. Logan Memorial is awarded
each year to a senior, male nursing student who demonstrates financial need. Preference
is given to a student who exhibits an interest in psychiatric nursing. 'Need' is measured by
the Pennsylvania State Grant Application. The scholarship is donated by Joan and Homer
Logan in memory of their son Joel, a 1977 lUP graduate.

MATHEMATICS CONTEST SCHOLARSHIP - Each year the lUP mathematics department
sponsors a contest involving students from an area high school. A $200 scholarship is

Finances — 33

awarded to the winning school to be used by a student from that school attending lUP as
a math major.

McFARLAND SCHOLARSHIPS - McFarland Scholarships are awarded each year to honor
upperclassmen who have earned more than 45 but less than 75 credits at lUP, who have
grade point averages of at least 3.80 and who have made special contributions to the
University and community. The $500 scholarships are awarded in the spring for use in the
fall and spring of the junior year. No application is required.

REGIS MCKNIGHT SCHOLARSHIP FUND - The Regis McKnight Scholarship is awarded to
male high school graduates excelling in athletics as a tribute to Regis 'Peck' McKnight, who
for many years was head basl<etball coach at lUP. Selection of recipients will be made by
the Athletic Director and the head basl<etball coach.

ALAN P. MEWHA MEMORIAL FUND - Used for annual scholarships to students in the
geography and regional planning department, the grant selection will be made by a three-
member geography and regional planning scholarship committee. The scholarships are
unrestricted as to use or purpose and flexible in the amount awarded and time presented.
For further information, contact the geography and regional planning department.

ARTHUR G. MORRELL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP - The Arthur G. Morrell Memorial Schol-
arship is a cash award given to a mathematics major completing his/her junior year at lUP
who best reflects the character and interests of Captain Arthur G. Morrell, a graduate in
mathematics from lUP, United States Marine pilot and lUP football captain. The recipient is
selected by the Morrell Scholarship Committee. Students may apply for the award (applica-
tions are available at the mathematics department office) or be nominated by a mathematics
faculty member.

MORRIS SCHOLARSHIP - The Helen Wood Morris Scholarships were established by Lieu-
tenant-Colonel L.M. Morris of Altoona, in memory of his wife, a graduate of the University.
Scholarships are awarded annually to students selected by a committee named by the
University. One award is made to a sophomore, the other to a junior. Students chosen must
be in the highest quarter of their class, must be in need of financial assistance and must have
demonstrated worthiness in terms of character, personality, leadership and American citizen-
ship.

MARY MULDOWNEY SCHOLARSHIP - A scholarship in the amount of $100 for any junior
or senior student majoring in music with an emphasis on voice, this award is governed in
amount and number of scholarships given by the music department.

RUSSEL C. NELSON SCHOLARSHIP - The Russel C. Nelson Scholarship is awarded each
year to an upperclass music education major deemed worthy by the Music Scholarship
Committee. Further information is available in the music office.

TOM NORMAN SCHOLARSHIP - This award is available to a soccer player in financial need.
All disbursements will be controlled by the soccer coach in the amount he feels neces-
sary.

ETHYL V. OXLEY, OPAL T. RHODES AND HELEN C. MERRIMAN SCHOLARSHIPS- Each
year the Home Economics Alumni Association honors three former faculty by awarding $200
scholarships. The Opal T. Rhodes Scholarship is awarded to a home economics education
major; the Ethyl V. Oxiey scholarship to a food and nutrition major; and the Helen C. Merriman
scholarship to a consumer services major. Announcements concerning applying for these
scholarships are made in the Daily Bulletin and in the College of Home Economics during
the Fall semster.

MARGARET M. PATTON FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP - This scholarship has been estab-
lished at lUP to assist students attending the University who are worthy and in need of such
assistance. Preference will be given to students attending the Armstrong County Campus.

34 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

ALBERT PECHAN SCHOLARSHIP - This is a scholarship for a science major. The amount
of the award depends on the money available in the scholarship fund. Selection of a recipient
is made by the science department faculty.

LENORA PECHAN SCHOLARSHIP - The Lenora Pechan Scholarship was established by
the late Dr. Albert R. Pechan, a former member of the Senate of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania and of the Board of Trustees of lUP, to provide funds for students who are
members of the Reserve Officer Training Corps, who have been outstanding students in the
ROTC and whose other academic work is satisfactory. First priority will be given to students
from Armstrong County, selected by the officers of the ROTC and the Faculty Scholarship
and Loan Committee.

EDNA B. PIERCE MEMORIAL FUND - An Indiana High School student, accepted at lUP, and
enrolled in a teacher education curriculum, will be awarded a one-year scholarship.

WILLIAM E. PIERCE SCHOLARSHIP - This scholarship has been established to award a
one-year grant to the junior ROTC cadet having the highest standing in his/her sophomore
ROTC class.

PITTSBURGH HOME ECONOMICS TEACHERS SCHOLARSHIP FUND - An award of ap-
proximately $500 annually may be given to an undergraduate student majoring in a program
in the College of Home Economics, who graduated from one of the Pittsburgh public schools.
Preference is given to students majoring in home economics education and seniors, but the
award may be given to a junior or a sophomore student enrolled in any College of Home
Economics major who is deserving both scholastically and financially. Eligible students
should apply for this scholarship through the dean of the College of Home Economics.

WILLIS E. PRATT AWARD - The Savings and Trust Company of Indiana has established an
athletic scholarship in the name of Dr. Willis E. Pratt, Chancellor Emeritus and President of
lUP from 1948 to 1968. It will be awarded to athletes chosen on the basis of scholastic and
athletic ability and financial need.

PROGRAM FOR SCHOLARS SCHOLARSHIP - The Program for Scholars at lUP was estab-
lished to promote leadership development among academically talented minority students.
lUP offers $1,000 and $500 scholarships to participants in the program who have scored at
least 1000 on the SATs and rank in the top quarter of their high school class.

FRANK ROSS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP - Frank Ross Memorial Scholarships are
awarded each year to upperclass students of ceramics who are deemed worthy by the
Scholarship Committee. The awards are presented in memory of Frank Ross, formerly a
ceramics faculty member at lUP.

DAVID SCHWARTZ MEMORIAL JOURNALISM SCHOLARSHIP - The David Schwartz Me-
morial Scholarship is being established in memory of David Schwartz, a graduate of lUP, by
his parents, the Indiana Evening Gazette, the journalism department and friends at lUP. The
scholarship will be available to outstanding students majoring in journalism. Contact the
journalism department for further information.

ETHEL SEAVEY SIMPSON SCHOLARSHIP - The Ethel Seavey Simpson Scholarships are
awarded to academically talented freshmen at lUP who demonstrate financial need. No
application is required for the scholarships.

SAM SMITH FOOTBALL SCHOLARSHIP FUND - The solicited funds are to be used for
football scholarships. All the funds are to be distributed as scholarships in accordance with
the rules and regulations of the University and its memberships.

GREGORY SPINELLI MEMORIAL FUND - This fund provides a meaningful award and
recognition for students with exceptional promise and commitment to a career in the criminal
justice system of the U.S. An award of $100 will be made annually to a second-semester
senior enrolled in the lUP criminology department.

Finances — 35

STUDENT ART SCHOLARSHIP - Students of the department of art and art education
contribute art works to be sold. Funds thus received permit awards of $50 to be made
periodically. Applications for these awards are received and screened and awards made by
a committee of art students. This award is confined to students of the art department.

STUDENT GOVERNf^ENT FOREIGN STUDENT SCHOLARSHIP - The Student Govern-
ment Association grants scholarships annually to foreign students who have not previously
been in the United States. Applications should be submitted to the Foreign Student Adviser
no later than March for the following year.

MURRAY M. VARNER SCHOLARSHIP - Murray M. Varner was an alumnus and professor
at lUP. This scholarship has been established by his friends and family as a fitting memorial
to a dynamic educator. The Murrary M. Varner Scholarship is awarded each year to an upper
class (at least 27 credits at lUP) student in the College of Business who is a permanent
resident of Indiana county. The recipient must be academically stable, personable, enthusi-
astic, and motivated. Applications are to be submitted to the Financial Aid Office by April 15.
Winners will be announced during the summer.

CORRINE MENK WAHR SCHOLARSHIP - Awarded to the top students of each incoming
freshman class, this is a $500 scholarship for the first year without regard to financial need.
Scholarship achievement is established by the computation of high school rank and College
Entrance Examination scores. Applications are availabe from the Admission'-. Office.

ZUCCHELLI SCHOLARSHIP FUND - This $100 scholarship will be awarded to a female lUP
student majoring in physical education. Information and applications are available through
the health and physical education department.

VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION ASSISTANCE

Students who have substantial physical or mental handicaps may receive educational bene-
fits through the Bureau of Vocational Rehabilitation Assistance. In order to be eligible,
students must satisfy the physical and financial requirements of the Agency. For further
information regarding this assistance, the student should contact his local bureau of Voca-
tional Rehabilitation Assistance office or representative.

Academic Policies — 37

Academic Policies

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS

In order to be classified as FULL-TIME, undergraduate students attending any regular aca-
demic year semester must be currently enrolled in at least 12 semester hours of credit.

In the lUP summer sessions, a student must be currently enrolled in at least three semester
hours during the Pre or Post Session, and/or six semester hours during the Main Session
in order to be certified as a FULL-TIME enrollee for any one of those scheduled instructional
periods.

Full-time certification for students enrolled in instructional periods which do not conform to
the regularly scheduled academic sessions will be based upon the number of enrolled
semester hours during that period of enrollment (e.g., one semester hour in one week of
instruction would equal the minimum full-time certification standard).

For purposes of designating students by class, the following credit-hour classification ranges

are used:

Freshmen 28 semester hours or less

Sophomores 29-56 semester hours

Juniors 57-90 semester hours

Seniors 91 semester hours or more

Class designations are based on credits EARNED rather than credits ATTEMPTED.

Persons holding a degree and working for a second baccalaureate degree may be classified
as seniors.

GRADES AND QUALITY POINTS

GRADING SYSTEM - The following grades are used in reporting the standing of students
at the end of each semester or summer term: A, excellent; B, good; C, average; D, passed;
F, failed; I, incomplete; R, deferred; P, pass/fail (option). Regarding the option of pass/fail
courses, if a student fails the course, he/she will be awarded an F and the terms of failing'

38 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

a course will prevail. The grade of R is used to indicate deferred status for certain types of
continuing study courses. It must be converted within one calendar year after issuance.

The grade of I is used to record work which, so far as covered, is of PASSING GRADE but
is incomplete because of PERSONAL ILLNESS or other UNAVOIDABLE REASON. It must
be made up within 1 80 calendar days after issuance of the grade. The grades of W, WP and
WF are used to designate that the student has voluntarily withdrawn from a course within
a specified period after the beginning of any regular semester. The W, WP and WF grades
carry no credits or quality points for the courses in which they are reported but do appear
on the student's record.

QUALITY POINTS - Quality points are assigned as follows: Grade A, 4 quality points per
semester hour; B, 3 quality points per semester hour, C, 2 quality point per semester hour;
D, 1 quality point per semester; F, no quality points. Quality points are not counted on grades
from other schools, and a student transferring from another school is held responsible for
quality points only on work taken in this University.

CUMULATIVE QUALITY-POINT AVERAGE is determined by multiplying the credit hours per
course by the grade in quality point received for that course, repeating this procedure for
each course attempted, totaling the credit hour quality points thus obtained, and dividing by
the total number of credit hours attempted.

COURSE REPEATS - The semester hours for a course repeated after January 1 , 1 974, shall
be counted only ONCE for all attempts; and it is this number of hours that will be used in
quality point average (QPA) computation. (In the case where a course is repeated for a
different number of hours of credit than when taken initially, the number of hours correspond-
ing to the highest grade will be used in the QPA computations.)

The total quality points for all attempts of the repeated course will be the number assigned
for the highest grade earned.

The QPA for the repeated course will be determined by dividing the number of quality points
by the number of semester hours earned. Only courses with a D or F grade may be repeated
and then only with the approval of the student's adviser. Only six repeat attempts may be
made subsequent to the adoption of this policy during a Baccalaureate Degree Program.

GRADE REPORTS - Shortly after each semester or summer session, a full grade report is
mailed to each student at his home address.

CRITERIA GOVERNING CONTINUANCE AT lUP

To be in good academic "landing, an undergraduate student must maintain a 2.0 cumulative
quality-point average.

Freshmen entering the University any time after June 1, 1971, must have attained a 1.8
cumulative quality-point average upon the completion of their first full-time academic year to
remain at the University. A cumulative quality point average of 2.0 is required for an under-
graduate's remaining years. Those students who have not attained such quality-point aver-
age will be notified of academic dismissal at the conclusion of the Spring Semester. A student
may attend the Pre, Main and Post Summer Sessions immediately following the year's Spring
Semester to achieve the stipulated average to qualify for enrollment in the Fall Semester.
Students who fail to be in good academic standing at the end of a summer will be dismissed
from the University for at least one academic year.

All courses taken at lUP become a part of the student's permanent academic record. The
record shall show hours attempted, hours earned and quality points earned.

The academic standing of all students is computed on the basis of courses attempted at this
University only. Credit is granted for work completed in other institutions in accordance with
the stipulations set forth under 'Admission and Registration.'

Academic Policies — 39

At lUP, a student is considered to be making SATISFACTORY PROGRESS when he or she
is permitted to enroll in credit-bearing classes in a curriculum leading to a degree or certifi-
cate. Such continued enrollment is subject to the academic policies of the institution.

READMISSION AFTER ACADEMIC DISMISSAL - Students who have been dismissed from
the University for academic reasons and who desire to return after the dismissal interval must
file a formal application for readmission with the Dean of the College in which they were
enrolled at the time of their dismissal.

In addition to filing the formal application, students must improve their academic average to
meet the minimum requirements of the University, which are 1.8 and 2.0 for freshmen and
upperclassmen respectively. For exceptions, refer to Criteria Governing Continuance at the
University. Filing must be before April 1, if requesting readmission for the following summer
sessions, or before July 1 for the Fall semester starting the following September. Filing must
be before November 1 if requesting readmission for the following Spring semester.

CANCELLED SEMESTER POLICY

This policy shall apply only to students who have attended lUP and have not been enrolled
for at least TWO CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR YEARS. Upon application for readmission (or
within one year after readmission) the student may request that one particular semester
completed before readmission be cancelled from his/her Cumulative Quality-Point Average
(CO. P. A.). Any semester (full or part time, with the summer sessions altogether counting as
one semester) may be cancelled from the CO. P. A.; however, all grades received in that
semester (good or bad) must be cancelled from the C.Q.P.A. All grades remain on the record
and credit toward graduation for courses passed remains on the record. A student may never
cancel more than one semester from his/her C.Q.P.A. under this policy.

ACADEMIC VIOLATIONS POLICY*

Minor Violations, with maximum sanction of 'F' in the course:

a. Cheating by those who give as well as receive aid in course or lab work.

b. Evasion of University policies or procedures.

c. Plagiarizing in any way.

Major Violations, with anysanction up to and including expulsion from the University:

a. A second minor academic violation at any time in a student's career at lUP.

b. Purposeful evasion of University policies or procedures.

c. Possessing an examination without the instructor's authority or prior knowledge.

d. Defacing library books or educational instruments or materials.

Minor Violation Procedure:

An instructor may recommend the failure of any student for any minor violation in his/her
course. Within ten (10) days of the violation, the instructor must inform the student and must
file a written report of the violation with the Academic Discipline Subcommittee of the Senate
Academic Procedures Committee and the Vice President of Academic Affairs, making the
violation a matter of record. The report may be submitted on a form available in each
departmental office and must include the following:

name of student involved; course; instructor; date and time; circumstances and support-
ive data and sanction recommended.

*This policy and procedures are in review as this edition goes to press.

40 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

If the student disagrees with the sanction recommended, the following appeal procedure
must be followed. If the student does not appeal within fifteen (15)days at any appeals level,
the sanction will be automatically invoked. At no stage of the appeal may the original sanction
be increased.

1. Within fifteen (15) days of the date of the instructor's written report, the student must
request a conference with the Chairperson of the Department wherein the student and
instructor involved are heard by the chairperson. The heaviest sanction which can be im-
posed by the chairperson is to uphold the sanction imposed by the instructor. Within ten (10)
days of the conference, the Chairperson must forward a written report of his decision
concerning the instructor's sanction to the Academic Discipline Subcommittee and the
student and instructor involved.

2. Within fifteen (15) days of the date of the Chairperson's report, the student may appeal
to the Academic Discipline Subcommittee of the University Senate's Academic Procedures
Committee.

3. In the case when the Chairperson decreases the sanction originally recommended by the
instructor, the instructor may appeal the Chairperson's ruling to the Academic Discipline
Subcommittee within fifteen (15) days of the date of the Chairperson's report.

4. The Academic Discipline Subcommittee is composed of faculty and students elected from
Senate Committee B-1. The Subcommittee is chaired by a student elected by the members
of the Committee B-1. After holding a hearing, the Academic Discipline Subcommittee may:

accept the instructor's sanction; accept the Chairperson's ruling; reduce the sanction
so far recommended or send the case back to the Chairperson for reconsideration
along with recommendations (this is not DOUBLE JEOPARDY, since the first hearing
is not complete).

The Subcommittee may NOT increase the sanction originally recommended by the instruc-
tor. Within ten (10) days of the hearing, the Academic Discipline Subcommittee must send
a written report of its decision to the student and the instructor involved. The decision is
deemed final and will be implemented by the direction of the Vice President of Academic
Affairs.

Major Violation Procedure:

In the case of defacing library books or educational instruments or educational material,
possessing an examination without the instructor's authority or prior knowledge and purpose-
ful evasion of University policies or procedures, a written report must be sent to the Academic
Discipline Subcommittee of Senate Committee B-1, the student involved, and the Vice
President of Academic Affairs, within ten (10) days of the violation, making the violation a
matter of record. The report may be submitted on a form available in each departmental
office and must include the following:

name of student involved; course (if relevant); date and time; instructor/ person in
charge; circumstances and supportive data and sanction recommended (if any).

In the case of a second minor violation, the Academic Discipline Subcommittee will send
written notification to the student involved within ten (10) days of the receipt of the written
report of the second minor violation.

In either situation above which constitutes a major violation, there will be an immediate
hearing called by the Academic Discipline Subcommittee. The hearing will be governed by
its own rules as to internal proceedings along lines of 'fundamental fairness' and will follow
the standards of procedure where the accused should:

a. receive ten (1 0) days written notice of the charges against him/her and the sanctions
which may be applied if the charges are proved;

Academic Policies — 41

b. receive written notice of the time, date and place of the hearing (this should accom-
pany the charges); non-appearance of the student is tantamount to a plea of nolo
contendere;

c. be advised of the names of the witnesses who will appear against him/her and the
substance of their testimony;

d. have the right to present a defense and witnesses in his/ her own behalf, and the right
to cross-examine witnesses against him/her (the Academic Discipline Subcommitee
naturally has the same right to cross-examine defense witnesses);

e. have the right to be assisted by an adviser of his/her choice including the right to
legal counsel;

f. receive a transcript of the proceedings and a written report of the findings of the
Academic Discipline Subcommittee.

If the student disagrees with the sanction recommended by the Academic Discipline Sub-
committee, within fifteen (15) days of the date of the Academic Discipline Subcommittee's
written report, he/she may appeal to an Appeal Board consisting of the Academic Vice
President (who will serve as chairperson), the Dean of the College in which the violation
occurred, the Vice Chairperson of the Senate, and the President of the Student Government
Association. If the student does not appeal within fifteen (15) days of the date of the
Academic Discipline Subcommittee's written report, the decision of the Academic Discipline
Subcommittee is deemed final and will be implemented by direction of the President of the
University.

ACADEMIC HONORS

Students with appropriate academic records may be graduated with one of the following
distinctions:

Summa cum laude

3.75-4.00 cumulative quality-point average
Magna cum laude

3.50-3.74 cumulative quality-point average
Cum laude

3.25-3.49 cumulative quality-point average

These honors are calculated using all credits and quality-points earned at lUP. Honors are
not granted for subsequent degrees.

DEAN'S LIST - To be eligible for the Dean's List, which is compiled after each semester, a
student must be carrying a minimum of 12 semester hours and have a minimum quality-point
average of 3.25 (exclusive of P/F courses).

CLASS ATTENDANCE

Class attendance and class participation beyond mere physical presence are essential for
maximum educational advantage and are strongly encouraged. Responsibility for all course
material rests entirely with the student, whether or not he/she attends each class. Class
attendance, per se, shall not be used as a basis for awarding or altering a grade in a course.
This applies to freshmen through senior class levels. The exceptions this policy apply to
students enrolled in ED 100, EN 100, MA 100 and elementary foreign languages (levels I
and 11). These students are permitted a maximum of three unexcused absences during the
semester. At the discretion of the individual instructor, more than three unexcused absences
could result in a grade penalty, up to and including failure in the course.

Course grade will be based on such factors as class preparation, class participation, skill
development, effectiveness of oral presentations and/or written reports, quiz grades and
test and final examination scores. It is the prerogative of the instructor to administer unan-
nounced quizzes as part of the student evaluation process and to pass judgment on the

42 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

merits of all cases involving late class submissions and class requirements missed by the
students.

All students are required to attend class at the opening of semester in order to stabilize
enrollments and class rosters.

NORMAL SEMESTER HOUR LOADS

A normal semester hour load is 15-17 academic hours. A student who wishes to schedule
more than 17 semester hours must obtain approval from the Dean of the College in which
he/she is registered; approval will be predicated upon the student's demonstrated compe-
tencies.

AUDIT POLICY

To audit an undergraduate course, a person must be admitted to the University and have
met course prerequisites. Students wishing to audit a course, for which they registered at
registration, should obtain a Course Audit Form from the Department Chairperson of the
course. TO AUDIT A COURSE NOT PREVIOUSLY REGISTERED FOR AT REGISTRATION,
STUDENTS MUST FIRST PROCESS AN 'ADD' FOR THE COURSE BEFORE FILING A
COURSE AUDIT FORM. ALL AUDIT PROCESSING, INCLUDING REVOCATION OF PREVI-
OUSLY REQUESTED AUDIT CLASSIFICATION, MUST BE COMPLETED DURING THE
REGULAR DROP/ADD PERIOD. Copies of the completed form are returned to the Schedul-
ing Center, Department Chairperson, and the student. Audit students have the same privi-
leges as other students in all course work. There is no limit on the number of courses which
may be audited.

All audited courses will be identified as such on the student's grade report and transcript.
Work taken on an audit basis will not be graded and will not count toward the fulfillment of
requirements for a degree to be awarded by lUP. Since credit hours attempted and quality-
points will not be awarded for audited courses, they will not affect the student's Quality Point
Average in any way whatsoever.

Auditors will pay normal tuition and such other fees as may be required for the course.

PASS-FAIL POLICY

A student may take courses on a pass-fail basis to a total of 15 semester hours throughout
his/her University career. The student is limited to one pass-fail course in any given semester
during his sophomore, junior, and senior years. All courses in THE STUDENT'S General
Education program and in HIS/HER major and minor fields are excluded from this preroga-
tive.

The student may declare his/her intent to choose pass-fail in a specific course no later
than six weeks after the beginning of the semester or the equivalent timespan in a summer
session. Instructors will NOT be notified of the identity of pass-fail students in their
courses; identification will be handled by the Computer Center through an appropriate
coded control.

A student shall be given academic credit WITHOUT QUALITY POINTS for a course taken
pass-fail upon receiving a passing mark in the course. The semester hours successfully
completed under pass-fail ('passed'), within the overall 15 semester hour limitation, shall be
recorded as counting towards the total semester hours earned for graduation but not towards
the semester hours attempted data used in calculation of the cumulative quality-point aver-
age. However, if a student fails a pass/fail course he/she will receive the'F' grade and the
corresponding quality-point average.

The summer sessions, collectively or in any combination, shall be considered a unit similar
to a spring or fall semester for pass-fail purposes. Hence, a student is permitted to take only
one course during the summer on a pass-fail basis.

Academic Policies — 43

The purpose of pass-fail is to permit a student to take an elective course in a field of personal
interest where he/she may be competing with major students in the department in which the
course is offered. When scheduled, such a course shall be included in the student's normal
course load for the semester.

CHANGES OF CURRICULUM

A student must indicate his/her desire to change to a new curriculum in the office of the Dean
of the College in which the student is registered if the curriculum change desired is from one
department to another within the same College (for example, change from a mathematics
major to a biology major) or in the office of the Dean of the College to which the student
wishes to transfer if the curriculum change is from one College to another (for example,
secondary education major to biology major). In either case, the student will complete an
application form that is available in the Dean's office. Before seeking a curriculum change,
it is advisable that the student consult with the chairpersons of both the old and 'new'
departments.

When a student changes Colleges, the Dean of the College (or Dean's agent) into which the
transfer is sought will evaluate the student's credits before approving the transfer. A copy
of the evaluation will be made available to the student and his/her new adviser if a change
in curriculum is effected.

In cases involving veteran students, the Dean of the College into which transferis sought (or
Dean's agent) shall give the veteran a statement of prospective approval and the effective
date of the proposed changes. This statement shall also indicate the amount of extended
training time the change of curriculum will entail and the amount of credit loss, if any. The
veteran shall take this statement to the veteran's counselor at least one month prior to the
effective date of the change. No transfer of curriculum shall be made by veterans until VA
approval has been assured.

DISCRETE COURSE WITHDRAWAL POLICY

During the fall, spring and summer sessions, students are permitted to withdraw from a
course with a grade of 'W' up to the midpoint of the course. Faculty are required to inform
students of their standing in class prior to the midpoint of the course.

After the close of the prescribed withdrawal period, a student may withdraw from a course
only with the approval of his/her adviser, department chairperson, and College Dean (in that
order), for such reasons as illness, accident, or extreme personal problems. Such withdrawal
may occur no later than one week before the beginning of final examinations.

For all discrete course withdrawals, the student must complete a course withdrawal form,
available in department offices. This form must be signed by both the student and the
instructor.

If a student fails to complete the requirements for a course but has not formally processed
a withdrawal as described above, and if the instructor does not receive notice of withdrawal
from the University, the instructor shall note in his/her course records the student's last
attendance date and/or other student activity and assign an 'F' for the course.

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE UNIVERSITY

An undergraduate student who does not register for the succeeding semester or, having
registered, does not appear for classes at the beginning of the succeeding semester, is
considered to have withdrawn from the University. Thereafter he/she must apply for readmis-
sion as prescribed under 'Admission and Registration.'

Any undergraduate student withdrawing from the University during a semester or a summer
session must secure an official Withdrawal Form from the office of the Dean of Student Life,
1 14 Clark Hall. The student will clear with the appropriate offices listed on the form, securing

44 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

their signatures as evidence of clearance. The Withdrawal Form will be returned to the Office
of the Dean of Student Life, which will notify the appropriate College Dean of withdrawals
approved, and official notification of withdrawal from specific classes will be sent to each
instructor by the College Dean. No person shall be considered withdrawn from the University
within a semester or summer session unless such notice is received. Based upon the date
of withdrawal, W, WP or WF grades will be assigned to those courses from which the student
is withdrawing.

ADVISORY PROGRAM

A group of selected faculty members act as freshman advisers for entering freshmen in their
departments. In some curricula the advisers continue with the same group of advisees from
year to year. In other curricula the freshman advisers remain with their advisee group only
for the student's first year; under this program, the student is then assigned an academic
adviser for the remaining years through to his/her degree in his/her chosen field.

Faculty advisers counsel the students on academic achievement, dropping courses, chang-
ing curriculum, student activities, study schedules and personal problems. The adviser re-
ceives a copy of the student's permanent record at the beginning of the academic year.

SOPHOMORE SCREENING FOR JUNIOR STATUS

APPROVAL

General Policy at lUP permits each College to determine its own scheme for evaluating the
development and progress of its major students. However, each College is expected to
employ some effective procedure for such evaluation.

Several of the Colleges use a procedure called 'Sophomore Screening for Junior Status
Approval' with the following required: All students (in such a College) enrolled in their fourth
semester or who will complete 57 semester hours ATTEMPTED by the end of the current
semester must apply for Junior Status approval by filling out an application form by the
deadline date designated and announced.

All students should check with their faculty advisers to determine which Colleges use 'Junior
Status' screening procedure and the criteria for Junior Status Approval.

INTERNSHIPS

Many departments of the University have developed internship programs which allow a
student to participate in University-supervised work experiences for academic credit. Intern-
ships are viewed as an integral part of a student's academic preparation. An internship gives
the student an opportunity to apply theoretical and philosophical tenets of a discipline in a
practical job experience related to the student's academic program.

Students may apply for an internship if they have completed 57 semester hours and have
at least a 2.0 QPA. Internship sites are normally located within a 500-mile radius of the
campus. Overseas placements are located near an lUP center. Internships are available in
state and federal offices; businesses at the local, state and national level; state-related
agencies; corporations; and foundations.

Students who are accepted for internships may also be placed through the Life Experience
Internships Program (LEIP) in the Harrisburg area, or through the Washington Center for
Learning Alternatives (WCLA) in the Washington, D.C., area.

Students who are eligible for financial aid may receive federal and state funding while
participating in an internship. Students must apply to the Relating Experience to Academic
Learning Program (REAL).

Academic Policies — 45

Because internships are viewed as an integral part of the student's academic program,
students who are interested in specific internship programs should consult with the internship
adviser in the department of their major.

For general information about University internships, placement options, and REAL, LEIP
and WCLA experiences, the student should contact the University Coordinator of Internships.

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION SPECIAL

REGULATIONS

Credits in health and physical education are required of undergraduate students in the
General Education segment of the University curriculum or are part of an option for students
in that segment. The University requirement in physical education may be altered after
consultation with the department chairperson in health and physical education, who will act
upon the recommendation of the University physician and the Dean, College of Health
Sciences.

Physically incapacitated students must obtain a medical waiver from or through the University
physician. This procedure should be repeated each semester except in cases of permanent
disability. The waiver form should be filed with the chairperson of the Health and Physical
Education department. Such students may elect to participate in specially arranged adaptive
physical education courses or defer the University requirement until such time as the dis-
ability dissolves. These regulations do not refer to temporary illness of short duration; such
cases are managed by the individual instructor.

RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS

The United States Army established a unit of the Reserve Officers Training Corps at the
University in 1950. In fulfilling the Univerity's four-credit General Education requirement for
graduation, students may take four credits of Military Science and receive full credit for the
Health and Physical Education requirement. Enrollment in the four-credit ROTC option incurs
no military obligation whatsoever and allows the student the option of competing for a
three-year ROTC Scholarship.

Upon graduation from the University and successful completion of the Advanced Course
ROTC program, the student will receive a Commission as a Second Lieutenant and serve
from three months to three years on active duty, depending on active Army requirements.
As an alternative to active duty, the individual may either be chosen or volunteer to complete
his/her service obligation with the Army Reserve or National Guard.

Students seeking advanced degrees can be granted an educational delay by the Army
following completion of their baccalaureate degrees. Upon completion of the advanced
degree, students then enter active duty or Army Reserve/National Guard duty.

UNIVERSITY SENATE

Purpose

The purpose of the University Senate is to provide a formal means through which the student
body, faculty and administration, working as a unified group, shall share in the governance
of the University through the establishment of University policy.

Nothing relating to the organization and administration of the University Senate shall be
construed so as to limit the authority of the Board of Trustees or the President of the
University with respect to the administration of the University as prescribed by law.

Composition and Elective Procedures

The University Senate shall consist of a number of faculty double the number of departments

of the University, an administrative segment one-third the size of the faculty segment and

46 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

a student segment one-half the size of the faculty segment. Faculty and administrative
members must hold full-time contracts at the time of election or appointment, and students
must be full-time and in goodstanding. 'Student' refers to both the undergraduate and
graduate student bodies. The student segment shall consist of ten times as many under-
graduate students as graduate students, each delegation to be elected by its representative
student body. Undergraduate students shall be elected under the auspices of the Student
Government Association and graduate students through elections arranged by their compa-
rable body. In both cases, the officiating body shall call for and accept such voluntary
nominations for election to the Senate as shall be made to it.

Student members of the University Senate serve on most of the Senate Committees.
STUDENTS' ACADEMIC GRIEVANCES

If a student feels that he/she has been treated unfairly by any instructor (this will refer
principally to grading policy but very occasionally may include genuine disagreement in class
participation), he/she must try to resolve the problem first with the chairperson of the
department in question. If the student is not satisfied with the solution offered by the depart-
ment chairperson, he/she should confer with the Dean of the College in which he/she is
enrolled.

COURSE NUMBERS AND ABBREVIATIONS

COURSE NUMBERS - courses for freshmen are numbered in the 100's, for the sophomores
in the 200's, for juniors in the 300's, and for seniors in the 400's.

Required courses usually are numbered from 1 to 50 and elective courses are numbered
from 51 to 100, within each 100.

DEPARTMENTAL COURSE ABBREVIATIONS. The departmental abbreviations used inthe
undergraduate catalog and the corresponding transcnpt number codes (00) used to identify
courses are as follows:

AC 85 ADULT/COMMUNITY EDUCATION

AD 26 ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES

AG 28 ACCOUNTING

AH 88 ART HISTORY

AL 05 ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS

AM 56 APPLIED MUSIC

AN 02 ANTHROPOLOGY

AR 01 ART

89 ART EDUCATION

03 ASTRONOMY

08 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

09 BUSINESS EDUCATION

04 BIOLOGY
07 BUSINESS
13 COUNSELOR EDUCATION

10 CHEMISTRY
12 CHINESE
33 CRITICAL LANGUAGE

CM 45 COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA
CN 86 CONTINUING EDUCATION

18 COMPUTER SCIENCE

46 CRIMINOLOGY

11 CONSUMER SERVICES
06 DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION
41 EDUCATIONAL ADMINISTRATION
15 ECONOMICS

AT

AY

BA

BE

Bl

BU

CE

CH

CI

CL

CO
CR
CS
DE
EA
EC

GL 32 GEOLOGY
GM 34 GERMAN
GR 90 GRADUATE SCHOOL
GS 14 GEOSCIENCE
HE 43 HOME ECONOMICS
HI 40 HISTORY

HO 42 HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION
HP 37 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCA-
TION
HU 92 HUMANITY
IS 83 INTERNALTIONAL STUDIES
JN 36 JOURNALISM
LA 48 LATIN
LB 59 LIBRARY
LI 47 LINGUISTICS
LR 84 LABOR RELATIONS
MA 49 MATHEMATICS
MG 38 MANAGEMENT
Ml 54 MARINE SCIENCE
MK 39 MARKETING
MS 52 MILITARY SCIENCE
MT 62 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
MU 55 MUSIC

NS 93 NATURAL SCIENCES
NU 58 NURSING
PC 70 PSYCHOLOGY
PH 60 PHILOSOPHY

Academic Policies — 47

ED

16

EE

21

EH

27

EL

19

EM

24

EN

22

EP

71

ES

20

EX

50

FA

91

FE

17

FL

23

FN

44

FR

25

FS

30

GE

31

GK

35

EDUCATION

EARLY ELEMENTARY

EDUCATION OF HEARING IMPAIRED

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS

ENGLISH

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

ELEMENTARY SCIENCE

EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL

CHILDREN

FINE ARTS

FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION

FOREIGN LANGUAGE

FOOD AND NUTRITION

FRENCH

FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT

INFORMATION SYSTEMS

GEOGRAPHY

GREEK

PN 73 PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING

PS 67 POLITICAL SCIENCE

PY 64 PHYSICS

PH 53 REHABILITATION

RT 63 RESPIRATORY THERAPY

RU 74 RUSSIAN

SA 76 SAFETY SCIENCES

SC 75 SCIENCE

SH 51 SPEECH AND HEARING

SO 78 SOCIOLOGY

SP 82 SPANISH

SS 79 SOCIAL SCIENCES

ST 80 STUDENT PERSONNEL

SW 77 SOCIAL WORK

TH 81 THEATER

VO 29 VOCATIONAL EDUCATION

XX 94 GENERAL ELECTIVES

»*.^>--.

,^ ■*->•■ > -> ' • ^. -^i ■*■•1*\^''•S^s^^'^%''--*t-

^^^^' ^Wi?^:i'4M^£Mi^ J:l&

student Programs and Services — 49

Student Programs and

Services

The Student Affairs Staff of the University provides programs and services to students to
support the best learning climate possible and to guide the student toward optimum personal
and special development. Beginning with the Freshman Orientation Program, the student is
invited to participate in the activities of the University. An attempt is made to provide each
student with a maximum opportunity for self-development during his/her years as a citizen
of the University community. The Student Affairs Staff, together with student groups and
other faculty members, endeavors to create a rich environment which will extend the class-
room experience and will involve students in making meaningful decisions.

ORIENTATION

At the beginning of each semester an orientation program is held for all new students
entering the University. The purpose behind this program is to provide new students with
academic information, to help them become acquainted with each other and to help them
to become familar with the University and the services that it has to offer. Orientation leaders
are selected on a volunteer basis from the student body and are specially trained to conduct
all programs.

RESIDENCE LIFE

lUP is a residential campus. Its 13 residence halls are structured on a geographical basis
into four 'quads.' Each quad is supervised by a full-time student affairs professional with a
background in student development and counseling. In addition, each residence hall has a
Residence Director to handle the management functions of the building with responsibilities
for programming and staff development. In addition, each building has undergraduate Hall
Counselors who are responsible for counseling students, planning programs, carrying out
administrative tasks and maintaining a community atmosphere among the approximately
thirty students living in their individual section of the residence hall.

Housing available to students includes:
University-Owned residence halls
Fraternity-houses

50 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Private apartments and houses
Privately owned residence halls
Accommodations at home or with relatives

IT IS THE POLICY OF lUP TO OFFER FULL, EQUAL AND NON-DISCRIMINATORY AS-
SISTANCE TO ALL STUDENTS WITHOUT REGARD TO THEIR RACE, COLOR, RELIGION,
NATIONAL ORIGIN, SEX, ANCESTRY OR DISABILITY in both the placement in University
housing and in the furnishing of facilities and services in connection with that housing.

Rooms will be available to full-time, undergraduate students enrolled at lUP. Each year the
University reviews its housing policies and revises them according to its needs for the coming
year. The Office of Residence Life is responsible for all room assignments, food service,
information on privately owned residence halls and collecting local address and telephone
data for the Student Directory. The Residence Life Office is located in G14 John Sutton Hall,
ext. 2696.

University Residence Halls

Since college students spend about 85 percent of their time outside of the classroom, lUP
residence halls are out-of-classroom learning environments wherein educational, social,
recreational and community service programs are planned and conducted with the express
purpose of faciliating personal growth on the part of the individual residents.

Because residence hall living is seen as a positive educational experience, freshmen are
encouraged to live in residence halls unless they are commuting from home. In an effort to
make residence hall living more responsive to individual needs, the University offers two
separate life styles; single sex and co-ed. Students are encouraged to consider these options
carefully and to select the one in which they would feel most comfortable.

Generally, the policy of the University is to encourage the development of positive social
behavior and good study habits rather than to exercise close supervision of the individual.
Residents should recognize their individual responsibility to protect the dignity, rights and
feelings of fellow students. In residence hall living, students are considered to be adults who
are responsible for their own behavior. Within the confines of Federal, State and local laws,
the faculty and administration delegates much of the responsibility for community develop-
ment programs and leadership opportunities for students to the Residence Hall Association
which in turn establishes the entire residence hall system. All students are encouraged to
become actively involved in RHA.

Student accommodations are based on double occupancy. Furnishings include beds, mat-
tresses, mattress covers, desks, chairs, mirrors, dressers and telephone. Students should
bring their own blankets, bedspreads, towels, study lamps and pillows.

All lUP residence halls are equipped with study lounges, recreational equipment, laundry
facilities and locked mailboxes. In addition, sewing machines, computer terminals, self-
correcting electric typewriters and other specialzed equipment are located in each Quad for
student use. In order to provide security, all residence halls are locked nightly. Each student
has a card key for his/her building which provides entry after the closing hours.

New students will be admitted to their residence halls Sunday priorto the first day of classes.

Other students may enter the residence halls not earlier than twenty-four hours prior to the
first day of class. Closing notices will be posted before each vaction period indicating dates
residence halls will reopen.

Food service will be available to all students who have been issued an I.D. card validated
for food service.

Housing and food charges must be paid to the Accounts Receivable Office, according to the
established standards, before residents will be issued a room key and have their I.D. card
validated for food service.

Student Programs and Services — 51

Application for Housing

The University will not discriminate in room or hall assignment on the basis of race, color,
religion, national origin, ancestry, sex or disability. Incoming freshmen who have been ac-
cepted by the Admissions Office as residence students will be billed for a $100 advance
deposit in April, one half of which serves as a housing prepayment. A 'Residence Hall
Contract for Housing and Food Service' will accompany same and must be returned to lUP
with the deposit payment. Continuing students may apply for University housing for each year
in accordance with procedure published and posted by the Office of Residence Life.

Readmitted students and those transferring from other Universities should contact the Office
of Residence Life directly for housing applications and/or information.

Food Services

All students residing in University residence halls must take meals in University dining halls
(Foster or Folger). Other students may contract for food service each semester with the
Office of Residence Life. There are two meal plans offered by the University:

Plan A - 21 meals per week

Plan B - 15 meals, Monday through Friday

The above plans are for one breakfast, one lunch and one dinner each day.
Guests may eat in either of the dining halls at the current transient rate.

Students and guests may purchase meals at Roy Rogers in the Student Union, at Allenwood
cafeteria in Ackerman Hall, at the Oak Room or the Coffee Shop in Foster Hall or at other
restaurants near the campus.

Insurance for Personal Belongings

Students are encouraged to carry insurance covering the loss or theft of money or property
while residing in a residence hall. Check with your parents to determine whether their
Homeowners Policy will cover you while you're at college. If not, riders can be attached.

Student Room Refrigerators

Student room refrigerators are rented on a one or two semester basis from the Office of
Residence Life. These refrigerators are UL approved, 2.1 cubic foot refrigerators requiring
a maximum of .5 amps. Privately owned refrigerators which meet these specifications may
be used in University residence hails and are assessed a fee of $1 per semester for electric-
ity.

Student Room Telephones

Each student room on campus has a telephone which is part of the University Centrex
system. With Centrex telephones, it is possible to dial all telephones on campus, dial direct
station-to-station local and long distance calls, receive directly dialed incoming calls, and
transfer incoming calls from one telephone on campus to another.

Telephone bills are mailed directly to residence hall rooms each month. Long distance calls
and telegram charges only appear on the bill. Both occupants of a room are responsible for
all charges made to their telephone. Payment is made directly to the Bell Telephone Com-
pany.

AUTOMOBILES

Each student, faculty or staff member who parks an automobile in campus parking areas
must register his or her auto each year with the Campus Police. Resident students are not
permitted to park on campus without a decal. Decals are issued only for the following

52 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

reasons: 1 . student teaching; 2. medical reasons; 3. work requirements. A decal for these
students must be obtained through writing to the Parking Authority Review board. A LIST OF
PARKING RULES AND REGULATIONS MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE CAMPUS POLICE
OFFICE, JOHN SUTTON HALL

FACILITIES FOR COMMUTING STUDENTS

A variety of accommodations are provided for commuting students in their lounge in the
basement of Stewart Hall. Among the facilities found in this area are a refrigerator (for
brown-bagging purposes), typewriter, lockers, a telephone, a television and a calculator.
Library facilities provide pleasant study conditions for commuter students, and several
lounges in the Student Union are always available for their use. Commuter students may
purchase lunches in Foster Dining Hall, Folger Dining Hall, Foster Dining Hall Coffee Shop,
or Roy Rogers Restaurant in the Student Union. In addition, several restaurants are located
close to the University campus.

STUDENT LIFE

The Student Life Office, located in G14 John Sutton Hall, provides University information and
assistance to students. The University INFO system is located here. Students wishing to
withdraw from the University must begin the withdrawal process here.

The Off Campus Relations Office is particularly concerned with the needs of off campus/-
community students. A list of off campus housing facilities is maintained for student use.

HEALTH SERVICES

Albert R. Pechan Health Center is well equipped primary health facility on the corner of Maple
Street and Pratt Drive. The two story structure is staffed by physicians and nurses who offer
care to students 24 hours a day during the period that class is in session. Four physicians
staff the Health Center with office hours week days from 9 a.m. until noon, and 1 to 4 p.m.
Saturday hours are 9 to 1 1 a.m. At other times, emergency cases are seen as required 24
hours a day when school is in session. Beds are available for in-patient care. Emergencies
and illnesses of a severe nature are hospitalized in Indiana Hospital or transferred to the
students's hometown hospital.

The Health services work in cooperation with campus and community counseling services.
COUNSELING AND STUDENT DEVELOPMENT CENTER

The Counseling and Student Development Center provides a wide range of resources which
will enable students to deal more effectively with 'early adult' concerns, better meet their
personal and academic goals, and develop skills for life-long learning. The staff consists of
professional counselors, psychologists, and student development specialists, trained and
experienced in working with college students on issues, problems, and challenges they
encounter. Confidential, one-to-one counseling and psychotherapy is available to students.
Other services include career planning, testing, and women's programming. A 24-hour crisis
intervention services is available by calling the Concern Line, 357-2567.

The Center also has a Student Development Lab which provides a variety of workshops and
seminars which allow students to more effectively manage everyday life experiences. These
workshops are designed to help students more effectively communicate and assert them-
selves, handle stress, and make better decisions.

The Center is open from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday and is located in Clark
Hall. Students coming to the Center will be asked to fill out a brief information sheet and meet
with a counselor to discuss their concerns. Students can call 357-2621 to arrange for an
appointment.

student Programs and Services — 53

SPECIAL CLINICS

Two clinics at the University otter diagnostic testing and remedial or improvement sen/ice
or instruction in the following areas:

READING CENTER (Stoufter Hall) - diagnosis and remedial instruction for reading problems
and instruction for the improvement of present skills.

SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC (Davis Hall) - diagnosis of speech problems, hearing tests
and evaluations, and a regular program of therapy.

These services are made available without charge to students regularly enrolled at the
University to give the necessary assistance to alleviated eficiencies which would interfere
with successful performance and progress in the University and in future work. Students who
need help in any of the areas suggested above are encouraged to use the facilities provided
for them and may of their own initiative come to any clinic for help, or they may be referred
by any faculty member or University official.

INSURANCE

lUP makes available a student health insurance plan to all students at a very reasonable
premium. The plan is optional for students who wish to participate in the program. Full
information concerning this insurance coverage is mailed to enrolled students with their
billing instructions.

CAREER SERVICES

Career services are available to students who are graduating, students who are enrolled to
obtain teacher certification, students who have been accepted as candidates for degrees in
The Graduate School and alumni. Occupational counseling is provided to students of all
class levels as well as alumni.

In addition to career counseling the primary functions of the office are to transmit credentials
to prospective employers, arrange for campus interviews, prepare a current file of job oppor-
tunities, maintain an extensive library of occupational information, make follow-up studies of
the graduates, conduct group counseling and orientation meetings and provide general
assistance in the career planning and job-seeking process.

A credit course is available to juniors and seniors in career planning and development.

The Office of Career Services also receives and makes available to graduates and under-
graduates information concerning summer employment. Positions are not guaranteed by the
University, but lUP's record of placement is one of the very best in Pennsylvania.

VETERANS

An individual who served with the Armed Forces for more than 180 days after January 31,
1955, is eligible for the G.I. Bill (PL 89-358), providing he/she meets certain other require-
ments. A prospective student should contact the Veterans Counselor and submit to him the
Veteran's application for Program of Education.

Veterans eligible for the G.I. Bill should report to the office of the Veterans Counselor prior
to registration for a semester or for summer sessions to be entered or continued in training
for Veterans Administration benefits purposes.

No veteran receiving G.I. benefits may change curriculum without clearance from the Voter-
ans Counselor. All veterans must maintain normal class progression and report any change
in course load to the Veterans Counselor.

54 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Any undergraduate receiving benefits from the Veterans Administration must carry at least
1 2 credit hours during a regular semester in order to be considered a full-time student by the
Veterans Administration. The minimum full-time requirement for a graduate student is nine
credit hours.

VETERANS' CHILDREN- Children of a deceased or disabled veteran whose death or injury
was due to service-related causes may be eligible for educational assistance from the
Federal Government under Public Law 634 (Dependents Educational Assistance Act). Im-
mediately upon acceptance to lUP, men and women who qualify for such assistance should
contact the Veterans Counselor to process their application for payment.

GUIDELINES FOR STUDENT CONDUCT

Indiana University of Pennsylvania (lUP) is an academic community within the society at
large. As a community within a larger society, it has formulated a code of standards and
expectations which the university considers to be consistent with its purpose as an educa-
tional institution. lUP reaffirms the principle of students freedom coupled with an acceptance
of full responsibility for individuals actions and the consequences of such action. A student
as a member of the academic community and of the larger society retains the rights, protec-
tions, guarantees and responsibilities which are held by all citizens.

The judicial system of lUP exists to review all alleged academic violations as well as viola-
tions of university regulations and/or federal, state and local ordinances. The primary intent
of this system is an educational one and it seeks to create behavioral change in the students
while also protecting the rights of the members of the University community. The system will
hold the student accountable for his/her actions when regulations or statutes have been
violated. A complete statement of regulations is availabe in The Eye,' the student handbook.

MAIL

The University Post Office is located in the basement of Folger Dining Hall, at the corner of
Pratt Drive and Maple Street. The mail is delivered to offices and residence halls from this
location. As it is a branch of the Indiana Post Office, the University Post Office provides most
postal facilities, including boxes.

SERVICE FACILITIES

student Union The Student Union, built by the students through their Activity Fee, offers
many facilities for the University family.

Students may relax or watch television in the lounge, buy a snack or a complete meal at Roy
Rogers Restaurant, listen to their choice of records in the center or play cards, billiards or
table tennis.

I

\ Bookstore

The Co-op Store is located near the Student Union Building. The store stocks a complete
line of all needed textbooks, supplies, paperback books and other requirements for class
use. In addition, the shopper will find an extensive selection of records, college wear,
stationery, jewelry, sundries and souvenir items.

I The store is operated on a competitive retail basis, with all profits from operations reverting
to the Student Cooperative Association for use in supporting student activities.

CO-OP RECREATIONAL PARK

The Co-op Recreational Park is an important part in the recreational and co-curricular life
I of the University. Owned by the Student Cooperative Association, this 270 acres of wooded

hillsides and fields contains a rustic Lodge building, several picnic shelters, rope ski tows,
I a togoggan run, garden plots, athletic facilities such as a Softball field and archery range, and

Student Programs and Services — 55

nature, hiking and skiing trails. These varied facilities provide ample opportunity for individual
and group recreation, for classes to study nature and conservation, and are also in demand
for picnics, meetings, and winter sports. The Lodge building will accomodate groups of two
to three hundred persons.

CO-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES

As participating members of the lUP community, students have a responsible role in the
governance of the campus. Since a valuable part of education lies in participation in groups
where experience in leadership, social and community responsibility, intellectual cunosity
and religious interests can be met, voluntary participation in a number of varied organizations
is available and encouraged. In addition, students are encouraged to initiate and support any
new groups which may reflect their interests. Faculty, selected by the students, act as
advisers.

GOVERNANCE

Student Government Association

The Student Government Association (SGA) at lUP exists to provide the student body with
a means to deal with the affairs of students and as a forum for the expression of student
views and interests concerning student development within the University.

All SGA Congress members are elected at large. The elections are held twice a year, each
involving approximately half the Congress. The terms of office are for one year. The Presi-
dent and the Vice-President are elected in the Spring, and the other officers are chosen from
among the representatives at the first meeting of each new session.

The Student Government Association is active making recommendations to the administra-
tion for the improvement of student welfare, and it is also instrumental in promoting the
general welfare of the University and good community relationships. SGA provides an oppor-
tunity for discussion of student problems, brings the student body, faculty and administration
closer together through a frank understanding of mutual problems and promotes the observ-
ance of policies that will lead to the improvement of University campus life.

Commonwealth Association of Students

lUP is a member of the Commonwealth Association of Students (CAS), the statewide student
voice of the fourteen state-owned institutions. Headed by an executive director in Harrisburg,
the Association is set up to serve the special interests of the state colleges and university
through the collection of student opinions and their dissemination to the proper state or
federal agencies, as well as to actively promote the passage or defeat of legislation deemed
relevant to the students and public higher education in Pennsylvania. CAS also acts as a
liaison between students and the state government, the faculty union or any organization or
individual that affects the state colleges and university.

At lUP, the CAS local chapter operates independently of the Student Government Associa-
tion. The local chapter president, student government representative and minority representa-
tive are each accorded voting privileges at the statewide meeting held bi-monthly. Any full-time
or part-time undergraduate or graduate student at lUP is welcome and encouraged to join and
to actively participate in the Association's activities, either on the state or local level.

University Senate

Students also are elected to the University Senate and have full voting rights, together with
Faculty and Administrative members. Most of the Senate Committees include students as
voting members. Any full-time student may be elected to the Senate. This is the body which
shares in the governance of the University through the establishment of University policy.

56 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Student Cooperative Association

The Student Cooperative Association plays an extremely broad role in the extracurricular life
of the University. All students and all staff who pay the activity fee are eligible for membership
in the Association. Almost all campus-wide activities outside of the instructional program are
sponsored wholly or in part by the Association.

The activity fee is the chief source of income for the Association's activities.The student's
'ID' card will admit him/her free of charge or at reduced prices to University social, cultural
and athletic activities. Other income for the Association comes from the Co-op Store profits,
and income from other events sponsored by the Association.

Facilities under the governance of the Student Cooperative Association are the Student
Union, the Co-op Store and the Co-op Recreational Park.

Residence IHall Association

Residence Hall Association (RHA) is made up of all students living in University residence
halls. The executive body of RHA is composed of elected representatives from each resi-
dence hall. The purpose of RHA is to provide educational, social and community service
programs for residents; to collect information on various aspects of residence hall life; and
to assist in formulating housing policies and procedures.

ACTIVITIES

Activities Board The Activities Board is the student organization that sponsors many of the
major co-curricular activities on campus. It is financed by the Student Cooperative Associa-
tion. The Board is advised by the Director of Student Activities and Organizations and works
in close cooperation with the staff of the Student Union. An active program of lectures, bus
trips, concerts, coffeehouses and films are presented throughout the year.

Artist Series

The Student Cooperative Association, in cooperation with the office of the Director of Stu-
dent Activities and Organizations sponsors a series of cultural programs in the areas of
dance, music and theater each year. The programs are selected by a Student-Faculty
Committee.

University Concert Committee

The University Concert Committee programs major popular concerts throughout the year.
The UCC is funded by the Student Cooperative Association and is chaired by a staff member
of the Office of Student Activities and Organizations. The Committee consists of students
who submit applications and are selected by a student-staff screening committee.

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS

THE PENN, the campus newspaper, is published three times a week, Monday, Wednesday
and Friday, by students who wish to gain writing experience. Interested students are advised
to attend the organizational meeting, which is held early each semester.

The positions of editors and news editors are filled by Student Government action upon
recommendation of a student-faculty committee. The co-editors select their own staff. There
are numerous paid positions in the production, business and editorial departments of the
newspaper.

Applications for editor are availabe at 'The Penn' office. adviser. Only those students with at
least one semester experience on the PENN staff are eligible to apply for the two top
positions. THE OAK is the University yearbook, a pictorial and written review of the year's
activities. Subscriptions may be purchased during the Fall Semester. The Penn will carry

Student Programs and Services — 57

notices of the subscription drive. Applications for staff positions may be obtained from the
Oak office. From these applications, a committee, composed of students and faculty, selects
the staff members. The paid positions on the staff are subject to the approval of the Student
Government.

lUP REVIEW is a newsletter which is sent to all incoming students prior to their arrival on
campus. Contents are geared to areas of concern to new entrants. The staff is open to
anyone who is interested. Contact the Admissions Office in Room 216, Pratt Hall.

The UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY is distributed early in the fall term to students and faculty.
It contains a listing of all properly registered students, staff, faculty and University offices.

THE EYE, an lUP student handbook, is distributed annually to all students, free charge. It
includes rules and regulations, the extra-curricular program and general information of inter-
est to students.

ATHLETICS

FRANK CIGNETTI, DIRECTOR; RUTH PODBIELSKI, ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR;
ANTHONY, BARTHELEMEY, BECK, BERNARDI, BLACKSMITH, CAMPISANO,
CELTNIEKS, CHAUMP, CLARK, CORTAZZO, DAVIS, DRAKE, ELTZ, FRY,
JOHNSON, JOHNSTON,MCCUE, MONTGOMERY, MURTHA, RAEMORE, SLO-
NIGER, SOMSKY, SUTTON, THOMPSON.

The men's and women's athletic teams of the Univeristy compete at the Division II Level of
the National Collegiate Athletic Association and hold membership in the Eastern College
Athletic Conference and Pennsylvania Conference.

Men's sports offered in the fall include cross country, football and soccer. Basketball, wres-
tling, swimming and rifle take the stage in the winter, and track and field, golf, baseball and
tennis hold the spotlight in the spring.

Women's sports offered in the fall are tennis, cross country, field hockey, volleyball, basket-
ball, gymnastics, swimming and diving, and fencing (men and women's team) are offered in
the winter. With spring comes Softball and track and field.

Intramurals - Royden P. Grove, Director

A well-organized and varied program of intramural sports and athletic activities is conducted
for men, for women and on a coeducational basis.

Intramural handbooks are available. Contact the Intramural Director, Memorial Field House,
for this information.

RELIGIOUS LIFE

The religious life of students is cared for through the activities of some twelve organizations.
Three of these, the Newman Center, the United Campus Ministry and the Lutheran Center,
maintain private facilities near the campus. Other affiliate with and meet in local churches
for worship and meetings.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS

There are more than 200 active student organizations at lUP. Through participation in
organizations, students can extend classroom experiences into relevant programs which will
improve leadership ability, enhance academic achievement and develop social skills.

58 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY PROGRAM AND PROGRAM
FOR SCHOLARS

The Educational Opportunity Program was created as a result of the Higher Education Equal
Opportunity Act 101 passed in 1971 by the Legislature of the Commonwealth of Pennsyl-
vania. Although this program focuses on servicing students living within a 50 mile radius of
lUP, students from throughout Pennsylvania are assisted in order to make the ideal of 'equal'
educational opportunity' a reality for all qualified students. All EOP students are provided
assistance in the areas of academic tutoring, career counseling, financial aid information and
personal counseling, as well as academic advisement concerning curriculum and an appro-
priate major.

The Program for Scholars (PFS) began in the Spring of 1 978. The PFS is designed to identify
and attract academically talented minority students and to provide an on-campus program
of leadership development and intellectual motivation. The Scholars serve as peer models
and assist all minority students to interpret information concerning opportunities at lUP.

Further information on the EOP and Program for Scholars may be received from the director
or any member of the staff. The main office is in 201 Pratt, ext. 2729.

Requirements for Graduation — 59

Requirements For
Graduation

Undergraduate students at lUP may pursue programs of study in any one of the seven
undergraduate colleges: the College of Business; the College of Education; the College of
Fine Arts; the College of Health Sciences; the College of Home Economics; the College of
Natural Sciences and Mathematics; or the College of Social Sciences and Humanities. A
student may earn the degree of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Fine
Arts, or the Bachelor of Science in Education. To do so, the student must satisfy all of the
degree requirements, which fall into three categories: 1) University requirements; 2) Col-
lege requirements; 3) Department requirements. Requirements of the latter two categories
may be found under the College and the Department in which the student is pursuring a
program of study.

University requirements for graduation in all curricula consist of General Education require-
ments, residency requirements and the semester hour and cumulative quality point average
requirements.

GENERAL EDUCATION

All students are obligated to fulfill a basic program in General Education consisting of 52
semester hours. Different Colleges and sometimes Departments within Colleges may have
specific variations as to how these General Education requirements are to be met.

The primary objective of General Education is to develop those understandings, attitudes,
values and social skills that will enable the student to enjoy a life that is satisfying to
himself/herself as an individual and that will enable him/her to play a constructive role in
his/her community and in society, without respect to his/her professional vocational interest
or activity.

The courses in the program will be distributed throughout the four years of University study,
but the basic or introductory courses should be concentrated in the first two years of the
student's program.

60 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

ENGLISH

Three Courses

EN 101 - English I

EN 102 - English II

EN 201 - English III

(OR: EN 210 required substitute for EN 201 for majors in English and

Communication)

10 sh

4
3
3

FINE ARTS

AH 101 - Introduction to Art

MU 101 - Introduction to Music

TH 101 - Introduction to Theater

FA 100 - Introduction to Art/Music/Theater

One Course

3sh

3
3
3
3

HUMANITIES

Two or Three Courses*

6-9 sh

*lf only two courses are selected from humanities, one additional course must be selected
from courses listed as natural science or science/math electives.

FOREIGN LANGUAGES.* (two courses in language sequence; only six semester hours
of foreign languages courses apply to General Education requirements) 6

AR

115

AR

116

EN

346

EN

347

EN

348

EN

349

HI

101

MU

301

PH

100

PH

101

PH

110

PH

120

PH

221

PH

222

PH

223

Ancient and Medieval Art

Renaissance and Baroque Art

Contemporary American and British Poetry

Modern American Fiction

Black American Literature

The English Bible as Literature

History of Civilization I

Music History I

Introduction to Religion

General Logic: Methods of Critical Thinking

World Religions

Introduction to Philosophy

Symbolic Logic I

Ethics

Philosophy of Art

*Note: Students in the Colleges of Natural Sciences and Mathematics and Humanities and
Social Sciences take one year of intermediate level Foreign Language. Students in the
Colleges of Business, Education, Fine Arts, Health Sciences and Home Economics may elect
one year of a foreign language, any appropriate level, or two courses from the above list.
Exception: English Education majors must take the intermediate level sequence of a foreign
language.

MATHEMATICS

Course designated by department to meet requirement:

One Course

MA

101

MA

110

MA

121

MA

123

MA

127

MA

151

MA

217

Foundations of Mathematics

Elementary Functions

Calculus I for the Natural and Social Sciences

and Business

Calculus I for Physics and Chemistry

Calculus I

Math for Elementary Teachers I (specific departments only)

Probability and Statistics

3-4 sh

3
3

4
4
4
3
3

Requirements for Graduation — 61

NATURAL SCIENCES A Two-Semester Sequence in Laboratory

Science 8 sh

Sequence may be designated by department.

Bl 103-104 - General Biology I and II 8 sh total

CH 101-102 - College Chemistry I and II (Specific 8 sh total

departments only)

CH 1 1 1-1 12 - General Chemistry I and II 8 sh total

CH 1 13-1 14 - Concepts in Chemistry 8 sh total

GS 101/102-103/104 - Earth Science I and II with labs 8 sh total

GS 121/131-122/132 - General Geology I and II with labs 8 sh total

PY 111-0/111-1 and PY 112-0/112-1 - Physics I and II with labs 8 sh total

PY 131-0/131-1 and PY 132-0/132-1 - Physics I and II with labs 8 sh total

SC 105-106 - Physical Science I and II (either order) 8 sh total

SOCIAL SCIENCES Five Courses from Twelve Alternatives 15 sh

Introduction to Anthropology 3

General Administration of Justice 3

Basic Economics 3

1.

AN

110

2.

CR

101

3.

EC

101

EC

121

4.

GE

101

5.

GE

102

6.

HI

102

7.

HI

103

HI

104

8.

PS

101

9.

PS

111

10.

PC

101

11.

SO

151

12.

SS

101

OR

OR

Principles of Economics I 3

World Geography 3

Geography of United States and Canada 3

History of Civilization II 3

History of US and PA I 3

History of US and PA II* 3

World Politics 3

American Politics 3

General Psychology* 3

Principles of Sociology 3

Contemporary Social Science 3
* Required for all students in College of Education and teacher certification programs.

HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION One Option 4 sh

OPTION 1 : Health and Physical Education

HP 101 - Personal and Community Health 2

AND
HP — - Physical Activity courses - 2 courses, 1 credit each 2

(HP 110-138, 144-172, 260-262, 266)
OPTION 2: Military Science

MS 101 - World Military History and Lab 2

MS 102 - American Military History and Lab 2

OPTION 3: Military Service 4

Veterans are given four credits toward these requirements.
Verification of service must be established by form DD 214. Students continuing in Military
Science (ROTC) beyond their freshman year should use the elective hours available to them
by their department towards Military Science classes. Upon entering the sophomore year of
Military Science students are encouraged to discuss this with their Military Science class
adviser who will assist them in this matter.

SCIENCE/MATH ELECTIVES Zero to One Course 0-3 sh

If only six credits are earned in the humanities group, an additional course must be selected
from the natural science electives or the following:

Bl 110 - Plant Biology 5

Bl 120 - Animal Biology 5

Bl 261 - Ornithology 3

62 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Bl

262 -

Etomology

Bl

271 -

Evolution

Bl

272 -

Conservation of Plant and Animal Resources

CO

110 -

Intro to Computer Science

CO

200 -

Intro to Computers

GS

110 -

General Astronomy

GS

120 -

Geology of Pennsylvania

GS

330 -

Paleontology

GS

321 -

Mineralogy

GS

361 -

Oceanography

GS

371 -

Meteorology 1

MA

110 -

Elementary Functions

MA

121 -

Calculus 1 for the Natural and Social Sciences
and Business

MA

122 -

Calculus II for the Natural and Social Sciences
and Business

MA

217 -

Probability and Statistics

PY

222 -

Mechanics 1

PY

231 -

Electronics

PY

242 -

Optics

PY

342 -

Thermal and Statistical Physics

PY

472 -

Nuclear Physics

SC

111 -

Science in Modern Civilization

SC

401 -

Growth of Science and Its Concepts 1

80

402 -

Growth of Science and Its Concepts II

GENERAL EDUCATION SUBSTITUTIONS

The following courses constitute the approved substitution list as approved by the University
Senate. All courses on the approved substitution list require the approval of the student's
major adviser. These General Education substitutions may not be taken pass-fail if they are
taken as General Education courses.

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE

AN 110 Intro to Anthropology

CR 101 General Administration of
Justice

GE 101 World Geography: Man and
Environment

GE 102 Geography of the U.S. and
Canada

HI 104 History of U.S. and Pa. 11
PH 110 World Religions
PH 221 Symbolic Logic I

APPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS

AN 211 Cultural Anthropology
AN 312 World Ethnography
AN 313 World Archaeology

CR 102 Criminology

GE 230 Cultural Geography

GE 231 Economic Geography

GE 251 Geography of Pennsylvania

GE 252 Geography of Latin America

GE 253 Geography of Europe

GE 254 Geography of USSR

GE 255 Geography of Africa

GE 256 Geography of East Asia

GE 257 Geography of South and
Southeast Asia

HI 103 History of U.S. and Pa. I

PH 210 World Scriptures

PH 330 Philosophy of Science

Requirements for Graduation — 63

ML) 301 Music History

MA 101 Foundations of Math

SC 1 05 Physical Science I

PY 111 Physics I (iab)

PY 112 Physics II (lee)

PY 112 Physics II (iab)

PY 131 Physics I (lec-Calc)

PY 131 Physics I (lab-Calc)

PY 132 Physics II (lec-Calc)

PY 132 Physics II (lab-Calc)

ML) 103 Perspectives in Jazz

MU 201 Jazz History I

ML) 302 Music History II

MU 303 Music History III

MA 102 Finite Mathematics

MA 110 Elementary Functions

MA 121 Calculus I for the Natural

and Social Sciences & Business

MA 123 Calculus I for Physics

and Chemistry

MA 127 Calculus I

MA 214 Probability and Statistics

for Business Majors

MA 217 Probability and Statistics

PY 111 Physics I (lee & lab)

PY 131 Physics I (lee & lab-Cal)

PY 111 Physics I (lee)

PY 131 Physics I (lee-Calc)

PY 131 Physics I (lab-Calc)

PY 132 Physics II (lee-Calc)

PY 132 Physics II (lab-Calc)

PY 111 Physics I (lee)

PY 111 Physics I (lab)

PY 112 Physics II (lee)

PY 112 Physics II (lab)

RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT

The last 30 semester hours in a student's curriculum MUST be earned by enrollment in
courses at I UP.

SEMESTER HOUR AND CUMULATIVE QUALITY-POINT
AVERAGE REQUIREMENT

Each student must complete a minimum of 124 semester hours to graduate, including 52
hours in General Education (all on a passing basis), and must have a 2.0 ('C grade) cumula-
tive quality-point average and a 2.0 ('C') average in his/her major field.*

'Effective for members of the 1971 freshman class onward and for students admitted from
spring 1971 onward.

ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND EXEMPTION EXAMINATIONS

Courses taken by students prior to admission to college under the Advanced Placement
Program of the College Entrance Examination Board may be recognized by the award of
college credit or by exemption from required subjects. Those who earn a grade of 3, 4 or
5 in the Advanced Placement Examination will be granted credit toward the number of credit
hours required for graduation.

64 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

For students who have had other unusual opportunities of instruction or have advanced in
a given field, an opportunity to gain exemption from a course is afforded through exemption
examinations, given at the discretion of each department. Departments offering such options
will publicize their availability campus-wide every year. A student who passes an exemption
examination will be exempt from taking that course in his/her academic program.

When a student receives CREDIT for a course by examination, the credit will be applied to
graduation requirements just as though the course had been taken. If a student is granted
EXEMPTION ONLY from a course, he/she will be permitted to take a free elective in place
of that course.

This enables the student to further specialize, to correct weaknesses outside his/her major
field, to build his/her knowledge in an ancillary area, or to introduce himself/herself to an
entirely different area.

Courses for which credit or exemption are awarded by examination will not be used in the
determination of quality-point averages.

ELIGIBILITY AND APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION

Commencement ceremonies are held annually at lUP at the conclusion of the spring semes-
ter during the month of May. Only students who have completed all requirements for gradua-
tion by the end of the spring semester are eligible to participate in the commencement
exercises. Students who have withdrawn from courses or have elected to take incompletes
or have failed courses during the spring semester and thus have not met the requirements
for graduation may not participate in commencement exercises until those requirements
have been fulfilled. Students completing requirements in August or December are included
onthe graduation list the following May and may participate in commencement at that time.

It is the student's responsibility to complete an application-for-graduation form in the office
of the Dean of his/her College early in the term prior to graduation. Students are responsible
for knowing and fulfilling the requirements for graduation in their degree program.

Certification for graduation is not final until approved by the Dean of the College in which
the student is enrolled.

Students who expect to graduate at the end of the summer session must complete all
requirements for graduation by the conclusion of the Second Summer Session UNLESS
PRIOR EXCEPTION is made by the student's College Dean. Diplomas will not be issued until
all bills and obligations have been satisfied, including the degree fee.

SECOND BACCALAUREATE DEGREE

A graduate either of lUP or of another accredited college or university may receive a second
or subsequent baccalaureate degree by earning at least 30 additional credits in courses at
lUP which are approved by the Department and the College in which the subsequent degree
is earned. In addition, the student must meet any other degree requirements of the depart-
ment and the College in which the degree is earned. A student may not receive two baccalau-
reate degrees simultaneously.

Honors are not granted for subsequent degrees.

THREE-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAM

There is no special significance to the four-year baccalaureate program; more or less time
could be used effectively in pursuit of the Bachelor's degree. For those who wish to graduate
in three years, the accelerative features outlined below indicate how this could be accom-
plished:

Requirements for Graduation — 65

Six semesters at 17 semester hours each 102 s.h.

Exemption and credit for English 101 4 s.h.
Advanced Placement Examination Program College Level Examination Program

Departmental Examinations for exemption and credit 18 s.h.

Summer Session Enrollment (s)

Minimum requirement for degree 124 s.h.

Any student who desires an accelerated program should consult BOTH his/her adviser AND
the Dean of his/her college concerning the opportunities for credit by examination and the
total semester hours and courses required for graduation.

•:==i:t-i>

? -■ -:'

JftaUL^L.

\

r 3 s ^ s 8 c

u ■ » ■ ■ »■ "

--^, Jil',.jK.^

The College of Business — 67

The College of Business

Cyrus A. Altimus, Dean
Howard B. Cox, Associate Dean

The establishment of a College of Business was authorized by the lUP Board of Trustees
in May, 1966.

Departments within the College of Business include: Accounting, Administrative Services
and Business Education, Finance and Management Information Systems, and Management
and Marketing.

The Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration is offered by the Accounting,
Finance and Management Information Systems, and Management and Marketing Depart-
ments. The Administrative Services and Business Education Department offers the Bachelor
of Science in Education degree with a Business Education major. Bachelor of Science in
Education with a with a Business Education of Distributive Education major, Bachelor of
Science degree in Business Administration and a two-year Associate of Arts degree in
Business with a major in Accounting.

Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

For those pursuing the Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration, lUP's training
will provide a broad liberal background in the behavioral sciences; a keen perception of the
socioeconomic world in which we live and work; a foundation of general professional educa-
tion for personally fruitful and socially useful careers in the varied fields of business; and
opportunity to obtain the specialized knowledge and skills essential to future occupational
growth and advancement. There are six areas of specialization for those pursuing the
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration - Accounting, Finance, Management, Mar-
keting, Management Information Systems or Office Administration.

The curriculum is generally similar for all areas of specialization during the first two years.
The selection of a major area is necessary prior to the beginning of the student's junior year.

Each area provides for a variety of business and business-related courses which are de-
signed to enrich the student's understanding of the modern business system.

68 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Students may, in consultation with their advisers, plan their program of study to obtain a minor
in an area of business specialization other than their major or a related area outside of the
College of Business.

Bachelor of Science in Education

lUP's College of Business seeks to serve the needs of its students and the needs of
business, industry and education through its diverse programs. Known for 50 years for
excellence in Business Education, lUP's secondary program in Distributive Education pre-
pares teacher-coordinators for schools offering programs in marketing, distribution and co-
operative work experience. These two degree areas (Bachelor of Science in Education with
a Business Education major and the Bachelor of Science in Education with a Distributive
Education major) are designed to prepare teachers for comprehensive high schools, area
vocational-technical schools and community colleges.

Associate of Arts Degree

Students who desire a two-year program that prepares them to enter the business world may
elect to pursue the Associate of Arts degree program. For this degree, students may special-
ize only in Accounting. This program is only offered at the Punxsutawney branch campus.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

All four-year degree candidates in the College of Business must fulfill the University's 52
semester-hour General Education requirement (see section on Requirements for Gradua-
tion). Variations in the General Education requirements for students pursuing the Bachelor
of Science degree in Business Administration areas are listed below. Variations in the
General Education requirements for students pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Education,
Bachelor of Science in Office Administration and the Associate of Arts degree are listed in
the section on Administrative Services and Business Education Department. Candidates for
the degrees in Education 'must also fulfill the 29 semester-hour requirement in Professional
Education courses needed for certification (see section on College of Education). Bachelor
of Science in Business Administration candidates must also complete the Core Program
listed below. Specific courses to meet degree requirements are listed in the sections on the
respective departments.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

All students pursuing the Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration must meet
the General Education requirements of the University. The following represent specific
variations from the General Education Requirements (see section on Requirements for
Graduation for full listing of courses included in the General Education Requirements) which
will be followed by all Bachelor of Science in Business Administration students except those
majoring in Office Administration (these students should check the General Education re-
quirements listed under Office Administration major):

MATHEMATICS (3-4 s.h.) to include MA 121 Calculus I for Business, Natural and Social
Sciences

GENERAL ELECTIVES (3 s.h.) MA 214 Probability and Statistics fulfills this requirement.

SOCIAL SCIENCES (15 s.h.) to include EC 121 Principles of Economics I and PC 101
General Psychology

Core Program

In addition to the General Education requirements, each candidate for the Bachelor of
Science in Business Administration degree must satisfy the following 36 s.h. of Business
Core Program requirements:

The College of Business — 69

MK 320 Marketing 3 s.h.

FS 310 Finance I 3 s.h.

FS/MG 360 Management and Production Concepts 3 s.h.

Introduction to Business Law 3 s.h.

Principles of Econonnics I
A General Education Requirement)

Principles of Economics II 3 s.h.

Principles of Accounting I 3 s.h.

Principles of Accounting II 3 s.h.

Intro to Management Info. Systems 3 s.h.

Calculus I
A General Education Requirement)

Probability and Statistics
- A General Education Requirement)

Business Statistics 3 s.h.

Business & Interpersonal Communications 3 s.h.

Human Behavior in Organizations 3 s.h.

Business Policy 3 s.h.

Total Semester Hours Required 36 s.h.

(Exclusive of courses that can be counted as part
of the General Education requirements)

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

The following course will be offered as a required capstone course for all Business majors.
The teaching responsibility for the course will be shared by the College of Business as a
whole. It should be taken in the student's senior year, preferably in the final semester.

BA 495 BUSINESS POLICY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Completion of all Business Core requirements or permission.

A capstone case analysis course designed to give the student practice in applying business

theories to the solution of management problems. An analysis of how top management

determines policy and influences the philosophy and character of the company. To deveiop

in the student a general management viewpoint that integrates the various functions of the

organization.

AD

235

EC

121

(3

s.h. ■

EC

122

AG

201

AG

202

FS

241

MA

121

(4

s.h. ■

MA

214

(3

1 s.h.

FS

215

AD

321

MG

311

BA

495

ACCOUNTING DEPARTMENT

DONALD J. ROBBINS, CHAIRPERSON; BURNER, CHURCH, GHESSIE, GHO-
BASHY, LINDH, PLIVELIC, PONKO, TIGER.

The Accounting Department provides the training necessary for one to enter the fields of
public accounting, accounting in business or industry or governmental accounting.

In addition to the 53 semester-hour General Education requirement (see sections on Re-
quirements for Graduation and College of Business), candidates for the Bachelor of Science
in Business Administration degree with a specialization in Accounting must complete 1 ) Core
Program consisting of 36 semester hours (see College of Business section), and 2) 35
semester hours in the Accounting sequence, including electives.

Accounting Sequence

In addition to the General Education and Core Program requirements, specialization in
Accounting requires:

70 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Business (21 s.h.)

AG 301

Intermediate Accounting 1

3 s.h

AG 302

Intermediate Accounting II

3 s.h

AG 311

Cost Accounting

3 s.h

AG 401

Advanced Principles of Accounting

3 s.h

AG 412

Advanced Cost Accounting

3 s.h

AG 421

Federal Taxes

3 s.h

AG 431

Auditing

3 s.h

Free Electives

8 s.h

Accounting Electives 6 s.h.

(one course must be an AG course)

EC 325 Monetary Economics 3 s.h.

EC 334 Economics of Corporate Decisions 3 s.h.

AD 336 Law of Business Organizations 3 s.h.

AG 422 Federal Taxations of Corporations, 3 s.h.
Partnerships, Estates & Trusts

AG 441 Accounting for Government and Non-Profit Or-
ganizations 3 s.h.

AG 451 Seminar in Accounting Standards 3 s.h.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AG 201 ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES I 3 s.h.

Introduces the student to the accounting cycle in service and merchandising concerns using
the single proprietorship form of business organization; covers use of special journals and
subsidiary ledgers in the accounting system as well as accounting and internal control
procedures for cash, receivables, inventory, and plant and equipment.

AG 202 ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: 2.0 GPA in AG 201

Covers accounting principles and procedures for payroll, partnerships, corporations, long-
term liabilities and investments, and manufacturing firms with a general accounting system.
Introduces the student to cost accounting systems, financial statements analysis, budgeting
and use of accounting information in making managerial decisions.

AG 300 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AG 202

Emphasizes the use of accounting information in performing the managerial functions of
planning, control, decision making and performance evaluation.

AG 301 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AG 202

An overview of the foundation of accounting theory dealing with application of generally
accepted accounting principles as promulgated in professional pronouncements to the re-
porting process and to accounting for various asset items in the financial statements.

AG 302 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AG 301

Application of generally accepted accounting principles to various areas such as accounting
for corporations, long-term investments in securities, bonds, pension costs, leases, etc.

AG 311 COST ACCOUNTING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AG 301

Cost accounting methods and procedures including cost accumulation under job order cost
system and process cost system, cost allocation, budgeting, and accounting for spoilage,
joint and by-products. The planning and control aspect of cost accounting is emphasized.

The College of Business — 71

AG 401 ADVANCED PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AG 302

Study of accounting issues of specialized nature including partnerships, organization and
liquidation, agency and branch accounting, accounting for business combinations, prepara-
tion of consolidated financial statements, accounting for government and not-for-profit enti-
ties, accounting for estates and trusts, and receivership accounting.

AG 412 ADVANCED COST ACCOUNTING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AG 311

Study of budgets, standard costs, direct and absorption costings, analysis of cost variances,
and extensive analysis of various cost control and profit planning programs.

AG 421 FEDERAL TAXES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AG 202 Acquaints the student with Federal Income Tax Laws as they apply to
individual taxpayers and partnerships.

AG 422 FEDERAL TAXATION OF CORPORATIONS, PARTNERSHIPS. ESTATES AND
TRUSTS 3 s.h.

Prequisites: AG 421 and AG 302

Advanced course in federal income taxation as it applies to taxpayers other than individuals.
Covers the tax treatment of those property transfers subject to federal and state gift and
death taxes. The tax planning aspect of the various course topics as well as tax research
methodology are also discussed.

AG 431 AUDITING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AG 301

Study of auditing theory and practical application of auditing standards and procedures to
the review, testing, and evaluation of accounting controls and to the verification of transac-
tions and balances to express an opinion in an audit report on the fairness of financial
statements' presentation.

AG 441 ACCOUNTING FOR GOVERNMENT AND NON-PROFIT

ORGANIZATIONS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AG 302

Presents the views of authoritative professional organizations as to desirable standards of

accounting and reporting for governmental and non-profit entities. Topics include: budgeting

and budgetary accounts, accounting for various funds, the general fixed assets group of

accounts, the financial reporting process and application of the principles of fund accounting

in specific areas.

AG 451 SEMINAR IN ACCOUNTING STANDARDS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AG 302

Study of professional standards having authoritative support in the field of accounting. APB
opinions, FASB interpretations, and SEC Accounting Series Releases are discussed.

AG 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of Departmental Chairperson and Dean, College of Business
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues in a concentrated
area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty member.

AG 497 INTERNSHIP IN ACCOUNTING (PUBLIC) 6 s.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of Departmental Chairperson and Dean, College of Business
Practical experience with a public accounting firm.

AG 498 INTERNSHIP IN ACCOUNTING (INDUSTRIAL & GOVERNMENT) 6 s.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of Departmental Chairperson and Dean, College of Business
Practical experiences in an industrial or government accounting setting.

72 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AND BUSINESS EDUCATION

DEPARTMENT

BERNARD MOREAU, CHAIRPERSON: AMES, BIANCO, DEMAND, MAHAN,
MORRIS, O'CONNOR, POLESKY, ROBERTS, ROWELL, STEIGMANN,
STROCK, TROXELL, WOHLGAMUTH, WOOMER.

This department offers two four-year programs and a two-year associate degree program.
The associate degree is offered at the Punxsutawney campus only.

Degrees offered by the Administrative Services and Business Education Department are the
Bachelor of Science in Education with a Business Education major, Bachelor of Science in
Education with a Distributive Education major, Bachelor of Science in Office Administration
with a major in Office Administration, and a two-year Associate of Arts in Business degree
with a major in Accounting.

Those students interested in teaching business and distributive education in high schools
and vocational-technical schools have a choice of the following areas of concentration:
Accounting, Data Processing, Secretarial (all include certification in Typewriting), and Distrib-
utive Education. Students are encouraged to select more than one area of concentration,
as additional certification beyond the minimum requirements enrich the student's preparation
for teaching.

Students interested in a non-teaching degree that prepares them for careers in business,
industry and government as administrative assistants, administrative secretaries, office
managers and supervisors, and records administrators may select the office administration
major. Students selecting this major have a choice of one or more of the following related
areas: Accounting, Finance, Human Relations, Marketing, and Secretarial Administration.

Students who want a two-year program that prepares them for entering careers in business
and government may select the following area of specialization: Accounting. This program
is offered only at the Punxsutawney campus.

FOUR-YEAR DEGREE PROGRAMS

In addition to the 52 semester hours in General Education courses required for all baccalau-
reate candidates (see section on Requirements for Graduation), and the 29 semester hour
Professional Education requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Education degree (see
College of Education section), a core program of 31 semester hours (3-6 s.h. of which may
count as General Education requirements) is required of all majors pursuing one of the
four-year degree programs in Business Education or Distributive Education.

CORE PROGRAM FOR BUSINESS EDUCATION AND DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCA-
TION PROGRAM

Business Organization & Management 3 s.h.

Introduction to Business Law 3 s.h.

Business and Interpersonal Communication 3 s.h.

Law of Business Organizations 3 s.h.

Foundations of Business Mathematics 3 s.h.

Principles of Typewriting 2 s.h.

Intermediate Typewriting 2 s.h.

Machine Mathematics 3 s.h.

AG 201 Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.

Business

AD

101

AD

235

AD

321

AD

336

*BE

111

BE

131

BE

132

*BE

335

The College of Business — 73

AG 202 Accounting Principles II 3 s.h.

FS 241 Introduction to MIS 3 s.h.

*May be part of University's General Education requirement.

B.S. IN EDUCATION

(BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR)

The Indiana University of Pennsylvania Business Education progrann is accredited by the
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). The progrann leads to the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Education and to the certification in Pennsylvania as a
business education teacher.

A student must apply to the Dean of the College of Education to receive an initial certificate
to teach in Pennsylvania's public schools. Certification to be a business education teacher
is approved by the Dean of the College of Education when a student has met all the
requirements in professional education, general education and business education major
courses.

The curnculum in Business Education prepares students for a professional career in teaching
office occupations. The Business Education curriculum is designed with three areas of
concentration or fields of specialization. The three fields of concentration are Accounting,
Data Processing, and Secretarial. Students may pursue the work of the entire curriculum or
they may elect to pursue work according to their aptitudes as follows:

1. The complete program leads to certification in all of the high school business sub-
jects. Those who possess aptitudes that indicate success in Accounting, Data
Processing, and Secretanal work may pursue this complete program if they wish.
School administrators believe that the complete program is desirable for breadth of
certification when teaching in the public schools of the Commonwealth of Pennsyl-
vania.

2. The accounting field includes all courses in the curnculum listed under that heading
and meets the requirements for certification in Accounting and Typewriting.

3. The secretanal field includes all courses in the curriculum listed under that heading
and meets the requirements for certification in Secretarial subjects and Typewriting.

4. The data processing field includes all courses in the curnculum listed under that
heading and meets the requirements for certification in Accounting, Data Processing,
and Typewhting.

All Business Education majors are required to complete the requirements for certification in
at least two of the following areas of certification: Accounting, Data Processing, Marketing,
Secretarial, and Typewriting.

Students pursuing the accounting field or secretarial field may elect courses which will afford
certification in a third area of certification since the courses listed under these headings in
the curnculum only provide certification in two areas.

Practical Business Experience

Before graduation, each student is encouraged to complete the equivalent of 12 months of
secretanal practice, accounting practice, data processing, clerical practice, or a combination
of these. This expehence should be in the field or fields in which the student is contemplating
certification and can be acquired during summer vacations and in offices on the campus
duhng the regular school term.

BE

271

Advanced Typewriting

BE

311

Methods and Evaluation in Business
Education 1

BE

312

Methods and Evaluation in Business
Education II

DE

333

Principles of Selling

EC

121

Principles of Economics 1

74 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Business Education

In addition to the General Education, Core Program for Business Education and Distributive
Education and Professional Education requirements, all majors in Business Education must
complete the following:

2s.h.

3 s.h.

1-3 s.h.
3 s.h.
3 s.h.

*May be part of the University's General Education requirements

Areas of Specialization

Specialization in the several areas available to the Business Education student is accom-
plished by taking courses listed as follows:
Secretarial Sequence

BE 261 Shorthand Theory 3 s.h.

BE 262 Shorthand Dictation 3 s.h.

BE 363 Transcription 3 s.h.

BE 364 Office Procedures 3 s.h.
Accounting Sequence

AG 301 Intermediate Accounting I 3 s.h.

AG 421 Federal Taxes 3 s.h.
Data Processing Sequence

FS 350 Business Systems Technology 3 s.h.

FS 351 Management Information Systems 3 s.h.

FS 352 Business Applications in COBOL 3 s.h.

AG 301 Intermediate Accounting I 3 s.h.

AG 421 Federal Taxes 3 s.h.
Electives

AG 311 Cost Accounting 3 s.h.

AG 431 Auditing 3 s.h.

B.S. IN EDUCATION

(DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION MAJOR)

The Indiana University of Pennsylvania Distributive Education program is accredited by the
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE). The program leads to the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Education and to the certification in Pennsylvania as a
distributive education teacher.

A student must apply to the Dean of the College of Education to receive an initial certificate
to teach in Pennsylvania's public schools. Certification to be a distributive education teacher
is approved by the Dean of the College of Education when a student has met all the
requirements in professional education, general education and distributive education m ajor
courses.

The curriculum in distributive education is designed to prepare students for a professional
career teaching the distributive occupations. Students following this program will be gradua-
ted as teachers-coordinators of distributive education and will be also certified to teach
certain courses in business education.

Teaching in the field of distributive education combines the personal satisfaction of teaching
with the enjoyment of public relations work in the distributive area of business-retailing,
wholesaling, and service enterprises. The student who likes the prestige of teaching, along
with the plus values of working with business leaders and young people, will find this a

MK

320

DE

410

DE

413

DE

331

DE

332

DE

333

DE

434

The College of Business — 75

challenging and rewarding career. Distributive education presents a promising future for
persons in the teaching profession. With the recognition of the importance of distribution to
our national economy, this vocational field of teaching is expanding rapidly.

Distributive Education

In addition to the General Education, Core Program for Business Education and Distributive
Education, and Professional Education requirements outlined for the Administrative Services
and Business Education Department, all Distributive Education majors must complete the
following:

Principles of Marketing 3 s.h.

Methods and Evaluation in Distributive

Education I 3 s.h.

Methods and Evaluation in Distributive

Education II 3 s.h.

Modern Merchandising 3 s.h.

Retail Management 3 s.h.

Principles of Selling 3 s.h.

Supervised Work Experience and Seminar in

Distributive Education 6 s.h.

*EC 121 Principles of Economics I 3 s.h.

*May be part of the University's General Education requirements.

B.S. IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (OFFICE
ADMINISTRATION MAJOR)

Office Administration is one of the most challenging careers in business, industry, and
government. The Office Administration program is built on abroad general education which
provides students with a fundamental understanding of the society in which they live and
work. The program strives to develop the student's knowledge of the functional areas of
business (accounting, finance and marketing), the behavioral sciences, the management
sciences, and the systems approach to problem solving. An integral part of each student's
program is an intensive study of office administration emphasizing the decision-making
aspect of office activities and giving in-depth experiences required for an understanding of
the total office system and its relationship to the total business and economic system.

Upon completion of the office administration program, the graduate will be able to pursue
careers as administrative assistants in business, industry and government; administrative
secretaries with opportunities to specialize in medical, legal and bilingual positions; office
managers and supervisors; and records managers and administrators.

In addition to the 52-semester hour General Education requirement (see sections on Re-
quirements for Graduation and College of Business), candidates for the Bachelor of Science
degree from the College of Business with a major in Office Administration must complete 1)
Core Program consisting of 36 semester hours (see College of Business section), and 2) 36
semester hours in the Office Administration sequence, including electives.

General Education Requirements

All students pursuing the Bachelor of Science degree from the College of Business with a
major in office administration must meet the General Education Requirements of the Univer-
sity. The following represent the specific departmental variations from the General Education
Requirements (see section on Requirements for Graduation for full listing of courses included
in the General Education Requirements):

MATHEMATICS (3 s.h.) to include BE 1 1 1 Foundations of Business Mathematics

SCIENCE/MATH ELECTIVES (3 s.h.) to include MA 214 Probability and Statistics

BE 131

Principles of Typewriting

BE 132

Intermediate Typewriting

BE 364

Office Procedures

AD 412

Administrative Office Services

AD 413

Word Processing Concepts

AD 415

Records Administration

AD 430

Office Systems

Business Electives

Free Electives

76 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

SOCIAL SCIENCES (15 s.h.) to include EC 121 Principles of Economics I and PC 101
General Psychology

Office Administration Sequence

In addition to the University General Education and College of Business Core Program
requirements previously outlined, the Office Administration major requires:

2 s.h.

2 s.h.

3 s.h.
3 s.h.
3 s.h.
3 s.h.
3 s.h.
9 s.h.

8 s.h.

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE (Major in Business)
(Offered only at the Punxsutawney Campus)

The Associate of Arts Degree in Business is designed to be a two-year curriculum with these
objectives:

1 . To provide business occupational education with the opportunity for specialization in
accounting.

2. To enable the student to enter accounting positions in business and government.

3. To enable the student to upgrade his/her skills and knowledge to qualify for higher
positions in business and government.

All students enrolled in this program must complete the requirements listed below under
general education, business core, and areas of specialization.
General Education

*EN 100 Basic English

OR
EN 101 English I 3-4 s.h.

EN 102 English II 3 s.h.

PC 101 General Psychology 3 s.h.

EC 101 Basic Economics I

OR
EC 121 Principles of Economics I 3 s.h.

Social Science Elective

OR
Humanities Elective 3 s.h.

Business Core

BE 111 Foundations of Business Mathematics 3 s.h.

BE 131 Principles of Typewriting 2 s.h.

BE 335 Machine Mathematics 3 s.h.

AD 101 Business Organization & Management 3 s.h.

AD 235 Introduction to Business Law 3 s.h.

AD 321 Business and Interpersonal Communications 3 s.h.

AG 201 Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.

*Either EN 100 or EN 101 will satisfy the requirements for the Associate of Arts degree.
However, should the student transfer to a four-year program, only EN 101 will satisfy the
University's General Education requirement.

The College of Business — 77

Area of Specialization

In addition to the general education and business core requirements listed above, students
must select one of the following areas of specialization.

ACCOUNTING

AG 202 Accounting Principles II 3 s.h.

AG 301 Intermediate Accounting I 3 s.h.

AG 302 Intermediate Accounting II 3 s.h.

AG 311 Cost Accounting 3 s.h.

AD 336 Law of Business Organizations 3 s.h.

FS 292 Business Data Processing 3 s.h.

FS 351 Management Information Systems 3 s.h.

BE 364 Office Procedures 3 s.h.
BE 433 Supervised Work Experience and Seminar in
Office Occupations
OR

Business Elective 3 s.h.

Pre-Law Minor in College of Business

The pre-law minor is intended for the student who is a business major concentrating in one
of the business areas and interested in law as a career. The minor consists of 21 semester
hours selected by the student from a predetermined list of courses spread over five areas
of Humanities and Social Sciences. The goal of the pre-law minor is both academic accom-
plishment and guidance and advisement. Interested business students should contact the
pre-law adviser in the Administrative Services and Business Education Department.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AD 101 BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Overview of the principles, practices and methods common to most business firms in a
private enterprise system. (Not open to juniors and seniors in Business Administration).

AD 235 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS LAW 3 s.h.

Introduction to legal systems, torts, contracts and sales law.

AD 275 FILING AND RECORDS MANAGEMENT 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: Sophomore Status

Basic principles and procedures of records storage and control. Included is an in-depth study
of various methods and systems of records storage and management of the records system.

AD 321 BUSINESS AND INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: Junior Status

Study of communication theory and principles as applied to business situations and prac-
tices; development of communication skills in areas of communication such as oral, writing,
listening and non-verbal. Emphasis in building effective interpersonal relations in a business
environment.

AD 336 LAW OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATIONS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AD 235

A study of the law dealing with commercial paper, agency, partnerships, corporations and

bankruptcy.

AD 337 CONSUMER LAW 3 s.h.

Nature of law as it pertains to the consumer. Attention to consumer protection relationships;
real and personal property; credit; environmental law; law pertaining to employment; land-
lord-tenant relationships; product liability; insurance and family law.

78 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

AD 382 REAL ESTATE FUNDAMENTALS 3 s.h.

Designed to acquaint the student with the language, principles and laws that govern the
business of real estate. Emphasis on the underlying concepts of land, property, rights in
realty and the means, methods and laws that govern the conveyance of these rights. Re-
quired course for taking the PA Real Estate Salesman's Exam.

AD 412 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE SERVICES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Junior Status

Presentation of fundamental principles and practices used in the development of an office.
Specialized areas such as systems analysis work simplification, forms design, word process-
ing, office machines and equipment, records management, office design and layout, office
location and physical environment, office supervision, office manuals and development of
office personnel will be discussed.

AD 413 WORD PROCESSING CONCEPTS 3 s.h.

Comprehensive overview of word processing designed to acquaint the student with the
concept of a modern word processing center including equipment, procedures and personnel.

AD 415 RECORDS ADMINISTRATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Junior Status

Development of the principles of records administration including creation, use, maintenance
and destruction. Storage facilities, records classification, forms analysis, control of records,
as well as micro-image systems will be discussed.

AD 421 PREPARATION AND PRESENTATION OF BUSINESS REPORTS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Junior Status

Application of business and technical writing styles. Formats, visual aids, motivation tech-
niques, special reports and oral presentations are some areas of concern.

AD 430 OFFICE SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FS 241, AD 412, AD 413, and AD 415

Primarily for the Office Administration major, integrates the concepts of the various courses
in the administrative services area.

AD 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES, BUSINESS EDUCATION
OR DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of departmental chairperson and Dean, College of Business

AD 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES, BUSINESS
EDUCATION OR DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of departmental chairperson and Dean, College of Business

AD 498 INTERNSHIP IN OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 6 s.h.

Prerequisites: Senior Status, approval of Internship Coordinator and 2.75 overall GPA and
3.0 GPA in Business

A supervised office experience program with an approved agency (business, industry, and
government); includes three, two-hour, on-campus seminars.

BE 111 FOUNDATIONS OF BUSINESS MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.

Develops an understanding of numbers and knowledge of fundamental concepts in arithme-
tic and algebra in the solution of common and advanced problems encountered in business
by the businessman and consumer. Topics illustrating and emphasizing the application of
business mathematics include methods used to compute interest discount, partial payments,
discounting of notes and drafts, depreciation, amortization, sinking fund redemptions, effec-
tive rate of interest and preparation of statistical data.

BE 131 PRINCIPLES OF TYPEWRITING 3 s.h.

Emphasis on development of correct techniques in typewriting, introduction to basic styles
of business letters, simple tabulations and simple manuscripts; specific standards of speed
and accuracy are required. Credit may be given by examination.

The College of Business — 79

BE 132 INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING 2 S.h.

Prerequisite: 2.0 GPA in BE 131 or credit by examination

Ennphasis on further developnnent of speed, accuracy and production ability; includes busi-
ness letters with special features, business reports, business forms, rough drafts, manus-
cripts, and liquid and stencil duplication.

BE 261 SHORTHAND THEORY 3 s.h.

An introductory course in the basic principles of Gregg Shorthand, Diamond Jubilee. Credit
may be given by examination.

BE 262 SHORTHAND DICTATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: BE 261

Major objectives are to review and strengthen student's knowledge of principles of Gregg
Shorthand, Diamond Jubilee, to build shorthand-writing speed and to build transcription skill.
Credit may be given by examination.

BE 271 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: At least a 2.0 GPA in BE 131 and 132

Continuation of speed and accuracy development and production ability, advanced work in
letter forms, legal documents, statistical reports, tables and manuscripts.

BE 280 MACHINE TRANSCRIPTION AND WORD PROCESSING 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: BE 271 and AD 272

Develops a high degree of proficiency in the use of dictating and transcribing machines,
magnetic and memory typewriters, duplicating machines, and basic business English skills
required for successful employment as correspondence and administrative secretaries; fur-
ther the student's understanding of the word processing concept.

BE 311 METHODS AND EVALUATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION 1 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: General Psychology, Educational Psychology, and completion of the freshman
and sophomore courses in the student's major areas.

Includes general methods of teaching and evaluation plus special methods and evaluation
in basic business courses. Courses of study, unit plans, lesson plans, and unit tests are
emphasized. Aims, techniques, and procedures of teaching, grade placement of courses and
classroom management are studied.

BE 312 METHODS AND EVALUATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION II 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisites: BE 311 or DE 410

Covers three sections of special methods and evaluation in typewriting, stenography and
accounting data processing. Objectives, planning, evaluating and skill building are studied.
Media and facilities for instruction are examined. Students elect sections needed for certifica-
tion.

BE 335 MACHINE MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: BE 1 1 1 or permission of instructor

Fundamental mathematical processes utilized in business are applied in realistic business
situations through use of office machines including ten-key and full-keyboard adding-listing
machines and electronic calculators.

BE 363 TRANSCRIPTION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: BE 262

Develop additional speed in taking dictation, with emphasis on development of transcription

skill.

BE 364 OFFICE PROCEDURES 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: BE 271

Advanced study of theory and practice in activities common to office records management;
handling of mail; bank, telephone and telegraph services; receiving callers; writing reports;
dictating and transcription equipment; bank, financial and legal transactions; shipping and
receiving services; reference books; etc.

80— Indiana University of Pennsylvania

BE 365 ADVANCED TRANSCRIPTION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: BE 271 and BE 363

Stresses advanced shorthand dictation and transcription techniques with emphasis on legal
and medical modules.

BE 371 PERSONAL TYPEWRITING AND DUPLICATING 1 s.h.

In this beginning course in typewriting, students learn how to touch type and use the spirit
duplicator and mimeograph machines. (Open to all students EXCEPT BE and DE majors).

BE 433 SUPERVISED WORK EXPERIENCE AND SEMINAR

IN OFFICE OCCUPATIONS 6 s.h.

Students gain experience in selected office occupations. This cooperative business
experience is conducted by competent business and University personnel. There is a
weekly evening seminar.

BE 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of Departmental Chairperson and Dean, College of Business
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues in a concentrated
area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty member.

DE 330 MERCHANDISING INFORMATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Sophomore Status

Study of the physical characteristics and construction of various types of merchandise.
Students will be able to translate this information into selling facts and statements.

DE 331 MODERN MERCHANDISING 3 s.h.

Techniques for planning and controlling inventory, analyzing sales, working with modern
systems for handling cash, uses of color, line and design. Practice in preparing merchandise
display units.

DE 332 RETAIL MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: DE 331 or DE 333

Study of structure and changing environment of retailing; special emphasis on merchandise
management, organization, sales promotions, services and control.

DE 333 PRINCIPLES OF SELLING 3 s.h.

Covers field of selling, preparing to sell, the selling process and an introduction to sales
management. Sales demonstrations incorporating audio-visual aids are a part of the course.

DE 410 METHODS AND EVALUATION IN DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION I 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MK 320 and completion of freshman and sophomore courses in the student's
major areas.

Acquaint prospective teachers with the objectives of vocational distributive education, includ-
ing state plan and curriculum. Understanding problems in organizing, teaching, administra-
ting, and supervising a complete cooperative program is also covered.

DE 413 METHODS AND EVALUATION IN DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION II 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: DE 410 or BE 111, MK 320, DE 333, and EP 302

Includes two sections of special methods and evaluation in this field. Objectives are to
acquaint students with basic principles of group and individual instruction in various subject
matter areas, as well as methods of presentation. Unit plans, lesson plans, demonstrations
and evaluations will be prepared. Students select sections needed for certification.

DE 434 SUPERVISED WORK EXPERIENCE AND SEMINAR IN DISTRIBUTIVE
EDUCATION 6 s.h.

Prerequisite: DE 333

Students gain experience in selected distributive occupations. This cooperative business
experience is conducted by competent business and University personnel. There is a weekly
evening seminar.

The College of Business — 81

FINANCE AND MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

DEPARTMENT

KENNETH SHILDT, CHAIRPERSON: BOLDIN, CHEN, FLETCHER, HALAPIN,
MAWHINNEY, McCAFFREY, NAHOURAII, SHEPHERD, SOLAK, WALIA,
WELKER.

The finance major, leading to tine degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Administration,
is designed to educate those students who are interested in the financial management of
the firm and in investment analysis of securities.

The management information systems area provides education in business computer tech-
nology and in the design and implementation of management information systems.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

In addition to the 53 semester hour General Education requirements (see section on Require-
ments for Graduation and College of Business), candidates for the Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration degree with a specialization in Finance or Management Information
Systems must complete 1) Core program consisting of 36 semester hours (see section on
College of Business), and 2) 35 semester hours in the specialization sequence, including
electives.

FINANCE SEQUENCE (36 s.h.)

Business

FS 320 Finance II 3 s.h.

FS 322 Life Insurance 3 s.h.

FS 324 Principles of Investments 3 s.h.

FS 420 Investment Analysis 3 s.h.

FS 422 Seminar in Finance 3 s.h.

Economics

EC 325 Monetary Economics I 3 s.h.

Finance Electives (three courses to be selected from the following):

FS 312 Risk and Insurance 3 s.h.

FS 351 Management Information Systems 3 s.h.

FS 385 Securities & Commodities Markets 3 s.h.

FS 410 Financial Institutions & Markets 3 s.h.

FS 380 Introduction to Management Science 3 s.h.

AG 421 Federal Taxes 3 s.h.

Any Finance and MIS Department approved upper level course

Free Electives 9 s.h.

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS SEQUENCE (36 s.h.)

Business

Business Systems Technology 3 s.h.

Advanced COBOL Application Programming 3 s.h.

Data Base Theory & Applicaion 3 s.h.

Systems Analysis 3 s.h.

Systems Design 3 s.h.

Other

CO 220 Applied Computer Programming 3 s.h.

FS

350

FS

370

FS

450

FS

451

FS

470

82 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

MIS Electives (three courses to be selected from the following):

At least three s.h. must be in upper level Computer Science courses approved by the Finance
and MIS Department. A maximum of three s.h. will be allowed in upper level accounting
courses approved by the Finance and MIS Department.

FS 380 Intro to Management Science 3 s.h.

FS 382 Auditing EDP 3 s.h.

FS 480 Distributive Business Information Systems 3 s.h.

FS 481 Special Topics in Management Information Sys-
tems 3 s.h.

FS 482 Independent Study in MIS 3 s.h.

Free Electives 9 s.h.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FS 215 BUSINESS STATISTICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 214 Probability & Statistics

Expands upon the probabilistic concepts developed in MA 214 to orient the student toward
managerial decision making using statistical methodologies. Topics covered include classi-
cal hypothesis testing, frequency analysis, analysis of variance, regression analysis and
Bayesian decision theory.

FS 240 COMPUTERS IN BUSINESS 3 s.h.

Study of the use of computers in information processing and decision-making functions in
business. Computer programming is covered through an introduction to COBOL. (Not open
to students who have taken FS 241). Scheduled to be discontinued.

FS 241 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

Study of management information systems and their design and implementation. General
systems theory, computer hardware and programming are emphasized then integrated to
demonstrate how an MIS is developed. (Not open to thoso who have taken FS 240)

FS 292 BUSINESS DATA PROCESSING 3 s.h.

Students are familiarized with development and use of Business Data Processing Systems.
Data processing methods and equipment, computer programming and interpretation of busi-
ness information are covered.

FS 310 FINANCE I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AG 201

Study of methods of securing and managing funds on short, intermediate and long-term
bases. The financial analysis, planning and control of a corporation. Also covered is working
capital management.

FS 312 RISK AND INSURANCE 3 s.h.

Study of the hazards of underwriting, the principles involved in, and the protection provided
by property and liability insurance, including multiple line and 'all risk' insurance, and corpo-
rate suretyship.

FS 320 FINANCE II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FS 310

Continuation of FS 310 and covers topics on long-term external financing of the firm, capital
budgeting, valuation of the firm, mergers, international business finance and business fail-
ures.

FS 322 LIFE INSURANCE 3 s.h.

Comprehensive study of that insurance which provides protection against the economic loss
caused by termination of earning capacity. Analysis benefits, underwriting, ratemaking and
legal doctrines.

The College of Business — 83

FS 324 PRINCIPLES OF INVESTMENTS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FS 310

Analysis of various types of securities and other forms of investment possibilities and a study
of sound investment policies from a corporate viewpoint. Factors influencing the general
movement of security pnces and the return from investments are considered.

FS 350 BUSINESS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FS 241

Student is taught fundamental and advanced concepts of computer hardware, and a proce-
dure for evaluation and acquisition of computer hardware.

FS 351 BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: AG 201 and FS 240 (or FS 241 or CO 110)

Introduces student to philosophy and concepts of business information systems. Areas of

problem definition, information, economics, information management, flow charting, truth

table testing, documentation, systems analysis and design, and project management are

included.

FS 352 BUSINESS APPLICATIONS IN COBOL 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FS 241

Provides the student with a knowledge of how computers are used in business organization
to solve their data processing and informational problems; study of computer hardware and
software concepts including training in the use of the structured COBOL programming
language; survey of latest acceptable industry standards in programming technnues.
COBOL exercises will include writing programs based upon common accounting-related
problems, e.g., payroll, billing, inventory, sales analysis.

FS 360 MANAGEMENT AND PRODUCTION CONCEPTS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Upper division students only. FS 241, FS 215.

Analysis of the role and functions of management to include: planning, organizing, staffing,
directing and controlling. Study of management in organizations with attention to tasks,
functions, and to conthbutions of various disciplines. Production management as an example
of functional management; emphasis on acquisition, transformation and distribution of physi-
cal materials. FS 360 will emphasize the quantitative approach to production and MG 360
will emphasize the qualitative approach. Those students who enroll in FS 360 may not enroll
in MG 360.

FS 370 ADVANCED COBOL 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CO 220; Corequisite: FS 350

Application of basic COBOL concepts to business. Advanced COBOL, including random file
handling, on-line interactive techniques & bus. application development. Structured top-
down program development.

FS 380 INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT SCIENCE 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FS 215 and FS 241

Discussion and application of mathematical models used in MIS design and managerial
decision making. Linear programming, Markov processes, queuing theory, EOO models and
simulation techniques are among the topics covered.

FS 381 FORMS DESIGN AND CONTROL 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FS 241 or by instructor's permission.

Study of all data collection, transmission of data, processing of data and retrieval of data
forms. Microfiche and COM forms design are included.

FS 382 AUDITING FOR EDP SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: AG 202 and FS 241

Emphasizes the responsibility of the systems analyst to include in systems design the proper
management and financial controls and audit trails in business information systems. The
design of control for application programs and systems is covered. Audit software packages
are examined.

84 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

FS 385 SECURITIES AND COMMODITIES MARKETS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FS 310 and FS 324

Study of the structure of security and commodity markets; the nature of speculative transac-
tion and methods of trading; analysis of pricing; and the objectives of security and commodity
market regulation.

FS 410 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND MARKETS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EC 325, FS 324

Review of entire structure of financial institutions, money and capital markets, of which the
business enterprise is both a supply and demand factor, and structure and dynamics of
interest- rate movements.

FS 420 INVESTMENT ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: AG 301, FS 310 and FS 324

Integrates the work of the various courses in the finance areas and familiarizes the student
with the tools and techniques of research in the different areas of investments.

FS 422 SEMINAR IN FINANCE 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FS 310, FS 320 and FS 324

Primarily for the senior Finance major, covers topics in all areas of finance by using recent
articles, cases, discussions, speakers and a financial simulation game.

FS 450 DATA BASE THEORY AND APPLICATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CO 220, FS 350

After learning data structures, the student will then apply them to CODASYL compatible data
base management systems, TOTAL and IBM's data base management system. Student
must develop and use a data base as part of requirement.

FS 451 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FS 350, FS 370 or FS 35?

Develops understanding of concepts and techniques, involving conventional and structured
approaches to analyzing problems of business information systems, systems definition feasi-
bility, as well as quantitative and evaluative techniques of business information systems
analysis.

FS 470 SYSTEMS DESIGN 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FS 451

Students learn tools and techniques for design of a business system. Along with classroom
discussions of principles and techniques for analyzing, designing and constructing the sys-
tem, students will formulate system teams to analyze the problems of an existing business
information system, to design an improved system and to control implementation of new
system.

FS 480 DISTRIBUTED BUSINESS INFORMATION SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FS 350 or by instructor's permission.

Study of the techniques involved in planning, design and implementation of distributed

processing systems. Distributed marketing, financial and corporate accounting systems are

included.

FS 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FINANCE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of Departmental Chairperson and Dean, College of Business.

FS 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of Departmental Chairperson and Dean, College of Business
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues in a concentrated
area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty member.

FS 494 FINANCE INTERNSHIP 2-12 s.h.

Practical experience in the finance field.

The College of Business — 85

FS 499 INTERNSHIP IN MIS 2-12 s.h.

Prequisites: FS 241, FS 350 or FS 370

Positions with participating business, industry or governmental organizations provide the
student with experience in systems analysis.

NOTE: Internships FS 494 and 499, can be taken, if the student qualifies, as general
electives. They do not fulfill the major-area elective requirements. Admission only by permis-
sion of the department Chairperson.

MANAGEMENT AND MARKETING DEPARTMENT

VINCENT TAIANI, CHAIRPERSON; ANDERSON, BENECKI, EMMALIZADEH,
FALCONE, McAFOOSE, McNEIL, OLSON, PILLION, RYAN, SNYDER, STEVEN-
SON, WEIERS, WILSON.

Graduates holding the Bachelor of Science degree with majors in Managment or Marketing
find employment opportunities in both public and private organizations. The management
program with concentrations in General Management, Claims Management, Human Re-
source Management, and Industnal Management is designed to give the Management major
a strong conceptual framework in the theory and practice of management.

The Marketing program is designed to offer the marketing major the depth required to
undertake the responsibilities associated with all aspects of the marketing function to in-
clude, but not limited to, product considerations and strategies, pricing considerations and
strategies, promotional considerations and strategies, and distribution considerations and
strategies.

The Management and Marketing Department also services the needs and requirements of
the Master of Business Administration (MBA) program.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

In addition to the 52 semester hour General Education requirements (see Requirements for
Graduation and College of Business sections), candidates for the Bachelor of Science in
Human Resource Management, Marketing or General Business must complete (1) Business
Core Program consisting of 36 semester hours (see College of Business section), and (2)
36 semester hours in the appropriate sequence.

GENERAL MANAGEMENT SEQUENCE 36 credit hours

Management CORE

9 credit hours

MG 300 Human Resource Management

AG 300 Managerial Accounting or

AG 301 Intermediate Accounting

MG 390 Principles and Practices of

Management

Advanced Business Electives

6 credit hours

Advanced Ecomonics Electives

6 credit hours

Advanced Electives

6 credit hours

Free Electives

9 credit hours

Human Resource Management, Industrial

Management & Claims Management Sequence

36 Credit hours

Management CORE

9 credit hours

Concentration Requirements

9 credit hours

Concentration Electives

9 credit hours

Free Electives

9 credit hours

8

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

9

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h,

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h,

3

s.h.

86 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

MARKETING SEQUENCE (36 s.h.)

Major Area Requirements

AG 300 Managerial Accounting
OR

AG 301 Intermediate Accounting I

MK 321 Consumer Behavior

MK 420 Marketing Management

MK 421 Marketing Research

MK 422 Seminar in Marketing

Advanced Economics Elective (300/400 Level)
Major Area Electives (three courses)

MK 430 International Marketing

MK 431 Industrial Marketing

MK 432 Business and Society

MK 433 Advertising

DE 332 Retail Management

DE 333 Principles of Selling

EC 331 Economic Organization of Industry

EC 345 International Economics I

Free Electives 9 s.h.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MG 300 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Designed to recognize and evaluate the change to the behavioral science approach in the
study of personnel administration. Topics include: recruiting and selection, training, manage-
ment development, performance evaluation, communications, wage and benefit programs,
and management-labor relations.

MG 31 1 HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN ORGANIZATIONS 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101 Human problems of management.

Basic ideas and theories from the behavioral sciences as they apply to human behavior in
organizations are presented. Management solutions to problems resulting from individual-
organization interaction are emphasized.

MG 360 MANAGEMENT AND PRODUCTION CONCEPTS 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: Upper division students only.

Analysis of the role and functions of management to include: planning, organizing, staffing,
directing and controlling. Study of management in organizations with attention to tasks,
fiiT-tions and to the contributions of various disciplines. Study of production management
as an example of functional management; emphasis on acquisition, transformation and
distribution of physical materials. MG 360 emphasizes the qualitative approach to production.
Those students who enroll in MG 360 may not also enroll in FS 360.

MG 390 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Examines quantitative and behavior models and theories used in managerial decision pro-
cesses. Readings and case studies illustrate applications of management theories, models
and structure.

MG 400 WAGE AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: MG 300

Studies the policies and programs that help managers design and administer compensation
systems for private and public sector enterprises. Includes motivation theories and practice
designing of compensation systems.

MG 401 MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT AND TRAINING 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MG 300, MG 360

Principles, problems and procedures in planning, organizing, directing and controlling at all

The College of Business — 87

echelons of a business enterpnse. Methods of improving and development of managerial
skills are emphasized.

MG 402 SEMINAR IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MG 300

Contemporary issues in personnel using case studies.

MG 410 DECISION MAKING IN BUSINESS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Senior status and all Business Core subjects completed.
Designed to give the student practice in developing solutions to business problems through
the integration and application of the numerous theories covered in the functional areas.

MG 412 SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 3 S.h.

Role of the entrepreneur and problems involved with managing a small business enterprise.

MG 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MANAGEMENT 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of Departmental Chairperson and Dean, College of Business
Covers advanced, innovative, or exploratory topics and disciplines within management.
Specific content items developed by instructor. Credits may be applied to either required (by
permission of department chairperson) or free electives in a student's program.

MG 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of Departmental Chairperson and Dean, College of Business
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues in a concentrated
area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty member.

MG 490 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP 3-6 s.h.

Practical experience with a personnel office to develop knowledge and experience in the
practical application of theory to actual problems in a non-classroom setting.

MK 320 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING 3 s.h.

Study of those activities necessary to the design, pricing, promotion, and distrbution of goods
and services for use by organizations and ultimate consumers.

MK 321 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MK 320 and PC 101

Survey of noteworthy contributions of behavioral science and research of consumer purchas-
ing and decision-making process, with particular attention to formal and info'mal influence
patterns.

MK 420 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisites- MK 320 and MK 321

Analysis of marketing and operational problems and policies involved in planning, organizing,
coordinating and controlling a business from a total marketing program

MK 421 MARKETING RESEARCH 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MK 320 and FS 215

Nature, methods, analysis and application of present-day marketing research techniques
utilized in the solution of practical marketing problems.

MK 422 SEMINAR IN MARKETING 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MK 420 and MK 421

A terminal course designed for majors in marketing; considers current literature in the field,
case problems pertaining to the total marketing effort and actual problems of local compa-
nies.

MK 430 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MK 320

International marketing is analyzed with consideration given to the significance of gcvern-

88 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

ment regulations; organization structures of export and innport enterprises; and credit poli-
cies.

MK 431 INDUSTRIAL MARKETING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MK 420

Concerned with the major activities involved in the nnarketing of industrial goods and ser-
vices, including the industrial marketing system, marketing information needs of the industrial
firm, industrial marketing implementation and control, and channel, pricing, product and
promotional strategies for industrial goods.

MK 432 BUSINESS AND SOCIETY 3 s.h.

Overview of the interactions between business and the larger social system in which it
operates. Considers the problems, solutions and future directions of societal issues and their
relationships to the business environment. Topics discussed include consumerism, the mo-
rality of advertising, self-regulation, pollution and ecology, overpopulation, government regu-
lation, and the social and ethical responsibilities of business and industry.

MK 433 ADVERTISING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MK 320

Introduction to the principles, practices and creations of advertising. Use of various media,
legal, economic, social and ethical aspects of advertising are also considered.

MK 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MARKETING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of Departmental Chairperson, and Dean, College of Business
Covers advanced, innovative or exploratory topics and disciplines within marketing. Specific
content items developed by instructor. Credits may be applied to either required (by permis-
sion of departmental chairperson) or free electives in a student's program.

MK 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Consent of Departmental Chairperson and Dean, College of Business
Individual research and analysis of contemporary problems and issues in a concentrated
area of study under the guidance of a senior faculty member.

MK 490 MARKETING INTERNSHIP 3-6 s.h.

Practical experience in the marketing field to develop knowledge and experience in the
practical application of theory to actual problems in a non-classroom situation.

NOTE: Internships MG 490 and MK 490 can be taken, if the student qualifies, as a general
elective. They do not fulfill the major-area elective requirements. Admission only by permis-
sion of the Department Chairperson.

The School of Continuing Education — 89

The School of Continuing

Education

Jerry T. Ice, Dean

For a variety of reasons, increasing numbers of American adults will enroll in continuing
education programs to pursue their educational objectives during the rapidly changing final
quarter of the Twentieth Century. As a response to this need for recurrent education, lUP
established the School of Continuing and Non-resident Education. The programs within the
School of Continuing Education are typically characterized by innovation and experimenta-
tion in educational philosophy, teaching methods and techniques. The learning activities are
designed to meet the educational needs and goals of adults whose primary occupation
during the enrollment period is not that of full- time student. The School of Continuing
Education strives to carry out the mission of lifelong learning. During the past year, more than
9,000 students registered in the School of Continuing Education.

This School provides opportunities for adults to participate in short courses and community
service programs offered through the Community-University Study Series each spring, sum-
mer and fall. It also offers tutoring, testing, and other academic and advisement services to
meet the needs of adult learners. Assistance in career planning is also available.

Currently, criminology courses for credit are offered at a number of locations in Western
Pennsylvania through the Criminology Extension Program, in cooperation with other institu-
tions of higher education. Additional extension programs in other subject areas (business,
safety science, social sciences, fine arts, etc.) are being developed as the School expands
its offerings.

The School encompasses a variety of centers to meet specific needs. The CrimeStudy
Center develops community-oriented activities with a major emphasis on pre-professional
and in-service criminal justice training. Special conferences and seminars are also designed
by the Center on a state, regional, and national scale. The Adult Education Center provides
in-service educational opportunities and instructional resources for adult and continuing
educators and staff development programs for personnel who work with senior citizens in
Western Pennsylvania. In addition, all the programs within the School are vehicles for grant

90 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

development, grant administration, management consultation, research, and information
exchange.

The School of Continuing Education conducts conferences, institutes, and workshops for the
University to respond to public needs. On the basis of needs assessment and community
interest the School designs continuing education and community service programs for the
general public and for special publics, such as women, senior citizens, professional people,
labor union members and leaders, businessmen, local governmental and state officials,
volunteers, paraprofessionals, and other distinct audiences. An example of this is a develop-
ing program, the Continuing Education Program for Business, Industry, and Labor. The
School has a deep interest in providing access to lUP credit courses (through the Part-time
Studies Program and Extension Programs) to mature adults beyond the normal college age
of 1 8-22 years who wish to continue their education enrolling in regular credit courses offered
at the Main Campus, the Branch Campuses, and off-campus locations. The School gener-
ates proposal- writing activities for the support of adult or continuing education, community-
service, and community development.

The School of Continuing and Non-resident Education offers programs at the Main Campus
in Indiana, at the Branch Campuses in Punxsutawney and Kittanning, and in other communi-
ties in the lUP service area and. thereby contributes to extension of the resourses of the
University to the people of the State. Both credit and non-credit programs are available. The
Continuing Education Unit (CEU) is awarded for non-credit programs that meet established
criteria. The School of Continuing and Non-resident Education does not have a permanent
faculty of its own. The School attracts resource people as needed from the community, the
University, and other educational institutions.

Programs in the School of Continuing Education:
Adult Advisement/Counseling
Adult Education Center
Business, Industry and Labor
Community-University Studies
Crime Study Center
Emergency Medical Services Center

General Extension/Criminology Highway Safety Center, including Emergency Rescue,
Motorcycle Safety and Youth Traffic Safety
Part-time Studies
Vocational and Educational Services

The College of Education — 91

The College of Education

Robert Millward, Interim Dean

The departments of the College of Education offer programs leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Science, the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education, the degree of Master
of Arts, the degree of Master of Education, the degree of Master of Science, and the doctoral
programs leading to the degrees of Doctor of Education in Elementary Education, Doctor of
Education in Counselor Education and Doctor of Education in School Psychology. Appropri-
ately, most all programs completed in the College of Education lead to certification for public
school teaching or supervision in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

The programs in teacher preparation at lUP enable the teacher to become responsible for
the planning, organization and evaluation of an instructional program within the framework
of a school setting. The teacher brings to this setting a broad background of general studies,
an acceptable degree of mastery in a specialized field, and an understanding of the pro-
cesses of human growth and learning. In this role the teacher creates, manages and main-
tains an educational environment appropriate to the needs of the students to be served. The
teacher uses social, physical, cognitive and psychological data available on the individual
student to plan, excute and evaluate the instructional program. The teacher assumes a high
degree of personal and professional responsibility in developing a philosophy of education
in the development and management of a plan for professional growth.

The program of teacher preparation will provide an opportunity to gain expertise in the
following generic competencies:

I. An understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of human growth and
development.

2. Knowledge of and experience with effective learning techniques.

3. Utilization of learning resources and evaluation of teaching and learning effectively.

4. Effective classroom management techniques and recognition and response to differ-
ing behavioral patterns.

5. An understanding of the historical and philosophical bases of American education
and a belief that professional development is a life long process.

92 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

SUMMARY OF PROGRAMS OFFERED

Elementary Education

Secondary Education
*English

Connmunication
'Biology
'Chemistry
* Earth and Space Science

General Science
'Mathematics
'Physics

'Physics-Mathematics
'Comprehensive Social Studies

French

German
'Spanish
'Art Education
'Business Education
'Home Economics Education

'Music Education

Health and Physical Education

Special Education

Education of Exceptional Child

Hearing Impaired
Rehabilitation Education
Speech Pathology and Audiology

Communications Media

Vocational Education

Graduate Programs (see Graduate Bulletin)

Adult/Community Education

Counselor Education

Educational Psychology
Instructional Media Specialist
Reading Specialist
Student Personnel Services
Certification (see Graduate Bulletin)
Guidance Supervisor
Reading Specialist
Reading Supervisor
School Psychologist

Bachelor of Science in Education
Master of Education
Doctor of Education

Bachelor of Science in Education
'Master of Education

For details see College of Fine Arts
For details see College of Business
For details see College of Home
Economics

For details see College of Fine Arts
For details see College of Health
Sciences

Bachelor of Science in Education

Master of Education

Master of Science

Bachelor of Science in Education

Bachelor of Science

Bachelor of Science in Education

Master of Education

Master of Science

Bachelor of Science

Bachelor of Science in Education

Master of Arts

Master of Education, Doctor of

Education

Master of Education

Master of Education

Master of Education

Master of Arts

Instructional Media Specialist
Elementary Secondary Principals
Special Education Supervisor

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

All degree candidates in the College of Education (except for three special programs) must
complete satisfactorily a minimum of 124 semester hours in three categories: General Edu-
cation, a specialized major field, and professional education:

General Education - 52-55 semester hours, described under requirements for Graduation.

EP

302

EP

377

FE

302

CM

301

ED

242

ED

342

ED

442

The College of Education — 93

Specialized major field - requirements listed under Department offerings.
Professional Education - 30 semester hours, as follows:

Educational Psychology 3 s.h.

Educ. Tests and Measurements 3 s.h.

History and Philosophy of Education 3 s.h.

Instructional Media 3 s.h.

Pre-Student Teaching Experience I 1 s.h.

Pre-Student Teaching Experience II 1 s.h.

School Law 1 s.h.

Methods Course - (Teaching of , see under

major department offerings) 3 s.h.

One semester student teaching 12 s.h.

SOPHOMORE SCREENING FOR JUNIOR STANDING

College of Education majors are screened at the close of the sophomore year for Junior
Standing approval. The student must have earned a minimum of 57 semester hours,
achieved a 2.0 cumulative quality point average, successfully completed English I and En-
glish II and received speech clearance and department approval.

STUDENT TEACHING

Student teaching is designed to be a learning experience. The student teacher is a student
learning to teach under the supervision of a full time cooperating teacher in an off campus
center. A University Supervisor is also assigned to work with individual student teachers and
cooperating teachers.

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ED 100 READING AND STUDY SKILLS FOR THE UNIVERSITY STUDENT 3 s.h.

Designed to provide skills essential to college-level reading and study. Emphasis on funda-
mentals of reading comprehension, vocabulary development and study skills necessary for
academic achievement with individualization as appropriate.

ED 242 PRESTUDENT TEACHING CLINICAL EXPERIENCE I 1 s.h.

Observation/participation in a basic education classroom beginning not later than the sopho-
more year.

ED 321 STUDENT TEACHING 6 s.h.

Experience in teaching at the elementary level; coordination and visitation by a University
faculty member with daily supervision by a cooperating classroom teacher.

ED 342 PRESTUDENT TEACHING CLINICAL EXPERIENCE II 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: ED 242

Students work toward the development of specific competencies that relate to individual
major fields of teaching.

ED 421 STUDENT TEACHING 6 s.h.

Experience in teaching at the elementary level; coordination and visitation by a University
faculty member with daily supervision by a cooperating classroom teacher.

ED 423 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM, INCLUDING SCHOOL LAW 3 s.h.

Series of conferences and related activities to prepare students for actual teaching experi-
ences. Parallels student teaching experience in junior and senior years. (Elementary educa-
tion majors only.)

ED 431 TEACHING IN HOME ECONOMICS 6 s.h.

Experience in teaching home economics at the secondary level.

94 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

ED 441 STUDENT TEACHING 6-12 s.h.

Experience in teaching at the elementary or secondary level; coordination and visitation by
a University faculty member with daily supervision by a cooperating classroom teacher.

ED. 442 SCHOOL LAW 1 s.h.

Required of all teacher certification students. Includes overview of legal principles that apply
to special areas of education. Must be taken prior to student teaching.

ED 451 TEACHING SCIENCE IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Background to help science majors meet the problems of teaching science. Various inquiry
approaches useful in meeting objectives of a contemporary science class are taught and
exemplified. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

ED 452 TEACHING OF ENGLISH AND COMMUNICATION IN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 380

This course is a prerequisite to student teaching in English. Introduces student to current
professional practices in the teaching of English and communications in high school.

ED 453 TEACHING OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of 351-352 and 055-056 in the student's major lan-
guage; passage of a language proficiency examination or permission of the instructor.
Methods and material for secondary school teaching, current theories and techniques and
classroom demonstrations are given. (Course taught in Fall semester only).

ED 455 TEACHING OF SOCIAL SCIENCE IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS 3 s.h.

Study of modern methods and techniques for teaching Social Science and of current cur-
ricual in Social Science.

ED 456 TEACHING MATH IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS 3 s.h.

Study of modern methods and techniques for teaching mathematics and current curricula.

ED 457 TEACHING PHYSICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Provides foundation for a prospective secondary school physics teacher in the area of
current professional practices, curriculum and methods.

ED 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: By permission only Provides opportunity for students to investigate in depth an
area of education under professional supervision.

ED 495 INTERNATIONAL STUDY TOUR IN EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Study of various peoples through their cultural settings and educational systems; on-site
visitation to selected schools and other social agencies and institutions; seminars with school
officials and directed readings.

ED 496 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor and department
Advanced work in an area of the departmental curriculum.

THE UNIVERSITY SCHOOL

WARNER E. TOBIN, CHAIRPERSON/DIRECTOR; BATTAGLINI, GERLACH,
JOHNSON, LINGENFELTER, MARLIN, MARTIN, ROBINSON AND WALT-
HOUR.

The University School provides for a program of instruction from kindergarten through sixth
grade, thus affording opportunities for professional laboratory experiences and research
activities. Professional laboratory experiences are planned and scheduled with the Director
of Professional Laboratory Experiences. Research activities are scheduled with the Director
of the University School.

The College of Education — 95

THE UNIVERSITY CLINICS

Two clinics under the supervision of the College of Education offer diagnostic testing and
remedial service and instruction in the following areas:

READING CLINIC - diagnosis and rennedial instruction for reading and spelling disabilities
and instruction for the innprovennent of present skills.

SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC - diagnosis of speech problems, hearing tests and evalua-
tions, and a regular program of therapy.

Regularly enrolled students at the University may avail themselves of these services without
charge.

In addition, a CHILD STUDY CENTER provides psychological testing for any pre-school and
school-aged child within the area served by the University.

COMMONWEALTH REQUIREMENTS FOR
TEACHER CERTIFICATION

(except Vocational Instructional Certification. See section on Vocational
Education)

Certification standards for Commonwealth public school teachers are established by the
Department of Education and the State Board of Education. The chairperson of the depart-
ment in which the student is majoring must verify to the office of the Dean of College
ofEducation that all qualifications are met. The dean of the College is authorized to determine
final approval for certification.

Applicants for certification are required by State Law to be of good mental and physical
health, not in the habit of using either narcotic drugs in any form or intoxicating beverages
to excess.

The Instructional I certificate is issued to the beginning teacher upon graduation from the
College of Education. With the addition of 24 semester hours of collegiate and/or in-service
work and successful teaching experience, students may acquire the Instructional II certifi-
cate, leading to permanent certification to teach in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS

Information descriptive of M.Ed., Ed.D. and Teaching Internship programs may be found in
the current issue of the Graduate School Bulletin.

VOCATIONAL EDUCATION

The program of studies leading to a Bachelor of Science in Education with a specialization
in Vocational Education enables vocational teachers to extend their education and develop
additional teaching competencies beyond level II certification. A plan of studies will be
tailored to each individual student's background and professional needs.

The Bachelor of Science in Education (Vocational Education major) requires the student to
complete 124 semester hours in the following distribution:

Vocational Teacher Preparation 30 s.h.

VO 100 PREPARATION OF THE VOCATIONAL
PROFESSIONAL I

VO 400 PREPARATION OF THE VOCATIONAL
PROFESSIONAL II

96 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Vocational Technical Preparation 24 s.h.

VO 450^ TECHNICAL PREPARATION OF THE VOCATIONAL PRO-
FESSIONAL

Professional Education 6 s.h.

EP 302 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
FE 302 HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

General Education 52 s.h.

Courses are described under Requirements for Graduation

Electives 12 s.h.

May be selected from competencies listed under VO 401
or VO 402 or from other courses which lead to a
person's career objectives. Total 124 s.h.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

VO 100 PREPARATION OF THE VOCATIONAL PROFESSIONAL I 15 s.h.

Personalized, self-paced vocational teacher preparation. The vocational student/intern de-
velops, demonstrates and documents competence in selected pedadgogical competencies.
Individualized instruction is supplemented with monthly seminars. Self-evaluation is encour-
aged in the program utilizing videotape equipment and the feedback from a team of profes-
sional teacher educators.

VO 400 PREPARATION OF THE VOCATIONAL PROFESSIONAL II 15 s.h.

Prerequisite: Successful completion of VO 100

Personalized, self-paced vocational teacher preparation. The vocational student/intern de-
velops, demonstrates and documents competence in selected teaching skills in the areas
of program planning, program development, program evaluation, and managing and evaluat-
ing instruction in a vocational school setting. Self-evaluation is encouraged in the program
utilizing videotape equipment and the feedback from a team of professional teacher educa-
tors.

VO 401 SPECIAL TOPICS IN VOCATIONAL TECHNICAL PREPARATION 3-12 s.h.

Prerequisite: Vocational Center Director permission

Provides opportunities for vocational students/interns to develop additional technical skills
in areas related to their occupational competence under professional supervision. Topics are
determined through individual counseling, through priority needs identified by advisory com-
mittees and through evaluation of technical competence by departmental teaching staff.

VO 402 SPECIAL TOPICS IN VOCATIONAL PEDAGOGICAL PREPARATION 3-15 s.h.
Prerequisite: Vocational Center Director permission

Provides opportunities for vocational students/interns to develop additional teaching skills
under professional supervision. Topics are determined through identification of priority areas
in vocational education using national and state surveys.

VO 450 TECHNICAL PREPARATION OF THE VOCATIONAL PROFESSIONAL 24 s.h.
Competency assessment of prior occupational experience through national standardized
written and performance examinations.

ADULT/COMMUNITY EDUCATION
KOSS, MAHLER

EP 320 INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY EDUCATION 3 s.h.

An historic, current and prognostic overview of public education, other than the traditional
K-12. Course content will include organization, administration and program and staff devel-
opment.

The College of Education — 97
COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA DEPARTMENT

WILLIAM McCAVITT, CHAIRPERSON; DUDT, HANDLER, JULIETTE, LAM-
BERSKI, LIEDMAN, LIPSKY, MURRAY, YOUNG.

The Department offers a Bachelor of Science in Communications Media, a Minor in Media,
and serves pre-sen/ice teachers and other students who are required to complete the basic
course in Instructional Media, CM 301.

CURRICULA

Bachelor of Science

Students completing this degree should qualify for positions in business, industry, govern-
ment, medical communications and education in the areas of product development, elec-
tronic media, and training and development. This degree program offers the student a
broad-based experience in non-print media. The student is given an opportunity, through
outside electives and an internship program, to design a curriculum that best suits his/her
career interests and which may include courses in other appropriate departments.

Core Program

Requirements for all Communications Media majors, beyond the University'sGeneral Educa-
tion requirements are as follows:

CM 101 Survey of Communication Media

CM 271 Photographic Fundamentals

OR Foundations of Broadcasting

CM 303 Design and Writing for Media Production

CM 390 Field Experience
or

CM 490 Internship

CM 440 Communications Graphics

CO 200 introduction to Computers

Minor in Media

A Minor in Media consists of a minimum of 18 semester hours including at least one course
from each of these four blocks:

A. General Communications
CM 101. 240, 301, 303, 440

B. Photography

CM 271, 409, 443, 470, 472, 473

C. Filmmaking

CM 444, 445, 447

D. Radio and Television

CM 404, 448, 449, 450, 451, 452

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CM 101 SURVEY OF COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA 3 s.h.

Required of Communications Media Majors.

Introduction to the evolution, status and future of communications media. Students explore:
intrapersonal communication through self-assessment, values clarification and feedback;
interpersonal communication through interviews, observations, case studies and gaming;
and mass communications through the examination of the processes and the technology
utilized to disseminate and manage information. Career paths, field applications, professional
associations and the primary literature are investigated.

3

s.h

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

1-3

s.h.

3-12

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

98 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

CM 271 PHOTOGRAPHIC FUNDAMENTALS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CM 101 or permission

Working with black-and-white materials, the student learns to operate a camera, develop film,
make contact prints and enlargements, and mount prints for display. Ancillary topics are
inroduced such as filtration, print spotting, flash and the use of accessory lenses. Student
is required to have a 35mm camera, preferably a single-lens reflex, with fully manual focusing
and exposure capability.

CM 301 INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, EP 302, and Junior Standing.

Professional course required of all students in Education. Preservice teachers gain compe-
tencies in selecting, using and evaluating audio-visual machines and materials. Performance-
based activities in instructional design, materials production, machines operation and related
learning resource activities relevant to prospective teaching experiences stressed.

CM 303 DESIGN AND WRITING FOR MEDIA PRODUCTION 3 s.h.

Required of Communications Media Majors.

Introduction to the design of media materials and script writing. Style and techniques of
writing will be analyzed. Classroom emphasis is on writing, critiques and revision of designs
and scripts. Scripts for audio still projection, motion picture and television productions will
be written.

CM 390 FIELD EXPERIENCE(S) IN COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA 1-3 s.h.

Communications Media Majors Only

Individually designed projects or related practicums sponsored by a department faculty
member. Experiences concentrate on practical application and pursuit of competencies.
Experiences reflect the academic goals of the department and service the needs and
interests of the faculty sponsor.- Students may take one or more s.h. per semester (40 hours
or more of commitment — 1 s.h.) and multiple experiences are possible with a maximum of
3 s.h. permitted towards a degree program.

CM 404 FOUNDATIONS OF BROADCASTING 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: CM 101

Examination of the historical, legal and economic aspects of broadcasting. Impact of broad-
casting on society will be explained as well as the impact of the new technology on our
existing broadcasting systems.

CM 405 RADIO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CM 101, 404

Instruction in the various techniques and applications of sound production and programming
for radio. Emphasis on planning, scripting and producing broadcast quality radio programs
as well as commercial type announcements and station promotional devices.

CM 409 MULTI-IMAGE PRODUCTION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CM 271, 303, 440, 449

An advanced production course employing instructional development techniques to empha-
size the uniques features of multiple image messages primarily through 2x2 slides. Scripting,
storyboarding, computer programming and audio visual production techniques are used in
the course project.

CM 440 COMMUNICATIONS GRAPHICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CM 101

Provides basic experiences in planning and producing commonly used television studio,
industrial display and classroom graphics which are applicable in educational, industrial and
medical training programs. Experiences include technical layout and lettering; color; mount-
ing and laminating; copying and reproduction techniques utilizing photography and xerogra-
phy; photo silk screening and photo sketching.

CM 443 SLIDE AND FILMSTRIP PRODUCTION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CM 271, 303, 440, 449

The College of Education — 99

Beginning course emphasizing techniques of design and production of single image slide or
filmstrip presentations. Covers selection of materials and equipment, photography composi-
tion, message design and production methods in the course project.

CM 444 BASIC MOTION PICTURE PRODUCTION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CM 101, 303

Emphasizes effective use of Super 8mm motion picture cameras and editing tools to make
useful locally produced films. No previous experience is necessary.

CM 445 ADVANCED MOTION PICTURE PRODUCTION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CM 444

Emphasizes motion picture production planning. Such techniques as directing, advanced
picture and sound editing, and use of cinematography, tilting, animation and special effects
photography investigated.

CM 447 ANIMATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CM 444

Introduces animation techniques and offers practical experience in planning and producing
animated sequences. Work with filmograph, cut-out, puppet and full eel animation. Practice
in designing, drawing, tracing, inking and painting eels, preparation of blackboards, use of
eel boards, animation camera and stand; preparation of story boards and cue sheets; integra-
tion of visual and sound.

CM 448 WRITING FOR RADIO AND TV 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CM 101

Provides the procedures to be followed when preparing a script for both radio and television.
Students will be required to write scripts for both radio and television and for various program
and commercial types. Emphasis on the creative aspects of writing for the visual and audio
broadcast media.

CM 449 BASIC AUDIO RECORDING TECHNIQUES 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CM 101, 403

Theory and practice of recording sound, developing an understanding of language of
sound recording as well as ability to make sound recordings. Exposure to recording for
various media including radio, music, motion pictures, television, multi-image, and slide and
tape production. Material also appropnate for teachers who wish to make use of tape
recorder in the classroom. Students will gain hands-on experience through labs and pro-
jects to be completed outside of class. Students will be expected to provide an audio tape
recorder.

CM 450 ADVANCED AUDIO RECORDING TECHNIQUES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CM 449

Sound recording utilizing advanced techniques and concentrating on specific applications.
Student participates in an intensive lab experience utilizing the most advanced equipment
available. Emphasis on application, editing, signal processing and multi- track recording.
Student is expected to produce a sound recording for a specific use of professional quality.

CM 451 TELEVISION PRODUCTION 3 s.h.

Develops basic skills in television production and direction. Consideration of operating prob-
lems of a television studio, as well as functions; limitations, and capabilities of television
equipment and facilities. Stress placed on educational application of television production.

CM 452 ADVANCED TELEVISION PRODUCTION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CM 451

Provides an in-depth experience in the technical aspects of television production. Students
will produce and direct programs of broadcast quality.

CM 470 LIGHTING TECHNIQUES FOR THE VISUAL MEDIA 3 s.h.

Investigates and compares the special techniques involved in lighting sets and portraits in
motion pictures, television and still photography. Emphasizes practical 'hands-on' experi-

100 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

ence in the studio. Student must provide an acceptable, hand light meter and other minor
associated equipment. Three hours lecture/studio work per week. Limit 20 students.

CM 472 PHOTOGRAPHY II: THE PRINT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CM 271

Students will develop camera and print-making skills to the degree that they can produce
salon-quality photographic prints. Students will understand the photographic processes util-
ized in producing a high quality negative and print to the extent that they can manipulate
those processes to communicate an intended message with their photographs. Emphasis
on camera and print control as well as composition and negative and print manipulation.

CM 473 CREATIVE DARKROOM TECHNIQUES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CM 472

Students pursue photographic competencies to a high level of proficiency. Specific topics
may vary as photographic technology changes, but typical assignments include high contrast
photography through the use of graphic arts materials, multiple exposures in the camera and
in projection printing, making and using paper negatives, and hand coloring of photos.

CM 480 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Communications Media Major Only

Students may, with the sponsorship of a department faculty member and consensus of the
department, elect an advanced course of study which reflects the academic goals of the
department. Exemplary project is intended to extend or combine field knowledge not readily
available through other course offehngs. Students may take one or more semester hours (40
hours or more of commitment — 1 s.h.) and multiple projects are possible; a maximum of 3
s.h. are premitted towards a degree program.

CM 490 INTERNSHIP 6-12 s.h.

Prerequisite: Communication Media Majors Only, Junior or Senior Status.
Supervised professional work experience in communications media. Sites reflect the aca-
demic goals of the department and are approved and administered by a department coordi-
nator. Location, duties, length of internship and hours are individually tailored to student
career goals. Sites represent wide application of process and technology of communications
in business, education, allied health, or other agencies. Students may take three or more s.h.
per semester (40 hours or more of commitment — 1 s.h.) and multiple experiences are
possible; a maximum of 3 s.h. of internship and/or field experiences are permitted towards
a degree program.

CM 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Prior approval of the instructor and department

Advanced study in any of four major areas - photography, filmmaking, broadcast and produc-
tion.

COUNSELOR EDUCATION DEPARTMENT

JAMES C. WILSON, CHAIRPERSON: GULP, PESCI, WASHBURN, WORZBYT.

The courses listed below are available, as electives and as offered, to undergraduate stu-
dents in Education, in-service teachers, and other school personnel seeking a broad under-
standing of helping roles in a school program of guidance services. These courses are not
designed for those who would aspire to become school counselors. Formore information on
counselor education programs see the current Graduate School Bulletin.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CE 400 TEACHER ORIENTATION TO GUIDANCE SERVICES 3 s.h.

An elective for upper level undergraduate students in Education and aims to provide a broad
understanding of the role of the classroom teacher in a school guidance program.

The College of Education — 101

CE 250 DEVELOPING INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP SKILLS 1 s.h.

Teaches interpersonal relationship skills: listening, communicating, group dynamics, deci-
sion making, leadership, assertiveness, time use management, problem solving and conflict
resolution. Open to all undergraduates.

CE 252 GUIDANCE IN SCHOOL SETTINGS 3 s.h.

A survey course in guidance designed as an elective for in- service teachers and school
personnel other than counselors.

CE 253 COUNSELING IN SCHOOL SETTINGS 3 s.h.

An elective course designed to provide in-service teachers and school personnel, other than
counselors, a basic understanding of the knowledge, information and skills appropriate to
counseling with individuals and groups.

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT

JOHN QUIRK, CHAIRPERSON: ANGELONI, DeFABO, HELMRICH, HOELLEIN,
LEVENTRY, YANUZZI.

The department services undergraduate and graduate students. Undergraduate students
may declare a Minor in Educational Psychology by making application to the department
chairperson. Eighteen semester hours from the courses described below are required for the
minor.

The department also offers the M.Ed, with emphasis in Educational Psychology, School
Psychology, and Research. There is also a post-master's certification and a Doctor of
Education in School Psychology. Refer to the current Graduate School catalog for details.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Professional Education Courses

EP 302 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

(Required of all Education majors - it is recommended that this course be taken immediately

prior to the student teaching experience.)

Designed to promote better understanding of principles of psychology governing human

behavior, with particular emphasis on their relation to learner, learning process and learning

situation in an educational environment.

EP 303 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF EFFECTIVE PROFESSIONAL PRESENTATIONS 3 s.h.
Designed to give students awareness and skills in the areas of professional presentations.
Concerned with dress, diction and decorum. Emphasis on effective speaking and profes-
sional dress, with particular care to the interview. Proper behavior for social and public
engagements is also covered.

EP 304 CAREER PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT 1 s.h.

Designed for juniors and seniors seeking internship, employment and graduate school ad-
mission. Emphasis on personal goals design with integration of preparation and aspiration.
Resume, letters of application, search techniques and interview skills are developed.

EP 371 PSYCHOLOGY OF TEACHING SEX EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Explores the methods of teaching sex education to elementary, intermediate and secondary
levels; the sexual development of the child through adolescence and adulthood; the role of
organized religion in sexuality.

102 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

EP 377 EDUCATIONAL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

(Recommended that this course be taken immediately prior to student teaching experience.)
Designed to acquaint students with major methods and techniques of evaluation used to
assess and report growth, development and academic achievement of individuals in an
educational environment. Includes interpretation of standardized test information and basic
research techniques.

General Electives for Instructional II Certification

EP 372 PSYCHOLOGY OF CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EP 302

Emphasizes relationship which physical, social, emotional and intellectual development have
on theory and practice of childhood education.

EP 373 PSYCHOLOGY OF ADOLESCENT EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EP 302

Study of significant characteristics, behavior, and educational and social problems of adoles-
cents.

EP 376 BEHAVIOR PROBLEMS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EP 302

Examination of emotional and social aspects of behavior problems encountered in class-
room situations and potential remedial techniques.

EP 378 LEARNING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EP 302

Explores learning theories and educational application in the classroom.

EP 380 PUPIL ADJUSTMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EP 302

Considers human adjustment and mental health in relation to causative factors and explores
dynamics of personal and interpersonal relationships.

EP 383 EDUCATION OF THE DISADVANTAGED STUDENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EP 302

Acquisition of necessary understandings of physiological, psycholocial and social implica-
tions relevant to working with and teaching disadvantaged student.

EP 384 FIELD EXPERIENCE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EP 302

Provides student with tutorial experience in the public schools with professional supervision.

EP 385 HUMANIZING THE CLASSROOM 3 s.h.

An experimental course concerned with human-relations-skills training with particular em-
phasis on group process, non- verbal communication, listening and responding skills. The
focus of this course is primarily on the translation of these skills into effecting productive
classroom environments in educational settings.

EP 387 CHILDREN AND THE LAW 3 s.h.

A course designed to promote a better understanding of our legal system as it affects
children within the family and in specific settings including schools, juvenile courts, state
institutions, and community agencies.

EP 388 INTERPERSONAL EFFECTIVENESS AND COMMUNICATION SKILLS 3 s.h.

This is a course devoted to increasing professional effectiveness and improving communica-
tion skills within educational, business, and industrial settings. Course content includes
analysis of nonverbal behaviors, active listening, rational self-analysis and assertion skills.

The College of Education — 103

EP 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Department Chairperson pernnission.

Provides opportunity for students to investigate in depth an area of Educational Psychology
under professional supervision.

EP 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT

EMILY DeCICCO, CHAIRPERSON; BARTHA, DAVIS, DORSEY, ELLIOTT,
JALONGO, KING, KUHNS, McFEELY, MILLWARD, MOTT, REILLY, RIZZO,
STUART, E. VOLD, WILLIAMS.

Requirements for a degree in Elementary Education include: The University's General Edu-
cation requirements, 26 semester hours in Professional Education and 37 semester hours
in Elementary Education. Students can also major in Early Childhood Education. A minor is
available in Computer Science.

Effective Fall 1 983: A 2.5 QPA is required in the major area of study in order to student teach.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Required Courses In Elementary Education

EL 21 1 MUSIC FOR THE ELEMENTARY GRADES 2 s.h.

Geared for elementary education students. Includes basic ideas for understanding, develop-
ment, and confidence for future classroom teachers and their pupils in areas of music
education.

EL 213 ART FOR THE ELEMENTARY GRADES 2 s.h.

The creative use of art materials and an understanding of development of capacities of
children through art.

EL 215 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.

Survey of human development, from conception to adolescence, in terms of basic scientific
data. Development, growth, and behavior studied and their implications for home, school and
community considered.

EL 221 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Acquisition of a wide acquaintance with children's literature, old and new. Poetry selections,
annotated stories and bibliographies will be assembled. Ways and means to develop, stimu-
late and guide children's reading of literature presented. Principles and techniques of suc-
cessful storytelling studied and practiced.

EL 222 TEACHING OF READING I 3 s.h.

Systematic coverage of teaching of reading, including methods, techniques and materials.
First of a two course sequence.

EL 312 TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCIENCE 3 s.h.

Emphasis placed upon science as it relates to child and curriculum, planning for teaching
science and recent innovations in science teaching. Course offered on the block only.

EL 313 TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MA 150 and MA 151.

Recent developments in curriculum and methods of instruction of contemporary elementary
school mathematics programs. Students will become acquainted with books, materials and
other resources helpful to prospective teachers. Includes observations of master teachers.

104 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

EL 314 TEACHING OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 s.h.

Games, stunts, rhythms, relays, tumbling, dances and skills suitalble for elementary school
child. Teaching of health in elementary school is emphasized, including methods, materials
and lesson planning.

EL 322 TEACHING OF READING II 3 s.h.

Second course of a two-course sequence. Systematic coverage of teaching of reading,
including method.

EL 41 1 TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES 3 s.h.

Overview of social studies in elementary school. Includes study of objectives, trends, areas
of content, patterns and principles of organization and techniques of teaching. Variety of
learning experiences and materials used and evaluated.

EL 413 TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS 3 s.h.

Techniques for teaching oral and written communication, spelling, handwriting, vocabulary
development, listening and linguistics for Elementary Education students. Evaluates recent
trends and research.

ED 423 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM, INCLUDING SCHOOL LAW 3 s.h.

Series of conferences and related activities to prepare students for actual teaching experi-
ences. Parallels student teaching experience in junior and senior year.

EL 461 ORGANIZATION OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL AND ITS
CURRICULUM 3 s.h.

Study of organization of elementary school from standpoint of curriculum design and devel-
opment. Role of teacher as it relates to evaluation, improvement, and development of
elementary school curriculum. Designed to be taught in conjunction with student teaching
semester.

ED 242 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE I 1 s.h.

The primary purpose of this first pre-student teaching experience is to gain an overall view
of the classroom, pupils and teachers. Students are encouraged to become actively involved
in a classroom to the level of their ability.

ED 342 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE II 1 s.h.

The purpose of the second experience is to develop teaching skills and abilities by involving
the student in a variety of teaching experiences under the close supervision of a cooperating
teacher.

Elective Courses in Elementary Education

EL 212 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY GRADES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EL 211.

Continuation of skills and understandings as developed in El 21 1 , with emphasis on methods
and materials for upper grades. Additional opportunities for growth in music reading and part
singing are provided. Correlation of music with other areas.

EL 214 TEACHING ART IN THE ELEMENTARY GRADES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EL 213.

In-depth experiences and two- or three-dimensional materials relative to art and crafts for
elementary school child.

EL 330 PROBLEMS IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: ED 302.

For in-service teachers and those working toward permanent certification. Formulation of
solutions to problems of organization and instruction in elementary school; in- depth study
of teacher-pupil-parent interrelationships.

EL 351 CREATIVE ACTIVITIES IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Provides student with a wide range of creative experiences in fields of art, crafts, music,

The College of Education — 105

rhythmics, dramatics and games in elementary school. Stress is placed upon need to help
children in developing their capacities for creative expression in these areas.

EL 353 PRE-SCHOOL EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Principles and practices of guiding learning expenences of kindergarten student. Special
attention given to observations, kindergarten program and its curriculum, material and meth-
ods of instruction.

EL 355 GUIDANCE IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Study and discussion center about child himself - his characteristics, needs, problems,
material and relationship with others; and around techniques and procedures for identifying,
studying and giving help to children.

EL 422 DIAGNOSTIC AND REMEDIAL READING 3 s.h.

Causes of reading disability; methods of diagnosis; procedures and materials for remedial
work, group and individual.

EL 452 SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE PRIMARY GRADES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EL 41 1.

Examination of content, objectives and resource materials for social studies in kindergarten
through third grade. Research problems examined and representative units developed.

EL 462 INNOVATIONS IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Study of innovations which influence and direct educational objectives of modern elementary
school and its organization. Educational innovations dealing with curriculum, school organi-
zation and materials of instruction. Designed for those who have completed student teaching
or are postgraduates.

EL 463 WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY TEACHING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: At least one student teaching experience.

Designed for in-service teachers and those who are preparing to work with elementary
school children, including elementary education majors who have had at least one student
teaching experience. Course provides for investigation of subject matter, materials, methods
and procedures used in modern elementary classroom. Emphasis placed upon observation
and participation in programs currently being demonstrated in the University School.

ED 408 READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS 3 s.h.

Problems related to teaching students reading and study skills specifically needed in each
of the subject areas at the elementary level. Content teachers learn how to develop student's
competence in these skills as part of their regular classroom instruction.

ED 410 THE TEACHING OF READING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Specific guidelines and techniques for developing reading skills in each of the content areas
as well as guidelines for the organization of secondary reading programs.

Early Childhood Education Certification Program

The Early Childhood Education Certification Program prepares students to select from
among a variety of techniques and strategies those which appropriately expand
children's cognitive, social, emotional and physical development. Through lectures,
research and on-site experiences with young children, students are able to expand their
own knowledge of and attitudes toward education of young children N-3rd grade.

Required Courses

EE 220 LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Provides students with background on developmental chronology of communication skills in
the young child and presents curricular approaches to facilitating linguistic competence.
Theories of language acquisition, relationship between speech and cognition, techniques for
assessing samples of children's speech and literature appropriate for the preschool/primary

106 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

child wil be examined. Integrated appraoch to language arts that correlates listening, speak-
ing, writing and reading will be stressed. Students will apply these concepts during a super-
vised practicum experience.

EE 310 INTEGRATED CURRICULUM I 3 s.h.

Examines the sequence of cognitive development in children and the implications for instruc-
tional programs. Stages of cognitive understanding will be applied to the basic components
of numerical concepts and classroom strategies. Classroom management strategies that can
be utilized in varied environments will be stressed.

EE 311 INTEGRATED CURRICULUM II 3 s.h.

Enables students to realize the importance and relevance of content area subjects as related
to the early childhood years. Planning for teaching with specific emphasis on methods and
materials for social and enviromental living is introduced. Integration of music and art areas
is emphasized. Values systems and self-esteem are integral to social living.

EE 312 AESTHETIC EXPERIENCES FOR YOUNG CHILDREN 3 s.h.

An interdisciplinary approach to different forms of creative expression in young child Art,
music and movement will be analyzed as aesthetic elements in a comprehensive early
childhood curriculum. Development of creative potential in both teachers and children will
be promoted as a means of enhancing the artistic experiences. Students will expand their
use of the arts to enhance the self-esteem and self-worth of the students as they apply their
specialized knowledge and skills in directed teaching activities with small groups of children.

EE 315 PLAY AS COGNITIVE AND AFFECTIVE DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.

Provides early childhood educators with the knowledge and skills necessary to promote and
guide children's play behavior as the child's basic learning mechanism. Emphasis on defini-
tions theories and stages of play withing the context of social, emotional, physical and
intellectual growth for children aged 0-8 years. Students will observe children at play, design
specific learning activities that utilize a play/games format and direct educational experi-
ences during the supervised field component.

EE 451 TEACHING PRIMARY READING 3 s.h.

This is a methods course designed to assist students in developing the reading abilities of
young children. It deals with instructional issues related to teaching reading. It introduces
students to varying reading and pre-reading processed which are effective with young chil-
dren. It also emphasized diagnostic and assessment strategies for teaching reading.

EL 215 CHILD DEVELOPMENT

EL 353 PRE-SCHOOL EDUCATION

EX 300 EDUCATION OF THE EXCEPTIONAL CHILD IN REGULAR CLASSROOM

ED 442 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM, INCLUDING SCHOOL LAW

CM 301 INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA

EP 377 EDUCATIONAL TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS

FE 302 HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION

HE 426 TECHNIQUES OF PARENT EDUCATION

The College of Education — 107

MA 450 MATHEMATICS FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD

Graduate Programs

Programs leading to the M.Ed, and Ed.D degrees are described in the current issue of the
Graduate School Bulletin. Internships and assistantships are available.

FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION DEPARTMENT

DAVID E. ROTIGEL CHAIRPERSON: MERRYMAN, PENTA, THIBADEAU.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Professional Education Courses

FE 302 HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Provides an introduction to some of the major traditional and contemporary philosophic
concepts which have played a role in the formation of educational policies and practices.
Emphasis on relationship between educational theory and practice in such areas as: the role
of the school in society, curricular content, teaching and learning methodology, educational
goals and professionalism.

FE 433 SCHOOL LAW 1 s.h.

Introduction to legal framework within which the school operates. Includes study of both
federal and Pennsylvania law which influences the conduct of the school.

Electlves (Open to Juniors and Seniors)

FE 414 COMPARATIVE FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION (DUAL LEVEL) 3 s.h.

Analysis, evaluation, and especially comparison of educational purposes, curriculum and
methods in some western European nations, some developing nations in Africa, Asia and
Latin America, and some communist nations including U.S.S.R. and P.R.C. The educational
theories and practices in the United States will be compared with those in other lands.
Designed to develop insight into new ideas and practices in American schools.

FE 415 CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT (Dual Level) 3 s.h.

Analysis of philosophical, sociological and psychological basis for creation of curricular
patterns, K-14. Includes utilization of technological devices, critical examination of basic
concepts underlying determination of objectives, selection and organization of subject mat-
ter and of learning experiences in general. Current curriculum research will be analyzed, as
will existing instructional materials and programs. Study of development of public school
administration; current organizational patterns for public education at the local, county,
state and national levels; and the impact of administration upon the total educational pro-
gram.

FE 456 ISSUES AND TRENDS IN EDUCATION (DUAL LEVEL) 3 s.h.

Critical analysis of issues and trends in education with emphasis on philosophical and social
dimensions of topics covered. Attention to work of some major contemporary critics of
education

FE 495 INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION STUDIES PROGRAM (Dual Level) 3 s.h.

Affords educators and students opportunity to investigate school systems in cultural settings
other than their own. Particular attention to such issues as curriculum, teaching and learning
process, teacher education, and the changing cultural patterns and value system impacting
upon education. Travel-seminar with educators, teachers, students and parents in a foreign
country. On-site visitation to selected schools and social and cultural institutions.

108 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Urban Education Sequence

FE 440 ORIENTATION TO TEACHING IN URBAN CENTERS 3 s.h.

Provides students an understanding of learners and their unique learning needs and condi-
tions. Emphasis on understanding the origin of attitudes and values and how these affect
the relationships which exist between students and teachers. Special attention to practical
application of theoretical information to problems of urban education. Field trips and guest
speakers will be emphasized.

FE 441 FIELD EXPERIENCES IN URBAN CENTERS 6 s.h.

Prerequisite: FE 440.

Provides specialized experience for students desiring to teach in inner-city schools. Aspects
to be emphasized include physical characteristics of community, background and aspirations
of children and youth and specialized teacher competencies; classroom management, plan-
ning, instructional materials, teaching strategies and evaluations. Records of comprehensive
experiences in urban areas will be considered in making field experience assignments.
Schools selected for student experience will be located in Pittsburgh.

FE 442 INTERPRETING URBAN/FIELD EXPERIENCES 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FE 440 and FE 441.

Evaluation of learning and behavior problems encountered during field experience in urban
schools. Flexible approach stressed to encourage wide range of investigation and explora-
tion of psychological and sociological problems as they affect education. Supervision and
guidance for investigating specific problems provided by specialists from psychology, sociol-
ogy and education who will function as resource personnel providing direction enabling
students to combine experiences gained by teaching in urban schools with recent and
pertinent theoretical information. Graduate courses offered by this Department include Com-
parative, Historical, Philosophical and Social Foundations of Education; Curriculum Develop-
ment; Professional Negotiations in Education; and International Education Studies Program.
For specific information concerning these courses, see the current edition of the Graduate
School Catalog.

SPECIAL EDUCATION AND CLINICAL SERVICES

EUGENE F. SCANLON, CHAIRPERSON: M. BAHN, W. BAHN, BATCH, BENCH,
BORMANN,CHAPMAN, CRONK, FELIX, FIDDLER, FLAMM, MEASE, MORRIS,
MUNRO, NEWELL, REBER, SHANE, TURTON, VICKERS, YAGEL.

This department offers the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education in any one of four
options. Each of the four options follows a prescribed sequence of courses. Students may
elect to major in any one of the following fields:

A. Education of Exceptional

B. Speech Pathology and Audiology

C. Rehabilitation Education

D. Education of Hearing Impaired

The following grade policy effects students in the programs: Education of Exceptional,
Speech and Hearing, Rehabilitation, and Education of Hearing Imparled. 1 . No more than one
'D' grade, and no 'F' grades in major courses will be accepted toward graduation and
certification, except for the following courses where a student must earn a 'C grade or higher:

a. SH 122 - Phonetics

b. Clinics I and II

c. Student Teaching

d. Field Training

e. Methods and Curricular Planning for Mildly and Moderately Handicapped

The College of Education — 109

f. Language for Hearing Impaired

g. RH 322 - Case History and Interpretation

2. A student may appeal this policy to a program appeal committee.
A. EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL PERSONS

Completion of the sequence of study in this option leads to Pennsylvania Department of
Education comprehensive certification as a teacher of the mentally and/or physically handi-
capped. Students will be prepared to teach mentally retarded, physically handicapped,
emotinally disturbed socially maladjusted learning disabled and neurologically impaired. This
program also provides an opportunity for students to seek career opportunities in the areas
of welfare, mental health, and with private agencies. Student teaching experiences are
provided with the mentally retarded and one of the other handicaps. The program also
provides a foundation for pursuing additional work at the graduate level.

In addition to fulfilling the General Education requirements established by the University and
the Professional Education requirements set by the College of Education, students are
obligated to complete 42 additional semester hours in the specialized field and its related
areas, as follows:

Required Basic Courses

EX 120 Introduction to Exceptional Persons 3 s.h.

EX 220 Typical and Atypical Growth and Development 3 s.h.

EX 341 Educating Socially and Emotionally Maladjusted 3 s.h.
Content Subject Areas for Mentally and/or
Physically Handicapped 3 s.h.

Reading and Other Language Arts for Mentally
and/or Physically Handicapped 3 s.h.

Assessment of the Mentally and/or Physically
Handicapped 3 s.h.

Physical Disabilities and Psychological Hand-
icaps 3 s.h.
Methods and Curhculum Planning for the Mildly
and Moderately Handicapped 3 s.h.
The Brain Injured and the Learning Disabled 3 s.h.
Severe/ Profound Retardation and Multiple
Disabilities 3 s.h.

Required Related Courses

EX 240 Teaching Math to the Mentally and Physically

handicapped 3 s.h.

EX 251 Methods of Teaching Reading 3 s.h.

SH 254 Classroom Management of Language Disorders

3 s.h.
AT 330 Art for Mentally and Physically Handicapped 3 s.h.

OR
MU 211 Music for Exceptional 3 s.h.

Electives

Recommended electives to be determined by need and interest.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EX 120 INTRODUCTION TO THE EXCEPTIONAL 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: For Department Majors and Official Incoming Transfers Only

Surveys charactehstics, needs, problems and behavior patterns of person who deviate

EX

343

EX

353

EX

370

EX

430

EX

450

EX

454

EX

457

110— Indiana University of Pennsylvania

sufficiently from 'normal' to be considered exceptional. Consideration to those who fall
intellectually both above and below average, those who are handicapped visually, acousti-
cally, behaviorally, orthopedically, neurologically, or in respect to speech patterns.

EX 220 TYPICAL AND ATYPICAL GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: EX 120, PC 101

Presents foundations of human growth from conception, including basic embryogenesis, up
to but not including adolescence. Considers the biological, cultural, educational, and parent-
ing influences that shape the child, as well as selective examples of normal and deviant
physical and intellectual development.

EX 240 TEACHING MATH FOR THE MENTALLY AND/OR PHYSICALLY
HANDICAPPED 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: MA 151 and EX 120

Emphasizes recent developments in elementary curriculum and to instructional techniques
for developing concepts, implications or recent resource developments and materials helpful
to the prospective special education teacher. Emphasis placed on methods of helping
children learn mathematical concepts through physical activity and on ways to adapt regular
classroom materials to meet needs and abilities of slow and disabled learners.

EX 251 METHODS OF TEACHING READING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Sophomore Rank or above

Presents basic concepts of developmental reading instruction and systematic coverage of
methods of teaching reading from readiness stages through eighth grade. Diagnostic-pre-
scriptive techniques are included.

EX 280 DIRECTED ACTIVITIES I 1 S.h.

Prerequisites: EX 120 and Departmental Permission

Provides for opportunities to observe mentally and/or physically handicapped persons in a
variety of settings. Through passive observations students have opportunities to confirm their
interest in the field of special education. Offered only to freshmen, first semester sophomores
and to qualified transfer students.

EX 300 EDUCATION OF THE EXCEPTIONAL IN THE REGULAR CLASSROOM 3 s.h.
For non-special education majors only.

Surveys traits, needs, problems and behavior patterns of the exceptional person and indi-
cates methods and considerations for the regular classroom teacher while encountering the
exceptional person in his/her classroom. Legal rights of the exceptional are stressed and
contributions of the disabled to society are presented. Implications regarding parenting of
exceptional children and youth are included.

EX 341 THE SOCIALLY AND EMOTIONALLY MALADJUSTED 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Departmental Permission

Provides for an understanding of the characteristics and educational programmiing for the
socially and/or emotionally maladjusted. Consideration to relationship between social and
emotionally maladjusted and other areas of exceptionality.

EX 343 CONTENT AREA SUBJECTS FOR THE MENTALLY AND/OR PHYSICALLY
HANICAPPED 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EX 120

Presents methods for teaching science and social studies to the mentally and/or physically
handicapped. Scope and sequence of content, as well as evaluative techniques for each
content area, are studied. Integration of other content areas and skill areas is stressed.
Stresses teaching in both resource room and less restrictive environments.

EX 353 READING AND OTHER LANGUAGE ARTS FOR THE MENTALLY AND/OR
PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EX 120, 251 and SH 254

Review of typical and atypical characteristics of the handicapped in relationship to the
language arts. Deals with preparation and execution of units of instruction in language arts

The College of Education — 1 1 1

for mentally and/or physically handicapped persons. Diagnostic and prescriptive approaches
are included; integration of language arts with a highlight on reading is stressed.

EX 370 ASSESSMENT OF THE MENTALLY AND/OR

PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EX 120 and EP 377

Emphasis on appropriate use of assessments. Procedures for employing standardized tests

and informal evaluative procedures within the realm of competency of the special educator.

Applications based on results of all types of assessment complying with current legislation.

Applications to the Individual Education Program (lEP) are taught.

EX 380 DIRECTED ACTIVITIES II 1 s.h.

Prerequisites: Departmental Permission and EX 280

Offered to qualified junior and senior majors. Enrollees actively participate, under strict
agency supervision, with exceptional persons in classroom, clinic, institutional and/or other
special settings. Each semester hour of credit includes both participation and written assign-
ments. With departmental approval, course may be repeated for credit.

EX 410 SENIOR SEMINAR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Enrollment by Invitation Only

Gives students who have demonstrated outstanding potential for contributing to the field,
opportunities to explore specific areas in greater depth.

EX 430 PHYSICAL DISABILITIES AND PSYCHOLOGICAL HANDICAPS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EX 120 and 220

Provides for study in-depth of the most prevalent physical disabilities and how some of the
persons afflicted successfully cope with them while others who are not successful turn their
disabilities into psychological handicaps. Adaptation of materials, equipment and facilities
are discussed. Rational for placements in special schools, classes and enrollments in regular
classes are included.

EX 450 METHODS AND CURRICULAR PLANNING FOR MILDLY AND MODERATELY
HANDICAPPED 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Departmental Permission

Provides for in-depth examination of methods, strategies and curricula with which special
educators are faced. Special projects of a practical nature are included to provide enrollees
experiences with planning, application, analysis, synthesis and evaluation.

EX 454 THE BRAIN INJURED AND THE LEARNING DISABLED 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Departmental Permission

Provides guidelines and methods of teaching and working with specific learning disabilities
in educational settings. Emphasizes methods of providing stimulation of basic skill develop-
ment in areas of motor, perceptual, cognitive, language and social skills.

EX 457 SEVERE AND PROFOUND RETARDATION AND MULTIPLE DISABILITIES3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Department Permission

Provides guidelines and methods of teaching and working with the severely disabled in
educational settings. Emphasizes methods of providing stimulation of basic skill develop-
ment in areas of motor, perceptual, cognitive, language and social skills.

EX 464 PRESCHOOL EDUCATION OF THE HANDICAPPED 3 s.h.

Department Permission

Provides the student with basic concept of education of all preschool handicapped young-
sters and serves as a course for exceptional education majors specifically interested in early
childhood education and intervention programs. Required for elementary majors in the early
childhood program, is an elective for other interested students.

EX 480 SELECTED PROBLEMS 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Departmental Permission

Interested students may use this course for the pursuit of knowledge regarding specific
concerns of the exceptional which are not ordinarily considered in such detail during regular

112 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

classroom instruction. Students wishing to enroll are expected to submit a written proposal
regarding their desire for study at the time permission for enrollment is sought. With permis-
sion, the course may be repeated for credit.

EX 490 ETHICAL AND PROFESSIONAL BEHAVIOR 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: Departmental Permission

Emphasis on eth'cal and professional behavior both as a student teacher and a professional

employee. Direct managerial preparation for professional laboratory experiences is included.

Possibilities for and methods of initiating and profiting from post-baccalaureate study are

indicated.

Required Courses in Related Areas

SH 254 CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT OF LANGUAGE DISORDERS 3 s.h.

(See course description under Speech Pathology and Audiology)

AT 330 ARTS AND CRAFTS FOR THE MENTALLY AND/OR PHYSICALLY
HANDICAPPED 3 s.h.

(See course description under offerings of Deparment of Art)
OR

MU 335 MUSIC FOR THE EXCEPTIONAL STUDENT 3 s.h.

(See course description under offerings of Department of Music)

ED 242 PRESTUDENT TEACHING CLINICAL EXPERIENCE I 1 s.h.

ED 342 PRESTUDENT TEACHING CLINICAL EXPERIENCE II 1 s.h.

PLEASE SEE HANDBOOK OF REQUIREMENTS IN DEPARTMENT

B. SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY

Completion of the sequence of courses in Speech Pathology and Audiology prepares a
person for an Instructional I Teaching Certificate in Speech Correction from the Pennsylvania
Department of Education. The undergraduate program also serves as a pre-professional
program for those students who wish to pursue a graduate degree and the Certificate of
Clinical Competence from the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association. The under-
graduate degree and the Level I Certificate permit the student to work in school environ-
ments, including local districts, non-public programs and intermediate units.
Other work environments such as hospitals, community clinics, public health programs and
rehabilitation settings tend to require the Certificate of Clinical Competence from the Ameri-
can Speech-Language-Hearing Association. Students are encouraged to consider pursuing
a master's degree upon graduation.

The University Speech and Hearing Clinic serves as the laboratory for the undergraduate
clinical practicum required as a prerequisite for student teaching. Prior to the registration for
the clinical practicum course (SH 320), the student must complete the following hours of
observation through enrollment in ED 242:

A. 30 hours of observation in Speech-Language Pathology

1. 25 hours must be with a speech clinician who holds the Certificate of Clinical
Competence in Speech.

2. The majority of the hours must be in school settings; however, some of the
hours may be in non-school environments.

B. 25 hours of classroom observation

1. Ten hours in regular education classrooms, K-12

2. Ten hours in special education classrooms

3. Five hours in community facilities such as preschools, sheltered workshops,
etc. Services in this category should be of a non-educational, non-speech
pathology type.

SH

111

SH

122

SH

222

SH

234

SH

242

SH

251

SH

306

SH

308

SH

311

SH

312

The College of Education — 113

Upon completion of the observation (ED 242) and practicum (SH 320) requirements.the
student is placed in a school environment for the one semester student teaching experience.

In addition to fulfilling the General Education requirements established by the University and
the Professional Education requirements set by the College of Education, students are
obligated to complete 42 semester hours in the major field and related areas. An option
allows enrollment in MA 217 for the required mathematics course or, if the student elects
another mathematics course, to substitute MA 217 for EP 377. The student who enrolls in
MA 217 to fulfill the General Education requirement must register for MA 417 or EP 377.

Required Basic Courses

Fundamentals of Speech and Hearing 3 s.h.

Phonetics 3 s.h.

Introduction to Audiology 3 s.h.

Language Development 3 s.h.

Introduction to Speech Science 3 s.h.
Anatomy and Physiology of the

Speech and Hearing Mechanism 3 s.h.
Articulation and Language Disorders 3 s.h.
Stuttering and Voice Disorders 3 s.h.
Aural Rehabilitation 3 s.h.
Organization and Administration of Speech
and Hearing Programs (also counts as Methods
Course in Professional Education Require-
ments) 3 s.h.

SH 314 Assessment of Speech and Language Disord-
ers 3 s.h.

SH 320 Speech Clinic 3 s.h.

Required Courses in Related Areas

EX 220 Typical and Atypical Growth and Development 3 s.h.
EX 362 Psych of Reading in Language Processing 3 s.h.

Recommended Electives (one required)

Child Development 3 s.h.

Typical and Atypical Growth and Development 3 s.h.

Developmental Psychology 3 s.h.

Child Psychology 3 s.h.

Trends in Linguistics 3 s.h.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Required Basic Courses in Speech Pathology and Audiology

SH 111 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH AND HEARING 3 s.h.

(Prerequisite for all other required courses in the division except Phonetics.)
Introduction to study of physiological, acoustical and scientific processes involved in produc-
tion and reception of speech. The genetic development of speech sounds, and factors that
hinder or facilitate speech and language acquisition.

SH 122 PHONETICS 3 s.h.

Detailed study of phonemes of American-English speech from a physical and acoustical
point of view. Development of proficiency in use of international Phonetic Alphabet for
transcription and translation of speech sounds.

EL

215

OR

EX

220

PC

354

PC

355

EN

333

114 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

SH 222 INTRODUCTION TO AUDIOLOGY 3 s.h.

The study of auditory function, anatomy of auditory mechanism, psychophysics of sound,
types and causes of hearing loss, measurement of hearing, and educational considerations
for hearing handicapped child.

SH 234 LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.

Study of development of an interpersonal communication system; language as a system of
symbols for communication; the structure of the English language, including phonology,
syntax and semantics with emphasis on the generative evolvement of sentences. Highlight-
ing the neurological, social and psychological bases of language development.

SH 242 INTRODUCTION TO SPEECH SCIENCE 3 s.h.

Study of communication process with emphasis on physical characteristics of sound produc-
tion, transmission and perception of the sound, and the evolvement and use of symbols for
meaningful communication. The scientific principles of normal oral communication stressed,
and language learning recognized as basis for oral communication.

SH 251 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE SPEECH AND HEARING
MECHANISM 3 s.h.

Consideration of genetic development, structure, and function of organs of speech and
hearing. Anatomical systems involved in respiration, phonation, articulation and hearing, and
relationships between systems in production and reception of speech.

SH 306 ARTICULATION AND LANGUAGE DISORDERS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: SH 11 1 , 242, 251 , 234.

Exploration of the processes related to developmental articulation and language disorders
from birth through adolescence. Instruction in the principles underlying modification of these
disorders. Preparation of management programs and observation in the Speech and Hearing
Clinic required.

SH 308 STUTTERING AND VOICE DISORDERS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: SH 111, 242, 251, 234.

Introduction to the developmental, psychogenic and organic bases for stuttering and voice
disorders. Instruction in principles underlying treatment of these disorders with emphasis on
anatomical deviations and laryngeal dysfunction. Preparation of management plans and
obsen/ation in Speech and Hearing Clinic required.

SH 311 AURAL REHABILITATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SH 222

Consideration of effects of varied degrees of hearing loss sustained by individuals at different
stages of development and study of total education and rehabilitative procedures for hard-
of-hearing child or adult.

SH 312 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF SPEECH AND HEARING
PROGRAMS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SH 111

(Meets requirement for Professional Education Course) Establishment and maintenance of
speech and hearing programs within various administrative organizations, particularly in the
public schools. Techniques of client identification, scheduling, record keeping, appropriate
referral, material and equipment selection, teacher and parental counseling, and the devel-
opment of coordinated professional and inter-disciplinary procedures.

SH 314 ASSESESMENT OF SPEECH AND LANGUAGE DISORDERS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: SH 111, 242, 251, 234

Introduction to formal and informal procedures for evaluating speech and language disord-
ers; selection of tests and techniques; reliability and validity of procedures, interviewing
techniques appropriate to case history. Preparation of evaluation and case-history reports;
preparation of management programs.

The College of Education — 115

SH 320 SPEECH CLINIC 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: All major courses except SH 312

Experience in working with individuals or groups of persons who exhibit speech or hearing
problems. Lesson planning, writing of reports and case histories of a detailed nature.

Required Courses in Related Areas

EX 220 INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN 3 s.h.

(See course description under Education of Exceptional Children)

EX 362 PSYCHOLOGY OF READING IN LANGUAGE PROCESSING 3 s.h.

Objectives, background knowledge, and understandings of developmental reading process,
an over-view of elementary program, pre-adolescent and adolescent and their needs in
reading, finding and providing for instructional needs, and special problems.

Recommended Electives

EX 215 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 S.h.

(See course description under Elementary Education)

OR

EX 220 TYPICAL AND ATYPICAL GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.

(See course description under Education of Exceptional)

PC 300 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ADJUSTMENT 3 s.h.

(See course description under Psychology Department)
Prerequisites: EH 114, SH 234

EN 331 TRENDS IN LINGUISTICS 3 s.h.

(See course description under English Department)

Dual Level Courses (open to upper level majors with permission of
instructor)

SH 412 CLEFT PALATE 3 s.h.

Study of over-all problems associated with phenomenon of cleft lip and palate with special
emphasis in areas of speech, hearing and language. Included in scope will be human
embryology, with specific emphasis on oral facial development; physical remediation, includ-
ing both surgical and prosthetic repair; effects of clefts on structure and function of speech
and hearing mechanism; role of speech correctionist on cleft palate team; evaluation and
current remedial procedures for speech, hearing and language problems.

Courses for Non-Majors

SH 254 CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT OF LANGUAGE DISORDERS 3 s.h.

Study of aspects of speech, language and hearing problems pertaining to classroom situa-
tion. Types of speech and hearing disorders, conducting speech and language improvement
lessons, classroom aids for the speech- and hearing-defective child, and school and commu-
nity resources for these children. (Required for majors in Special Education: Mentally Re-
tarded, and suggested for Elementary Education majors.)

SH 354 AUDIOMETRY FOR PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSES 3 s.h.

Intensive review of physiology of hearing; etiologies and classifications of hearing loss; use
of audiometric testing equipment in schools; interpretation of audiogram; and role of nurse
in public health hearing programs. Student may substitute SH 222 with permission of ad-
viser.

116 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

C. REHABILITATION EDUCATION

Completion of this program leads to the Bachelor of Science in Education with a specializa-
tion in rehabilitation. The program is designed for students seeking career opportunities with
health and welfare agencies and institutions, and also provides a foundation for pursuing
additional work at the graduate level.

In addition to filling the General Education requirements established by the University and
the Professional Education requirements set by the College of Education, students are
obligated to complete approximately 40 additional semester hours in the specialized field and
its related area, excluding Field Training and Practicum, as follows:

Required Basic Courses

RH

200

RH

220

RH

311

RH

312

RH

321

RH

322

RH

360

RH

411

RH

412

RH

421,

RH

422

RH

484

Introduction to Rehabilitation
Neurological Basis of Disability
Rehabilitation of the Blind and of the Deaf
Psychological Basis of Disability
Principles and Methods of Rehabilitation
Rehabilitation Case Study and Interpretation
Rehabilitation Counseling: Strategies
Rehabilitation of the Post-Surgical Patient
Occupational Aspects of Rehabilitation
/441 Field Training in Rehabilitation
Rehabilitation Practicum
Directed Rehabilitation Activities

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h,

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

2

s.h.

2

s.h.

1

s.h.

Required Related Courses

EX 120 Introduction to Exceptional Persons
EX 370 Assessment of Mentally/Physically
capped

Abnormal Psychology
Human Physiology
Introduction to Social Work
Probability and Statistics

Handi-

PC

357

Bl

151

SW

358

MA

217

3 s.h.

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Required Basic Courses in Rehabilitation

RH 200 INTRODUCTION TO REHABILITATION 3 s.h.

A foundation for subsequent courses in the rehabilitation sequence. It is also available as
a prerequisite or basic course for students interested in the rehabilitation of individuals in our
society. Content includes the philosophy, history, major concepts and current problems and
issues.

RH 220 NEUROLOGICAL BASIS OF DISABILITY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 151, EN 120, RH 200

Study of brain and spinal cord with emphasis on cortical and sub-cortical mechanisms
instrumental in normal motion, coordination and bodily sensation, exclusive of vision and
hearing. Discussion and demonstration of conditions of cerebral palsy, polimyelitis, traumatic
paraplegias, cerebro-vascular accident, Parkinson's disease, multiple sclerosis, and
rehabilitative procedures.

RH 31 1 REHABILITATION OF THE BLIND AND THE DEAF 3 s.h.

Prerequisities: RH 220, PC 101

Structure and function of visual and auditory systems with emphasis on the importance of
seeing to mobility in environment and on hearing to the development of human communica-

The College of Education — 117

tion. Discussion of causes of visual and auditory pathologies, braille, mobility training, speech
reading and amplification, and other procedures of rehabilitation.

RH 312 PSYCHOLOGICAL BASIS OF DISABILITY 3 s.h.

Study of emotional and social responses which govern behavior and relationships of handi-
capped individuals and rehabilitation workers alike, with emphasis on role of disability in
formation of concept of human worth.

RH 321 PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF REHABILITATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: RH 220, RH 311, RH 312

Delineates the roles of members of professional disciplines of medicine, psychology, pros-
thetics, orthodontics, audiology, speech pathology, physical and occupational therapy in
restoration of the handicapped; use of diagnostic information; significance and interpretation
of medical examination; role of rehabilitation counselor in the agency.

RH 322 REHABILITATION CASE STUDY AND INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisities: RH 220, RH 311, RH 312, or Permission of Instructor
Purpose and techniques of case history taking; meaning and evaluation of diagnostic infor-
mation; psychological evaluation in terms of mental ability, personality, attitudes and dex-
terity skills; role of disabled individual's family in planning of services, referrals and report
writing.

RH 360 REHABILITATION COUNSELING: STRATEGIES 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Permission, Rehabilitation majors only

Designed to help students develop competencies in using various counseling techniques
with handicapped persons. Various theories of counseling will be explored relative to the
rehabilitation setting. It will provide basic counseling skills to upperclass Rehabilitation ma-
jors prior to field training.

RH 411 REHABILITATION OF THE POST-SURGICAL PATIENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: RH 220

Influence of prospective surgery on human emotion and outlook; the effect of alteration or
removal of body parts on personality and physical skills. Study of mastectomy, colostomy,
laryngectomy, limb amputation, reconstruction of facial disfigurement, cardiovascular dis-
ease and residual capabilities.

RH 412 OCCUPATIONAL ASPECTS OF REHABILITATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: RH 222, RH 311, or permission of instructor

The realism of world of work and relationship of gainful employment to human autonomy and
decision-making. Types of jobs, levels of required skills, potential capabilities of the handi-
capped relative to specific job responsibilities, methods of assessing potential job success
and sheltered workshops.

RH 421/441 FIELD TRAINING IN REHABILITATION 12 s.h.

Prerequisites: RH 322, RH 411. RH 412

Emphasizes development of the student rehabilitation coordinator by working with disabled
clients in a public or private agency. Writing and analysis of case reports, counseling of
clients, understanding of agency responsibilities and limitations, referral, follow-up and final
evaluation of client's ability to function with various degrees of autonomy.

RH 422 REHABILITATION PRACTICUM 2 s.h.

Taken concurrently with RH 421 and RH 441 Discussion of current topics of interest in the
field, such as state and federal legislation, new prosthetic advances, proposals of the Na-
tional Rehabilitation Association, or recent techniques in working with specific disabilities.

RH 460 ADVANCED REHABILITATION COUNSELING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: RH 360

Selected counseling techniques studied and practiced under supervision. Application will be
utilized in roles that will approximate the kind of clients encountered in field training.

118 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

RH 484 DIRECTED REHABILITATION ACTIVITIES 1 s.h.

Prerequisites: Permission, Rehabilitation majors only

Pre-field training experience working with handicapped clients in local facilities. Concrete
experience will help the students integrate classroom instruction with field experiences.

Required Courses in Related Areas

EX 120 INTRODUCTION TO EXCEPTIONAL PERSONS

EX 370 ASSESSMENT OF OF THE MENTALLY AND/OR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
(See course descriptions under Education of Exceptional Children)

PC 357 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY

(See course description under Psychology Dept.)

Bl 151 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY

(See course description under Biology Dept.)

SW 338 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK
(See course description in Sociology Dept.)

MA 217 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
(See course description in Math Dept.)

Recommended Electives

Certain related courses will be recommended for individual students dependent upon interest
and needs.

Courses for Non-majors

Students in other departments not intending to major in Special Education but who wish to
improve their understanding of exceptionality may elect certain courses in Mental Retarda-
tion, Speech Pathology and Audiology, and Rehabilitation. By departmental permission.

D. EDUCATION OF HEARING IMPAIRED

Completion of the sequence of courses in Education of Hearing Impaired leads to a Bachelor
of Science Degree in Education and Pennsylvania Department of Education certification as
a teacher of the hearing impaired. Students are provided with the basic skills to teach in
special classes for hard-of-hearing or deaf individuals.

Students enrolled in this sequence of study are prepared to assume positions as itinerant
hearing therapists and classroom teachers for individuals ranging from preschoolers to
adults. Work settings may include public schools, continuing education programs and home
training situations.

Observation, clinical experience and practicum are required prior to placement in school
environment for the student teaching experience. The student will complete the following 50
hours of observation through enrollment in ED 242.

A. 20 hours of observation of itinerant and self-contained classrooms for the hearing
impaired.

B. 10 hours of observation in regular education classroom.

C. 15 hours of observation in special education classrooms.

D. 5 hours of observation in a non-educational setting.

The student will complete 25 hours of individual clinical experience through enrollment in ED
342 and 50 hours of school-based practicum through enrollment in EH 330.

EH

114

EH

343

EH

307

EH

308

EH

330

EH

360

The College of Education — 1 1 9

In addition to fulfilling the General Education requirements established by the University and
the Professional Education requirements set by the College of Education, students are
obligated to complete 46 semester hours in the specialized field and its related areas. An
option allows for enrollment in MA 217 for EP 377.

Required Basic Courses

Introduction to Hearing Impaired 3 s.h.

Total Communication 2 s.h.

Speech for the Hearing Impaired 3 s.h.

Language for the Hearing Impaired 3 s.h.

Hearing Practicum 2 s.h.

General Methodology for Education of the 3 s.h.
Hearing Impaired (also counts as Methods
Course in Professional Education Requirements)

EH 365 Parent-Preschool for the Hearing Impaired 3 s.h.

Required Courses in Related Areas

Introduction to Audiology 3 s.h.

Language Development 3 s.h.

Introduction to Speech Science 3 s.h.

Aural Rehabilitation 3 s.h.

Introduction to Exceptional Persons 3 s.h.

Education of the Exceptional in the Regular 3 s.h.

Classroom

Typical and Atypical Growth and Development 3 s.h.

Child Development 3 s.h.

Teaching of Reading 3 s.h.

Mathematics for Elementary Teachers 3 s.h.

Recommended Electives

Certain related courses will be recommended for individual students dependent upon interest
and needs.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Required Basic Courses in Education of Hearing Impaired

EH 114 INTRODUCTION TO HEARING IMPAIRED 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Adviser permission, EH majors only

Deals with different approaches used in teaching the hearing impaired - manual language,
oral language and total communication. The historical background of each approach would
be presented with its strengths and weaknesses. Criteria for the use of each approach
established in light of degree of loss exhibited by the client, the age of onset, and the social
and psychological implications.

EH 243 TOTAL COMMUNICATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite; EH 114

Teaches the student to finger spell and to develop basic skill in use of a manual language
(signing) so that it could be integrated simultaneously with speech to provide a means of total
communication for the individual with significant communication problems. Rationale for total
communication approach would be emphasized with special consideration to reasons for
appropriateness of approach. Methods of teaching the 'sign language' to hearing impaired
and other exceptional individuals would also be included with emphasis on signing according
to acceptable syntactical English structure.

SH

222

SH

234

SH

242

SH

311

EX

120

OR

EX

300

EX

220

OR

EL

215

EL

222

MA

151

120 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

EH 307 SPEECH FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EH 114, SH 242

Techniques for developing, diagnosing, analyzing and correcting the speech and voice
problems of hearing impaired individuals. Lecture, demonstration and special projects.

EH 308 LANGUAGE FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED 3 s.h.

Prerequisities: EH 114, SH 234

Development and remediation of language of the hearing impaired. Language sampling and
diagnostics, sentence patterning and analytic vs. natural teaching methods. Structuring a
communicative environment.

EH 330 HEARING PRACTICUM 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: EH 360

Provides students with actual contact with hearing impaired individuals. Observations will be
set up in appropriate school programs for the hearing impaired, on hearing itinerant pro-
grams, or in clinical settings where hearing impaired individuals are receiving therapy or are
being tested. Techniques of observing and evaluating behavior would be presented initially
to prepare the student to profit maximally from the observation experiences. Written reports
of the observations would be submitted and discussed, and each student encouraged to gain
experience in as many different settings as available.

EH 360 GENERAL METHODOLOGY FOR EDUCATION OF HEARING IMPAIRED 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EH 114, 243, 307, 308

Provides a systematic coverage of basic procedures for teaching content matter. Included

would be methods of instruction of contemporary elementary school mathematics; science

as it relates to the child and the curriculum; content, objectives, and resource materials for

social studies; creative experiences, in the field of art, rhythmics, and physical eduction and

health.

EH 365 PARENT-PRESCHOOL PROGRAMS FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EH 114, EX 200, SH 234, EH 308, EH 307

Developing home/clinic programs for parents and hearing impaired infants (0-3 years).
Teaching speech, language, speechreading, use of residual hearing at preschool level.

Required Courses in Related Areas

SH 222 INTRODUCTION TO AUDIOLOGY 3 s.h.

SH 234 LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.

SH 242 INTRODUCTION TO SPEECH SCIENCE 3 s.h.

SH 311 AURAL REHABILITATION 3 s.h.

(See course descriptions under Speech Pathology and Audiology)

Please see course descriptions under Education of Exceptional Children for the following
courses:

EX 120 Introduction to Exceptional Persons 3 s.h.

EX 220 Typical and Atypical Growth and Development 3 s.h.

EX 300 Education of the Exceptional Child in the 3 s.h.

Regular Classroom

The College of Education — 121

Please see course descriptions under Elementary Education for the following courses:
EL 215 Child Development 3 s.h.

EL 222 Teaching of Reading 3 s.h.

MA 151 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers 3 s.h

College of Fine Arts— 123

College of Fine Arts

J. Christopher Benz, Dean

The College of Fine Arts has professional programs in art, music and theater, and awards
the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees. Programs leading to certification to
teach are offered in cooperation with the College of Education, and lead to the Bachelor of
Science in Education degree.

A general fine arts major program is available for those students desiring to take course work
in art, dance, interior design, media, music, and theater. This program is offered in conjunc-
tion with the Colleges of Education, Health Sciences and Home Economics. For additional
information on this Bachelor of Arts program, contact the Dean of the College of Fine Arts.

There are four objectives for the College of Fine Arts: 1) to provide special academic
programs for majors in the arts, 2) service courses are provided for other departmental
majors, 3) to offer all University students general courses in the arts and 4) to make cultural
programs in the arts available to the University, the surrounding community and the local
region.

A three-credit course. Introduction to Art, Music and Theater (FA 100) is offered as an
overview of the visual and performing arts. An internship course (FA 485) is also available
for 3-12 credits.

There are no additional school requirements for graduation beyond the departmental and
University requirements listed in other sections of this catalog.

124 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

DEPARTMENT OF ART

JOANNE P. LOVETTE, CHAIRPERSON: ALI, BALSIGER, BEN-ZVI, BURWELL,
CLAY, DeFURIO, DONGILLA, DROPCHO, HAMILTON, HEDMAN, INNES,
JOHNSON, RUSSELL, SEELHORST, J. SLENKER, R. SLENKER, VISLOSKY,
WEILAND, WERT.

Acceptance by the Department of Art as a major requires the submission of a portfolio and
approval of the portfolio committee. Detailed information will be sent to the applicant upon
request.

The Department of Art provides both general and special courses in art, directed toward the
development of the student's creative and expressive abilities. Degrees offered are the
Bachelor of Arts in either Art History or Art Studio, the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art Studio,
and the Bachelor of Science in Art Education. The degree in Art Education provides certifica-
tion for teaching art from grades K-12 in the schools of Pennsylvania.

The Department of Art offers a cooperative program with the Art Institute of Pittsburgh.
Students interested in commercial art, with departmental approval, may earn credit toward
their major at the Art Institute. A cooperative program in metals is available at the Bowman
Technical School, Lancaster, Pennsylvania.

All art majors are obligated to fulfill the University requirements for General Education. The
Department of Art expects that art majors will maintain a 2.5 average in major courses and
this will be a prerequisite to student teaching.

A minor in art is available, consisting of at least 1 5 semester hours in art courses approved
by the chairperson of the Department of Art.

CURRICULUM

B.A. Art

History

B.F.A.

Art Studio

B.A. Art Studio

Art Core

21

Art Core

30

Art Core

21

Art History

30

Art Studio

30

Art Studio

24

General Ed.

52

General Ed.

50

General Ed.

52

Electives

21

Electives

12

Electives

27

124

124

124

B.S. Art Education

Art Core

30

Art Studio

9

Art Education

12

Education

23

Electives

6

General Ed.

52

132

Core Program

All art majors are required by the Department to complete 24-30 semester hours of core
courses including:

Arts of the Twentieth Century 3 s.h.

Drawing 3 s.h.

Fundamentals of Drawing and Design 3 s.h.

Design 3 s.h.

Painting 3 s.h.

AR

100

AR

111

AR

112

AR

113

AR

211

College of Fine Arts — 125

AR 215 Sculpture 3 s.h.

AH 413 Senior Seminar 3 s.h.

Students in the art education or art studio programs must elect three additional courses from
the following:

AR 213 Woodworking 3 s.h.

AR 214 Ceramics 3 s.h.

AR 216 Basic Metals 3 s.h.

AR 217 Printmaking 3 s.h.

AR 218 Graphic Design 3 s.h.

AR 219 Fabrics 3 s.h.

In addition to the core courses, students in the art history program are required to take the
following:

AH 115 Ancient and Medieval Art

AH 116 Renaissance and Baroque Art

AH 411 Modern Art

AH 419 Museology

AH 422 Art in America

AH 409 Baroque and Rococo

AH 416 Northern Renaissance

AH 407 Medievel

Art history students may choose electives from the following:

AH 219 Historical Painting Techniques

AH 406 Ancient Migratory Art

AH 412 Classical Art

AH 418 Practicum in Slide Room Procedures

AH 424 Art of the East

AH 426 Pre-Columbian Art

AR 482 Independent Study

3

S.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

1

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

1-12

s.h.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Art Education Courses

AT 315 SEMINAR IN ART EDUCATION 3 s.h.

A seminar to introduce the art education major to the principles and practices of teaching
visual arts K through 12. Field experiences, pre-student teaching activities, introduction to
literature, history and philosophies of art education emphasized. (Prerequisite to student
teaching) (3 hours lecture)

AT 316 ART EDUCATION MATERIALS AND PRACTICUM 3 s.h.

An art education studio which will be an investigation and exploration of typical art materials,
including sources and resources of supplies, equipment, resource personnel, and visual-
media for a full range of multi-media and visual experiences. The studio endeavors will be
followed by a practicum utilizing the above sources in teaching situations with children, youth
and adults. (Prerequisite to student teaching) (1 hour lecture, 2 hours lab)

AT 317 ART EDUCATION METHODOLOGY AT THE ELEMENTARY LEVEL 3 s.h.

Examines children's artistic development, art programs, planning, motivation and evaluation.
Weekly teaching experience is an integral part of the course. (Prerequisite to student teach-
ing) (1 hour lecture, 2 hours lab)

AT 318 ART EDUCATION METHODOLOGY AT THE SECONDARY LEVEL 3 s.h.

Relationship of art education to total secondary curriculum is studied to determine goals of
junior-senior high school art. The adolescent creative products are analyzed to help the
prospective art teacher to identify with problems of students. (Prerequisite to student teach-
ing) (1 hour lecture, 2 hours lab)

126 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

AT 330 ART FOR THE MENTALLY AND PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED 3 s.h.

The materials and processes of arts and crafts are studied for opportunities they offer in the
training, therapy and education of students who are mentally retarded or crippled, or need
special help for any reason. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours lab)

Art History Courses

AH 101 INTRODUCTION TO ART 3 s.h.

Designed to introduce the student to the significance of art as related to contemporary living
and our historical heritage.

AH 115 ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL ART 3 s.h.

Study of art from Prehistoric times to the Middle Ages. Man's artistic development is seen
in relation to political, social, econmic and religious events. (3 hours lecture)

AH 116 RENAISSANCE AND BAROQUE ART 3 s.h.

Study of art from the Renaissance to the Baroque in light of the historical events which affect
man's artistic impulses and development. (3 hours lecture)

AH 219 HISTORICAL PAINTING TECHNIQUES 3 s.h.

The art major is encouraged to experience a series of historical painting techniques that have
been used by artists of the past. Experiences will include exploration in such painting media
as fresco, egg tempera and oil. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab)

AH 406/506 ANCIENT MIGRATORY ART 3 s.h.

A survey of art from various ancient cultures which reflect contacts known and theoretic.
Such cultures as the Celtic, Chinese, Indus Valley, Mesopotamian, African, Oceanic, Ameri-
can Indian, Pre-Columbian and Egyptian are covered. (3 hours lecture)

AH 407/507 MEDIEVAL ART 3 s.h.

Art and architecture of Europe during the Middle Ages, beginning with early Christian and
Byzantine and concluding with the Gothic period. (3 hours lecture)

AH 408/508 ITALIAN RENAISSANCE ART 3 s.h.

Italian art from 1 400's through 1 650 and Mannerist movement. Special attention paid to great
masters of the period. (3 hours lecture)

AH 409/509 BAROQUE AND ROCOCO ART 3 s.h.

A general sun/ey of art from 1575-1775, will include architecture, sculpture, painting and
other arts. (3 hours lecture)

AH 411 MODERN ART 3 s.h.

A survey of the revolutionary movements which began about 1850 and concluding with
trends in contemporary arts. (3 hours lecture)

AH 412 CLASSICAL ART 3 s.h.

Historical sun/ey of the architecture, painting, sculpture and minor arts of the classical period
of Greece and Rome, including the Minoan, Mycenaen and Etruscan cultures. (3 hours
lecture)

AH 413 SENIOR SEMINAR 3 s.h.

Intended to help students develop adequate vocabularies and methods to be used in discus-
sion and criticism of works of art. (3 hours lecture)

AH 416 NORTHERN RENAISSANCE ART 3 s.h.

Explores phenomena of art north of the Alps from 1400 to 1600, especially as it appears in
the Lowlands, as well as side explorations into art of France, Germany, Austria and the court
at Prague. (3 hours lecture)

College of Fine Arts — 127

AH 418 PRACTICUM IN SLIDE ROOM PROCEDURES 1 s.h.

A practicum course devoted to study of slide room practices and techniques: includes
organization, cataloguing, filing, mounting and labeling of slides. {2 hours lab)

AH 419 MUSEOLOGY 1-6 s.h.

The student will work in the University Museum under the supervision of the director. Museum
techniques and practices in an 'on- the-job' training situation will be stressed.

AH 422/522 ART IN AMERICA 3 s.h.

Surveys American art and its relation to the development of American ideas and ideals. (3
hours lecture)

AH 424/524 ART OF THE EAST 3 s.h.

The development of art in China, India and Japan from its Neolithic origins to the traditions
of later historical times. (3 hours lecture)

AH 426/526 PRE-COLUMBIAN ART 3 s.h.

A survey of artistic traditions of the Pacific Ocean, Pre-Columbian of Meso-America and
South America and North American cultures. (3 hours lecture)

ART STUDIO COURSES

All studio courses are listed as Beginning or Advanced. Those students who take
advanced courses do so for a minimum of three (3) semester hours and may
accumulate up to a maximum of eighteen (18) semester hours in the same course. BFA
students must complete 18 semester hours in one advanced studio and 12 semester
hours in another.

AR 100 ARTS OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY 3 s.h.

Designed to expand student response to visual, aural and kinetic art forms of this century
with special emphasis on recent decades. The course includes lecture, studio and field
experiences. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab)

AR 111 DRAWING 3 s.h.

A foundation course in drawing, including a study of the structure of drawing and composition
with a variety of media and subject matter. (6 hours lab)

AR 1 12 FUNDAMENTALS OF DRAWING AND DESIGN 3 s.h.

A course which seeks to integrate basic principles and fundamentals of drawing and design.
(6 hours lab)

AR 113 DESIGN 3 s.h.

Basic elements and principles of design and color are studied. A course in design in three
dimensions. (6 hours lab)

AR 120 PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN 2 s.h.

Principles of design and color are studied and applied to a crafted object. Major emphasis
on aesthetic quality inherent in designing with materials. (4 hours lab)

AR 211 PAINTING 3 s.h.

An introductory course in painting in which a variety of materials, techniques and approaches
are explored. (6 hours lab)

AR 213 WOODWORKING; FUNCTION AND FORM 3 s.h.

Involves the study of woodworking and furniture design as it relates to the individual designer-
artist. Students will experience a formal background in both woodworking technique and the
application of design. (6 hours lab)

128 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

AR 214 CERAMICS 3 s.h.

A general introduction to the techniques and aesthetics of clay. The student will work both
at the wheel and with hand building methods. (6 hours lab)

AR 215 SCULPTURE 3 s.h.

Introductory course in sculpture with emphasis on study of form as well as visualizing in the
third dimension. (6 hours lab)

AR 216 BASIC METALS 3 s.h.

Introduction to metal work with emphasis upon creation of functional and non-functional art
objects. Approached from viewpoint of beginner learning basic processes of metal fabrica-
tion (6 hours lab)

AR 217 PRINTMAKING 3 s.h.

Introduction to basic techniques of production of fine prints including, work in relief, intaglio,
lithograph and serigraph processes. (6 hours lab)

AR 218 GRAPHIC DESIGN 3 s.h.

Students explore various techniques and their application to such commercial art projects
as, package design, trademark and other design problems. Lettering is stressed, both instant
type and hand lettering. (6 hours lab)

AR 219 FABRICS 3 s.h.

Provides student with introductory working knowledge in design and execution of projects
in non 4/harness loom weaving, macrame, stitchery and related fabric areas. Other fabric
techniques available for students to explore as desired. (6 hours lab)

AR 321 ADVANCED DRAWING 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: AR 111 & 112 Designed to meet the needs of the student who has some
background in the field. Problems of composition, two and three dimensional relationships,
and surface are on an individual basis. (6 hours lab)

AR 451 ADVANCED WOODWORKING: FUNCTION AND FORM 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AR 213

Offers advanced training and skills involving the study of contemporary furniture design and
woodworking. Emphasis on a technical and aesthetic point of view. (6 hours lab)

AR 452 ADVANCED CERAMICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AR 214

Continued exploration of the field of ceramic production, along with kiln firing and glaze
formulation. (6 hours lab)

AR 453 ADVANCED SCULPTURE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AR 215

Gives student opportunity to pursue independent study in sculpture. Materials and processes
will be individually chosen and the work related to broadening concepts. (6 hours lab)

AR 454 ADVANCED PAINTING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AR 21 1

Individual experimentation and exploration by the painter, investigation of the various techni-
cal approaches. (6 hours lab)

AR 455 ADVANCED GRAPHIC DESIGN 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AR 218

Stresses advanced techniques in layout and illustration. The student explores ideas, such
as creation of trademarks and how products are designed. Layouts are analyzed as to their
quality. Package design is studied. (6 hours lab)

College of Fine Arts— 129

AR 457 ADVANCED PRINTMAKING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AR 217

Student elects to study one of printmaking processes in greater depth and works toward
development of own techniques, working processes and ideas. (6 hours lab)

AR 459 ADVANCED FABRICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AR 219 Provides student with a working knowledge in design and execution of
projects in weaving macrame, and related areas. Other fabric techniques will be available
for the students to explore as desired. (6 hours lab)

AR 460 ADVANCED METALS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AR 216

Design and processes associated with art of metal are given greater concentration. The
developing artist is encouraged to investigate in depth, one or more of the metal arts as an
extension of the basic course. (6 hours lab)

AR 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-3 s.h.

AR 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-12 s.h.

AR 485 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.

Service Course

EL 213 ART FOR ELEMENTARY GRADES 2 s.h.

Basic course in creative use of art materials and an understanding of development of
capacities of children through art. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours lab)

DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC

CALVIN E. WEBER, CHAIRPERSON: ADAMS, BECKER, BIRD, BORST, CASA-
VANT, CHA, DeCESARE, DiCICCO, DIETZ, FRY, GODT, INTILI, JOHNSON,
KAUFFMAN, KNAB, LLOYD, LUCHSINGER, MALITSKY, MORRIS, OLM-
STEAD, PERKINS, PERLONGO, SARTORI, SCANDRETT, STAPLES, TETI,
THORELL, TRIMARCHI, VOUKLIZAS, WILDEBOOR.

The Department of Music has a three-fold mission: (1) Professional preparation of music
educators and performers, (2) general education for the University, and (3) programs of
music for the community. Degrees offered include the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts
and Bachelor of Science in Music Education.

Admission to the Music Department requires satisfactory completion of an audition in addi-
tion to the University general requirements. Detailed information will be sent to the applicant
upon request.

A student wishing to minor in music must elect a minimum of 15 semester hours in music
courses as approved by the Department Chairperson.

CURRICULUM

The program leading to the Bachelor of Arts in music has been designed to give the student
a general experience in music. The student seeking this degree has the choice of four
concentrations: Music History/ Literature, Music Theory/Composition, Performance and Jazz
Studies.

The program leading to the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Music (equivalent to the Bachelor of
Music Degree) is a special program with a major in one of 21 areas of performance. The

130 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

student in this program prepares to pursue a career as a professional performing musician.
The program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education with a music major leads to
certification to teach in the schools of Pennsylvania.

Core Program (29 s.h.)

Requirements for all music majors except students in jazz studies, are: MU 115, 116, 215,
21 6 Theory I through IV 1 2 s.h.; MU 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 21 1 , 21 2 Theory Skills I through IV 8 s.h.; MU
301, 302, 303 Music History I through III 9 s.h.

Requirements for Jazz Studies majors are: MU 115, 116 Theory I & II 6 s.h.; MU 111, 112
Theory Skills I & II 4 s.h.; MU 222, 223 Jazz Theory I & II 6 s.h.; MU 213, 214 Jazz Theory
Skills I & II 4 s.h.; MU 201, 202 Jazz History I & II 6 s.h.; MU 303 Music History III 3 s.h.

Special Requirements

1 . Each student must declare a primary performing medium. Those who elect voice as
their primary instrument normally elect piano as a secondary instrument; those who
elect piano as their primary instrument normally elect voice as their secondary instru-
ment. Performance juries are held at the end of each semester. Students are ex-
pected to complete the requirements for their performing area and level. Piano
proficiency is required in all degree programs.

2. Ensemble participation of five hours a week is required each semester.

3. Students must register for MU 475 (Music Lab) and attend (1) all Department and
Area recitals, and (2) ten campus recitals and concerts each semester.

B.A. IN MUSIC

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in Music (other than
Jazz Studies) include 22 additional semester hours in music, of which 16 semester hours
must be in the concentration selected, as follows:

Music Theory/Composition,

OR Performance,

OR
Music History/ Literature
Music Electives

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in Music (Jazz Studies)
include 30 additional semester hours in music as follows:

Applied Music 16 s.h.

MU 224, 225 Jazz Improvisation I & II 6 s.h.

MU 318, 319 Jazz Orchestration I & II 6 s.h.

MU 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 2 s.h.

B.F.A. IN MUSIC

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Music, which
is a degree in performance, are 44 more semester hours in the following:

Applied Music (major performance medium) 32 s.h.

MU 217, 218 - Keyboard Harmony I and II 2 s.h.

(piano and organ students)

Upper Division Music Electives 10 s.h.

Junior and senior recitals required in the primary instrument

16

s.h.

16

s.h.

16

s.h.

6

s.h.

College of Fine Arts — 131

B.S. IN MUSIC EDUCATION

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Music Education are as follows:

Music Education 36 s.h.

Class Brass I 1

Class Percussion I 1 Class Strings I 1

Class Woodwinds I 1

Class (or private) piano I and II 2 or 4

Class Voice I and II 2

Fundamentals of Conducting 2

Applied Instruction (major instrument) 14

Elementary, Secondary Methods 6

Music Electives 4 or 6

'Choral Conducting Class Strings II

•Instrumental Conducting Class Woodwinds II

French Diction Music Education Electives

German Diction Music History Electives

Italian Diction Music Theory Electives

Class Brass II Additional Applied Instruction

Class Percussion II Ensembles
•Students must elect one of these courses.

Students pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Education must also fulfill the 23 semester hour
Professional Education requirement. See section in College of Education for a listing of these
courses.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Service Courses

EL 211 MUSIC FOR THE ELEMENTARY GRADES 2 s.h.

Geared for elementary education students. Includes basic ideas for understanding, develop-
ment, and confidence for future classroom teachers and their pupils in areas of music
education.

MU 101 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 3 s.h.

Course presumes no technical background, but does utilize the varied musical experiences
of each individual to help extend interest as far as possible. Attendance at various concerts
of college organizations, cultural life events and visiting artist concerts are required to
augment listening experiences of students.

MU 102 MUSIC FOR THE NON-MAJOR 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 101 or permission of instructor.

A sequel to MU 101. Course content will vary to cover a wide range of musical interests.

MU 103 PERSPECTIVES IN JAZZ 3 s.h.

Designed to give an overview of the development and contributions of jazz in the Amehcan
culture and provide a background for a more intensive and detailed study of jazz for the Jazz
Studies major.

MUSIC THEORY COMPOSITION

MU 110 FUNDAMENTALS OF THEORY 3 s.h.

Rudiments of musical materials; harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and basic formal procedures
of the common practice period including pitch reading, interval construction, scales and
modes.

132 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

MU 111 THEORY SKILLS I 2 s.h.

Develops aural skills through dictation and interpretation of written music by sight-singing.
Taken in conjunction with Theory I.

MU 112 THEORY SKILLS II 2 s.h.

Continuing development of aural skills and introduction of keyboard skills. Taken in conjunc-
tion with Theory II.

MU 21 1 THEORY SKILLS III 2 s.h.

Further development of aural and keyboard skills. Taken in conjunction with Theory III.

MU 212 THEORY SKILLS IV 2 s.h.

Culmination of development in aural and keyboard skills. Taken in conjunction with Theory
IV.

MU 213 JAZZ THEORY SKILLS I 2 s.h.

Training in aural, vocal and keyboard skills as they relate to the elements of jazz and
improvisation. A high degree of emphasis is placed on ear training and its use in the transcrip-
tion of live and recorded musical examples and on keyboard skills and its utilization in the
development of an harmonic vocabulary.

MU 214 JAZZ THEORY SKILLS II 2 s.h.

A continuation of work begun in Jazz Theory Skills I with emphasis on more advanced aural,
vocal and keyboard skills as they relate to jazz and improvisation.

MU 115 THEORY I 3 s.h.

MU 116 THEORY II 3 s.h.

MU 215 THEORY III 3 s.h.

(Three consecutive semesters.)

Study of compositional devices of 18th and 19th centuries. Emphasis upon melodic, har-
monic, rhythmic and formal structures with occasional reference to contrapuntal implica-
tions.

MU 216 THEORY IV 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MU 115, 116, 215.

Study of compositional devices of latter half of 1 9th century and first half of 20th century.

MU 217 KEYBOARD HARMONY I 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: Nominal facility at keyboard.

Designed to develop keyboard skills so student may realize and produce in sound basic
harmonic progressions.

MU 218 KEYBOARD HARMONY II 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 217.

Continuation of Keyboard Harmony I, involving chromatic harmony and more complex

progressions.

MU 222 JAZZ THEORY I 3 s.h.

The study of the elements of music, melody, harmony, rhythm and form, as they are found
in jazz improvisation. Includes an introduction to the fundamentals of jazz improvisation
through aural and written analysis, composition and performance.

MU 223 JAZZ THEORY II 3 s.h.

A continuation of the work begun in Jazz Theory I with emphasis on extending the harmonic,
melodic and rhythmic vocabulary. Includes analysis of differing trends in jazz, imitation of a
variety of styles, and the cultivation of an individualized approach to jazz analysis, composi-
tion and improvisation.

College of Fine Arts— 133

MU 224 JAZZ IMPROVISATION TECHNIQUES I 3 s.h.

A study of the basic materials and practices for improvising or extemporaneous playing.

MU 225 JAZZ IMPROVISATION TECHNIQUES II 3 s.h,

A continuation of the basic materials and practices for improvising or extemporaneous
playing. Makes use of more complicated and involved harmonic progressions utilizing ex-
tended choral harmonies.

MU 304 FORM AND ANALYSIS I 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 216.

Thorough study of smaller forms of music.

MU 305 FORM AND ANALYSIS II 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 304.

Thorough study of larger forms of music.

MU 306 COUNTERPOINT I 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 216.

After study and analysis of style of 16th Century contrapuntal writing, student will do original
writing using techniques and devices of period. As time permits, same approach will be made
to explore style of 17th and 18th Century composers.

MU 307 COUNTERPOINT II 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 306.

Continuation of study, analysis and restricted writing of 1 7th and 1 8th Century composers.
Consideration given to free contrapuntal techniques used by later composers.

MU 308 FUGUE AND CANON 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 306.

Application of contrapuntal techniques within these two specific forms through analysis,
assigned exercises and creative writing.

MU 309 ORCHESTRATION I 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 216.

All instruments of orchestra are studied from viewpoint of their contribution to total sound

of ensemble. Ranges and timbres are considered, as well as actual arranging of selected

music.

MU 310 ORCHESTRATION II 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 309.

A continuation of Orchestration I.

MU 315 THEORY V 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 216.

Many of harmonic idioms of past half century are considered, such as: comparative analysis
of dissonance; polytonality, polyrhythms; atonalism and 12-tone system; and microtonalism.
Original writing in these styles required.

MU 318 JAZZ ORCHESTRATION AND COMPOSITION I 3 s.h.

Work in composition and arranging for instrumental ensembles from trio up to a standard jazz
ensemble including reeds, brass and rhythm section. Study proceeds from harmonization of
a given melody, to a study of voicing and the realization through composition for various
instrumental combinations. Included is a thorough study of instruments and particularly their
use in jazz as expressive vehicles for improvisation.

MU 319 JAZZ ORCHESTRATION AND COMPOSITION II 3 s.h.

Continuation of work in MU 318. Study expands to include strings, full orchestra, band and
choirs, and their utilization in jazz. More emphasis on original work in composition and
arranging.

134 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

MU 411 COMPOSITION I 2 s.h

Prerequisite: MU 216.

Instruction is individualized. Compositional devices studied through analysis of works

by major composers. Students will write several original compositions utilizing smaller

forms.

MU 412 COMPOSITION II 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 411.
Continuation of Composition I.

MU 413 COMPOSITION III 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 412.

Students will write several original compositions utilizing larger forms.

MU 414 COMPOSITION IV 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 413

Continuation of Composition III. Outstanding works will be programmed by University per-
forming ensembles.

MU 475 MUSIC LAB 0 s.h.

All music majors must attend 1 0 recitals per semester.

Music History and Literature

MU 201 JAZZ HISTORY I 3 s.h.

An in-depth study of the principal movements, schools, performers and peripheral aspects
of American jazz from its origins to the 'Swing Era' of the early 1940s.

MU 202 JAZZ HISTORY II 3 s.h.

A continuation of the study of the principal movements, schools, performers and peripheral
aspects of American jazz from the Jazz Revolution - BeBop to Free Jazz of the 1 970s.

MU 301 MUSIC HISTORY I 3 s.h.

Intensive study of the history and style of Baroque and Classic music. Considerable analytic
listening is required.

MU 302 MUSIC HISTORY II 3 s.h.

Intensive study of the history and style of Romantic and 20th Century music to 1950.
Considerable analytic listening is required.

MU 303 MUSIC HISTORY III 3 s.h.

Intensive study of the history and style of Medieval and Renaissance music. Considerable
analytic listening is required.

MU 320 MUSIC OF THE ANCIENT WORLD 3 s.h.

Concentrated study of music from Ancient Greek up to Middle Ages.

MU 321 MUSIC OF THE MIDDLE AGES 3 s.h.

Starting with the Jongleurs, Troubadors and Trouveres of Early Middle Ages, course deals
with literature of music through English and Burgundian Schools at close of the Middle Ages.

MU 322 RENAISSANCE MUSIC 3 s.h.

Beginning with Ockeghem and ending with Palestrina and his contemporaries, music litera-
ture of this age is carefully and thoroughly studied.

MU 323 THE BAROQUE ERA 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MU 301, 302.

Extends from Monteverdi through Bach and Handel, and considers vocal and instrumental
forms, styles and practices of era.

College of Fine Arts — 135

MU 324 EIGHTEENTH CENTURY MUSIC 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MU 301, 302.

Although Mozart and Haydn comprise greater portion of 18th Century music, Rococo Period
involves D. Scarlatti and C.P.E. Bach as well.

MU 325 THE EARLY ROMANTIC PERIOD 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MU 301, 302.

Beethoven, Schubert, Rossini, Weber, Mendelssohn, Berlioz, Schumann and Chopin are
major composers to be studied in Early Romantic Period.

MU 326 THE LATE ROMANTIC PERIOD 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MU 301, 302.

Wagner, Verdi, Glinka, Bruckner, Meyerbeer, Liszt, Gounod, Brahms, Offenbach, Smetana,
J. Strauss, Grieg, Bizet, Moussorgsky, Saint-Saens, Tschaikowsky, Massenet, Franck, Boro-
din, Rimski-Korsakoff, Wolf, R. Strauss, Mahler, Faure, Puccini, Dvorak, Mac Dowell and
Elgar are major composers of this study.

MU 351 ITALIAN/ENGLISH DICTION 2 s.h.

MU 353 FRENCH DICTION 2 s.h.

MU 354 GERMAN DICTION 2 s.h.

MU 420 CONTEMPORARY MUSIC 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MU 301, 302.

Beginning with Debussy, Ravel and other impressionists, touching on Schoenberg, Stra-
vinsky, Webern, Honneger, Milhaud, et. al. Contemporary Music ends with today and tomor-
row. Various trends, styles and techniques are noted: judgments are attempted on more
experimental forms; limited predictions of trends are ventured.

MU 421 AMERICAN MUSIC 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MU 301, 302.

A study of history and literature of music in America from 1600 to present day.

Music Education

MU 311 FUNDAMENTALS OF CONDUCTING 2 s.h.

Emphasis placed on fundamental physical skills of conducting process; various beat patterns
are mastered, and elementary score reading and interpretation considered.

MU 312 CHORAL CONDUCTING 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 311.

Provides opportunity for student to apply basic conducting techniques to choral music. Each
student conducts the class in standard choral works. Includes survey of suitable literature,
organizational problems, voice testing, rehearsal techniques, program building, interpretation
and diction.

MU 313 INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: MU 311.

Provides student opportunity to apply basic conducting skills to various instrumental ensem-
bles. Includes survey of suitable literature, organizational problems, audition procedures,
rehearsal techniques, program building and interpretation.

MU 331 ELEMENTARY METHODS 3 s.h.

Includes analytical study of texts, recordings, equipment, instruments and other materials
suitable to musical development of elementary pupils; proper treatment of child voice; selec-
tion, use and teaching of rote songs; rhythmic activities and development; music reading; part
singing; planning and organization; guided observations; and evaluation techniques.

136 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

MU 332 GUITAR AND RECREATIONAL INSTRUMENTS FOR TODAY'S
CLASSROOM 2 s.h.

Designed for classroom teachers and music specialists to utilize several social instruments
in the school setting. Major emphasis on learning to play the guitar to accompany singing.
Other fretted instruments, recorder, autoharp and Orff instruments are included.

MU 333 SECONDARY METHODS 3 s.h.

Includes General Music Class, choral organizations, changing voice, techniques of instruc-
tion, including team teaching and programmed learning, high school theory courses, high
school music literature courses, scheduling, administrative problems, curriculum develop-
ment, evaluation of materials and equipment, evaluative techniques and guided observa-
tion.

MU 334 INSTRUMENTAL METHODS 2 s.h.

Treats understandings, techniques, equipment and materials necessary to develop an effec-
tive instrumetMal music program in public schools. Demonstrations and laboratory work
designed to give student competencies needed to meet successfully various teaching situa-
tions in instrumental music from grades through high school. Guided observations required.

MU 335 MUSIC FOR THE EXCEPTIONAL STUDENT 3 s.h.

Develops music education skills, techniques and materials for the emotionally, mentally,
physically or neurologically handicapped student and the gifted. Designed for students in
music education, special education and elementary education.

MU 401 CHORAL SCORE READING 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: MU 216, 313.

MU 402 INSTRUMENTAL SCORE READING 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: MU 216, 313.

MU 405 PIANO PEDAGOGY 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: Junior Standing in Piano, and a piano major or minor. Survey of current and
significant past developments in teaching of piano, both privately and in small and large
classes. The various piano methods are analyzed, compared, criticized and adapted to each
individual's use.

MU 406 VOICE PEDAGOGY 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: A voice major or minor, and permission of the instructor.
Survey of current and past development in teaching of voice, both privately and in small and
large classes. The various vocal methods are analyzed, compared, criticized, and adapted
to each individual's use.

MU 407 MASTER CLASS IN ORGAN 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: For organ majors only, with instructor's permission.

From time to time the organ instructor will accept from four to eight organ majors for this
course. Every student observes every other student's instruction, and various techniques of
teaching organ are demonstrated.

MU 408 MARCHING BAND TECHNIQUES 2 s.h.

Considers building a band show; alignment of ranks and files; development of a standard
pace of 5 to 5 and 8 to 5; selection of music; instrumentation; techniques of developing
morale; and fundamentals of uniform design.

MU 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 3 s.h.

May provide an in-depth study of a narrowly defined area of the discipline. Subject matter
will change with repeated offering of the course. May be repeated for credit.

MU 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.

Opportunity to pursue special interests beyond the scope of regular class offerings. Permis-
sion of. instructor and approval of department chairperson are required.

College of Fine Arts — 137

MU 485 INTERNSHIP IN MUSIC 1-6 s.h.

Designed for music majors who wish to receive practical experience working with people in
music or in areas related to music.

ED 421 STUDENT TEACHING 6 s.h.

Expenence in teaching music at the elementary level; coordination and visitation by a Univer-
sity faculty member with daily supervision by a cooperating classroom teacher.

ED 441 STUDENT TEACHING 6 s.h.

Experience in teaching music at the secondary level; coordination and visitation by a Univer-
sity faculty member with daily supervision by a cooperating classroom teacher.

ED 442 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM 2 s.h.

An experience which parallels the student teaching and which includes such activities as
professional readings, discussions, observations and the accumulation and organization of
teaching materials, along with the study of Pennsylvania School Law.

Class Instruction

The following courses are designed to acquaint the student with basic skills in each particular
area.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

1 s.h.

MU

151

Class Voice 1

MU

152

Class Voice II

MU

153

Class Piano 1

MU

154

Class Piano 11

MU

155

Class Strings 1

MU

156

Class Strings II

MU

157

Class Percussion 1

MU

158

Class Percussion II

MU

159

Class Brass 1

MU

160

Class Brass II

MU

161

Class Woodwinds 1

MU

162

Class Woodwinds II

MU

163

Class Guitar 1

APPLIED MUSIC
Private Instruction

AM 101,
AM 102,
AM 103,
AM 104,
AM 105,
AM 106,
AM 107,
AM 108,
AM 109,
AM 110,
AM 111,
AM 112,
AM 113,
AM 114,
AM 115,
AM 116,
AM 117,
AM 118,
AM 119,
AM 120,
AM 121,

151,
152,
153,
154,
155,
156,
157,
158,
159,
160,
161,
162,
163.
164,
165,
166,
167,
168,
169,
170,
171.

201,
202,
203,
204,
205,
206,
207,
208,
209,
210,
211,
212,
213,
214,
215,
216.
217.
218.
219.
220,
221,

251,

301,

351,

401,

252,

302,

352,

402,

253,

303,

353,

403,

254,

304,

354,

404,

255,

305,

355,

405,

256,

306,

356,

406,

257,

307,

357,

407,

258,

308.

358,

408,

259,

309,

359,

409,

260,

310,

360,

4(0,

261,

311,

361,

411,

262,

312,

362,

412,

263,

313,

363,

413,

264,

314,

364,

414,

265.

315,

365.

415,

266.

316,

366.

416,

267.

317,

367.

417,

268.

318,

368,

418,

269.

319.

369.

419,

270.

320.

370.

420,

271,

321,

371,

421,

451

Piano 1 -VIII

452

Organ 1 -VIII

453

Harpiscord 1 -VIII

454

Harp 1 -VIII

455

Voice 1 -VIII

456

V.olin 1 -VIII

457

Viola 1 -VIII

458

Cello 1 -VIII

459

Stnng Bass 1 -VIII

460

Flute 1 -VIM

461

Clarinet 1 -VIM

462

Oboe 1 -VIM

463

Bassoon 1 -VIII

464

Saxaphone 1 -VIM

465

Trumpet 1 -VIII

466

French Horn 1 -VIM

467

Trombone 1 -VIM

468

Bantone Horn 1 -VIM

469

Tuba 1 -VIM

470

Percussion 1 -VIM

471

Guitar 1 -VIM

138 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Ensembles

Each ensemble is elected for one semester hour.

MU 120 Brass Ensemble ML) 129 University Symphony Orchestra

MU 121 Chamber Singers MU 130 String Ensemble

MU 122 University Chorale MU 131 University Wind Ensemble

MU 123 Symphony Band MU 132 Women's Chorus

MU 124 Glee Club MU 133 Woodwind Ensemble

MU 125 Marching Band MU 134 University Chorus

MU 126 Music Theater MU 135 Jazz Ensemble

MU 127 Percussion Ensemble MU 136 Mellowmen

MU 128 University Chamber Orchestra

DEPARTMENT OF THEATER

A. LYNN LOCKROW, CHAIRPERSON: BLACKLEDGE, BOWES, DUTKIEWICZ,
EISEN, SIMPSON.

The Department of Theater has as its mission to provide for students of the University the
opportunity for the study of theater arts as a part of a liberal and humanistic education. To
fulfill this mission the department offers courses in the history and theory of drama, perform-
ance, and technical theater/design at both introductory and advanced levels.

The department offers production opportunities as a practical extension of the academic
program during the regular academic year and summers, and through off campus internships
with professional theater companies

The Theater Department offers a Bachelor of Arts and a Bachelor of Fine Arts degree as
well as a minor in theater. Students may include theater courses as an option in the General
Fine Arts degree offered through the College of Fine Arts. Those wishing to teach theater
in the secondary schools may enroll in communications education with a concentration in
theater which leads to a Bachelor of Science in Education and certification.

The Bachelor of Arts in Theater provides for the study of theater within a broad liberal
education. B.A. students must complete a core program of 36 semester hours of theater
courses. Students then will have 36 semester hours of free electives which they may fashion
into a program tailored to their individual needs and interests. The Bachelor of Fine Arts in
Theater provides intensive study in theater arts leading to advanced professional training or
entry level professional employment. In addition to a core of 36 semester hours in basic
theater courses, the B.F.A. student elects a 27 semester hour concentration in one of two
areas: a) performance or b) technical theater/design. Students may apply for admission to
the B.F.A. program in their fourth semester and will be expected to provide portfolio or
audition.

A minor in theater consists of 1 5 semester hours and courses approved by the chairperson
of the Department of Theater

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

TH 101 INTRODUCTION TO THEATER 3 s.h.

An exploration of various theater arts, examining major periods of theater history, selected
works of dramatic literature, and essential theater arts of acting, directing, design and techni-
cal theater. The goal is to make more understanding and appreciative audiences of students
enrolled.

TH 1 10 FUNDAMENTALS OF THEATER 3 s.h.

An introductory level course for theater majors and other serious students of theater, examin-
ing the principle theater arts, including acting, directing, designing, lighting, costuming,
makeup and other aspects of stagecraft and production.

College of Fine Arts— 139

TH 120 STAGECRAFT 3 s.h.

Students not only study but gain practical work experience in all aspects of backstage
technical arts and crafts, including lighting, set construction, painting, etc.

TH 122 COSTUME WORKSHOP 3 s.h.

Instruction and practical experience in the process of building costumes for the stage.
Activities include fitting, cutting, sewing, dyeing and painting. There is also instruction in the
maintenance of wardrobe, costume stock, materials and properties.

TH 130 PERFORMANCE I 3 s.h.

First course of the performance sequence. Basic introduction to vocal and physical training
of the actor, stage vocabulary and improvisation. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

TH 201 THEATER HISTORY I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: TH 101 or TH 110

Comprehensive survey of theory and history of theater and dramatic literature from prehis-
toric times through the classical Greek and Roman eras.

TH 202 THEATER HISTORY II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: TH 101 or TH 110

Comprehensive survey of theory and history of theater and dramatic literature from the
Middle Ages through the French, Italian, English and Spanish Renaissance.

TH 203 THEATER HISTORY III 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: TH 101 or TH 110

Comprehensive survey of theory and history of theater and dramatic literature from the
English Restoration and Continental 17th Century through 1850.

TH 204 THEATER HISTORY IV 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: TH 101 or TH 110

Comprehensive survey of theory and history of theater and dramatic literature from 1900
through the modern era to the present.

TH 220 SCENE DESIGN 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: TH 120

Introduction to 'action-documentation' approach to scene design and to conventional tech-
niques of graphic communication (i.e.,: orthographic, isometric and perspective projection)
used by the professional designer.

TH 221 STAGE LIGHTING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: TH 120

Covers lighting instruments, color media, control boards, physical laws of electricity and
optics, graphical techniques (i.e.,: light plot, instrument schedule, hook-up chart, Q sheet)
and conventional techniques used in lighting dramatic productions in a proscenium theater.

TH 222 COSTUME DESIGN 3 s.h.

Covers design and execution of stage costumes with emphasis to show how mood and
illusion can be created through proper selection of style, color and texture, supplemented
by an overview of stage costuming.

TH 223 MAKE-UP FOR THE STAGE 3 s.h.

Deals with practical application of straight and character make-up. and may include instruc-
tion in creating beards, wigs, prosthetics and masks.

TH 230 PERFORMANCE II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: TH 130

Second course in the performance sequence. Exploration, characterization and develop-
ment through physical action. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

140— Indiana University of Pennsylvania

TH 310 THEATER CRITICISM 3 s.h.

A study of the theory and criticism and of the discrete functions of chtic and reviewer.
Students see live performances and practice writing both reviews and criticism.

TH 330 PERFORMANCE III 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: TH 230

Building a character. Deals with primary elements of the Stanislavsky system of character
development to include text analysis, motivation, inner and outer action, scene dynamics and
improvisational techniques. Class includes scene work to develop the actor's craft within
these areas. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

TH 340 PERFORMANCE IV 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: TH 330

Advanced acting course concentrating on such particular elements of craft as role scoring,
characterization, staging in character and ensemble playing. Emphasis on dramatic period
styles, age and characterization through scene work.

TH 399 INTERNSHIP 3 s.h.

TH 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-6 s.h.

TH 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.

Prerequisite: by permission

Independent study in theater may be either purely academic or may be a practical production
project, supported by a written document giving evidence of significant scholarly investiga-
tion or original, creative effort. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits.

TH 483 ACTING STUDIO 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: TH 330

Repeatable studio course offering scene practice with faculty direction, coaching and criti-
cism. Specific type of scene work varies from semester to semester. (3 lecture hours, 2 lab
hours) May be repeated.

TH 484 DIRECTING STUDIO 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: TH 330

Opportunity for students to direct scene work, one-act plays or larger projects, according to
individual levels of experience, preparation and readiness. Practical application of principles
of directing to specific problems in directing. Student projects performed in public, open-class
recitals. (3 lecture hours, 2 lab hours) May be repeated.

TH 485 STUDIO THEATER 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission

Performance-oriented course with class members working intensively on the creation of a
full-length theater production as an ensemble. Includes, in addition to actors, directors,
designers and technical staff. Leads to a public performance. May be repeated once.

TH 486 PRACTICUM IN PRODUCTION 1-6 s.h.

Prerequisite: by permission

An opportunity with academic credit for students to make significant contributions to campus

productions augmenting theater course work in the areas of assistant directing or directing,

stage management, technical direction, sound design, lighting, costuming, scene design,

properties and set decoration, scene building and painting and make-up design. May be

repeated.

TH 487 SCENOGRAPHIC PROBLEMS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: TH 220, TH 221 and TH 222

Advanced level classes dealing with scenic, costume and lighting design. Content will cover
research technique, extension of initial artistic media used in lighting design classes, design-
ing in all three areas for alternate production facilities and situations. Class is repeatable up
to two times. (3 lecture hours, 2 lab hours)

College of Fine Arts — 141

TH 488 SUMMER THEATER WORKSHOP 3.9 g.h.

A theater practicum offering experience in all major aspects of production by combining class
work with participation in Theater- by-the-Grove, lUP's repertory theater.

TH 489 TECHNICAL THEATER PROBLEMS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

Open to all students desiring instruction in a variety of technical theater areas not presently
covered in other courses. Topics to include: sound design, stage management, set props,
media make-up, technical drawing/mixed media and scene painting. (3 lecture hours) May
be repeated.

The Graduate School— 1 43

The Graduate School

Lee Bowker, Dean
David Lynch, Associate Dean

The Graduate School at lUP offers programs leading to the Doctor of Education and Doctor
of Philosophy degrees in the areas of counselor education, elementary education and En-
glish. One Ph.D. program is specially designed to ennch the teaching of English in the
nation's community colleges. Master of Arts, Master of Science, Master of Business Adminis-
tration or Master of Education degrees are available in adult education, art, art education,
art therapy, biology, business, business administration, chemistry, counseling services, crimi-
nology, early childhood education, educational psychology, education of the emotionally
disturbed, education of the mentally retarded, elementary education, elementary school
guidance, English, geography, geoscience, history, home economics education, instructional
media, labor relations, mathematics, music, music education, physics, political science,
professional growth, psychology, reading specialist studies, secondary school guidance,
sociology, Spanish, special education- exceptionality, special learning disabilities, speech
correction, speech pathology, sports sciences and student personnel services. The Gradu-
ate School also offers specialization or certification programs in elementary psychology ( a
post-master's program) and supervisor of guidance services, as well as a reading specialist
program.

Students not interested in pursuing a degree may also enroll in individual graduate courses.

An admissions packet is available from the Graduate Office. Requests should be sent to the
Dean of The Graduate School. Brochures and other information describing individual pro-
grams are available from most department chairpersons.

The College of Health Sciences — 145

The College of Health

Sciences

Herman L. Sledzik, Acting Dean

The College of Health Sciences provides an opportunity to educate personnel needed in
various health disciplines. The College offers professional curhcula leading to appropriate
baccalaureate degrees for men and women in health and physical education, respiratory
therapy, medical technology, nursing; and safety management. lUP is affiliated with approved
schools and hospitals for specialized training in these programs of allied health and nursing.

At present, the College of Health Sciences includes four departments:

1. Allied Health Professions

2. Health and Physical Education

3. Nur'^ing

4. Safety Sciences

ALLIED HEALTH PROFESSIONS DEPARTMENT
HAROLD E. WINGARD, CHAIRPERSON

RESPIRATORY THERAPY

Respiratory Therapists assist physicians in the care of patients who have respiratory system
problems or illness that relates to breathing. Their assistance includes administering gaseous
drugs and executing therapeutic procedures. Included are the operation and mai.itenance
of specialized equipment.

The program leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Respiratory Therapy. Pre-
sented jointly by Indiana University of Pennsylvania and The Western Pennsylvania Hospi-

146 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

tal In Pittsburgh, the program offers intensive theoretical and applied knowledge to pro-
duce highly-skilled graduates who are prepared to enter the profession as therapists or
instructors.

Two academic years of University studies, followed by two academic years of hospital studies
and clinical practice constitute the program. Incoming students must maintain a QPA of 2.25
in Natural Sciences and Mathematics to qualify for admission into the clinical years in
Respiratory Therapy. While at the University, students are required to complete the following
courses or approved substitutes, which give a total of 62 credits:

Biology

Bl 105 Cell Biology 4 s.h.

Bl 150 Human Anatomy 3 s.h.

Bl 151 Human Physiology 4 s.h.

Bl 241 General Microbiology 3 s.h.

Chemistry

CH 101-102 College Chemistry I & II 8 s.h.

Health and Physical Education

*HP Two activity courses 2 s.h.

Humanities

AH 101 Introduction to Art 3 s.h.

or
TH 101 Introduction to Theater 3 s.h.

or
MU 101 Introduction to Music 3 s.h.

EN 101,102

& 201 English I, II, & III 10 s.h.

Approved Elective 3 s.h.

*0r ROTC Option

Social Sciences

Approved Electives 12 s.h.

Other

MA 110 Elementary Functions 3 s.h.

PY 151 Medical Physics Lecture 3 s.h.

PY 151 Medical Physics Lab 1 s.h.

Departmental Elective 3 s.h.

In addition to clinical practice each semester during the junior and senior years and research
projects during the senior year, students, while at the hospital, study the following subjects:

RT 326 RESPIRATORY THERAPY CLINICAL PRACTICE I 3 s.h.

First exposure to patient care. Introduction and practice of basic Respiratory Therapy treat-
ment modalities receive emphasis.

RT 327 PHARMACOLOGY 3 s.h.

Introduction to pharmacology and therapeutics. Emphasis placed on the drugs used in
respiratory care. Drug classification, action, usage, dosage and availability will be discussed.

RT 328 INTRODUCTION TO RESPIRATORY THERAPY 4 s.h.

Topics include medical terminology and an overview of cellular structure and function.
Emphasis is placed on neurophysiology, respiratory anatomy and physiology.

The College of Health Sciences — 147

RT 329 RESPIRATORY THERAPY INSTRUMENTATION 4 s.h.

Introduction to basic respiratory therapy equipment and related procedures. Special empha-
sis will be placed upon the rationale and techniques of oxygen administration.

RT 330 CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION 2 s.h.

Comprehensive analysis of the principles and practices of numerous methods of resuscita-
tion.

RT 333 RESPIRATORY THERAPY CLINICAL PRACTICE II 6 s.h.

Treatment procedures introduced in Clinical I are continued with greater emphasis on inde-
pendence. Speciality rotations are added to broaden exposure to respiratory therapy and
critical care.

RT 334 RESPIRATORY THERAPY INSTRUMENTATION AND APPLICATION 4 s.h.

Provides students with a comprehensive knowledge of mechanical ventilation. The care of
critically ill and physiologic consequences of mechanical ventilation will be discussed.

RT 335 NURSING ARTS 3 s.h.

An overview of the history of respiratory therapy and nursing. Topics include medical records,
infection control, sterilization and psychosocial aspects of illness.

RT 336 CARDIOPULMONARY EVALUATION AND CLINICAL CORRELATION 4 s.h.

Disease states of the pulmonary and related systems are investigated in progression from
etiology through treatment and prognosis.

RT 426 RESPIRATORY THERAPY CLINICAL PRACTICE III 6 s.h.

Respiratory Therapy treatment procedures are continued with emphasis on improving profi-
ciency and refining skills. Students will make rounds with physicians.

RT 427 APPLIED PULMONARY PHYSIOLOGY 4 s.h.

Various aspects of pulmonary physiology will be discussed and applied to acid-base and
blood gas analysis and interpretation.

RT 429 DESIGN AND FUNCTION OF A RESPIRATORY THERAPY PROGRAM 2 S.H.
Basic management principles as they apply to the hospital setting and in particular respiratory
therapy departments and schools will be discussed.

RT 433 RESPIRATORY THERAPY CLINICAL PRACTICE IV 7 s.h.

Rotations on treatment and intensive respiratory therapy are continued. Advanced rotations
are included.

RT 434 PEDIATRICS AND SELECTED TOPICS 3 s.h.

Basic terminology, anatomy and pathophysiology of obstetric, fetal, neonatal and pediatric
patients will be presented.

RT 436 RESPIRATORY THERAPY TEACHING 2 s.h.

An introduction to respiratory education

RT 481-1 SPECIAL TOPICS;

ESSENTIALS OF ECG INTERPRETATION 2 s.h.

Aquaint students with cardiac electrocardiographic diagnostic and theropeutic techniques.

RT 481-2 SPECIAL TOPICS: 2 s.h.

PULMONARY FUNCTIONS/CARDIOPULMONARY REHABILITATION

RT 481-3 SPECIAL TOPICS: METHODS IN CRITICAL CARE 1 s.h.

Critical care diagnostic and therapeutic modalities pertinent to respiratory care discussed.

148 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

RT 481-4 SPECAIL TOPICS: 1 s.h.

ADVANCED PEDIATRIC RESPIRATORY THERAPHY

Sixty-two credits are awarded for hospital studies.

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

Medical Technologists are highly-skilled members of the medical care team. They perform
a wide range of tests and studies, whose results aid physicians in diagnosis and treatment.
The program of studies presented jointly by Indiana University and accredited hospitals
prepares students to enter the profession. The program also prepares students for graduate
and professional schools.

Upon completion of the four-year program, the degree of Bachelor of Science in Medical
Technology is granted. Students will also have a minor in Chemistry and Biology. The first
three years are devoted to University studies. The University-wide General Education obliga-
tions may be varied by election of three semester hours in Humanities and 12 hours in Social
Science.

Required are at least 1 6 semester hours in Biology, 24 semester hours in Chemistry, a course

in Mathematics, and two semesters of Physics, as follows:

Mathematics

MA 110 Elementary Functions or higher

level substitute 3 s.h.

Chemistry

CH 111-112 General Chemistry I and II 8 s.h.

CH 231-232 Organic Chemistry I and II 8 s.h.

CH 323 Analytical Methods 4 s.h.

CH 351 Biochemistry 4 s.h.

Biology

Physics

Bl 105 Cell Biology 4 s.h.

Bl 120 Animal Biology 5 s.h.

Bl 361 Microbiology 3 s.h.

Bl 364 Immunology 3 s.h.

Biology Electives 3-6 s.h.

PY 111-112 Physics I and II, including laboratory 8 s.h.
NOTE: Biology courses frequently elected:

Bl " 476 Parasitology 3 s.h.

Bl 360 Medical Mycology 3 s.h.

Bl 352 Comparative Animal Physiology 3 s.h.

Bl 445 Microtechnique 3 s.h.

Bl 263 Genetics 3 s.h.

Bl 151 Human Physiology (strongly

recommended as a free elective)
Following the three academic years of University work, each student devotes 12 months to

studies at an accredited hospital School of Medical Technology to which she/he gains
admission on a competitive basis.* lUP maintains short- and long-term affiliations with
selected hospital schools.

The Department provides student counseling and maintains liaison with hospital schools.
However, since not all students are equally successful in academic studies and since the
hospital schools select and admit the students to their programs using various criteria, lUP
cannot guarantee admission to hospital school studies (also known as the clinical year).

Thirty-two semester hours are earned at the hospital School of Medical Technology. In
addition to integrated clinical practice, the following subjects are typically studied:

Hematology and Coagulation Clinical Microbiology

Radio-Isotopes Parasitology

The College of Health Sciences — 149

Clinical Chemistry Immunology and Serology

Immunohematology Virology

Urinalysis Clinical Immunology

Mycology

Completion of college and clinical education is followed by a national certification examina-
tion. Successful passage of the examination certifies that the student is a professionally
qualified laboratory technologist.

*The hospital program is accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and the
American Medical Association through the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Labora-
tory Sciences.

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION

D. SHELBY BRIGHTWELL, CHAIRPERSON: AIERSTOCK, ANTHONY, BAR-
THELEMY, BECK, BLACKSMITH, CELTNIEKS, CLARK, CORTAZZO, DAKAK,
DAVIS, DICKIE, ELTZ, GODLASKY, GROVE, HORNFECK, JOHNSON, KAY-
LOR, KORAB, LEPLEY, LISCINSKY, LOMMOCK, MILEFF, MILL, MONTOGOM-
ERY, MOORE, NEAL, PODBIELSKI, SLEDZIK, SLONIGER, SUTTON, THOMP-
SON, TUCKER, WINGARD.

The Department of Health and Physical Education provides the following services: (1) in-
struction in health and physical education as part of the University's General Education
requirement; (2) an undergraduate major in health and physical education that leads to the
Bachelor of Science degree in Education with potential certification to teach in the Common-
wealth of Pennsylvania; (3) Bachelor of Science degree in Physical Education and Sport; and
(4) Endorsement program in Driver-Education- safe living.

CURRICULA

Required Program - General Education

University students not in the ROTC program are required to complete two semester hours
of physical education and two semester hours in HP 101, Personal and Community Health.
Any two courses offered for General Education physical education credit may be elected to
fulfill the physical education requirement. (Veterans are given four semester hours toward
the above requirement. Verification of service must be established.) All such courses are
coeducational.

B.S. In Education (Health and Physical Education)

Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Health and
Physical Education include the University's General Education requirement, Professional
Education requirements, and the Health and Physical Education core requirement (36 se-
mester hours). Upon completion of the degree program, the student is qualified for an
Instructional I Certificate in Health and Physical Education, issued by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. This certificate is valid for teaching
health and physical education in grades K through 12 for three years in the public schools
of Pennsylvania. Major students may utilize free electives to specialize in the areas of
adaptives, aquatics, athletic coaching, dance, elementary physical education or health.

Candidates for the degree program in Health and Physical Education must demonstrate
acceptable cognitive and psychomotor qualifications, as well as desirable character and
personality traits. The professional program seeks to foster those qualities of individual
character and competence that are inherent in personal and professional maturity. These
competencies are evaluated at the end of the sophomore year. The student is either granted

150 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Advanced Standing in the Department or restricted in scheduling advanced courses for not
less than one probationary semester. Continuation in the major program is based upon
attainment of department Advanced Standing.

GENERAL EDUCATION - See catalog under General Education

PROFESSIONAL THEORY - Major students in Health and Physical Education must earn 26
semester hours in the following courses: HP 142; HP 221 ; HP 246; HP 325; HP 344; HP 345;
HP 426; HP 441; HP 442.

PROFESSIONAL TECHNIQUES - Students are required 10 semester hours from among the
following courses: HP 200-208; HP 263; HP 300-307. (Two laboratory hours and one lecture
hour per week) One-half (.5) semester hour courses meet for one-half of the semester only.

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION - The following are required: EP 302; FE 302; HP 242, HP
318, HP 321, HP 341, ED 242, ED 342, ED 421, ED 441, ED 442

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Meeting the General Education Requirement

HP 101 PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH 2 s.h.
Understanding scientific approach to personal health and development of desirable attitudes
and practices in all areas of personal health constitute a major part of the course. Cause,
prevention, and control of various diseases are also considered. (2 lecture hrs.)

Co-Educational General Education Activity Courses

Unless othenrt/ise noted, the following courses provide opportunities for the learning of basic

fundamentals and techniques of the activities. Specific courses may be offered in the fall,
spring, or both semesters. (Two lab hours per week.)

HP 110 BEGINNING SWIMMING 1 s.h.

HP 113 ARCHERY/INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING 1 s.h.

HP 115 BADMINTON-INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING 1 s.h.

HP 116 BADMINTON-VOLLEYBALL 1 s.h.

HP 117 INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING/FITNESS 2 s.h.

HP 118 FITNESS- VOLLEYBALL 1 s.h.

HP 119 GOLF-BOWLING 1 s.h.

HP 120 TENNIS-INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING 1 s.h.

HP 121 INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING-VOLLEYBALL 1 s.h.

HP 122 CONTEMPORARY (MODERN) DANCE I 1 s.h.

HP 123 FOLK AND SQUARE DANCE I 1 s.h.

HP 125 BASIC TAP AND BALLROOM DANCE 1 s.h.

HP 126 RESISTIVE EXERCISES 1 s.h.

HP 127 FENCING 1 s.h.

The College of Health Sciences — 151

HP 128 GOLF 1 s.h.

HP 129 BADMINTON/TENNIS 1 s.h.

HP 133 FOLK AND SQUARE DANCE II 1 s.h.

HP 134 BOWLING 1 s.h.

HP 137 GYMNASTICS 1 s.h.

HP 138 RACQUETBALL 1 s.h.

HP 145 TENNIS 1 S.h.

HP 146 CONTEMPORARY DANCE II 1 s.h.

HP 147 TENNIS/FENCING 1 s.h.

HP 161 BASIC ROCK CLIMBING 1 s.h.

HP 163 BACKPACKING 1 s.h.

*HP 261 WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTOR 1 s.h.

(Prerequisites: departmental consent and lifesaving certification.)

*HP 262 SCUBA 1 s.h.

(Prerequisites: fee, departmental consent, HP 265)

*HP 265 LIFEGUARDING 1 s.h.

(Prerequisites: departmental consent, and advanced swimmer)

*HP 266 BASIC SMALL CRAFT 1 s.h.

(Prerequisite: intermediate swimmer)

HP 349 DANCE REPERTOIRE I 1 s.h.

HP 350 DANCE REPERTOIRE II 1 s.h.

*These courses are also included in the annual Aquatic School offered each summer. They
require the prerequisite courses listed beside them.

Health and Physical Education Major Courses

HP 142 FOUNDATIONS OF HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATiON3 s.h.
Scientific principles, philosophical considerations, and career opportunities in professions of
health, physical education, and recreation and sport sciences. (3 lecture hrs.)

HP 200 FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITY 1 s.h.

Identification of problem areas in basic neuromuscular activities with subsequent prescriptive
programs on an individual basis; presentation of circuit and interval training programs; weight
training and isometrics.

HP 201 ARCHERY/BADMINTON/BOWLING 1 s.h.

Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in
skill competency in each activity. Methods and materials emphasized.

HP 202 BASEBALL .5 s.h.

Basic skills, position play and team participation in baseball. Baseball theory and strategy.

152 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

HP 203 BASKETBALL .5 s.h.

Team tactics, drill patterns, conditioning programs and teaching/coaching methods.

HP 204 FIELD HOCKEY .5 s.h.

Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in
skill competency. Methods and materials emphasized.

HP 205 RHYTHMS AND MOVEMENT 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 200

Development of basic movement techniques through rhythmic experiences, knowledge of
music nota*'on and terminology, and methods in creative presentation.

HP 206 SOFTBALL .5 s.h.

Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in
skill competency. Methods and materials emphasized.

HP 207 TENNIS .5 s.h.

Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in
skill competency. Methods and materials emphasized.

HP 208 SOCCER Team tactics, drill patterns, teaching and coaching techniques. 5 s.h.

HP 221 HUMAN STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION 3 s.h.

Anatomical organization of human body, surveyed in sufficient depth to prepare students for
physiology, biomechanics and adaptive physical education. (3 lecture hrs.)

HP 230 AEROBIC FITNESS 2 s.h.

An opportunity to participate in a variety of aerobic activities; will aid fitness leaders in
developing and implementing several types of aerobic programs; will offer current informa-
tion on aerobics as preventive medicine. (1 lecture, 2 lab hours)

HP 242 EMERGENCY HEALTH CARE 1 s.h.

American Red Cross Standard, Advanced and instructor's certification, and Multi-media
Instructor's certification awarded upon successful completion of this course. ( 1 lecture, 2
lab hours)

HP 246 BIOMECHANICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 221

Study of the relationship between mechanical and physical principles and human movement.
(3 hours lecture)

HP 263 AQUATICS 1 s.h.

Basic performance techniques in swimming strokes presented with special emphasis on
teaching methodology, aquatic sports and games, water safety, skin diving, springboard
diving and other aquatic activities.

HP 264 ADVANCED AQUATICS 1 s.h.

Swimming and rescue skills necessary to complete American Red Cross Senior Lifesaving
Course. Emphasis placed upon a broad range of other aquatic experiences and teaching
strategies.

HP 265 LIFEGUARDING 1 s.h.

Prerequisites: departmental consent and advanced swimmer

Designed for professional lifeguards. Includes lifeguarding techniques for pools, fresh and
salt water beaches. Red Cross certification (Pittsburgh Division) granted upon satisfactory
completion of course requirements. (2 laboratory hours)

HP 300 FOLK AND SQUARE DANCE .5 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 205

Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in

The College of Health Sciences — 153

skill competency in each activity. The role of folk and square dance in the physical education
progranns of all levels considered. Emphasis on methods and materials.

HP 301 MODERN DANCE .5 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 205

Basic course in dance, introducing student to experiences in development of dance as
creative art and an educational medium,

HP 302 GYMNASTICS 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 205

Conditioning exercises, participation in all phases of gymnastics, including tumbling and the
coaching of the sport.

HP 303 FOOTBALL .5 s.h.

Fundamentals of position play, patterns of offense and defense, individual skills and team
organization in football.

HP 304 GOLF .5 s.h.

Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in
skill competency. Methods and materials emphasized.

HP 305 TRACK AND FIELD .5 s.h.

Basic movement patterns of running, jumping, and throwing; various training programs of
track and field; rules and regulations. The students' abilities and skills are developed in order
that they may be better able to teach and/or coach track and field.

HP 306 VOLLEYBALL .5 s.h.

Skill progressions and analyses, in combination with opportunity to progress individually in
skill competency. Methods and materials emphasized.

HP 307 WRESTLING .5 s.h.

Basic skills, moves and holds used in college and high school wrestling.

HP 311 ADVANCED FIELD HOCKEY/VOLLEYBALL 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: HP 204, 306

Advanced techniques and game strategy, with opportunites for individual skill progession.
Methods and materials are presented from aspect of coaching responsibilities in these
activities. (1 lecture and 2 lab hours)

HP 312 ADVANCED BASKETBALL/SOFTBALL 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: HP 203, 206

Advanced techniques and game strategy, with opportunites for individual skill progression.
Methods and materials are presented from aspect of coaching responsibilities in these
activities. (1 lecture and 2 lab hours)

HP 314 ADVANCED MODERN DANCE 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: Previous dance course or department acceptance of experience.
Advanced techniques of performance and choreography. Theory and composition form an
integral part of course content. (1 lecture and 2 lab hours)

HP 316 VOLLEYBALL OFFICIATING 1 S.h.

Prerequisite: HP 306

Officiating techniques and responsibilities in volleyball. Opportunities for officiating experi-
ence and qualification for professional ratings. (1 lecture and 2 lab hours)

HP 317 BASKETBALL OFFICIATING 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 203

Officiating techniques and responsibilities in basketball. Opportunities for officiating experi-
ence and qualification for professional ratings. (1 lecture and 2 lab hours)

154 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

HP 318 PRE-PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE I 1 s.h.

Students teach as assistants to a faculty member in two different activities, one in physical
education (general education) and on in elementary physical education at the University
School. Emphasis on unit development, class management, leadership skills and evaluation.
(3 hours lab)

HP 319-1 PRE-PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE II 1 s.h.

Prerequisites: HP 318, Advanced standing. Departmental approval Students may request an
assisting/teaching/leadership assignment in certain University related areas that may be
either instructional or non-instructional in nature. Examples of such professional areas are
adaptives, recreation, dance, coaching, aquatics, intramurals, administration, elementary,
service or major classes, club activities, assisting in laboratories, or the training room. (3 lab
hours)

HP 319-2 PRE-PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE II 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: HP 318, Advanced Standing, Departmental Approval Same as above. (6

laboratory hours).

HP 319-3 PRE-PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE III 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: HP 318, Advanced Standing, Departmental Approval Same as above. (9 lab
hours)

HP 321 METHODS IN ELEMENTARY PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Study and application of theories of movement, self-testing activities, rhythms, relays,
games, gymnastics suitable for elementary school children. Observation, materials and
methods of teaching and opportunities for intern teaching provided. (3 lecture hours)

HP 322 DANCE PRODUCTION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 122 or HP 301

Advanced course in contemporary dance technique and composition; studio productions
with staging, lighting, costuming and make-up as student responsibilities. (3 lecture hours

HP 325 SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAMS 3 s.h.

Organization of school health programs, relationships and utilization of community re-
sources. (3 lecture hours)

HP 333 PSYCHOLOGY OF COACHING 2 s.h.

The goals of athletics in schools and communities; principles and responsibilities of the
coach; current problems. (2 lecture hrs.)

HP 336 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF RECREATION 2 s.h.

History, theory and philosophy of recreation; importance of play in modern world, trends in
recreation, problems encountered in organizing community school programs and principles
of leadership. (2 lecture hrs.)

HP 341 EVALUATION IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Evaluation theory, instructional objectives and cognitive test construction; technical and
practical considerations in testing, and interpretation of test results. (3 lecture hours)

HP 343 PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 221

Physiological effects of exercise on humans. Major factors of diet, conditioning, physical
fitness, maximum performance level, and fatigue are considered. (3 lecture hours)

HP 344 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 246

Recognition of structural deviations, corrective exercises and physical education programs
for a wide range of handicaps. (3 lecture hours)

The College of Health Sciences — 155

HP 345 BASIC SPORTS MEDICINE 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 221

Prevention and care of accidents in sports activities. Significance of medical examination,
conditioning exercise and sound health practices discussed. Laboratory work includes tap-
ing, bandaging, use of physiotherapy equipment, massage and supervised training room
expehence. (2 lecture hours)

HP 349 DANCE REPERTOIRE I 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: Department consent

Designed to permit students to be exposed to wide range of dance repertoire, original
choreography and technique. (1 lecture, 2 lab hours)

HP 350 DANCE REPERTOIRE II 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 349

Designed to permit students to explore dance repertoire, choreography and technique be-
yond HP 349. (1 lecture and 2 lab hours)

HP 372 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR SPECIAL POPULATIONS 2 s.h.
Prerequisite; EX 220

Methods and techniques of teaching health and physical education to special populations
will be explored. Designed primarily for students majoring in special education, focus will be
on handicapping conditions, limitations imposed by such conditions and the responsibility of
the special education teacher working in the physical education setting. (2 lecture hours)

HP 399 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.

Educational opportunity which integrates classroom experience with practical experience in
community service agencies, industrial, business or governmental organizations. Junior
standing required.

HP 405 ORGANIZATION AND TECHNIQUES OF OUTDOOR RECREATION 2 s.h.

The growth and significance of camp movement, and understanding of camping techniques
and various types of camp programs considered. Attention given to all camp activity areas.
Study of outdoor education also. (2 lecture hours)

HP 408 GUIDED RESEARCH PROBLEM 2 s.h.

Selection and research of a problem pertinent to student interests and those of the profes-
sions of Health, Physical Education and Recreation. Classes held on an individual and/or
seminar basis. (Independent Study)

HP 410 EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 343

Designed to teach individuals to write exercise prescriptions based upon a subject's toler-
ance for physical activity. Special emphasis on risk factors, techniques of evaluation, drugs,
injuries, environmental factors, motivation and their role in physical activity assessment. (3
lecture hours)

HP 412 PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND STRESS MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Acquisition of necessary understandings of anxiety and stress; their nature, place in society
and intervention strategies as they relate to physical activity. (3 lecture hours)

HP 413 PHYSICAL ACTIVITY AND AGING 3 s.h.

Presents major aspects of physical activity, its importance to the older adult and the organiza-
tion of an activity program. Attention to physiology of physical activity, effects of activity on
growth and aging, exercise prescription, flexibility, overweight and obesity, and motivational
strategies. (3 lecture hours)

HP 426 HEALTH SCIENCE INSTRUCTION 3 s.h.

Health curriculum- K-12, Methods and Media of instruction in Health Science. (3 lecture
hours)

156 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

HP 432 ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF INTRAMURALS AND
INTERSCHOLASTICS 2 s.h.

History, theory, philosophy, and principles of intramural and interscholastic athletic programs.
(2 lecture hours)

HP 433 APPLICATION OF THEORY TO MOTOR LEARNING 2 s.h.

Identification of aspects of motor learning and its similarity and difference to cognitive and
affective learned behavior. Characteristics of children and adolescents. Special emphasis
given to the principles of psychomotor learning. (2 lecture hours)

HP 434 ADVANCED SOCCER WORKSHOP 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 208, or department acceptance of experience.

Principles of attack and defense and their application in group and team play. The study of
team play will be carried out, in the main, using small sided games. Those participating will
be able to observe, teach, evaluate and be evaluated. (1 lecture and 2 lab hours)

HP 441 PSYCHOSOCIAL IMPLICATIONS FOR HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND
RECREATION 3 s.h.

A study of variables that influence human performance with emphasis on psychological and
sociological research. (3 lecture hours)

HP 442 SEMINAR IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION 3 s.h.

Theory and philosophy of Health, Physical Education, and Recreation, current issues and
problems; innovative and creative programs. (3 lecture hrs.)

HP 447 CARDIO-PULMONARY RESUSCITATION (CPR) INSTRUCTOR 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: Basic CPR certification

Study of methods and skills necessary to certify instructors of cardiopulmonary resuscitation
and multimedia first aid. Successful completion of requirements leads to certification by the
American Health Association and the American Red Cross. (1 lecture and 1 lab hour)

Driver Education-Safe Living 7-12

CERTIFICATION IN DRIVER EDUCATION

Candidates for the driver education certification must possess, or be a candidate for, a valid
Pennsylvania Certificate in any area of certification. A student must currently complete the
four courses that are listed below. A student must request the certificate in driver education-
safe living 7-12 when they apply for graduation. For students who have already graduated,
contact the office of the Dean, College of Education, for correct procedure.

HP 251 ACCIDENT CAUSATION AND PREVENTION 3 s.h.

Establish the relationship between psychology and accident causation programming by
examining the different variables in accident causation. Enables the student to better under-
stand human behavior as it relates to the causes of accidents. (3 lecture hours)

HP 252 INTRODUCTION TO THE DRIVING TASK 3 s.h.

Provide an in-depth treatment of operating a motor vehicle competently in all major variations
and under most conditions encountered in traffic. A competent operator is one who performs
the total driving task knowledgeably, skillfully; demonstrates full understanding and applica-
tion of identification, prediction, decision and execution process. Students must have at least
two years of driving experience. (2 lecture and 2 lab hours)

HP 353 DRIVER EDUCATION PROGRAM MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: HP 251, HP 252

Emphasizes the development, organization and management of high school driver education
from the standpoint of its historical development to its present programs designed to meet
the demands of the highway transportation system. Special emphasis on role of teacher in
conducting a quality program that will meet with student, parent, school and community
approval. (3 lecture hours)

The College of Health Sciences — 1 57

HP 354 APPLICATION OF DRIVER EDUCATION INSTRUCTIONAL MODES 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: HP 251, HP 252, HP 353

Prepares prospective driver education teachers to plan, teach and evaluate the four modes

of driver education (classroom, on-road, simulation and multiple vehicle range). Teaching

high school students in supervised laboratory sessions is provided. (2 lecture and 2 lab

hours)

Required in Elementary Education

EL 314 METHODS IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL HEALTH AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION 2 s.h.

Includes games, rhythms, movement education, tumbling, folk and square dancing and other
skills suitable for elementary school children. The teaching of health in elementary school
is emphasized. Methods, materials and lesson planning are a part of the course. (1 lecture
hour and 2 lab hours).

AQUATICS SCHOOL COURSE OFFERINGS

Each summer the Department offers the annual Aquatic School for eight consecutive days.
Students must be 17 years of age or older and possess the necessary aquatic prerequisites.
A fee will be charged which will include room, three meals a day, use of equipment, accident
insurance, transportation to and from the lake and special one-night programs. Certification
will be granted by the American Red Cross, National YMCA, Professional Association of
Diving Instructors and the American Heart Association upon completion of courses. All
courses may be taken for college credit, if the student is eligible and pays the additional
tuition fee. For more information, contact the Aquatic Director. *These courses are also
offered during the school year.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS, AQUATICS SCHOOL

*HP 242 EMERGENCY HEALTH CARE 1 s.h.

American Red Cross Standard, Advanced and Instructor's certification and Mult-media
instructor's certification awarded upon successful completion of this course. (1 lecture; 2
labs).

*HP 261 WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTOR 1 s.h.

Prerequisites: Departmental consent and lifesaving certification

Emphasizes teaching aspect of skills, techniques and attitudes necessary in all areas of
swimming. Students successfully completing course are qualified to hold such positions as
water front directors, aquatic directors, and other similar positions. (2 lab hours)

*HP 262 SCUBA DIVING 1 s.h.

Prerequisites: Fee, departmental consent and HP 265

Designed to teach necessary skills and proper use of equipment for underwater swimming.

Tanks, regulators, weights and special equipment furnished. Student must purchase a mask,

fins and snorkle (approximately $15.00). Includes theory as well as practical work. (2 lab

hours)

*HP 265 LIFEGUARDING 1 s.h.

Prerequisites: Departmental consent and advanced swimmer

Designed for professional lifeguards which includes lifeguarding techniques for pools, fresh
and salt water beaches, Red Cross certification (Pittsburgh Division) granted upon satisfac-
tory completion of course requirements. (2 lab hours)

*HP 266 BASIC SMALLCRAFT 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: Intermediate Swimming Ability

Designed to introduce the use of the canoe, paddle board and sailboat. Emphasis is
placed on development of boating skills, safety rescue and survival procedures. Red Cross
smallcraft certification is granted upon successful completion of the course. (2 lab hours)

158 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

HP 267 BASIC SYNCHRONIZED SWIMMING 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: Intermediate Swimming Ability

Activity course designed to assist students in the development of beginning synchronized
swimming skills. YMCA certification is granted upon successful completion of course require-
ments. (2 laboratory hrs.)

HP 268 WATER SKIING 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: Intermediate Swimming Ability

Water skiing for beginners. Includes use of equipment, ski techniques and safety. Novice I
and Novice II levels of certification of the American Water Ski Association program are
available upon successful completion of course requirements. (2 lab hours)

HP 269 POWER BOATING 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: Intermediate Swimming Ability

Introduction to the safe use of small power craft and related equipment for recreational
boating activities such as water skiing, fishing and scuba diving. Includes maintenance,
repair, rescue and survival. (2 lab hours)

HP 270 INSTRUCTOR OF HANDICAPPED SWIMMING 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 261

Concerned with the learning of skills used to teach swimming to exceptional children. All
handicaps are considered. This course is important not only in physical education but also
for the mentally retarded, rehabilitation, education, for agency personnel, post graduate
swimming education, also for YMCA's Boys Clubs, Community Programs, Private Clubs and
Industrial Programs. The Red Cross certification Instructor of Swimming for the Handicapped
is granted upon successful completion of the course. (2 lab hours)

HP 271 INSTRUCTOR OF SCUBA DIVING 1 S.h.

Prerequisite: HP 262

Prepares instructors to teach skin and scuba diving. Emphasis is placed on teaching meth-
ods, use and mechanics of equipment, safety, diving physics and physiology and advanced
diving skills. Instructor of Scuba Diving certificate granted by the Professional Association
of Diving Instructors upon successful completion of the course. (2 lab hours)

HP 272 INSTRUCTOR OF CANOEING 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 266

Concerned with learning of skills pertinent to teaching canoeing to beginners. All aspects of
canoeing including paddling, repair of equipment, white water canoeing, safety, survival and
teaching techniques are presented. The Red Cross certification, Canoeing Instructor is
granted upon successful completion of the course. (2 lab hours)

HP 273 INSTRUCTOR OF SAILING 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 266

Concerned with learning of skills pertinent to teaching beginning sailing. All aspects of sailing
are considered including the elements of sailing, repair of equipment, racing, safety and
techniques of teaching. (2 lab hours)

HP 274 INSTRUCTOR OF INFANTS AND PRESCHOOLERS IN SWIMMING 1 s.h.

Prerequisites: HP 261; Instructor's Consent

Methods course for preparation of swimming instructors in the knowledge and skills of
teaching young children to swim. YMCA certifications' Instructor of the Very Young granted
upon successful completion of course requirements. (2 lab hours)

HP 276 COACHING OF SWIMMING 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 261

A lecture-discussion methods course designed to prepare Physical Education majors for
coaching of swimming. Emphasis is placed on training methods, officiating, nutrition, scien-
tific principles and meet strategy. (2 lab hours)

The College of Health Sciences — 1 59

HP 277 COACHING OF SYNCHRONIZED SWIMMING 2 s.h.

Designed to go beyond the activity nature of Basic Synchronized Swimming (HP 267).
Students are involved in set design, costumes, selection of music, making props, select-
ing themes and organizing a program. (1 lecture and 2 lab hours)

HP 279 SWIMMING POOL MAINTENANCE AND CHEMISTRY 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: HP 264

A lecture-discussion course designed to teach fundamental water chemistry, filtration, treat-
ment of water problem, winterization of outdoor pools and pool management. Emphasis is
placed on water testing and analysis of chemicals and bacteria. (2 lecture hours)

HP 280 AQUATIC FACILITIES MANAGEMENT 2 S.h.

Prerequisite: HP 264

An organization and administration course designed to prepare the aquatic professional for
management of indoor and outdoor facilities. Includes facility design, safety procedures
activity, sport and recreational aspects. (2 lecture hours)

NURSING DEPARTMENT

CARLEEN ZONI, CHAIRPERSON; ALLEN, BELLAK, BLACK, BLAIR, CUN-
NINGHAM, EDWARDS, HART, HAUBER, HOLT, KRESAK, KUZNESKI, MUR-
RAY, POLANSKY, SADLER, SETTLEMYER, SMATLAK, SPRENKEL, STEELE,
THISTLETHWAITE, WALZ

The College of Health Sciences offers a curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science
degree in Nursing. Students are admitted to the nursing major as freshmen. Upon com-
pletion of the program, the graduate is prepared to write the examination for Pennsyl-
vania licensure as a registered nurse. The program is fully accredited by the National
League for Nursing.

The nursing curriculum has as its primary goal the development of competent professional
nurses who are liberally educated, clinically proficient and aware of their social responsibili-
ties as members of the health professions. The program is designed to provide a broad
background in general education, coupled with the specialized knowledge and skills required
for professional nursing. Additionally, the curriculum prepares the nurse to practice within the
professional code of nursing ethics, to function effectively as a member of the health-care
team, and to utilize scientific principles in planning and implementing health care. The
objectives of the nursing program emphasize learning of concepts of health and illness,
disease prevention, health maintenance and rehabilitation and provision of health care in
acute care settings and various community settings.

The first three semesters are devoted mainly to general education and science courses
considered essential to the nursing major. The first clinical nursing courses begin in the fourth
semester. The courses outlined elsewhere in the Bulletin as mandatory in English, Humani-
ties, Social Sciences, Health and Physical Education (or ROTC), are in addition to the
following: (If student selects to pursue senior ROTC curriculum courses, 2 social science
electives are excused).

Social Science Requirements

SO 151 Principles of Sociology

General Psychology
Developmental Psychology
Normal Psychology
Electives

College Chemistry I and II
Cell Biology
Medical Physics

PC

101

PC

354

PC

357

ss

Natural Sciences

CH

101-102

Bl

105

PY

151

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

6

s.h.

8

s.h.

4

s.h.

4

s.h.

Bl
Bl

Bl

150
241
151

Other Requirements
FN 212
MA 217

160 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Human Anatomy 3 s.h.

General Microbiology 3 s.h.

Human Physiology 4 s.h.

Nutrition 3 s.h.

Probability and Statistics 3 s.h.

Clinical experiences in patient care are provided in acute care centers and otiner area health
agencies throughout the last five semesters. Men and women are eligible to enroll in the
nursing program.

Registered Nurse students are enrolled in the basic baccalaureate program in nursing. They
will have a genuine upper division major in Nursing, and will fulfill all degree requirements
set by the University and the Nursing Department. The Registered Nurse student may be
awarded advanced standing, based on prior work completed at an accredited college or
university and on exemption tests in nursing at a given point in the curriculum.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

NU 280 NURSING CORE I 3 s.h.

Introduction to the philosophy of baccalaurate education for nursing, the nursing process and
the role of the nurse, concepts and principles basic to health and disease and implications
for care of patients with problems common to maintenance of health.

NU 285 NURSING I (Lab) 3 s.h.

Nursing theory and skills necessary for nursing intervention, diagnostic techniques, assess-
ment; includes laboratory.

NU 302 NURSING II 3 s.h.

Knowledge of biophysical and psychosocial sciences is stressed. Emphasis is on nursing
theory relevant to clients with non- acute or acute alterations in homeostasis. Client-centered
nursing problems are presented by students in a weekly seminar, with faculty guidance. (2
hr. lecture; 1 hr. seminar)

NU 303 NURSING IIA (LAB) 5 s.h.

Application of nursing theory using the nursing process, under faculty supervision in health
agencies, to clients with non- acute or acute alterations in homeostasis. Clinical practice
settings include hospitals and community clinics. (15 hours)

NU 304 NURSING III 3 s.h.

Nursing theory pertinent to nursing care of clients with acute and more complex deviations
from health. Seminar emphasizes client-centered nursing, problems and analysis of identified
problems. (2 hours lecture, 1 hour seminar)

NU 305 NURSING IIIA (LAB) 5 s.h.

Application of nursing theory using the nursing process under faculty supervision with clients
having acute and more complex alterations in homeostasis. Clinical Practice areas include
all utilized in NU 303. Student plans, implements and evaluates care for clients of all ages
and includes health teaching as part of nursing practice. (15 clock hours)

NU 322 NURSING CORE II 3 s.h.

Principles and concepts pertinent to normal growth and development, family and group
dynamics, alterations in homeostasis, pathophysiology, psychopathology, research, profes-
sional development and teaching-learning principles related to man, health and nursing.

NU 323 NURSING CORE 111 3 s.h.

Continuation of concepts and principles , increasing in depth and severity of alterations in
homeostasis. Emphasis is on pathophysiology, psychopathology, disease control, rehabilita-
tion, management principles and health teaching.

The College of Health Sciences — 161

NU 402 NURSING IV 3 s.h.

Nursing theory pertinent to care of clients with crises and life-threatening alterations in
homeostasis is emphasized. Methods of leadership and management and change theory are
presented. Client-centered nursing seminars are presented weekly. (2 hour lecture, 1 hour
seminar)

NU 403 NURSING IV-A (LAB) 5 s.h.

Application of nursing theory in various health care agencies using the nursing process with
life-threatening alteration in homeostasis, critical health failures and psychoses. Practice
occurs in acute and chronic psychiatric settings, intensive/ coronary care units, and medical-
surgical units of the general hospital. Student cares for patients on a one-to-one basis in
intensive care units and develops management skills on medical- surgical units, caring for
groups of clients. (2 hours lecture, 1 hour seminar)

NU 404 NURSING V 3 s.h.

Nursing theory relevant to utilizing the nursing process in leadership roles, self-direction and
professional accountability terminating in independent functioning withing a health care
agency and the community. Seminars emphasize client-centered problems; leadership role
conflicts or success, trends in nursing roles and responsibility for self and professional
growth. (2 hours lecture, 1 hour seminar)

NU 405 NURSING V-A (LAB) 5 s.h.

Application of nursing process utilizing concepts and principles accumulated throughout the
education process. Student has the opportunity to elect areas of practice within any health
care setting, also practices in clinics, clients' homes, community nursing agencies and health
education programs. (15 hours)

NU 422 NURSING CORE IV 3 s.h.

Concepts and principles of pathophysiology and psychopathology, to life-threatening altera-
tions in homeostasis, disturbed communications, and crisis theory. Change theory, nursing
conthbution to change within the health care delivery system, leadership development and
the liaison role of the nurse is stressed. Professional responsibility, accountability and profes-
sional standards are taught.

NU 423 NURSING CORE V 3 s.h.

Concepts and principles of leadership responsibility, professional relationships, delivery of
health care in community, state and national systems. Management principles essential to
peer review, nursing audit, client advocacy, professional career opportunities and methods
to secure employment, labo relations and changes in the health care system are taught.

NU 430 NURSING RESEARCH 3 s.h.

Research methodology, development of clinical research investigation. Writing a research
paper and becoming a more knowledgeable consumer of research.

NU 480 WORKSHOP - ONCOLOGICAL NURSING (ELECTIVE) 1 s.h.

A one-week workshop presenting an in-depth analysis of cancer nursing. Content includes
tumor formations, current treatment modalities and problems common to cancer patients
and their families. Offered during summer sessions.

NU 481-1 NURSE-PATIENT COMMUNICATION 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: Nursing major or department consent

This is an elective course which explores the nurse-patient relationship by studying the
interactive process with emphasis on establishing more effective helping relationships. Simu-
lation activities will be used while stressing the importance of communicating therapeutically
with clients in a variety of settings. (1 lecture hour)

NU 481-2 PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT (ELECTIVE) 1 s.h.

An intensive course in physical assessment skills and health assessment procedures, in-
creasing in complexity from motor to perceptual to cognitive skills. Practice of techniques will
be an essential part of learning.

162 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

NU 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY (ELECTIVE) varies 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Senior standing, prior approval of faculty member guiding study. Elective
option for students to pursue greater depth of knowledge in a chosen area of nursing.

SAFETY SCIENCES DEPARTMENT

ROBERT McCLAY, CHAIRPERSON; CHEKANSKI, CHRISTENSEN, CVEJANO-
VICH, McCLOSKY, PACALO, REED, SOULE.

The department offers the degree of Bachelor of Science in Safety Sciences with specializa-
tion in occupational safety and health. General industrial safety and mine safety options are
offered within this curhculum

B.S. IN SAFETY SCIENCES

The degree in Safety Sciences prepares the student for professional administrative,
managerial and supervisory positions in industry, manufacturing, insurance, tranportation,
utility, government, contract construction, trade service industries and others. There remains
an acute need in Pennsylvania and the nation for university-educated occupational safety
and health professionals. The curriculum includes a major of 36 semester hours in Safety
Sciences and an additional 1 8 semester hours in related professional courses. A variety of
elective courses is available in both the major and professional course fields that enable
students to strengthentheir primary interest areas.

REQUIRED UNDER GENERAL EDUCATION - In meeting the University's General Educa-
tion requirement, all Safety Sciences majors must complete:

CH 101 & 102 College Chemistry I & II 8 s.h.

PY 111 & 112 Physics I & II 8 s.h.

MA 121 & 122 Calculus I & II 8 s.h.

MA 217 Probability & Statistics 3 s.h.

Bl 151 Human Physiology 4 s.h.

PC 101 General Psychology 3 s.h.

SO 151 Principles of Sociology 3 s.h.

EC 122 Principles of Economics II 3 s.h.

In addition to these courses, six semester hours must be completed among the approved
Humanities electives, six semester hours of social sciences electives must be completed,
four semester hours of either Health & Physical Education or Military Science must be
completed, and three semester hours in Introduction to Art, Music, or Theater must be
completed.

PROFESSIONAL COURSE REQUIREMENTS - The following professional courses are re-
quired of all Safety Sciences majors:

MG 360 Management & Production Concepts 3 s.h.

CO 200 or FS 241 (Computer Elective) 3 s.h.

EN 322 or EN 220 (Technical Writing Elective) 3 s.h.

An additional 9 semester hours of selected professional electives are required.

BEHAVIORAL ELECTIVE - - All Safety Sciences majors are required to complete one the

following three courses:

PC 399 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 s.h

SO 340 Sociology of Industry 3 s.h.

MG 311 Human Behavior in Organizations 3 s.h.

The College of Health Sciences — 1 63

INDUSTRIAL SAFETY OPTION

Thirty-six semester hours must be completed from the following courses:

SA 101 Introduction to Occupational 3 s.h.

Safety & Health

SA

111& 211

Industrial Safety Engineering 1 & II

6 s.h.

SA

301

Health Hazard Identification

3 s.h.

SA

302

Health Hazard Evaluation

3 s.h.

SA

303

Control of Health Hazards

3 s.h.

SA

311

Industrial Fire Protection

3 s.h.

SA

345

System Safety Analysis

or

3 s.h.

SA

347

Ergonomics

SA

412

Evaluation of Safety Programs

3 s.h.

SA

450

Internship

6 s.h.

In addition to the 33 semester hours identified above, three semester hour of Safety Sciences
electives are required.

MINE SAFETY OPTION

Thirty-six semester hours must be achieved from the following courses:

SA

102

Introducation to Mine Safety

3 s.h.

SA

111

& 211

Industrial Safety Engineering

6 s.h.

SA

231

& 232

Mine Safety Engineering 1 & II

6 s.h.

SA

301

Health Hazard Identification

3 s.h.

SA

302

Health Hazard Evaluation

3 s.h.

SA

345

Systems Safety Analysis

or

3 s.h.

SA

347

Ergonomics

SA

401

Mine Ventilation

3 s.h.

SA

412

Evaluation of Safety Programs

3 s.h.

SA

450

Internship

6 s.h,

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SA 101 INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH 3 s.h.

Covers theory and history of industrial hazard control, effects of hazards and failures on
organizational control and productivity, safety and health legislation, accident causation,
organization and administration of safety and health programs, aspects of recognizing,
evaluating, and understanding control of safety and health hazards, acquihng hazard data,
hazard analytical tools, communication techniques in safety and health management, and
the role of interfacing management systems in hazard control.

SA 102 INTRODUCTION TO MINE SAFETY 3 s.h.

Designed to provide the student w/ith an in-depth background of the problems involving mine
safety. A historical approach to coal and mineral mining are reviev\/ed; legislative influences
such as the Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act, the Metal and Nonmetal Mine Health
and Safety Act, and the Occupational Safety and Health Act discussed in depth; mining
techniques, methods and systems are discussed. Management of mine health and safety
programs are presented. Federally mandated training of employees is covered.

SA 111 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SA 101 or SA 102.

Stresses understanding complexity of industrial hazard control problem by thoroughly exam-
ining elements of safety and health enumerated in OSHAct promulgated standards. Empha-
sis given to plant layout and design, materials handling, machine guarding, walking and
working surfaces, hazardous materials and combustible liquids, boilers and unfired pressure
vessels.

164 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

SA 211 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SA 101 or SA 102

Stresses understanding complexity of industrial hazard control problem by thoroughly exam-
ining elements of safety and health enumerated in the OSHA promulgated standards. Em-
phasis to welding and cutting operations, electrical safety, chemical safety, personal protec-
tive equipment, industrial sanitation and construction safety.

SA 231 MINE SAFETY ENGINEERING I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SA 102

Focuses on the various aspects of mining operations such as: slope and shaft development;
mine design; ground control; hoisting; man-trips; haulage; mining equipment; mine emer-
gency planning and procedures; mine communications and maintenance.

SA 232 MINE SAFETY ENGINEERING II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SA 102 Covers surface mining operations such as: slope stability, equipment,
ground water and control. Mine related processing operations are discussed. Provides an
in-depth study of the various controls of electrical hazards and ignition sources such as:
permissible equipment, electrical distribution systems. The use of explosives and blasting
practices, handling, storing and transportation. Emphasis on causes of explosion involving
dust and gases is discussed.

SA 301 HEALTH HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CH 102, PY 111, MA 122, Bl 151

Provides understanding of primary health hazards found in industry and their effects on the
human body. Students learn to recognize hazards involved with air contaminants, noise, heat
radiation, chemicals on the skin and other stresses. Emphasis placed on study of occupa-
tional disease, industrial toxicology and use of threshold limit values.

SA 302 HEALTH HAZARD EVALUATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: SA 301, PY 112, MA 217

A lecture/ laboratory course which provides basic understanding of techniques used in mea-
suring and evaluating the magnitude of health hazards in industry. Laboratory sessions
provide experience in air sampling, noise measurement, heat measurement, particle size
analysis, chemical analysis and evaluation of industrial ventilation systems.

SA 303 CONTROL OF HEALTH HAZARDS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: SA 301, PY 112, MA 217

Study of engineering, administrative and personal protective equipment as methods of reduc-
ing or eliminating hazards to the health of industrial workers. Topics covered include: indus-
trial ventilation, noise control, health control, radiation control, personal protective equipment
and industrial health program.

SA 311 INDUSTRIAL FIRE PROTECTION 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: CH 102, PY 112, SA 211

Introduces fundamental concepts in protection of industrial workers and property from fire
and explosion. Fire chemistry, control of ignition sources in industry and properties of com-
bustible materials discussed. Fire detection and extinguishment covered along with building
construction for fire prevention, life safety fire codes and related topics.

SA 345 SYSTEMS SAFETY ANALYSIS 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: SA 1 1 1, SA 211, MA 217

Focuses on the Evaluation of system designs using detailed system analysis techniques.
Topics covered include system definition, economics of systems safety, systems safety
methodology, ergonomic approaches, mathematics of system analysis, including statistical
methods, boolean algebra and reliability. PRELIMINARY HAZARD ANALYSIS, TASK ANAL-
YSIS, FAILURE MODE AND EFFECT ANALYSIS, FAULT TREE ANALYSIS, and exercises
in the application of FAULT TREE ANALYSIS to hardware and man/machine systems.
Practical analysis work is accomplished in laboratory sessions.

The College of Health Sciences — 165

SA 347 ERGONOMICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: SA 301, Bl 151

An exploration of the principles which control human perlormance and its effect upon the
Safety and Reliability of Systems. Engineering anthropometry, biomechanics of motion and
work posture, work physiology and performance measurement are covered in the context
of their application in workplace design. Students will be instructed in methodologies for
analysis tasks and human performance requirements. Important human limitations are stud-
ied in laboratory sessions.

SA 370 FLEET SAFETY 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: SA 101, Junior Standing

Includes topics involved with the development and operation of motor fleet safety programs:
driver selection and training, accident investigation and record keeping, equipment safety
features, preventive maintenance and driver incentive programs.

SA 380 INSTITUTIONAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Junior Standing Historical aspects of safety for both private and public institu-
tions; introduction to trends in liability and institutional safety regulations. Distinctions will be
made between employee, visitor and patient hazards and their control.

SA 401 MINE VENTILATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PY 112, SA 102, MA 122 or consent

Study of mine ventilation principles and practices which provide a basic knowledge in design
and operation of mine ventilation systems. The topics of airflow physics, ventilation stan-
dards, fan fundamentals, pressure losses, required air flows and overall design are dis-
cussed. Specific problems in mine ventilation will be solved.

SA 412 EVALUATION OF SAFETY PROGRAM EFFECTIVENESS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MA 217, Junior Standing

Teaches reasons and importance of evaluating the effect of safety and health innovations
on organization performance, devising measuring systems capable of extracting accurate,
meaningful data, methods of collecting, codifying, and processing accident- injury informa-
tion and utilization of data retrieval systems.

SA 441 ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SA 101, Junior Standing or consent

Focuses on various aspects of accident investigation such as recent theories associated with
accident causes, investigative techniques, data acquisition, structure of investigative reports,
management responsibilities and remedial actions. Particular emphasis on determining se-
quence of events to develop management actions which will prevent recurrence of acci-
dents.

SA 445 PRODUCT SAFETY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MA 217, Senior Standing or consent

Traces flow of applicable legislation dealing with consumerism and product safety. Corporate
liability for product safety emphasized through case studies. Student familiarized with evolv-
ing role of Consumer Product Safety Commission. Corporate management of product devel-
opment and safety detailed with emphasis on systems safety analysis, standards and prod-
uct testing.

SA 450 INTERNSHIP 6 s.h.

Prerequisite: Senior Standing, all required courses in major

All Safety Management majors are expected to take this course. It is conducted away from
the University at various industnal enterprises. Students are required to provide their own
transportation. Intended to allow the student to apply hazard assessment and safety man-
agement practices to actual industrial situations while at same time being exposed to com-
plexities of industrial environment. The student will spend 12 hours per week at an industrial
location and 2 hours of classroom instruction weekly where field assignments will be desig-
nated, problems will be discussed and progress will be evaluated.

166 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

SA 461 AIR POLLUTION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: SA 301 or consent

Focuses on various major aspects of the air pollution problem. Includes: sources of pollution,
evaluation and engineering of pollutants, government regulations, atmospheric chemistry
and dispersion, and human and non-human effects. Particular emphasis on information that
is practical for the safety management, industrial health or environmental health profes-
sional.

SA 462 RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: SA 301 or consent

Study of problems associated with ionizing radiation in human environment. Emphasis given
to biological effects, radiation measurement, dose computational techniques, exposure con-
trol, and local and federal regulations. Study and use of vahous radiological instruments
included.

SA 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SAFETY SCIENCES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

An elective offering in which the specific topic may vary from one term to the next.

The College of Home Economics — 167

The College of Home

Economics

Kathleen Jones, Dean

The College of Home Economics prepares professionals who are competent to assume a
variety of roles in assisting individuals and families to seek solutions to problems and con-
cerns related to personal and family life. Programs in the College of Home Economics
focus on relationships, services, goals and resources which help people function within
their environment. Graduates help families and individuals deal with different and chang-
ing life-styles as well as local, national and world conditions that have an impact on their
lives.

The College of Home Economics emphasizes human development and family relations,
resource management and consumer '"conomics, food and nutrition, clothing and textiles,
housing, interior design, and home equipment. Graduates have an interdisciplinary perspec-
tive of the aesthetic, economic, physical, psychological and social needs of family members.
They bring specialized competencies to business and industry, public affairs, homes and
communities.

The objectives of the College of Home Economics at lUP are: to guide students in the
development of knowledge and skills necessary for various professions, to provide students
with a foundation for further learning, and to foster individual self-development in a context
of concern for community. Students are encouraged to recognize and accept society's need
for educated citizens who can make a continuing contribution to family and community in a
changing world. Attention is given to the development of personal and professional atthb-
utes, attitudes, and values, and to an understanding of and respect for the values and needs
of others in this society and in other cultures.

The College offers elective courses available to both traditional and non-traditional students
which may be taken to enhance a major program or for self-fulfillment. A minor consisting
of 15 to 21 semester hours in a subject-matter area of home economics can be arranged
for students enrolled in other Colleges of the University.

168 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

The College of Home Economics is accredited by the Council for Professional Development
of the American Home Economics Association. The accredited professional programs of-
fered by the College of Home Economics are: nutrition education, dietetics, food service
management, home economics education, child development/family relations, fashion mer-
chandising, consumer affairs, interior design/housing and community services.

The College is composed of three departments: Consumer Services, Food and Nutrition and
Home Economics Education.

UNIVERSITY GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

students enrolled in the College of Home Economics must meet the University requirements
in General Education.

CH 101-102 College Chemistry I and II 8 s.h.

(meet the lab requirements)

In meeting the Social Science requirements, all students in the College must take PC 101,
General Psychology. The various programs require some specific courses which may be
used as meeting some General Education requirements.

COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS REQUIREMENTS

In addition to the University requirements, each student is required to pass one course
offered by the departments in the College he/she is not enrolled in at the time of graduation.
Accepted courses are:

Home Economics Education

HE 218 Child Development 3 s.h.

HE 224 Marriage and Family Relations 3 s.h.

Food and Nutrition Department

FN 111 Foods I 3 s.h.

FN 212 Nutrition 3 s.h.

FN 451 Man and Food 3 s.h.

Consumer Services

CS 101 Personal and Family Management 3 s.h.

CS 213 Home Equipment/Consumer Electronics 3 s.h.

CS 315 Consumer Economics and Family Finance 3 s.h.

CONSUMER SERVICES DEPARTMENT

DONNA L. STREIFTHAU, CHAIRPERSON: CRAMER, KESNER, LYNN,
SCHMITT, SHARMA, SWINKER, VIGGIANO, WALKER, WOOD.

The Consumer Services Department offers students an academic program leading to the
Bachelor of Science degree with professional emphases in Fashion Merchandising, Interior
Design/Housing, Consumer Affairs, and Community Services. These majors prepare men
and women for positions emphasizing consumer concerns in business and the community.
The majors also provide preparation for students who wish to pursue graduate study in the
areas of clothing, textiles, consumer economics, housing, equipment, interior design, and
community service.

The department offers courses in the subject matter areas of clothing, textiles, fashion
merchandising, housing, interior design, home equipment, consumer and family econom-
ics, and personal and family management. The faculty are interested in the growth of
students and work closely with them to individualize programs to meet the students' career
goals.

cs

121

cs

213

cs

314

cs

315

cs

421

The College of Home Economics — 169

students are encouraged to develop their individual potential through the application of
knowledge gained in the classroom to job situations and departmental, campus and commu-
nity activities. Students may elect an internship which provides the opportunity to apply
academic knowledge to an on-the-job situation. Students may elect a study tour to gam an
understanding of business procedures and/or consumer problems in vanous areas of the
world. Faculty advisers work closely with students in planning and integrating tht academic
program with ennching expenences outside the classroom.

A Visiting Student Program with the Fashion Institute of Technology (F.I.T.) in New York City
is available to qualified Consumer Services students. Students who are approved by lUP and
accepted by F.I.T. are able to receive both a bachelor's degree (lUP) and an associate
degree (F.I.T.). The student's junior year is spent at F.I.T. pursuing concentrated course work
in one of the following areas; advertising and communications, fashion design, management
engineering technology, textile design, textile technology, or jewelry design.

Department Requirements

In addition to meeting the University and College requirements, all students in the Depart-
ment must take the following:

Introduction to Consumer Services 1 s.h.

Home Equipment/Consumer Electronics 3 s.h.

Textiles 3 s.h.

Consumer Econmics and Family Finance 3 s.h.

Senior Seminar 2 s.h.

FASHION MERCHANDISING MAJOR

The Fashion Merchandising major prepares men and women for promotion and manage-
ment positions in the field of retail merchandising related to apparel and home furnishings.
Graduates are prepared for employment by business organizations producing or selling
clothing, textiles, home furnishings, equipment or other consumer products. In addition to
University, College and Department requirements, the following courses are required:

CS 112 Fundamentals of Clothing Construction

or 3 s.h.

CS 212 Advanced Clothing Construction

CS 216 Clothing and Man 3 s.h.

CS 217 Interior Design 3 s.h.

CS 303 Visual Merchandising 3 s.h.

CS 318 Fashion Merchandising 3 s.h.

CS 456 Historic Costume 3 s.h.

AR 120 Principles of Design 2 s.h.

OR

AR 113 Design

JN 120 Journalistic Writing 3 s.h.

Outside Concentration: A minimum of 18 s.h. is required from the following (or business

substitutes approved by the department):

AD 101 Business Organization & Management

or 3 s.h.

MG 360 Management and Production Concepts

AD 235 Intro to Business Law 3 s.h.

AD 321 Business & Interpersonal Communications 3 s.h.

AD 336 Law of Business Organizations 3 s.h.

AD 337 Consumer Law 3 s.h.

*AG 201 Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.

AG 202 Accounting Principles II 3 s.h.

AG 301 Intermediate Accounting I 3 s.h.

AG 302 Intermediate Accounting II 3 s.h.

DE 332 Retail Management 3 s.h.

DE 333 Principles of Selling 3 s.h.

170 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

EC

122

PrinciiDJes of Economics II

3 s.h.

FS

215

Business Statistics

3 s.h.

FS

310

Finance 1

3s.h.

FS

241

Intro to Business Information Systems

3 s.h.

FS

292

Business Data Processing

3 s.h.

FS

351

Business Information Systems

3 s.h.

MG

300

Human Resource Management

3 s.h.

MG

410

Decision Making in Business

3 s.h.

MK

320

Principles of Marketing

3s.h.

MK

321

Consumer Behavior

3s.h.

MK

420

Marketing Management

3 s.h.

MK

421

Marketing Research

3s.h.

MK

422

Seminar in Marketing Problems

3 s.h.

MK

430

International Marketing

3 s.h.

MK

433

Advertising

3 s.h.

Additional Requirements: EC 101 or 121 is required. EC 121 is recommended for those
anticipating taking EC 122 in the supporting concentration. EC 101 or 121 may be taken as
a Social Science elective under General Education requirements.

Electives: Courses supporting educational goals may include internships, study tours, di-
rected studies to total 124 s.h. minimum for graduation.

•Required

COMMUNITY SERVICES MAJOR

Courses from all subject matter areas of home economics are included in this option.
Electives may be concentrated in particular home economics areas. A concentration of
courses is elected in a field of study outside home economics, such as sociology or psychol-
ogy. Graduates may be employed by the Extension Service or by various governmental and
social agencies.

In addition to University, and Department requirements, the following courses are required:

CS

101

Personal and Family Management

3 s.h.

cs

112

Fundamentals of Clothing Construction

OR

3 s.h.

CS

212

Advanced Clothing Construction

FN

111

Foods 1

3 s.h.

FN

212

Nutrition

3 s.h.

CS

216

Clothing and Man

3 s.h.

CS

312

Housing and Man

3 s.h.

HE

218

Child Development

3 s.h.

HE

224

Marriage and Family Relations

3 s.h.

AR

120

Phniciples of Design

2 s.h.

A minimum of 18 semester hours beyond General Education courses are to be selected in
a field of concentration such as Sociology and/or Psychology. Courses may be selected from
the following, or approved substitutes.

Contemporary Social Problems 3 s.h.

Racial and Ethnic Minorities 3 s.h.

Juvenile Delinquency 3 s.h.

Social Stratification 3 s.h.

Sociology of Family 3 s.h.

Introduction to Social Work 3 s.h.

The Community 3 s.h.

Sociology of Aging 3 s.h.

Cultural Anthropology 3 s.h.

Kinship and Social Organization 3 s.h.

Stress and Coping 3 s.h.

SO

231

so

332

SO

333

so

435

so

336

sw

238

so

339

so

357

AN

211

AN

319

PC

200

The College of Home Economics — 171

PC

351

Introduction to Psychological Measurements

3 s.h.

PC

354

Developmental Psychology

3 s.h.

PC

355

Child Psychology

3 s.h.

PC

356

Personality

3 s.h.

PC

357

Abnormal Psychology

3 s.h.

PC

358

Social Psychology

3 s.h.

PC

361

Motivation

3 s.h.

PC

373

Adolescent Psychology

3 s.h.

PC

374

Adult Development and Aging

3 s.h.

INTERIOR DESIGN/HOUSING MAJOR

The Interior Design/Housing major prepares individuals through education and experience
to identify, research and seek creative solutions relative to the needs of the proximate
environment which can be fulfilled by the design of one's surroundings. Graduates are
prepared for positions in the field of Interior Design and Housing which include positions with
retailers of furnishings and decorative arts as well as with companies producing items for the
home; with residential, contract and business design firms; with architects and planning firms;
as in-house designers for business firms and public institutions; and with HUD, manufactured
housing companies and private housing complexes.

In addition to University, College and Department requirements, the following courses are
required:

AR 120 Principles of Design 2 s.h.
or

AR 113 Design 3 s.h.

CS 217 Interior Design 3 s.h.

CS 312 Housing and Man 3 s.h.

Required electives totaling 15 s.h. from the following:

CS 101 Personal and Family Management 3 s.h.

Visual Merchandising 3 s.h.

Soft Constructions for Interiors 3 s.h.

Fashion Merchandising 3 s.h.

Independent Study 3 s.h.

Interior Design Studio 3 s.h.

Study Tour 1-3 s.h.

Historic Interiors 3 s.h.

Modern Interiors 3 s.h.

Interior Planning and Drawing 3 s.h.

Living Environment for Older Adults 3 s.h.

Outside Concentration: A minimum of 18 s.h. is required from the following (or substitutes
approved by the department): Business Emphasis

Business Organization and Management 3 s.h.

Management and Production Concepts

Business & Interpersonal Communications 3 s.h.

Real Estate Fundamentals 3 s.h.

Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.

Modern Merchandising 3 s.h.

Retail Management 3 s.h.

Principles of Selling 3 s.h.

Introduction to Management Information Sys. 3 s.h.

Business Data Processing 3 s.h.

Human Resource Management 3 s.h.

Principles of Marketing 3 s.h.

Advertising 3 s.h.

CS

303

CS

311

CS

318

CS

354

CS

357

CS

433

CS

462

CS

463

CS

464

CS

481

AD

101

or

MG

360

AD

321

AD

382

AG

201

DE

331

DE

332

DE

333

FS

241

FS

292

MG

300

MK

320

MK

433

172 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Art Emphasis

AR

100

Arts of the 20th Century

3 s.h.

AR

111

Drawing 1

3 s.h.

AR

112

Fundamentals of Drawing and Design 1

3 s.h.

AR

211

Painting 1

3 s.h.

AR

213

Woodworking 1: Function and Form

3 s.h.

AR

214

Ceramics 1

3 s.h.

AR

215

Sculpture 1

3 s.h.

AR

216

Basic Metals 1

3 s.h.

AR

217

Printmaking 1

3 s.h.

AR

218

Graphic Design 1

3 s.h.

AR

219

Fabrics 1

3 s.h.

AR

321

Advanced Drawing

3 s.h.

AR

451

Advanced Woodworking: Function and Form

3 s.h.

Electives: Courses supporting educational goals which may include internships to total 124
s.h. minimum for graduation.

Additional requirements: EC 121, PC 101, AH 101, AH 115 OR AH 116, HI 101 are required
and may be taken as part of the University's General Education requirements.

CONSUMER AFFAIRS MAJOR

The Consumer Affairs major prepares men and women for positions concerning consumer
affairs in business, government and community agencies.

In addition to University, College and Department requirements, the following courses are
required:

CS 101 Personal and Family Management

CS 216 Clothing and Man

CS 312 Housing and Man

CS 413 Problems in Consumer Economics

JN 120 Journalistic Writing or

EN 310 Oral Communication

EC 122 Principles of Economics II

Required Electives totaling 6 s.h. from the following:

CS 112 Fundamentals of Clothing Construction

CS 212 Advanced Clothing Construction

CS 217 Interior Design

CS 303 Visual Merchandising

CS 318 Fashion Merchandising

CS 354 Independent Study

CS 416 Problems in Family Finance

CS 433 Study Tour

CS 461 Microwave Cooking Technology

FN 21 1 Foods II

FN 212 Nutrition

FN 313 Quantity Food Production and Service

FN 358 Food Service Equipment and Layout

FN 259 Quantity Food Purchasing

FN 362 Experimental Foods

Outside Concentration: A minimum of 18 s.h. is required from the following (or business
substitutes approved by the department):

*AD 235 Introduction to Business Law
*AD 336 Law of Business Organizations
*AD 337 Consumer Law
MG 300 Human Resource Management
AD 321 Business and Interpersonal Communications

3

S.h.

3

S.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

1-3

s.h.

3

s.h.

1-3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

4

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

lowi
3

ng (i
s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

3

s.h.

The College of Home Economics — 1 73

MK 320 Principles of Marketing 3 s.h.

MK 321 Consumer Behavior 3 s.h.

MK 433 Advertising 3 s.h.

•Required

Additional Requirements: EC 1 21 , SO 1 51 . PC 1 01 are required and may be taken as a Social
Science elective under the University's General Education requirements. EC 122 is also
required.

Electives: Courses supporting educational goals which may include internships, study tours,
or directed studies to total 124 s.h. minimum for graduation.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CS 101 PERSONAL AND FAMILY MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Management as a system and its relationship to individuals and families. Formulation of
goals, values and standards; use of decision- making process; utilization of resources. (3
lecture hours)

CS 1 12 FUNDAMENTALS OF CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION 3 s.h.

Principles and techniques involved in fundamental clothing construction and fitting are
analyzed. Directed laboratory experiences provide opportunity to solve individual problems
in garment structure through application of principles. For students who do not have ability
to exemplify quality workmanship. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab)

CS 121 INTRODUCTION TO CONSUMER SERVICES 1 s.h.

Career possibilities for Consumer Services majors are explored. Students will be guided in
clarifying their professional objectives and understanding the necessary preparation to pur-
sue individual vocational goals.

CS 212 ADVANCED CLOTHING CONSTRUCTION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CS 112 or Placement (by exam)

In-depth study of principles of advanced fitting and clothing construction are applied and
analyzed. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab)

CS 213 HOME EQUIPMENT/CONSUMER ELECTRONICS 3 s.h.

Consumer education in the selection, use, and care of home equipment and comsumer
electronics The student will study the inter-relationship of energy sources and utilities with
such equipment as: major appliances, portable and personal care appliances, and consumer
electronics. (Two 1-hour lectures, one 2-hour lab)

CS 214 ENVIRONMENTAL TEXTILES 3 s.h.

Investigation of components and characteristics of textiles for man's near environment with
emphasis on soft goods for public and private interiors; including production, marketing and
legislation affecting acquisition, use and care. (Two 1-hour lectures, one 2-hour lab) NOTE:
A student may not count both CS 214 and 314 toward graduation requirements.

CS 216 CLOTHING AND MAN 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

Survey of aesthetic, cultural, socio-psychological, economic and physical factors related to
the meaning and use of clothing for the individual and society. (3 lecture hours)

CS 217 INTERIOR DESIGN 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AR 120 or equivalent

Emphasis upon development of knowledgeable consumers in the selection and design of
a home, its furnishing and its total environment. (1 hour lecture, 3 hour lab)

CS 303 VISUAL MERCHANDISING 3 s.h.

Designing and arranging of display and selling areas in relationship to merchandising trends

174 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

and consumer demands. Emphasis on promotion techniques and merchandise sales through
effective use of space, design and color. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab)

CS 311 SOFT CONSTRUCTIONS FOR INTERIORS 3 s.h.

Application of design principles to decor is executed through measurement and construction
of soft furnishings for the home and contract phases of the interior design industry. (1 hour
lecture, 3 hours lab)

CS 312 HOUSING AND MAN 3 s.h.

Managerial, sociological, economic and aesthetic aspects of housing and man are investi-
gated as well as a consideration of the environment of the home as part of the community.
(3 hours lecture)

CS 314 TEXTILES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CH 102

Analyses of textile components of fiber, yarn, fabrication, finishes and color with emphasis
upon consumer acquisition, use and satisfaction, including relevant legislation. (Two 1-hour
lectures, one 2-hour lab)

CS 315 CONSUMER ECONOMICS AND FAMILY FINANCE 3 s.h.

Economic, sociological and psychological principles are applied to family money manage-
ment problems. Sources of consumer aid and protection are investigated. (3 hours lecture)

CS 318 FASHION MERCHANDISING 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CS 216 and upper level standing

Study of the origins, movement, dissemination and prediction of fashion; an investigation of
the methods of operation, merchandising activities and current fashion industry trends; an
analysis of the planning and control procedures used in retail merchandising of fashion
goods. (3 hours lecture)

CS 354 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission

Particular consumer considerations are independently investigated in the area of housing,
home equipment, interior design, clothing, textiles, or in the management of resources.
Course may be repeated for a total of three semester hours. Students meet with a faculty
member at least 5 hours per semester hour.

CS 357 INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CS 217

Creative solutions to problems in interior environments emphasized. Professional interior
design practices; design opportunites. (1 hour lecture, 4 hours lab)

CS 413 PROBLEMS IN CONSUMER ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CS 315 or Economics

Problems of consumer-seller relationships studied with emphasis given to effects of current

economic and social forces. Governmental and private protection agencies which aid the

consumer are reviewed. Individual investigations required. (3 hours lecture) Fall semester

only.

CS 416 PROBLEMS IN FAMILY FINANCE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CS 315

In-depth theories and principles in personal and family finance and the rights and responsibili-
ties of consumers are emphasized. Opportunities are provided for students to explore spe-
cific areas of interest. (3 hours lecture) Spring semester only.

CS 421 SENIOR SEMINAR

Prerequisite: CS 121; completion of 75 semester hours

Knowledge gained in major and outside concentration courses is applied to individual career

goals. Students have the opportunity to pursue related areas not directly covered in previous

The College of Home Economics — 175

course work, with emphasis upon independent research, analytical thinking and communica-
tions skills. (2 hours lecture)

CS 433 STUDY TOUR 1-6 s.h.

Prerequisite: Upper level standing

Opportunity is provided to visit business establishments and cultural centers concerned with
household equipment, furnishings, textiles, clothing and housing in America as well as
abroad. Museums, factories, designers' showrooms, distribution centers, stores, cultural
events and seminars are included. Course may be repeated for a total of six semester hours.

CS 434 QUALITY CONTROL IN TEXTILES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CS 314

Physical properties explored through microscopic examination and use of textile testing
equipment for fabric analysis. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

CS 451 INTERNSHIP 1-12 s.h.

Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and department chairperson; upper level standing.
Practical experience related to the student's major area of study with objectives, supervised
experience and evaluation. Course may be repeated for a total of 12 semester hours.

CS 453 FLAT PATTERN DESIGN 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CS 112 or CS 212

Garment design achieved by use of flat pattern techniques. An understanding is developed
of the interrelationship of garment design, figure analysis, fabric, fit and construction pro-
cesses. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab)

CS 454 TAILORING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CS 112 or CS 212

Various tailoring methods are studied and applied in the selection, fitting, and construction
of a tailored garment. Consumer problems in the selection of ready-to-wear apparel are
investigated. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab)

CS 455 DRAPING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CS 112 or CS 212

Apparel design principles are applied by draping fabric to conform to the human figure.
Students will pad a form to individual measurements and create garments that are both
individual and original. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab)

CS 456 HISTORIC COSTUME 3 s.h.

Chronological study of historic costume from ancient times to the present day with emphasis
on the affect of aesthetic, economic, geographic, political, religious and social factors upon
the design of clothing worn. (3 hours lecture)

CS 461 MICROWAVE COOKING TECHNOLOGY 3 s.h.

Study of the electronic technology, selection, care and use of the microwave oven. Basic
physical and chemical concepts related to microwave cooking are included. Individual inves-
tigative research problems are required. (Two hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

CS 462 HISTORIC INTERIORS 3 s.h.

Chronological study from ancient times to the mid-1 9th Century of the dominant influences
and characteristics of historical interiors, furniture and ornamental design. Emphasis placed
upon style detail and its relationship to social, economic, political, religious and aesthetic
influence: and to the contemporary scene. Paper required. (3 hours lecture)

CS 463 MODERN INTERIORS 3 s.h.

Chronological study from mid-1 9th Century to the present of the dominant influences and
charactehstics of the 20th century interior, furniture and ornamental design. Emphasis placed
upon style detail and its relationship to social, economic, political, religious and aesthetic
influences; and to contemporary usage. Paper required. (3 hours lecture)

176 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

CS 464 INTERIOR PLANNING AND DRAWING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CS 217

Lifespace analysis and design of interior spaces. Presentation, appropriate media, equip-
ment and techniques will be stressed. Freehand and mechanical methods employed to
depict floor plans, elevation, and construction details. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab)

FOOD AND NUTRITION DEPARTMENT

RONALD. E. SIMKINS, CHAIRPERSON: BAKER, CAUFFIEL, CESSNA, DAHL-
HEIMER, GRESSLEY, JOHNSON, MINNICK, MOORE-ARMITAGE, STEINER.

Interesting work, good salaries and opportunity for advancement in positions that give mean-
ing, satisfaction and a purpose in life await young men and women who prepare for careers
in the growing fields of dietetics, food service management and educational food services.

Courses offered by the Food and Nutrition Department are planned to train the student as
a professional to meet the challenge of this growing industry, which includes not only the
commercial food service and hospitality facets of the industry, but hospital and educational
segments as well.

The prime requisites for success in the field of food and nutrition are an interest in people,
an artistic appreciation of quality food, a realization of the need for good nutrition and a
knowledge of sound business principles.

This department offers the following three majors:

Nutrition Education Major

Graduates are prepared to manage the school food service programs; to provide meals with
optimum nourishment to school children, to the elderly, to child care centers, or to any of
the many nutrition feeding programs and to render professional service to teachers concern-
ing the teaching of nutrition. This program meets Pennsylvania Department of Education
certification requirements for a Nutrition Program Specialist (Education Specialist I).

Requirements for the American Dietetic Association internship can also be met by taking
additional elective courses.

Dietetic Major

This program prepares the student for entry level positions in the dietary department in
hospitals and institutional establishments. Undergraduate requirements for an American
Dietetic Association approved post-graduate internship are met. The goal of students in this
major may be an internship andAmerican Dietetic Association registration or employment
within the health care field.

Food Service Management Major

This program is planned to prepare graduates for management positions with establishments
providing food service to the general public. Graduates have competencies in foodservice/-
hospitality management and in business.

In addition to University and College requirements the following courses are required. Gradu-
ation requirements total 1 24 s.h.

Food and Nuthtion-AII Department Majors

FN 111 Foods I 3 s.h.

FN 211 Foods II 3 s.h.

FN 212 Nutrition 3 s.h.

FN

259

FN

313

FN

356

FN

358

FN

364

Bl

241

The College of Home Economics — 177

Quantity Food Purchasing 3 s.h.

Quantity Food Production and Service 4 s.h.

Food Service: Personnel and Administration 3 s.h.

Food Service Equipment and Layout 3 s.h.

Methods of Teaching 3 s.h.

General Microbiology 3 s.h.

*may be used as a general education elective

Nutrition Education and Dietetics

Bl 151 Human Physiology 4 s.h.

FN 362 Experimental Foods 3 s.h.

FN 402 Community Nutrition 3 s.h.

School Law 1 s.h.

Instructional Media 3 s.h.

History and Philosophy of Education 3 s.h.

School Foodservice Management 3 s.h.

Professional Employment Practicum 0 s.h.

Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.

Educational Psychology 3 s.h.

Intro to Computers

or 3 s.h.

Probability and Statistics

Biochemistry and Nutrition 3 s.h.

Nutrition in Disease I 3 s.h.

FN 455 Nutrition Disease II 3 s.h.

FN 458 Advanced Human Nutrition 3 s.h.

*may be used as a general education math requirement

Food Service Management

Intro to Computers 3 s.h.

Food and Beverage: Sales, Service and Menu

Design 3 s.h.

Introduction to Business Law 3 s.h.

Marketing 3 s.h.

The Principles and Practices of Collective 3 s.h.

Bargaining

Hospitality Management Seminar 3 s.h.

Food Management Cost Control 3 s.h.

Catering Management 3 s.h.

Accounting Principles I 3 s.h.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FN 1 1 1 FOODS I 3 s.h.

Basic principles of food preparation, including use of equipment, menu planning, marketing
and table service for family meals. (2 hours lecture and 2 hours of laboratory work and/or
demonstration)

FN 204 HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT SEMINAR 3 s.h.

Introduction to the hospitality industry; aspects of serving the public, current management
principles, operation of hospitality food and lodging facility. (3 hours lecture)

Nutrition Education

ED

442

CM

301

FE

302

FN

408

FN

321

AG

201

EP

302

Dietetics

*C0

200

*MA

217

CH

355

FN

355

CO

200

FN

306

AD

235

MK

320

LR

480

FN

204

FN

401

FN

406

AG

201

1 78 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

FN 211 FOODS II 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FN 11 1, CH 102 or CH 112 or concurrently.

Study of food preparation, including food preservation, protein, carbohydrate and fat cook-
ery. (2 lecture and 3 laboratory hours)

FN 212 NUTRITION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CH 102 or CH 112, Bl 151 or concurrently.

Sources and functions of nutrients and interdependence of dietary essentials and nutritive
value of an optimum diet are studied. Attention given to varied conditions in human life. (3
hours lecture)

FN 259 QUANTITY FOOD PURCHASING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FN 211

Includes sources, standards of quality, grades, methods of purchase and storage of various
foods. Emphasis on the development of purchasing policies and procedures. (3 hours lec-
ture)

FN 306 FOOD AND BEVERAGE; SERVICE, SALES AND MENU DESIGN 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FN 204 and FN 211

Examines principles, processes and theories of service, sales, promotion and menu design
as functions of the food and beverage department. (3 hours lecture)

FN 313 QUANTITY FOOD PRODUCTION AND SERVICE 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: FN 211, 212 and 259.

A basic course in quantity food production with experience in planning, purchasing, preparing
and serving nutritionally adequate meals. Requirements of National School Lunch program
emphasized in satelite and on-premise feeding.

FN 321 PROFESSIONAL EMPLOYMENT PRACTICUM 0 s.h.

Prerequisites: FN 313 plus 60 semester hours

Junior or sophomore summer is used for an employment expehence in an approved food
service facility. Students seek their own position. Assistance and guidance given by depart-
ment chairperson.

FN 351 NUTRITION EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Study of the functional knowledge of nutritional concepts directed toward improved food
habits and nutritional health. (3 hours lecture)

FN 355 NUTRITION IN DISEASE I 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FN 212; CH 102 or CH 112, Bl 151

Modification of normal adequate diet to meet nutritional needs in pathological conditions
requiring special dietary treatment. Advanced nutrition study. (3 hours lecture) Fall semester.

FN 356 FOOD SERVICE: PERSONNEL AND ADMINISTRATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, FN 313.

Organization and administration of food service business, including personnel policies, work
simplification, cost controls, supervision and sanitation. (3 hours lecture)

FN 357 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOODS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FN 211.

Individual problems in foods investigated with emphasis on identified weaknesses in. stu-
dent's knowledge of food. (4 hours)

FN 358 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND LAYOUT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FN 313.

Selection and layout of food service equipment in relation to production, work flow and
efficient management. Field trips permit investigation of a variety of layouts. (3 hours lecture)

FN 362 EXPERIMENTAL FOODS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FN 211, 212, and CH 102, or CH 112

The College of Home Economics — 1 79

The experimental study of foods, relating chemical and physical properties to reactions and
processes occurring in food systems. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

FN 364 METHODS OF TEACHING 3 s.h.

prerequisites: FN 313 and 356 or concurrently

Current teaching techniques and resource materials in nutrition education emphasized. Both
classroom teaching and on-the-job training programs are included. (3 hours lecture)

FN 401 FOOD MANAGEIV1ENT COST CONTROLS 3 s.h.

Food, beverage and labor cost controls for restaurants, school lunch programs and health
care feeding facilities are studied including relationships between budgetary information and
managerial decision making in large food service operations. (3 hours lecture)

FN 402 COMf^UNITY NUTRITION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FN 212

Nutritional implications of both good and poor nutrition for all age groups in home and
community situations are studied. Corrective and preventive measures emphasized. Spring
semester. (Three lecture hours)

FN 406 CATERING MANAGEMENT ^ 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FN 313, Senior Majors only.

Profitable organization, preparation and service of catered food both on and off the premises
is main focus of course. Off-campus experience included.

FN 408 SCHOOL FOODSERVICE MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FN 314, 358, 364

Includes the state and federal history of school foodservice, legislation affecting the program,
funding, government donated commodities, federal inspection, and application and claim
forms. Field trips for observation and participation in school foodservice operations at ap-
proved centers will be arranged. Spring semester only. (3 hours lecture)

FN 410 FOOD, NUTRITION AND AGING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Junior Standing 56 s.h.

Relationship of food to health maintenance and special dietary problems during the middle
and later years. (3 hours lecture)

FN 433 EDUCATIONAL STUDY TOUR IN FOODS 2-6 s.h.

Comprehensive program of directed activities permits first hand knowledge of growing,
processing, marketing and preparation of foods. The historical and cultural aspects of food
are studied. Visits to food markets, catering schools, famous restaurants, etc., are included.

FN 444 FOOD COMPOSITION AND BIOCHEMISTRY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CH 355

Basic chemistry and biochemistry of essential components of food originating from plant and
animal sources. (3 hours lecture)

FN 447 NUTRITIONAL ASPECTS OF FOOD PROCESSING 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FN 212 and Bl 241 Junior Standing 56 s.h.

Study of current known effects of food processing techniques on the nutritional value and
safety of foods. (3 hours lecture)

FN 451 MAN AND FOOD 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101 or SO 151 or AN 110.

Exploration of the economic, biological, psychological, social and aesthetic significance of
food for individuals, families and society. Taught as a research and seminar class. Recom-
mended as an elective for all students. (3 hours lecture)

FN 455 NUTRITION IN DISEASE II 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CH 351 or 355, FN 355

Advanced study of the effects of dietary modification on pathological conditions utilizing

180 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

current research. Opportunity to observe the role of the professional dietitian in the clinical
setting. Calculation and preparation of modified diets. (3 hours lecture)

FN 458 ADVANCED HUMAN NUTRITION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CH 351 or 355 or concurrently, FN 212

Study in depth of the nutrients and their functions within the cell. Incorporation of the
principles of physiology and biochemistry in the study of nutrition. Emphasis on current
research and evaluation of research methodology. (3 hours lecture)

FN 461 MICROWAVE COOKING TECHNOLOGY 3 s.h.

Study of the electronic technology, selection, care and use of the microwave oven. Basic
physical and chemical concepts related to microwave cooking will be included. Individual
investigative research problems are required. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

FN 463 NUTRITION COUNSELING 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: FN 355, PC 101

Use of nutritional counseling in prevention and treatment of disease. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours

practicum)

FN 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.

Prerequisite: Must have earned 60 semester hours.

Opportunity to pursue special interests beyond the scope of regular class offerings. Permis-
sion of instructor and approval of department chairperson required. (Undergraduate maxi-
mum is 12 semester hours) Must apply for Independent Study a semester in advance.

FN 483 INTERNSHIP IN FOOD & NUTRITION 2-12 s.h.

Prerequisite: Must have earned 90 semester hours.

An opportunity for students to work away from the University in supervised job situations at
health care facilities, restaurants, or other institutional foodservice establishments. Objective
is to provide students with job-related experiences. Must meet University internship require-
ments.

NOTE: White uniforms including white shoes are required for all lab courses where food is
prepared. Students must meet the professional dress requirements of the department.

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION DEPARTMENT

ALMA KAZMER, CHAIRPERSON: ANDERSON, BELL, BROWNING, GALLATI,
GORDON, HOVIS, NELSON.

A number of career opportunities await the person who completes either the Home Econom-
ics Education program or Child Development and Family Relations program.

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION PROGRAM

A major in Home Economics Education leads to a Bachelor of Science in Education and
meets certification requirements for teaching home economics at all levels (k-adults) in the
schools of Pennsylvania. Upon completion of this program, students have the semester
hours necessary for teaching in child care programs and are eligible to receive the Nursery-
Kindergarten Certificate issued by the Bureau of Private Academic Schools.

Graduates are also prepared for varied types of employment related to improving family life
such as home economists with extension services, utility companies, retail business con-
cerns, social service organizations and government agencies.

The program also provides preparation for students who wish to pursue advanced degrees.

The College of Home Economics — 181

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

In addition to University and College requirements, the student is required to complete the
following home economics content and professional education courses. Home Economics
Content 6 credits from the following clothing courses:

CS 112 - Fundamentals of Clothing Construction 3 s.h.

CS 212 - Advanced Clothing Construction 3 s.h.

CS 453 - Flat Pattern Design 3 s.h.

CS 454 - Tailoring 3 s.h.

CS 455 - Draping 3 s.h.

*Entry into CS 112 or CS 212 will be determined by the student's score on the placement
exam.

CS 213 Home Equipment/Consumer Electronics 3 s.h.

CS 217 Interior Design (AR 120 Principles of

Design is a prerequisite) 3 s.h.
OR

CS 312 Housing and Man 3 s.h.

CS 314 Textiles 3 s.h.

CS 315 Consumer Economics and Family Finance 3 s.h.

FN 111 Foods I 3 s.h.

FN 211 Foods II 3 s.h.

FN 212 Nutrition 3 s.h.

HE 218 Child Development 3 s.h.

HE 224 Marriage and Family Relations 3 s.h.

HE 320 Teaching in Child Development Centers 3 s.h.

Professional Education Requirements

HE 250 Introduction to Teaching Vocational

Home Economics 3 s.h.

Instructional Media 3 s.h.

Educational Psychology 3 s.h.

History and Philosophy of Education 3 s.h.

Evaluation and Methods of Teaching

Vocational Home Economics 3 s.h.

Student Teaching Practicum 1 s.h.

Student Teaching (Home Economics) 12 s.h.

School Law 1 s.h.

Pre-Student Teaching Clinical

Experience I 1 s.h.
ED 342 Pre-Student Teaching Clinical

Experience II 1 s.h.

Bl 151 Human Physiology (4 s.h.) OR Bl 241 General Microbiology (3 s.h.) is required and
may apply to General Education requirements.

Students will use their electives to obtain a concentration or option.

Concentration

Depending upon students' interests and needs, concentration will be varied and might
include (1) electives in one of the five home economics subject matter areas or (2) electives
in other areas approved by adviser.

Child Development Option

Students receive in-depth preparation for teaching Parenting and Child Development in high
school home economics programs, adult programs and community organizations. Those
selecting this option take all required courses for the home economics education degree and,
in consultation with adviser, select eight semester hours of electives in the Child Develop-

CM

301

EP

302

FE

302

HE

350

HE

430

ED

431

ED

442

ED

242

182 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

merit and Family Relations area. Student teaching experience will take place in a center
having a Child Development and/or Parenting program.

Occupational Home Economics Option

This option is planned to prepare graduates for teaching in home economics occupational
programs in comprehensive high schools, vocational-technical schools, adult education
programs and community colleges. Students selecting this option take all the courses re-
quired for the home economics education degree and, in consultation with adviser, select
eight or more semester hours of electives in the area of specialization. The following two
courses are required for a minimum of six semester hours:

HE 470 Occupational Home Economics in

American Education 3 s.h.

HE 479 Occupational Home Economics Experience 3-6 s.h.

Student teaching experience will take place in a center with an Occupational Home Econom-
ics Program.

CHILD DEVELOPMENT/FAMILY RELATIONS PROGRAM

The Child Development/Family Relations program leads to a Bachelor of Science degree.
Primary objectives of the program are to prepare professionals to administer and teach in
programs that entail aspects of child development and/or family relations; to teach at the
adult level; or supervise and direct professional, paraprofessional and volunteer staff in
federal, state or local family supportive agencies. The program also provides preparation for
students who wish to pursue graduate study in the area of child development/family rela-
tions. Students are required to complete the General Education Requirements with the
following courses being required:

Natural Sciences

CH 101-102
Bl 151

College Chemistry I and II
Human Physiology

8 s.h.
4 s.h.

Social Sciences
PC 101
AN 110
SO 151

General Psychology
Introduction to Anthropology
Principles of Sociology

3 s.h.
3 s.h.
3 s.h.

Two additional social science electives are required.

College of Home Economics Requirements
FN 212 Nutrition

CS 315 Consumer Economics and Family Finance

3 s.h.

3 s.h.

Home Economics Education Department

HE

218

Child Development

3 s.h.

HE

224

Marriage and Family Relations

3 s.h.

HE

317

Infant Development

3 s.h.

HE

318

Topics in Preschool Education

1-3 s.h.

HE

320

Teaching in Child Development Centers

3 s.h.

HE

324

Family Dynamics

3 s.h.

HE

418

Advanced Child Development

3 s.h.

HE

421

Preschool Education

3 s.h.

HE

422

Early Childhood Education

3 s.h.

HE

424

Family Issues

3 s.h.

HE

426

Techniques of Parent Education

3 s.h.

HE

463

Family and the Community

3 s.h.

The College of Home Economics — 183

Other Courses Required

EP 302 Educational Psychology 3 s.h.

CM 301 Instructional Media 3 s.h.

Restricted Electives 6 s.h.

Free Electives 18 s.h.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

(Courses are three hours lecture per week unless noted otherwise)

HE 218 CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

Focuses on normal development and behavior of children. Survey made of physical, emo-
tional, social and intellectual development of children from conception through early adoles-
cence. Pertinent child development research analyzed.

HE 224 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY RELATIONS 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

Focuses on preparation for marriage and principles of human relations basic to marital
adjustment. Influence of community and family experiences on personal development and
adjustment explored.

HE 250 INTRODUCTION TO TEACHING VOCATIONAL HOME ECONOMICS
EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Overview of philosophy and organization of home economics profession and the role of
home economics teachers. Opportunities for planned observations and varied teaching
experiences using a variety of resource materials are provided for self development and
evaluation relative to desirable teacher competencies.

*HE 317 INFANT DEVELOPMENT 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: HE 218

Study of characteristic developmental changes of human infants from birth to approximately
two and one-half years.

HE 318 TOPICS IN PRESCHOOL EDUCATION 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HE 218

Part 1 : Students learn about pre-school children and child development centers through
direct observation; Part 2: Students examine creative methods and develop creative activi-
ties for pre-school children; Part 3: Students examine classroom techniques and procedures
necessary for integrating 'special needs' pre-schoolers into the normal pre-school setting.
Students may take one or any combination of these parts of the course.

HE 320 TEACHING IN CHILD DEVELOPMENT CENTERS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: He 218 or equivalent

Techniques for planning and teaching pre-school children. Participation as teacher-assistant
provides experience in applying principles of child guidance and development needed by
teachers in pre-school centers or secondary school child development laboratories. (1 hour
lecture, 3 hours lab)

HE 324 FAMILY DYNAMICS 3 s.h.

Emphasis on processes and models of family development topics. Focus on approaches and
dynamics of principles related to familial and marital adjustment and coping. (3 hours lecture)

HE 350 EVALUATION AND METHODS OF TEACHING VOCATIONAL HOME
ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EP 302, HE 250

Orientation to classroom teaching through planned activities utilizing a variety of methods,
techniques and resources. Major methods and techniques of evaluation used to assess and
report growth, development and academic achievement of students are emphasized.

184 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

HE 351 EDUCATIONAL GAMES AND PUZZLES 1 s.h.

Investigation and evaluation of commercially prepared educational games and puzzles and
their place in the home economics education setting. Construction and evaluation of educa-
tional games and puzzles by students.

HE 352 TEACHING IN THE COMMUNITY 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: HE 250

Planned observations and teaching experience in local human services agencies. Choice of
subject matter and strategies will be based on needs and interests of clients.

HE 390-399 INNOVATIVE TEACHING 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HE 250

Investigation and evaluation of innovative curriculum materials, resources and techniques.

*HE 418 ADVANCED CHILD DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HE 218

Study of trends in the field of child development based on review of current literature.
Observations of children in a variety of informal situations will be made within the limits of
available resources.

HE 421 PRE-SCHOOL EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HE 218

Examination of the child development philosophy as the basis for decisions and methods in
preschool education. Emphasis is placed on play as a developmental process and as the
major aspect of preschool curriculum.

HE 422 EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HE 218

Current educational theories and research reviewed in terms of implication for pre-school
and their effect on material, equipment and activity selection.

HE 424 FAMILY ISSUES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HE 224

Concentrated study of selected areas of family life, with emphasis on current personal and
social issues affecting the family.

HE 425 STUDY TOUR IN FAMILY LIFE 2-6 s.h.

OPTION: FAMILY LIFE Opportunity to observe family social structure and values in relation
to cultural background and economic conditions. Culture, class, ethnic variations in family/-
kinship systems examined. OPTION: CHILD DEVELOPMENT Opportunity to observe devel-
oping child in family life/education relative to cultural background and economic conditions.

*HE 426 TECHNIQUES OF PARENT EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Examination of nature, extent and significance of parent education movement. Interrelation-
ship of home and community agencies are examined in light of various programs, methods
and techniques of parenting education.

*HE 427 ADMINISTRATION OF CHILD DEVELOPMENT CENTERS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HE 218 or equivalent.

Development of special knowledge and competencies needed by successful administrators
of child care programs including proposal writing, budgeting, management, staff selection
and training, appropriate curriculum materials, philosophy, parent involvement, child advo-
cacy and program evaluation.

HE 430 STUDENT TEACHING PRACTICUM 1 s.h.

Taken concurrently with ED 431 . Assists student teachers in analyzing problems and experi-
ences encountered during student teaching. Emphasizes the variety and types of home
economics programs and focuses on developing effective teaching strategies (4 sessions
of 3 1/2 hours during semester).

The College of Home Economics — 185

ED 431 STUDENT TEACHING (HOME ECONOMICS) 12 s.h.

Prerequisite: HE 350

Supervised opportunities provided to guide the development of the student teacher in devel-
oping effective learning experiences with students in home economics classrooms in se-
lected public schools for one semester. Self-evaluation of personal and professional growth
are emphasized. (HE 430 is taken concurrently with course)

ED 442 SCHOOL LAW (See College of Education) 1 s.h.

HE 451 WORKSHOP IN HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HE 250

Identification and evaluation of current trends and issues in home economics education.

HE 452 INTERNSHIP IN HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 1-12 s.h.

Prerequisites: Permission of department, College Dean, and University Internship Coordina-
tor; upper level standing

Practical experience related to the student's major area of study. Objectives are developed
individually in consultation with university faculty member who supervises the internship. Log
and major paper required. May be repeated up to a total of 1 2 semester hours, however these
semester hours are not applicable toward the 124 semester hours required for graduation
if student receives 12 semester hours in student teaching.

HE 454 HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION FOR ADULTS 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: HE 250

Focuses on background and philosophy of adult education; types of home economics pro-
grams and methods of implementation; cl;iaracteristics of adult learners; observation and
teaching participation in adult programs.

HE 463 FAMILY AND THE COMMUNITY 3 s.h.

Study of community contributions and problems that affect family and contributions of family
to community. Investigation of ways group dynamics, communication media and other re-
sources aid understanding of human behaviors.

HE 470 OCCUPATIONAL HOME ECONOMICS IN AMERICAN EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: HE 250 or equivalent

Explores purposes and types of occupational home economics programs. Emphasis is on
individualizing instruction in a competency based program including special needs students.
Rationale for cooperative education, maintaining FHA/HERO and an advisory committee,
and program evaluation are included. Field trips are frequent.

HE 472 EVALUATION IN HOME ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

Nature and scope of evaluation in contemporary home economics programs emphasizing
use and construction of variety of tests and devices designed to measure comprehensive
home economics educational objectives.

HE 479 OCCUPATIONAL HOME ECONOMICS EXPERIENCE 3-6 s.h.

Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and department chairperson; upper level standing
Personalized experiences designed to broaden competencies in a specific area of occupa-
tional home economics and provide preservice teachers with a broader perspective of
current technology used in business and industry.

HE 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

Upper-level students with high scholastic achievement pursue their particular interests out-
side the realm of the organized home economics education curriculum. May be taken more
than once to a maximum of three semester hours. Approval of department required.

•Dual level courses

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 187

The College of Humanities
and Social Sciences

Oliver Ford, Dean

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences has as its objective the providing of a liberal
education as the basis of the student's preparation for a satisfying career. In a dynamic
society such as America's, a broad liberal education accompanying career preparation is
virtually a necessity. The College maintains an emphasis upon fundamental understanding
and application of the basic principles of our cultural heritage, combined with development
of a thorough background of knowledge in the student's specific area of interest. It seeks
to promote in students critical and objective thinking, analytical skill, and a keen awareness
of their responsibilities to society as it prepares them for their chosen field.

The College's programs of study are:

English

French

German

Journalism

Linguistics

Spanish

Speech

Philosophy

Anthropology

Criminology

Economics

Geography

History

International Studies

Labor Relations

Government and Public Service
Political Science
Regional Planning
Sociology

Pre-Professional Programs
Theological School Preparation
Law School Preparation

188 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

DEGREES

The departments of Criminology, Economics, English, Geography, History, Foreign Lan-
guages and Literatures, Journalism, Philosophy, Political Science, and Sociology-
Anthropology offer work leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree. The Bachelor of Science is
offered in Regional Planning. In addition, the Associate of Arts degree is offered by the
Criminology Department at the Punxsutawney Campus.

Several departments sponsor Master of Arts or Master of Science degrees in the University's
Graduate School, and the English department offers graduate programs leading to the
Doctor of Philosophy degree. Information on these programs should be obtained from the
Graduate School.

Degree Requirements

In addition to the University's General Education requirements, all students seeking a bacca-
laureate degree in the College of Humanities and Social Sciences must complete the require-
ments for a major as established by the department through which they wish to specialize.
Statements of these requirements, and for minoring in a specific field, appear in the depart-
ment sections that follow. A double major or minor may encompass a discipline outside as
well as within the College, but should be selected only with adviser approval. As a general
principle, there is considerable latitude in course choice for Humanities and Social Sciences
majors; for specifically required courses, substitutions in any program must have the written
approval of the student's department chairperson or the College Dean. The intermediate
series foreign language requirement (a description follows) applies without exception to all
Humanities and Social Sciences four-year degree programs.

THE FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT. A candidate for a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor
of Science degree must demonstrate a proficiency in a foreign language equivalent to that
attained upon completion of two years of college instruction in that language. The require-
ment may be met by:

a) Successful completion of two semesters at the second-year level in a specific foreign
language, or

b) Successful completion of an exemption or credit examination in lieu of the above;
said examination to be administered by the lUP foreign languages and literatures
department.

Students with two years of high school foreign language preparation should schedule the
intermediate series sequence in the first semester; for instance, French III. Students with less
preparation should schedule the introductory level series; for instance, French I. Students
uncertain as to the strength of their preparation should seek the counsel of the foreign
languages department chairperson. Because of its sequential nature, all students should
begin their foreign language course work in their first semester.

The foreign language requirement may be met through work in French, German, Latin or
Spanish. Also, the Critical Languages Program offers more than twenty languages through
self-instruction that meet the requirement. Greek is offered every other two-year cycle.

Any foreign student, registered as such at lUP, whose acquired native language is other than
English and who demonstrates an acceptable proficiency in English, is exempt from the
foreign language requirement for a Humanities and Social Sciences degree, if the depart-
ment he/she is majoring in does not require a specific language not thus covered.

SPECIAL CREDIT PROGRAMS

College majors may be interested in the various Foreign Study Tours. Credits obtained
through such arrangements normally are applicable toward a Humanities and Social
Sciences degree. Also of interest are the College's credit-awarding lUP at Valladolid (Spain),

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 189

lUP at Duisburg (Germany), and lUP at Nancy (France) programs, as well as the Summer
Study in Jalapa (Mexico) Program.

lUP at Valladolid: The University's Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures has
sponsored a Spring semester of study at the University of Valladolid, Spain for the past 1 7
years. The participants live in private homes. For details and brochures, please contact Dr.
Juan Cruz Mendizabal, Department of Foreign Languages.

lUP at Duisburg: lUP has a study abroad program at the University of Duisburg, West
Germany. The program is open to German majors and other students having specific interest
in a foreign study experience. Students must register for FL 100 and pay an administrative
fee of $75 plus tuition per semester. For further information, contact the Chairperson, Depart-
ment of Foreign Languages.

lUP at Nancy: The Foreign Languages and Literatures Department has established a study
program with the University of Nancy, France. Two separate study programs are available.
Program A is intended for those participants who have studied advanced French courses and
for French majors. Program B is designed primarily for the non-major or for the student who
wishes to enroll for just one semester. Participants in the Nancy program must register for
FL 100 and pay an administrative fee of $75 plus tuition per semester.

lUP - MEXICO SUMMER PROGRAM - The Spanish Section of the Department of Foreign
Languages sponsors a program of study in Spanish Language in Mexico. The program is
located at Jalapa in the state of Veracruz and the cost of the program includes transportation,
complete room and board, insurance, tuition, etc. The student may earn up to six hours of
undergraduate or graduate credit. Internship opportunities are available for students with
fluency in Spanish. For a detailed brochure, please contact the Chairperson, Department of
Foreign Languages.

Self-Instruction in Critical Languages, FL 485 - Self-instruction courses are offered in more
than twenty languages that are designed for students whose professional or personal inter-
est leads them to the study of an uncommonly-taught language, and whose motivation and
aptitude are sufficiently high to undertake this as independent study. Tutors will assist the
student in three weekly tutorial sessions, and specialists from other institutions will test orally
the achievement of each student at the conclusion of the course. Among the twenty African,
Asiatic and European languages available in this program, Japanese, Chinese, Arabic, He-
brew and Portuguese are of considerable interest today. For further information, contact the
Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages and and Literatures. Participants must pay
a $40 fee each semester.

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences offers two pre-professional programs that
prepare the student for application to a professional school: pre-law and pre-theology. These
are grounded in Social Sciences and Humanities and Business department(s) - Pre-law in
Business, Criminology, Economics, English, History, Philosophy or Political Science; and
pre-theology in Philosophy. All programs are so designed that, should work at a professional
school not ensue, the student may earn an lUP baccalaureate degree, provided he/she has
been faithful to faculty advisement.

Course work in the pre-law program centers upon a carefully developed interdisciplinary
minor. For detailed guidance in pre-law, students should consult with the Dean of Humanities
and Social Sciences and/or the pre-law adviser in their major department.

INTERNSHIP PROGRAMS

Several departments have established programs under which students engage in off-campus
supervised work experience for credit. During the past year lUP students have worked in
Harrisburg, Pa. as aides to state legislators, with the Governor's Justice Commission and the
Local Government Commission, and with the Investigations Division, Pennsylvania Depart-

190 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

ment of Justice. Others have worked at correctional institutions in Pittsburgh, Greensburg
and Warrendale, as peer group counselors on the local campus, as an assistant to the
Pennsylvania State Republican Chairperson, as on-site guides at The United Nations, as
workers on an Israeli kibbutz, and as student aides for the Department of Education, Puerto
Rico. Other students have worked in the Pittsburgh federal probation office. Many students
have worked with major political parties and candidates at the local and state level. At the
county level, they have been attached to the offices of the County Planner, the Common
Pleas Court, Coroner, Treasurer, Commissioners and Borough Manager. Students have also
worked in the Washington office of Pennsylvania Congressmen, and in many federal and
international organizations in Washington as well.

For more information about specific Internship programs students should consult with the
chairperson of the department in which the student is majoring.

For Internships abroad, consult the information on the Foreign Language Department.

CRIMINOLOGY DEPARTMENT

R. PAUL McCAULEY, CHAIRPERSON; BOGAN, BROWN, COHEN, McGUIRE,
McNABB, MELODINi, MUTCHNICK, SCOTT, THOMAS, WEGENER.

The Department of Criminology offers men and women who seek a career in the criminology
field a professional education program supported by a broad liberal arts education. The
degree offered is the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Criminology, under the College
of Humanities and Social Sciences; also available are a Two-year Academic Diploma, an
Associate of Arts degree, and a minor in Criminology.

The program in Criminology has a five-fold objective:

1. The education of students for employment and leadership in the expanding field of
criminal justice.

2. The education of presently employed law enforcement and correctional officers who
recognize the need for raising their educational level.

3. The instruction of students who wish to acquire an understanding of the processes
of criminal justice as a cultural part of their higher education.

4. The instruction of students who wish to prepare for graduate study and research in
the administration of justice.

5. A curriculum that provides an excellent foundation for students preparing for a career
in law.

Nearly every level of government offers opportunities for professional careers in criminology.
Employment opportunities normally exist in more than 50 federal agencies, including Federal
Bureau of Investigation, U.S. Secret Service, Bureau of Narcotics, Intelligence Division (IRS),
Inspection Service (IRS), Alcohol Tobacco Tax Division (IRS), State Department Security,
Atomic Energy Commission and military investigative branches.

Both men and women will find employment opportunites in parole and probation work for
federal, state, and local governments, institutional careers concerned with the custody and
treatment of juveniles and adults at all levels of government. In addition, many police depart-
ments have specialized units dealing with juveniles, community relations, training and re-
search. Criminalistic laboratories provide another career area, and there are a wide variety
of opportunities in traffic administration, investigative and security activities in the commercial
and industrial fields.

Career opportunities are available also in research and teaching at the college and university
level and in research divisions of agencies in the field of administration of justice.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 191

CURRICULA

(The Criminology major is in revision as this catalog goes to press. Please consult the
department for current programs and requirements.

Required Courses:

CR

101

General Administration of Justice

3 s.h.

CR

102

Criminology

3 s.h.

CR

301

Chminal Law 1

3 s.h.

CR

302

Criminal Law II

3 s.h.

CR

490

Crime in Modern Society

3 s.h.

B.A. in Criminology

In addition to the Required Course, the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in
Chminology are 1 5 more semester hours in Criminology, as follows:

CR Electives 15 s.h.

Associate of Arts Degree (offered only at Punxsutawney campus)

For officers and students taking this program in Criminology, requirements in addition to the
Required Courses are 1 8 semester hours in Criminology, six semester hours in English, three
in Sociology, three in Psychology, three in Political Science, 1 5 semester hours of electives
in the Social Sciences division. The requirements are as follows:

Criminology

The following are suggested, but substitutions may be permitted depending on circum-
stances:

CR 201 Police Administration I 3 s.h.

CR 202 Police Administration II 3 s.h.

CR 310 Criminal Investigation 3 s.h.

CR 340 Crime Prevention 3 s.h.

CR 350 Techniques of Interviewing 3 s.h.

CR 415 Supervision in the Administration of

Justice 3 s.h.

English

EN 101 English I 3 s.h.

EN 102 English II 3 s.h.

Psychology

PC 101 General Psychology 3 s.h.

Political Science

PS 111 American Politics 3 s.h.

Sociology

SO 151 Prinicles of to Sociology 3 s.h.

Electives

Any of the Social Sciences 15 s.h.

192 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Minor in Criminology

The minor in crinninoiogy must be approved by the department and consists of a minimum
of 1 8 semester hours, consisting of the Required Courses plus the following:

Criminology Electives 3 or more s.h.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS v

CR 101 GENERAL ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 3 s.h.

Administration of criminal justice in United States. Deals with role of police, courts and
correctional process.

CR 102 CRIMINOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CR 101

General survey of nature and causes of crime and its prevention and treatment.

CR 201 POLICE ADMINISTRATION I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CR 102

Analysis of organizational structure, administrative practices and operating procedures of law
enforcement agencies.

CR 202 POLICE ADMINISTRATION II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CR 201

Continuation of Police Administration I, with special emphasis on staff functions, such as
records, communications, training, personnel administration and finance.

CR 301 CRIMINAL LAW I 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CR 101 and 102; Crim majors and minors only

A study and substantive law analysis of elements of crimes, with emphasis on understanding
the application of those elements. Attention given to defenses, uncompleted conduct, con-
spiracy and parties to crime.

CR 302 CRIMINAL LAW II 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CR 101 and 102; Crim majors and minors only

Law of arrest, search and seizure, with discussion of important case law. Analysis of safe-
guards established for protection of individual liberties, especially as found in application of
rules governing the introduction and use of information in formalized legal proceedings.

CR 310 CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION 3 s.h.

Theory and practice of investigation; discussion of various types of information obtainable
from persons and things; application of investigative theory to crime and accidents.

CR 311 CRIMINALISTICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CR 310

Application of scientific crime detection methods; emphasis on collection, preservation and
interpretation of physical evidence found in connection with a crime.

CR 320 TRAFFIC ADMINISTRATION I 3 s.h.

Origin and growth of traffic problem; emphasis on traffic enforcement and procedures,
organization and functions of police traffic division, study of traffic laws and judicial pro-
cess.

CR 325 INSTRUMENTAL DETECTION OF DECEPTION 3 s.h.

Devices for measuring emotional responses to verbal stimuli; psychological and physiologi-
cal aspects of deception; analysis of detection of deception techniques and their application
to law enforcement.

CR 330 PLANNING AND RESEARCH 3 s.h.

Prerequistes: CR 101 and 102

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 193

Role of planning and research in contemporary law enforcement; analysis of planning pro-
cess and nature of planning with emphasis on planning for special events and situations.

CR 340 CRIME PREVENTION 3 s.h.

Organization and function of crime prevention agencies; problems and techniques in the
prevention of crime; community resources in preventing cnme.

CR 350 TECHNIQUES OF INTERVIEWING 3 s.h.

Consideration of the nature, methods, and principles of interviewing; emphasis on role
playing in interviewing situations.

CR 360 INTRODUCTION TO SECURITY 3 s.h.

Historical, theoretical and legal basis of security. Deals with security professional in today's
society. Involves basic aspects of security: physical security, theft, electronics, etc.

CR 362 SECURITY ADMINISTRATION 3 s.h.

Covers organization, administration, and management of security and plant protection units;
information on policy and decision-making, personnel and budgeting; programs in business,
industry, and government to include retail, transportation, as well as public and private
institutions.

CR 364 RETAIL SECURITY/LOSS PREVENTION 3 s.h.

Operation of security departments including functions of mercantile establishments, dis-
honest employees, shoplifters, management and public relations, receiving, shipping and
warehousing, special laws and procedures; overview of the functional operation of various
specialized areas of security surveys and loss prevention management in proprietary and
governmental institutions.

CR 366 PHYSICAL AND PLANT SECURITY 3 s.h.

Study of concepts of physical security integrated with management, physical security require-
ments and standards, alarm and surveillance devices, animate security, costing, planning
and engineering, legal basis for and development and training of guard forces/private police.

CR 368 PERSONNEL AND MANAGEMENT SECURITY 3 s.h.

Procedures for handling and control of classified and sensitive information; survey of control
systems using data processing; governmental and proprietary concepts, background investi-
gations and employee security; the role of cognizant security office (Defense Contract
Administration Service Programs), physical secunty control and security procedures.

CR 370 COMMUNITY RELATIONS 3 s.h.

Role of law enforcement agencies in modern day society; police-community relations units,
human relations resources, civil rights and professionalism in law enforcement.

CR 410 QUESTIONED DOCUMENT ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

Evaluation and identification of questioned documents; admissibility as evidence, prepara-
tion and presentation in court.

CR 415 SUPERVISION IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 3 s.h.

Consideration of supervisory problems in field of administration of justice; emphasis on such
topics as leadership, motivation, morale, discipline, public relations, communications, deci-
sion-making and the training functions.

CR 420 TRAFFIC REGULATION AND CONTROL 3 s.h.

Organization for traffic control, accident investigation, traffic flow pattern, high accident
frequency locations, signs, signals and simple engineering remedial actions. Traffic safety
research.

CR 425 ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL DETECTION OF DECEPTION 3 s.h.

Prerequiste: CR 325

Special techniques in detection of deception, including; Backster techniques, Keeler tech-

194 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

nique, Modified Backster technique and the Integrated Control Question technique. Statisti-
cal chart interpretation. Polygraph research.

CR 430 COMPARATIVE STUDY OF JUSTICE 3 s.h.

Comparison of American system of administration of justice with those of other nations,
including developed and underdeveloped countries.

CR 431 ETIOLOGY OF DELINQUENT BEHAVIOR 3 s.h.

Analysis of the aberrant behavior of children and youth in terms of modern behavioral
sciences, personality and social factors examined with a view toward developing prevention
and control procedures.

CR 432 TREATMENT AND CONTROL OF DELINQUENCY 3 s.h.

Analysis of juvenile court procedures, juvenile probation, juvenile institutions, and juvenile
parole in treatment and control of delinquency.

CR 440 INSTITUTIONAL TREATMENT OF THE OFFENDER 3 s.h.

Modern philosophy and methods in treatment of adult criminals and juvenile delinquents in
correctional institutions.

CR 445 NON-INSTITUTIONAL TREATMENT OF THE OFFENDER 3 s.h.

Analysis of principles and practices in probation and parole; case method; techniques of
supervision.

CR 460 INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND SAFETY 3 s.h.

Administration of fire and accident prevention programs; government security programs;
document control, security clearances and visitor control; special problems and hazards.

CR 480 SEMINAR IN ADMINISTRATION OF JUSTICE 3 s.h.

Study of problems in administration of justice, reports based upon original investigation;
reviews of recent books and periodical literature; topics of current interest. Enrollment
limited.

CR 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINOLOGY 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Department consent

A Seminar providing study of selected topics not emphasized in other courses. May be taken
more than once to a maximum 6 semester hours.

CR 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CRIMINOLOGY 1-3 s.h.

Individual students pursue their particular interests in Criminology in consultation with a
member of the staff. May be taken more than once to a maximum of 6 semester hours.

CR 490 CRIME IN MODERN SOCIETY 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: Criminology majors and minors only.

Analysis of nature and extent of crime at state, national and international levels of govern-
ment; consideration of special problems in metropolitan areas, organized crime, the profes-
sional criminal and white-collar crime; crime control in a democratic society.

CR 492 CORRECTIONAL ADMINISTRATION 3 s.h.

Administration of juvenile and adult probation and parole programs, and correctional institu-
tions; emphasis on special problems encountered in field.

CR 497 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.

Prerequisite: 18 credits in Criminology

Practicum designed to broaden educational experience of students through appropriate
observational and work assignments with governmental agencies and private firms. Offered
during summer and spring only. By appointment only.

CR 498 SUPERVISED PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE 6 s.h.

Prerequiste: 18 credits in Criminology

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 195

Practicum designed for full-time police officers who attended the FBI Academy and/or
Pennsylvania State Police Academy. By Department approval only.

ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT

DONALD A. WALKER, CHAIRPERSON: CROSS, DAVIS, DYAL, GARVIN,
HOLT, HUFF, KARATJAS, KRITES, MARTEL, NOWAK, RADELL, STONE-
BRAKER, WARE.

The Economics Department offers courses to meet the needs of lUP students in four
general areas: a program that prepares students majoring in Economics for graduate
school or immediate employment; a program that prepares students to teach Economics
on the high school level; a program that offers courses in Economics to students majoring
in other departments; and a pre-law program for Economics majors who wish to go to law
school.

The program for Economics majors is designed for those who intend to pursue careers as
economists in education, government, industry, finance or commerce. The economist in
today's world occupies an increasingly important position and great opportunity exists for
qualified people.

Degrees offered are the Bachelor of Arts in Economics and the Bachelor of Science in
Education with a major in Social Sciences, concentrating on Economics.

CURRICULA

Economics 101, BASIC ECONOMICS, may be taken in partial fulfillment of the Social
Sciences segment of the University's General Education requirement. Economics 101 can-
not be programmed by Economics majors or minors, by students enrolled in the College of
Business, or by students in the College of Education who are contemplating teaching social
science on the high school level. Instead, Economics 121, PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
I, should be taken by these students, since it serves as a foundation for many advanced
Economics courses. Students can receive credit toward graduation for either EC 101 or EC
121 but not both. The Department will accept either EC 121 or EC 122 for General Education
credit as a substitute for EC 101.

Students majoring in other fields are welcome to chose Economics courses among the
upper-division electives. These courses are designed to aid the student in developing sophis-
ticated insights into economic issues and are valuable in many ways, regardless of the
student's ultimate vocation.

It is recommended that Economics majors take a minor in one of the other Social Sciences,
in Business, or in Mathematics A minor in Mathematics is strongly recommended for those
whose future may include graduate work in Economics.

Core Program

Requirements for Economics majors and minor are 6 semester hours in Economics, as
follows:

EC 121 Principles of Economics I 3 s.h.

EC 122 Principles of Economics II 3 s.fi.

196 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

B.A. in Economics

in addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Econom-
ics are as follows:

EC 305 Mathematics for Economists I* 3 s.h.

EC 355 Statistics for Economists** 3 s.h.

EC 421 Macroeconomic Analysis 3 s.h.

EC 422 Microeconomic Analysis 3 s.h.

Economics Electives 12 s.h.

*MA 121, MA 123, or MA 127 may be substituted for EC 305
**MA 214, MA 217, or MA 363 may be substituted for EC 355

B.S. In Education (Economics Concentration)

In addition to the Core Program requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education with a major in Social Sciences, concentrating in Economics, are 9 more semester
hours of Economics electives, excluding Economics 101.

{Minor in Economics

To minor in Economics, the student must take 9 semester hours of Economics electives in
addition to the Core Program, excluding Economics 101 as a possible elective.

Concentrations in Economics

The Department of Economics offers several concentrations in particular aspects of Eco-
nomics. The concentrations are designed to equip students with the education and skills that
will enable them to obtain a position in government or private business upon completion of
the undergraduate degree. The Department provides verification that students have comp-
leted a concentration, and they may also have the information recorded on their transcripts.
These concentrations are not restricted to Economics majors. The concentrations available
at present are:

Competition and Public Policy
Economics of Government Affairs
International Economics
Labor Economics
Managerial Economics
Monetary Economics
Quantitative Economics

Detailed information regarding these concentrations may be obtained from the Department
Chairperson.

Pre Law Program

The Department of Economics is a participant in the Pre Law Program offered by the College
of Humanities and Social Sciences. For further information concerning this program see
section on Pre-Professional Programs.

Grades and Quality Points

The quality point average necessary for graduation or the approval of a specific program is
2.0. This requirement is applicable to economic majors, minors, concentrates of the College
of Education, and the concentrations offered by the Department of Economics.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 197

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EC 101 BASIC ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

Study of how man makes a living, individually and collectively, with particular reference to
our own economic system. For those who do not plan to take more than 3 semester hours
of Economics.

EC 121 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I 3 s.h.

Nature and methodology of economics; mixed capitalism and market economy; national
income; employment theory, including economics of fiscal policy; money, banking and Fed-
eral Reserve System; economic growth

EC 122 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II 3 s.h.

Economics of the firm; theory of consumer demand; determination of price and output in
different market structures; distribution of income; foreign trade and the balance of pay-
ments.

EC 241 CONTEMPORARY ECONOMIC ISSUES 3 s.h.

Examination of relevant and important problematic aspects of U.S. and of world economy,
including a rigorous but non-technical analysis of problem, and a formulation and evaluation
of possible corrective policies.

EC 283 ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

Examination of economic costs and benefits of environmental control and modification.
Techniques of economic analysis used to understand economic aspects of environmental
problems and contribute toward their solution.

EC 305 MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMISTS I 3 s.h.

Elements of algebra and calculus necessary to enable students to grasp mathematical
foundations of economic theory and statistical research, with examples taken from economic
theory and data.

EC 306 MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMISTS II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 305 or its mathematical equivalent or permission of the instructor
Application of nathematical methods to microeconomics and macroeconomics, and an
introduction to linear programming.

EC 320 HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 121 or 122 or permission of the instructor

Examination of social, political, intellectual and economic origins of work of the more promi-
nent past economists, and of content and impact of their work.

EC 325 MONETARY ECONOMICS I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor

Organization, operation and economic significance of U.S. monetary institutions; commercial
banks and Federal Reserve System; survey of monetary theory and policy; mechanism of
international payments.

EC 326 MONETARY ECONOMICS II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 325 or permission of the instructor

Detailed study of monetary theory; tasks of central banking; principal objectives of monetary
policy; intensive study of recent monetary experience; complementary and competing aims
of monetary and fiscal policy.

EC 330 LABOR ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 122 or permission of the instructor

History, structure, and operations of trade unions and employer organizations; major Federal
labor legislation; collective bargaining theory; wage determination; current labor problems.

198 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

EC 331 ECONOMIC ORGANIZATION OF INDUSTRY 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: EC 122 or permission of the instructor

Social effectiveness of industries analyzed through measures of market structure, market
conduct and market performance.

EC 332 GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 122 or permission of the instructor

Formal and informal methods used to maintain, supplement and moderate competition as
well as regulation as a substitute for competition.

EC 333 REGULATION OF INDUSTRY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites; EC 121 and 122 or permission of the instructor

Examines theory and practice of regulation, emphasizing effects of regulation on economic
performance and efficiency in U.S.

EC 334 ECONOMICS OF CORPORATE DECISIONS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EC 121 and 122 or permission of the instructor

Applies economic theory to corporate decision making. Topics include corporate objectives,
profit maximization, economic measurement and forecasting.

EC 335 PUBLIC FINANCE 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EC 121 and 122 or permission of the instructor

Taxation and expenditure theory at Federal level; Federal budget and debt considerations;
public sector impact upon economy, intergovernmental fiscal relations.

EC 336 STATE AND LOCAL FINANCE 3 s.h.

Analysis of character and impact of state and local government revenue sources, expendi-
tures and fiscal systems.

EC 339 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor

Theory of growth; theory of economic development of underdeveloped countries.

EC 340 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor

Application of theory of growth and analysi'^ -if ecc •'jmic development of selected econo-
mies; empirical and econometric studies oi -idprdovebped countries and their economic
institutions.

EC 343 HISTORY OF THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF THE UNITED STATES3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor

Examination of main patterns of the United States' economic growth since end of eighteenth
century; emphasizes economic development as a laboratory for economic analysis.

EC 342 HISTORY OF THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN EUROPE 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor

Study of dynamic forces which contributed to development of modern Europe; industrial
revolution in England; industrialization on the continent; impact of Europe on world economy.

EC 345 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor

Theory of international trade; analysis of balance of payments; international economic equi-
librium; mechanism of international economic and monetary adjustments.

EC 346 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 345 or permission of the instructor

Application of theory of international trade to empirical data and problems; historical survey
and examination of current problems of international trade; the institutional setting of interna-
tional trade.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 1 99

EC 350 COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor

Capitalism, socialism, and communism subjected to economic analysis; their principles,
practices, institutions and philosophies.

EC 351 SOVIET ECONOMY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 121 or 122 or permission of the instructor

Thorough study of operations of Soviet economy. Course will compare and contrast workings
of Soviet economy with other Communist countries.

EC 355 STATISTICS FOR ECONOMISTS 3 s.h.

Introduction to economic statistics. Material covered regarding empirical frequency distribu-
tions, probability, disthbutions of random vanables, functions of ramdon variables and tests
of economics hypotheses.

EC 356 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EC 355 of its mathematical equivalent or permission of the instructor.
Introduction to econometrics. Interest centers upon linear normal regression models of two
or more random variables, special econometric problems and solutions of simultaneous
equations.

EC 360 ECONOMICS OF HEALTH SERVICES 3 s.h.

Analysis of the allocation of resources in the health sector using demand and supply tech-
niques. Pricing and output decision by physicians, hospitals and other health agencies will
be considered along with other current policy issues.

EC 371 ECONOMICS OF LABOR LEGISLATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 330 or permission of the instructor

Economic background and effects of governmental regulation of labor relations, with empha-
sis on a detailed examination of National Labor Relations Act as amended.

EC 372 ECONOMICS OF WAGES AND EMPLOYMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EC 330 or permission of the instructor

Analysis of wages and employment under various market structures. Also, analysis of impact
of labor market forces on wages, prices and distributive shares.

EC 373 ECONOMICS OF HUMAN RESOURCES 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: EC 121 or permission of the instructor

Inquiry into economic demographics, and related factors affecting growth, structure and
distribution of an economy's labor force into different occupations.

EC 374 ECONOMICS OF EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Analysis of the costs and benefits of education in relation to economic growth, and the
private and public process of determining investment in education.

EC 383 REGIONAL ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Three semester hours in Economics or permission of the instructor
Process of regional economic growth, location theory, basic techniques of regional analysis,
public and pnvate area development programs.

EC 382 URBAN ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Three semesteer hours in Economics or permission of the instructor
Structure of urban economy, goals, processes, problems and policy in urban economic
development.

EC 421 MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EC 121 and 122 or permission of the instructor

Income and employment analysis; national income accounts and theory; classical, Keyne-
sian and post-Keynesian models; investment, growth and inflation theory; role of government
in our economy.

200 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

EC 422 MICROECONOMIC ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EC 121 and 122 or permission of the instructor

Consumer behavior, theory of the firm, market structures, distribution, general equilibrium
analysis, applications to current problems of economic policy.

EC 450 INTERNSHIP IN ECONOMICS 2-12 s.h.

Prerequisite: A student must be an economics major who has completed at least 1 2 semester
hours in economics, and who has at least a 2.5 grade point average in the major and in all
course work.

The course provides on-the-job experience in economics positions with private and govern-
mental employers. The student is also required to complete related academic work in form
of papers and selected readings. Number of credits earned will depend upon the nature of
the job and amount of time involved in internship. A maximum of 6 of the credits earned in
this couse may be counted toward the 30 semester hours in economics requirement for
economics majors.

EC 480 SEMINAR 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor
Seminar in selected economic issues or problems.

EC 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

EC 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of the Department and the instructor

EC 483 HONORS IN ECONOMICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

Readings, conference and reports arranged for students who have demonstrated proficiency

in economics. Research work may be directed toward theoretical or applied economic

problems.

ENGLISH DEPARTMENT

BOB CUREY, CHAIRPERSON: BETTS, J. BRIGHT, L. BRIGHT, COLLINS-
STOCKTON, COOK, CRAIG, J. DAVIS, DAY, EMERICK, FREUND, FRITZ,
GRAY, GRAYBURN, GRUBB, HALDEMAN, HARTWELL, HAYWARD, HAZLEY,
HUDSON, R.G. JOHNSON, KRASZEWSKI, KRUPNIK, McANDREW, D.
McCLURE, McMANMON, MILLER, NANIA, RAY, B. ROFFMAN, R. ROFFMAN,
ROUMM, RUFFNER, SEACRIST, SEINFELT, R. SHAFER, H. SMITH, SMITS,
SWIGART, TANNACITO, R.L. THOMAS, WADDELL, H. WARREN, WATTA,
WILSON, WOODWORTH, YARUP.

One goal of the English program is to contribute to the general language proficiences of all
its students. These proficiencies include the ability to express oneself comprehensibly and
clearly in written language, to speak distinctly, tastefully and meaningfully in oral language,
and to appreciate, understand and draw sustenance from both long-recognized and recently
produced literary and dramatic achievements in the English language. In its programs, the
English Department attempts to prepare its majors for careers in the teaching of English and
for careers of all types where skill in communication and conviction in favor of humane values
are considered an appropriate background for the performance of assigned duties and
responsibilites.

Degrees offered by the English Department are the Bachelor of Arts in English, in Pre-Law
English and the Bachelor of Science in Education with an English or Communication major.
The first two degree programs are under the College of Humanities and Social Sciences, and

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 201

the third is under the College of Education. In addition, English and Speech minors are
available in the College of Humanities and Social Sciences.

CURRICULA

PLEASE NOTE: The English Department has recently revised its various curricula. Consult
the Office of the Chairperson for the revised course list for the curriculum in which you enroll.

Special Requirements

In meeting the University's General Education requirements, English majors in both the
College of Education and the College of Humanities and Social Sciences are REOUIRED to
replace EN 201 , English III, with EN 21 0, Introduction to Literary Analysis. It is recommended
that this course be taken during the sophomore year, as early as possible in the major
program. Also, ALL English majors, in both the College of Education and the College of
Humanities and Social Sciences, MUST complete the intermediate sequence of a foreign
language. This may be done in one of three ways: by examination, by earning credit in the
third and fourth semesters of a foreign language, or by completing four semesters of a new
language. If the last procedure is used, the two beginning foreign language courses may be
applied as free electives to the total number of credits needed for graduation.

B.S. in Education (Communication Major)

This major leads to a teaching certificate in communication in the secondary school. The
major takes a basic program covering literature, language, composition, speech, theater, and
media and selects one or more specialties from the following: literature, linguistic science,
non-print media, writing, speech, theater.

Independent Study, EN 482 and EN 399, Internship are available in all of the specialties.
However, such independent activity is usually reserved for students who are at least halfway
through their certification requirements. An exception may be made by the department
chairperson. The nature of the independent activity depends upon the specialty under which
it falls.

Independent activity may be defined as that done independently of a rigidly structured course
but not necessarily independently of regular faculty direction and consultation.

A student who wishes to engage in an independent activity under the communication pro-
gram must obtain permission to do so at the time of Registration (October for the Spring
Semester, March for the Fall Semester, and May for the Summer Sessions).

The students must present proposals for the approval of both their advisers and the depart-
ment chairperson. The proposal will outline in detail the student's plan to engage in indepen-
dent activity. If the proposal is approved by both the adviser and the department chairperson,
the student then pre-schedules for EN 482 or 399.

Despite the 124 semester hour minimum for graduation with a baccalaureate degree at lUP,
the Communication program offers students the opportunity to develop skills and knowledge
beyond the normal restrictions of the classroom and semester hours. Such opportunity
comes in part with the flexibility of the independent activity, described above. Further oppor-
tunities lie in the co-curricular areas (campus newpaper, plays, debate, etc.) for which
students under many circumstances could be given appropriate specialties credit. Training
and experience outside the University and even prior to admission to the University should
be considered in the student's development of specialties. In short, since the Communication
program is designed to prepare teachers of the wide area of communication for the second-
ary schools of the Commonwealth, the Department recognizes that preparation and training
of such teachers should be restricted as little as possible by enforcement of required courses
and course credits.

202 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

In the end the teacher of communication should be certified on the basis of course prepara-
tion, independent activities, experiences, performances and whatever else contributes to an
evaluation of knowledge and training. A teacher certified as a communication teacher has
fulfilled the Basic Program and has developed one or more of the following Specialties:
Literature, Linguistic Science, Writing, Speech, Theater.

The communication teacher then enters the teaching experience with not only a basic
knowledge in literature, language, composition, speech, theater, and the media, but with a
specialty that instills confidence to meet an advanced writing class or to direct a play or to
advise a newspaper.

B.A. in English

The candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in English usually choose this program
because they wish a broad undergraduate education in liberal studies. They may intend to
prepare for graduate study in English for eventual college teaching or for other non-academic
professions. This program does not lead to certification in secondary English.

In addition to the General Education requirement for English Majors (EN 101, EN 102, EN
210), requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in English include English 211,212 and
213. In addition, one course is required from each of the following categories for a total of
30 hours: (Prerequisite for all courses: EN 101, 102 and 210)

Category A - Literary Modes of Awareness (courses with the prefix EN 35)

Category B - Literature and Its Milieu (prefix EN 36)

Category C - Literature and the Psyche (prefix EN 37)

Category D - Literature and Society (prefix EN 38)

Category E - Subcategories

1. Language Studies (EN 329, 330, 331, 332, 333)

2. Communication Studies (EN 310, 311, 312, 313)

Category F - Writing (EN 220, EN 221, EN 320, EN 321, EN 322, EN 324)

Category G (optional) EN 480 - Senior Seminar (Registration by Invitation)

Comprehensive Examination: Required of all Liberal Arts majors at the conclusion of the
senior year. The result, either 'Pass,' 'Distinction' or 'High Distinction' will be noted on
students' transcripts. Failure will not be recorded.

The Senior Seminar may be counted as the final course for completion of the 30-hour
requirement. Students who do not take the seminar, either because they do not choose to
or do not qualify, must select one additional course from Categories A through F to satisfy
the major's requirement.

B.A. in Pre Law - English

The requirements for this major are the same as for the English Arts and Sciences major
with the addition of a 21 s.h. pre-law interdisciplinary minor.

For the requirements of the pre-law minor students should contact the departmental pre-law
adviser.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 203

Minor in English

To minor in English, 1 5 semester hours in English are required beyond the General Education
requirement of EN 101, EN 102, and EN 201.

Minor in Speech

To minor in speech, 18 semester hours in Speech courses are required.

B.S. in Education (English Major)

In addition to the General Education requirements for English majors (English 101, 102, and
210), requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with an English major
are a minimum of 36 more semester hours in English, in order to satisfy the requirements
for certification. Since English majors do not take a minor, many of them augment the minimal
36 semester hour program with courses that will prepare them for graduate study in their
profession of secondary English teaching.

English Education majors must take the following courses: EN 214, EN 215, EN 220, EN 310,
EN 324, EN 329, EN 330. The take, in addition, three courses to complete the mjaor. They
should check with their department chairperson or with the College of Education to deter-
mine which education courses are required.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EN 050 ENGLISH FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 3 s.h.

Provides foreign students an opportunity to improve their ability to speak and write English.
The emphasis is on individualized exercises and assignments.

EN 100 BASIC ENGLISH 3 s.h.

Designed to review, strengthen and further develop the basic English skills necessary for
clear and effective communication. Reserved for assignment of selected students.

EN 101 ENGLISH I 4 s.h.

Should be taken the first semester at lUP. Course uses readings in nature and history of
language, semantic and linguistic analysis, and problems in rhetoric. Seven theme-length
expository papers are written, in addition to shorter exercises and a written final examination.
(3 hour lecture, 1 hour individual instructor- student conference)

EN 102 ENGLISH II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 101

Analytical reading of various types of nonfictional prose, aimed at enunciating both meaning
and techniques by which meaning is manifested. Writing in course consists of three substan-
tial documented papers.

EN 201 ENGLISH III 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: EN 101 and 102

Focuses on analysis of an imaginative literature. Writing consists of two substantial critical
papers on themes generated by the reading.

EN 208 THE ART OF THE FILM 3 S.h.

Concentrates on the film as an artistic medium. Eight to twelve motion pictures are shown
during semester and are analyzed in class discussions.

EN 209 LANGUAGES OF MEDIA 3 S.h.

Introduction course in natuie of language and communication, heavily grounded in practice
of communication in various media which resources of university make available to students.

204 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

EN 210 INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

Offers beginning English majors opportunities to study examples of various approaches to
works of literary art and requires them to practice such approaches through writing at least
three critical papers.

EN 211 ENGLISH LITERATURE TO THE RESTORATION 3 s.h.

A survey of major English authors, major works and major literary genres written from the
beginnings of English literature to the Restoration (1660).

EN 212 ENGLISH LITERATURE FROM THE RESTORATION TO 1900 3 s.h.

A survey of major English authors, major works and major literary genres written from the
Restoration to 1 900.

EN 213 AMERICAN LITERATURE: BEGINNINGS TO THE PRESENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Provides a general familiarity with American literature.

EN 214 THE NOVEL 3 s.h.

This course surveys the development of the novel from Cervantes 'Don Quixote' to the
present with emphasis on major writers and forms in English

EN 215 POETRY 3 s.h.

A study in appreciation of poetry, with special attention to technique of the poet and structure
of poetry.

EN 216 SHORT FICTION 3 s.h.

A study of the development of the short story from the middle of the nineteenth century to
the present with attention to form, structure and types of the story.

EN 217 DRAMA 3 s.h.

A study of selected plays from various periods in an attempt to understand the function of
drama.

EN 218 LITERATURE FOR ADOLESCENTS 3 s.h.

Surveys poetry, drama and fiction with which the adolescent is familiar through his school
work and his personal reading.

EN 220 ADVANCED COMPOSITION I 3 s.h.

Primarily seeks to improve writing style, particularly in the more utilitarian forms, such as
magazine article and personal essay.

EN 221 CREATIVE WRITING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite is demonstrated ability and interest in creative writing; may be substituted for
EN 220. This is a seminar course in which the kinds of writing done are chosen in line with
the special interests and abilities of each student.

EN 311 ORAL INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.

Emphasizes understanding and appreciation of literature through developing skill in reading
aloud.

EN 310 ORAL COMMUNICATION 3 s.h.

Fundamental principles of public speaking, audience analysis, interest and attention, selec-
tion and organization of speech material.

EN 313 HISTORY OF RHETORICAL THEORY 3 s.h.

Survey of rhetorical theory from Greek and Roman through modern times.

EN 312 SPEECH 3 s.h.

Advanced study of problems involved in influencing an audience.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 205

EN 320 ADVANCED COMPOSITION II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 220

Workshop and tutorial atmosphere for students who intend to write or teach writing.

EN 321 CREATIVE WRITING II 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: EN 221

A workshop for students who wish to write fiction or poetry under guidance of instructor.

EN 322 TECHNICAL WRITING 3 s.h.

This course focuses on helping the student to acquire and to apply communication skills
essential to the technical and professional writer.

EN 324 TEACHING AND EVALUATING WRITING 3 s.h.

A study of modern approaches to the teaching of writing, including current theories on the
composing process, as well as instruction in evaluating, including holistic scoring. Course
includes practice in writing.

EN 329 THE HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 1 s.h.

Studies historical development of the English language, as a basis for a better understanding
of modern American English.

EN 330 THE STRUCTURE OF ENGLISH 3 s.h.

Training in analysis of American-English Language, with structural and generative ap-
proaches to system of grammar emphasized. Course is a prerequisite for ED 452, Teaching
of English and Speech in the Secondary School.

EN 331 TRENDS IN LINGUISTICS 3 S.h.

Explores recent developments in linguistic theory and research.

EN 332 THE DIALECTS OF AMERICAN ENGLISH 3 s.h.

Examines relationship of dialectal differences in sounds, structure and vocabulary to geo-
graphical and sociological factors.

EN 333 PSYCHO-LINGUISTICS 3 s.h.

An introduction to those aspects of the study of language that bear on relationship of thought
and behavior; the ways people move from their perception of reality to verbal and non-verbal
communication.

EN 343 CRITICISM OF CONTEMPORARY WRITING 3 s.h.

Covers basic texts of literary criticism and relates development of chtical concepts to work
of influential literary critics of twentieth century. Not open to freshmen and sophomores.

EN 345 CLASSICAL LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION ' 3 S.h.

Masterpieces studied range from those of ancient Greece to Middle Ages. English literature
and American literature excluded.

EN 346 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN AND BRITISH POETRY 3 s.h.

Study of British and American poetry since World War II.

EN 347 MODERN AMERICAN FICTION 3 S.h.

Major American writers of fiction since 1945 are considered.

EN 348 BLACK AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Analyzes significant Black American literature of a variety of types-autobiography, essay,
fiction, poetry.

EN 349 ENGLISH BIBLE AS LITERATURE 3 S.h.

Considers literary aspects of English Bible by relating earlier translations to the Authorized
Version of 161 1 and by by tracing some of the major influences of King James Bible upon
writers and speakers of modern English.

206 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

EN 350 THE METAPHORIC PERSPECTIVE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Focuses on metaphor as a means of representing reality and understanding it better. Studies
use of metaphor in fiction, nonfiction and drama.

EN 351 THE LITERATURE OF DISCURSIVE REASON 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Examines literature that displays the mind's analytic process. Readings include essays and
other nonfiction as well as poetry, drama and fiction.

EN 352 SYMBOL AND ALLEGORY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Symbol and allegory are viewed as means of comprehending and expressing profound

aspects of existence. Distinction between symbolic and allegorical modes of thought is

explored.

EN 353 THE ORAL DIMENSION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Surveys oral tradition in literature, with focus on epic and lyric poetry, Bible passages,
sermons and speeches.

EN 360 ROMANTICISM 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Emphasizes understanding of Romantic literature from i*s development in Germany and
France to its flowering in England.

EN 361 THE RENAISSANCE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

The Renaissance in England is spotlighted, including its origins in Humanism. In addition to
literature, art, architecture and music are studied.

EN 362 CHIVALRY AND COURTLY LOVE 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

The Continental and Renaissance sources of chivalry and courtly love are traced and their
relationship to medievel literature is explored.

EN 363 THE PURITAN MIND IN ENGLAND AND AMERICA 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Studies literature dealing with Puritan concepts in 1 7th and 1 8th century England and Amer-
ica.

EN 370 MYTH AND LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Examines myth in literature, including classical, Norse, Egyptian and Celtic sources.

EN 371 HERO AND ANTI-HERO 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Examines protagonists who maintain or reject something inherited: myths, rituals, traditions,
customs, etc.

EN 372 ALIENATION IN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Views the separation of self from the external world as it is reflected in literature.

EN 373 CONCEPTS OF CHARACTER IN DRAMA AND NOVEL 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Explores techniques for portraying personality. Readings range from Sophocles to the 20th

century.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 207

EN 380 COUNTRY LIFE-CITY LIFE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Compares and contrasts literatures produced by two distinct social contexts and discusses
influences of each literature on the other.

EN 381 POVERTY AND CLASS IN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Examines literary works that treat complex theme of poverty and shows how these works
function as social documents and artistic forms.

EN 382 WAR IN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Represents war in literature from Homer's Iliad to the Eighth Air Force in Italy during World
War II. The intensification of other human experience is also depicted.

EN 383 MAN IN THE NATURAL WORLD 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 210

Studies how the natural world affects man's definition of himself and his goals.

EN 390 LITERARY TOUR: BRITAIN 3 s.h. or 6 s.h.

Offered selected summers, either for three weeks during Pre-Session or for six weeks during
Main Session. Visits London, Stratford, and Cambridge or Oxford, as well as other places
important in English literature.

EN 399 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.

On-the-job training opportunities in related areas.

EN 480 SEMINAR: STUDIES IN ENGLISH AND AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

A seminar in English or Amencan literature, the special topic to be chosen by the instructor.
Open to junior and senior English majors.

EN 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 2-3 s.h.

These courses vary from semester to semester, covering such diverse topics as autobiogra-
phy, science fiction, folklore, the political novel, black theater, etc.

EN 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.

Opportunities for independent study that goes beyond the usual classroom activities. Ap-
proval of department chairperson required.

ED 452 TEACHING OF ENGLISH AND COMMUNICATION IN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: EN 330

This course is a prerequisite to student teaching in English. Introduces student to current
professional practices in the teaching of English and communication in high school.

DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND

LITERATURES

JOSE M. CARRANZA, CHAIRPERSON: BRODE, DECOSTA, DRESCHER,
FISEL, FAUST, A.M. GUARDIOLA, A.P. GUARDIOLA, HENRY, HERNANDEZ,
JONES, LISCINSKY, MENDIZABAL, MILTZ, OP DE BEECK, PHILLIPS, READY,
SHIELDS, SOMMER, SPIEKER, SULLIVAN, VOELKER, WESTPHAL, WHIT-
MER, ZALAZAR.

Foreign language study is offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures.
Majors in French, German and Spanish are available as well as classes in Latin and Greek.
Courses in Self-Instruction in Critical Languages which provide for study in twenty African,

208 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Asiatic and European languages, including Japanese, Chinese, Arabic, Hebrew and Por-
tuguese, are also available.

Students who major in a language will acquire an active skill in all phases of that language
and enter more deeply into its history, culture and literature. They will also gain some
knowledge of its linguistic development throughout the centuries. Language specialists are
destined for careers in government work, librarianship, journalism, foreign trade, airlines,
tourism, business and teaching. Students who choose careers as secondary school teachers
will find the close supervision and advanced methodology offered by the department a
distinct asset. Students also may elect to do further graduate work in their language, thereby
enhancing their high school teaching careers or preparing themselves for a career in college
teaching.

Degrees offered are the Bachelor of Arts in the selected language, the Bachelor of Science
in Education in the selected language, and the Master of Education and Master of Arts in
Spanish and German. In addition to major concentrations, an 18 semester hour sequence
may be chosen for the area of concentration required for a degree in Elementary Education,
or a 21 semester hour sequence to satisfy the requirements for a minor in the College of
Humanities and Social Sciences. Foreign language majors are required to take HI 101-102,
History of Civilization I and II.

GENERAL EDUCATION LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS

Students in the Colleges of Natural Sciences and Mathematics and Humanities and Social
Sciences, who must pass a second year language course (FL 251 and 252) as a College's
requirements for graduation, may choose any one of the five languages offered. The six
semester hours for these courses are part of the General Education requirement. Self-
instruction in Critical Languages fulfills the General Education requirement only in the College
of Humanities and Social Sciences.The student with no previous foreign language study will
take FL 1 51 -1 52 (three semester hours each) as prerequisites; the credits will not be applica-
ble to any College or Departmental requirements, but may be counted as general electives
in the total required for graduation. Generally, the student should program in accordance with
previous school or practical background according to the schedule;

1 year of high school, or equivalent, equals FL 151

2 years of high school, or equivalent, equals FL 152

3 years of high school, or equivalent, equals FL 251

4 years of high school, or equivalent, equals FL 252

Individual placement may be requested by the student, in which case the pertinent factors
regarding preparation will be weighed by the department, with the student's individual re-
quirements and the judgment of classroom instructors also being considered.

CURRICULA

B.A. in the Specified Language

The requirement for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the specified language is 36 semester
hours in the chosen language above the first year level, as follows:

Foreign Language

FL 251-252 Language III and IV

FL 053-054 Oral Practice

FL 351-352 Advanced Language I and II

FL 055-056 Advanced Oral Practice I and II

FL 361-362 Development of Culture and

Literature I and IT*
FL Electives

6

s.h.

4

s.h.

6

s.h.

2

s.h.

6

s.h.

2

s.h.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 209

Minor in Foreign Language

A minor in a foreign language consists of 21 semester hours, as follows:

FL 251-252 6 s.h.

FL 053-054 4 s.h.

FL 351-352 6 s.h.

FL 055-056 2 S.h.

FL 361 3 s.h.

**Students majoring in Spanish may select the sequence 361 -362 or 363-364. Upon comple-
tion of either sequence, either course from the other sequence may be selected.

B.S. in Education (Foreign Language Major)

The requirement for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with a foreign language
major is a minimum of 33 semester hours in the major language above the first year level
and, in addition, three semester hours in the Teaching of Foreign Language in the Secondary
School (ED 453), for a total of 36 semester hours. Also, a proficiency examination in the
major language chosen and a semester of supervised student teaching is necessary before
certification is granted.

Foreign Language

FL

251-252

Language III and IV

6 s.h.

FL

053-054

Oral Practice

4 s.h.

FL

351-352

Advanced Language 1 and II

6 s.h.

FL

055-056

Advanced Oral Practice 1 and IT*

2 s.h.

FL

361-362

Development of Culture and

Literature 1 and II

6 s.h.

FL

Electives

9 s.h.

**Students majoring in Spanish may select the sequence 361-362 or 363-364. Upon comple-
tion of either sequence, either course from the other sequence may be selected.

Education

ED 453 Teaching of Foreign Language in

the Secondary School 3 s.h.

A foreign language education major may be certified in a second foreign language after
completing 24 semester hours in this language as follows:

FL 251-252 6 S.h.

FL 351-352 6 S.h.

FL 361-362 or

FL 363-364 6 S.h.

FL 053-054 4 s.h.

FL 055-056 2 S.h.

A student in Elementary Education may elect a concentration of 18 semester hours of a
foreign language, consisting of the following:

FL 251-252 6 S.h.

FL 053-054 4 s.h.

FL 351-352 6 S.h.

FL 055-056 2 s.h.

Study Abroad

lUP offers study programs in Valladolid, Spain; Duisburg, Germany; Nancy, France; and
Jalapa, (Mexico. Students interested in participating in either the Duisburg or Nancy program
must register for FL 100 and pay an administration fee. For further information, contact the
Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures.

210 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FR, GM, GK, LA, SP, 151-152 FRENCH, GERMAN, GREEK, LATIN,
SPANISH I and II 3 s.h. each

For beginning students; pronunciation, reading, oral and written communication are the
objectives. Majors take 051 and 052 concurrently with 151-152.

FR, GM, SP 151-2 ACCELERATED FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH I AND II 6 s.h. each
By attending class six hours each week, the student completes the elementary sequence
(6 credits) in one semester. The intensive sections present the same basic language skills
that are taught in the regular FL 151-152 classes with slightly greater emphasis on the
mastery of the spoken language.

FR, GM, SP, 051-052 CONVERSATIONAL PRACTICE I AND II 2 s.h. each

Two hours weekly conversational practice in small groups, to improve pronunciation and oral

proficency.

FR, GM, SP 101 INTENSIVE ELEMENTARY FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH 6 s.h. ea.
Student completes sequence in one semester(6 s.h.). Using Dartmouth Intensive Language
Model(DiLM), sections emphasize mastery of spoken language as well as basic language
skills. Classes are 45 minutes each; drill sessions are 40 minutes each, and meet Monday
through Friday.

FR, GM, SP 201 INTENSIVE INTERMEDIATE FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH 6 s.h. ea.
Student completes sequence in,one semester(6 s.h.). Using Dartmouth Intensive Language
Model(DILM), students develop language skills with emphasis on oral competency. Classes
are 45 minutes each; drill sessions are 40 minutes each, and meet Monday through Friday.

FR, GM, GK, LA, SP 251-252 FRENCH, GERMAN, GREEK, LATIN,
SPANISH III AND IV 3 s.h. each

Continued training in basic skills, with possible addition of study of specific topics; consult
the department for topics of interest. Majors take 053-054 (or 051-052) concurrently.

FR, GM, SP 251-2 ACCELERATED FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH III AND IV 6 s.h.

Bv attending class six hours each week, the student completes the intermediate sequence
(6 credits) in one semester. The intensive sections continue to develop basic language skills
with a slightly greater emphasis upon the mastery of the spoken language.

FR, GM, SP 053-054 CONVERSATION III AND IV 2 s.h. each

Improves oral skills to a higher level, through conversation and discussion.

FR, GM, GK, LA, SP 351-352 ADVANCED FRENCH, GERMAN, GREEK, LATIN,
SPANISH LANGUAGE I AND II 3 s.h. each

Reviews grammar in depth; analyzes the structure of the language; frequent themes re-
quired. Majors take 053-054, or 055-056 concurrently.

FR, GM, SP 055-056 ADVANCED CONVERSATION I AND II 1 s.h. each

Designed to increase speaking ability. The variety of content permits repetitions of these
relatively informal courses.

FR 361-362 DEVELOPMENT OF FRENCH CULTURE AND LITERATURE

i AND II 3 s.h. each

GM 361-362 DEVELOPMENT OF GERMAN CULTURE AND LITERATURE

I AND II 3 s.h. each

SP 361-362 DEVELOPMENT OF SPANISH CULTURE AND LITERATURE

I AND II 3 s.h. each

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 211

SP 363-364 DEVELOPMENT OF SPANISH-AMERICAN CULTURE AND LITERATURE I
AND II 3 s.h. each

Study of the historical and cultural aspects of countries involved; review of their function in
the world over the centuries; analysis of the literary schools and evolution.

Elective Courses in French

FR 253 INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION 3 s.h.

Intermediate course in grammar, reading, composition and some oral work. Can substitute
for or be in addition to FR 252 for majors or serious students.

FR 254 COMMERCIAL FRENCH 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FR 251 or equivalent

Commercial letter writing, use of technical language, survey of special business practices
and methods of French-speaking commercial systems and problems of translation are stud-
ied. The course is a regular substitute for FR 251.

FR 255 THE ART OF TRANSLATION (VERSION) 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: FR 252 or equivalent

Practice in the skills needed to translate from the foreign language into English. Students
will analyze problems of translation as they occur in scientific, business, journalistic and
literary texts.

FR 363 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 3 s.h.

FR 365 SEVENTEENTH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s.h.

FR 366 EIGHTEENTH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s.h.

FR 367 NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s.h.

FR 368 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Designed to present general surveys of literature of respective periods, with due considera-
tion to social factors and events behind them.

FR 371 THE FRENCH NOVEL 3 s.h.

Elective survey of the origin and development of French Novel. A selected list of works
representative of major forms are read in their entirety.

FR 372 STUDIES IN CONTEMPORARY FRENCH LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Content of this course will vary in accordance with needs and interests of those who elect
it.

FR 461 STRUCTURES OF FRENCH AND ENGLISH 3 s.h.

Modern methods of linguistic analysis applied to a study of French syntax, transformational,
distributional and traditional models serve to explain mechanisms of the language with a
pedagogical intent.

FR 481 SPECIAL TOPIC 3 s.h.

Designed to meet special needs of a student group.

FR 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

An opportunity to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic dealing with the French
language and culture through consultation with a faculty member. Permission required.

FR 499 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.

(See course description for GM 499)

212 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Elective courses in German

GM 253 INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION 3 s.h.

Can be taken instead or in addition to 252. Designed for majors or serious students. Offered
in spring only.

GM 254 BUSINESS GERMAN 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GM 251 or equivalent

A one semester course which can be taken instead of German 252 by students interested
in business or as part of the General Education requirement (equivalent to German IV).
Business practices and specialized business vocabulary, letter writing, and problems of
translation are emphasized.

GM 256 SCIENTIFIC GERMAN 3 s.h.

Designed to substitute for German 252, will be offered in the second semester. Primarily for
science majors, it may be taken as an elective by German majors.

GM 363-364 INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN LITERATURE I AND II 3 s.h. each

Selected readings in German poetry, drama, and fiction, to acquaint student with some
techniques for intelligent understanding and formal criticism of works of literature.

GM 367 NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

GM 368 TWENTIETH CENTURY GERMAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

GM 369 CONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

GM 370-371 THE AGE OF GOETHE I AND 11 3-6 s.h.

GM 381 GERMAN DRAMA IN ENGLISH TRANSLATION 3 s.h.

Representative works of major dramatists in English translation. Primarily intended for stu-
dents of English literature, comparative literature, and not considered as credit toward a
German major.

GM 391 SPECIAL PROJECTS IN GERMAN LITERATURE 1-3 s.h.

Devoted to a special aspect of German language or literature. May be arranged for individual
or group study. Permission of Department required.

GM 410 HISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE 3 s.h.

History and development of German Language, with special emphasis on relationships with
English. Analysis of annals in Gothic, Old High German and Middle High German using
methods of historical and contemporary linguistics.

GM 480 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GERMAN LANGUAGE OR LITERATURE 1-3 s.h.

Devoted to a special aspect of German language or literature. May be arranged for individual
or group study. Permission required.

GM 481 SPECIAL TOPIC 3 s.h.

Designed to meet the special needs of a student group.

GM 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

An opportunity to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic dealing with the German
language and culture through consultation with a faculty member. Permission required.

GM 499 INTERNSHIP IN GERMANY 3-12 s.h.

Prerequisite: German 352 or equivalent

A supervised field experience in Germany with approved public agencies and institutions or
private firms; no longer than one semester and no less than one month. Positions will be
matched as closely as possible with the intern's personal interests and his degree of profi-
ciency in the German language. Academic work at the Gesamthochschule in Duisburg may

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 213

precede or follow the Internship. Open to students in other disciplines, such as Political
Science, International Relations, Business, etc., with their adviser's approval.

FL 100 STUDY ABROAD

A student wishing to spend a semester or a year abroad may enroll at the University of
Duisburg in Germany or at the University of Nancy in France. This may be done in conjunction
with an internship abroad.

Elective Courses in Latin

LA 361 DEVELOPMENT OF ROMAN CULTURE AND LITERATURE 3 s.h.

LA 362 LATIN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 3 s.h.

Aims at the ability to speak Latin on a conversational level and to write grammatically correct
Latin prose.

LA 371-372 SURVEY OF LATIN LITERATURE I AND II 3 s.h. each

This course sequence will give a comprehensive view of Latin literature from Ennius to the
Middle Ages.

LA 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

An opportunity to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic dealing with the Latin
language and culture through consultation with a faculty member. Permission.

Elective Courses in Spanish

SP 253 INTERMEDIATE COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION 3 s.h.

Given according to demand and staff availability.

SP 254 COMMERCIAL SPANISH 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SP 252 or equivalent

Practice with letter writing, technical business terms, and methods of Spanish speaking
commercial systems and transactions, and translations.

SP 365 SPANISH LITERATURE BEFORE 1650 3 s.h.

SP 367 NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH LITERATURE 3 s.h.

SP 368 TWENTIETH CENTURY SPANISH LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Present general surveys of literature of respective periods, with due consideration to social
factors and events behind them.

SP 370 GOLDEN AGE DRAMA 3 s.h.

Traces the development of Spanish theater and examines its artistic and spiritual flowering
in Baroque period.

SP 371 THE SPANISH NOVEL 3 s.h.

After a brief survey of origins and trends of the Spanish novel, major stress is given to the
Nineteenth Century Novel and the Generation of 98.

SP 376 SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 s.h.

Following a consideration of the salient tendencies of Spanish-American Literature, this
course may take form of a comprehensive survey, or it may concentrate its attention upon
the novel of social thesis.

SP 389 PENNSYLVANIA-VALLADOLID PROGRAM 21 s.h.

Contact Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures.

SP 390 SPANISH IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Spanish 251-252 or equivalent

214 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

The prospective teacher of Spanish on the elementary level is introduced to materials
suitable for Grades 1 through 6. Preparation of games, songs, poems and story telling
included.

SP 402 TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.

Fundamental translation skills for use in business and industry as well as in academic and
popular fields.

SP 480 MEXICO SUMMER PROGRAM 3-6 s.h.

Contact Chairpeson, Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures.

SP 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 s.h.

Designed to meet special needs of a student group, mainly related to Spanish American
Literature.

SP 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

An opportunity to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic dealing with the Spanish
language and culture through consultation with a facuty member. Permission required.

SP 499 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.

Opportunities in Spain, Mexico and the U.S.A. (See course description for GM 499). For
further information concerning Internships in France, Spain and Mexico, contact the Chairp-
erson, Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures.

Linguistics

FL 421 LANGUAGE AND SOCIETY 3 s.h.

The student considers salient facts of language and its role in society and culture. Language
families, linguistic change and reciprocal influences of culture and language are presented.

FL 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

An opportunity to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic dealing with an aspect of
foreign languages through consultation with a faculty member. Permission required.

FL 499 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.

Critical Language Program

A self-instructional course for the study of rare languages not taught in the classroom. The
students are provided with texts, cassettes and the services of a native speaker. A $40
semester special fee for audio services and examinations is charged in addition to tuition.
Professional teachers of language from other universities will test performance. Students
interested must contact the coordinator at least one semester before taking the course. Each
course is worth 3 s.h.

The following languages are available for study: Arabic, Chinese, Dutch, Modern Greek,
Modern Hebrew, Classical Hebrew, Hindi, Hungarian, Italian Japanese, Korean, Persian,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Serbo-Croatian, Swahili, Swedish, Tagalog, Thai, Turkish, Viet-
namese,

The following numbers will be used to program:

FL I (1st semester) CL 491

FL II (2nd semester) CL 492

FL III (3rd semester) CL 493

FL IV (4th semester) CL 494
The language will be indicated as follows:

CL 492 Hindi II

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 215

Education

ED 453 TEACHING OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Successful completion of 351-352 and 055-056 in the student's nnajor lan-
guage; passage of a language proficiency examination or permission of the instructor. Meth-
ods and material for secondary school teaching, current theories and techniques, and class-
room demonstrations are given. (Course taught in Fall Semester only).

GEOGRAPHY AND REGIONAL PLANNING DEPARTMENT

RUTH I. SHIREY, CHAIRPERSON: BALLAS, FORBES, HEIDEN, KULKARNI,
MILLER, PAYNE, TEPPER, WEBER, ZACUR.

GEOGRAPHY has two traditions of study. The first is the study of relationships between man
and environment or the ecological tradition. The second is the study of spatial organization,
which involves the way man uses space on the earth's surface. In both traditions the focus
is on understanding regions of the world and the interactions within and between them.
Geographers make important contributions to the understanding of all aspects of man's use
of and impact on the earth's surface.

REGIONAL PLANNING involves preparing for the future. The demands and effects of a large
and growing population require that land use, resource use, settlement patterns, transporta-
tion systems and economic activity be planned. Regional planning is concerned with the
social, economic, locational and environmental aspects of these planning decisions.

GEOGRAPHY and REGIONAL PLANNING are in the same department because 'planning
is the art of which geography is the science.'

Employment opportunities for geographers and regional planners are good. Students will find
a wide variety of positions in government, business, industry, planning and education availa-
ble. Environmental and locational knowledge gained in the department's programs provide
skills needed in the job market.

Three degree programs are offered by the department: (1) Bachelor of Arts in Geography;
(2) Bachelor of Science in Regional Planning; (3) Bachelor of Science in Social Science
Education with a concentration in Geography.

CURRICULA

BACHELOR OF ARTS (B.A.) IN GEOGRAPHY

Students in the B.A. program in geography must complete 36 semester hours, including the
following courses: GE 230, GE 241, any regional course, GE 312, GE 313 or GE 314, and
■GE 411. The remaining 18 semester hours may be elected from any of the department's
geography offerings. The student may develop a concentration in human geography, physi-
cal/environmental geography, planning, regional geography or philosophy, methods and
techniques. The geography major may elect to do an internship.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (B.S.) IN REGIONAL PLANNING

Students must complete 36 semester hours for the regional planning major. The required
courses are: GE 312, GE 313 or GE 314, GE 360, GE 361, GE 462, GE 463, and GE 464
for a total of 21 semester hours. Of the remaining 15 semester hours, nine must be taken
from the following: GE 230, GE 231, GE 241, GE 331, GE 335, GE 336, GE 341, GE 342,
GE 41 1 or GE 432. The remaining six semester hours must be taken from GE 313 or 314,
GE 332, GE 415 and GE 440. Additionally, the student is required to do a 21 semester hour
interdisciplinary minor or a 15-21 semester hour minor in an approved field. An internship
maybe elected.

216 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SOCIAL SCIENCE EDUCATION (GEOGRAPHY
CONCENTRATION)

Students concentrating in geography in the social science education program must take a
minimum of 15 semester hours as follows (department recommends 24 semester hours in
the concentration): GE 101 and GE 231 or GE 332 and GE 341 or GE 342 and GE 102 plus
two regional courses and one additional 3 semester hour geography course.

MINOR IN GEOGRAPHY

A minor in geography is appropriate for majors in all other fields of the natural and social
sciences. Students of business also find this minor relevant. A minor consists of minimum
of 1 5 semester hours in geography. A student may elect any combination of courses for the
minor. The department suggests that students take the core program if they anticipate doing
graduate work in geography. Students might also consider concentrating in one of the areas
of the field indicated by the section in the course descriptions below.

MINOR IN REGIONAL PLANNING

A minor consists of a minimum of 15 semester hours of course work as follows: GE 360, GE
361, GE 462, GE 463 and 332, or GE 440.

Minors in geography and regional planning may elect an internship.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

General Education Courses

GE 101 WORLD GEOGRAPHY: MAN AND ENVIRONMENT ^2 s.h.

Study of man's relationship with the earth accomplished through study of physical, cultural,
economic and demographic factors.

GE 102 GEOGRAPHY OF UNITED STATES AND CANADA 3 s.h.

The cultural landscape of North America is studied. The relationship between man and
environment is examined and spatial patterns of environment, economy, society and politics
are considered.

Human Geography

GE 230 CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

May be taken in place of GE 101. Introduction to cultural geography, including population,
settlement, historical, urban and political geography, human relationships with the natural
environment and the literature and methods of cultural geography.

GE 231 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Introduction to geographic concepts, methods and skills related to spatial patterns of produc-
tion, consumption and exchange over the earth's surface.

GE 331 POPULATION GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Spatial variations in numbers, characteristics and dynamics of human population, models
and theoretical constructs relevant to demographic structures and processes are studied, as
well as major world and regional problems.

GE 332 URBAN GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Basic principles of urban geography including site, situation, function , urban land use, urban
structure and urban hierarchy are introduced. Relationships between urban geography and
urban planning are explored.

GE 333 TRADE AND TRANSPORTATION 3 s.h.

Deals with the spatial aspects of transportation systems rights of future generations, and

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 217

their use. Circulation, accessibility, time and distance concepts and trade patterns are dis-
cussed.

GE 334 POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Geographic factors and conditions are analyzed as they relate to the character and function
of states. Political institutions are evaluated in light of geographic conditions.

GE 335 GEOGRAPHY OF ENERGY 3 s.h.

Energy production and consumption in human societies through time are considered to
provide the background necessary for understanding contemporary problems. Emphasis is
on locational and environmental aspects of energy in the United States.

GE 336 SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Spatial dimensions of the American society is the focus of this course. The distnbution of
various social groups and their impact on the landscape are considered.

GE 337 HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Studies of past geographies, geographical change through time and historical perspectives
on the cultural landscape are included. Histohcal geography of the United States is empha-
sized.

GE 431 GEOGRAPHY OF AMERICAN INDIANS 3 s.h.

The historical/cultural geography of Native Americans is the focus. Population, resources,
land use, development, settlement patterns and other selected topics are covered.

GE 432 GEOGRAPHY OF CRIME 3 s.h.

The geographical context of crime is examined from historical and contemporary viewpoints.
Relevant concepts and analytical approaches are introduced.

Physical/Environmental Geography

GE 241 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Introduction to physical geography including study of weather, climate, soils, vegetation,
landforms, energy cycles and the hydrologic cycle. Maps and air photographs are used.

GE 341 CLIMATOLOGY I 3 s.h.

The elements of weather and climate and the climatic regions of the earth are studied in
relation to other aspects of the physical and biological environment.

GE 342 PHYSIOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

The study of landforms and water features is the focus of this course. Types, distribution and
processes of formation are considered in relationship to the human landscape.

GE 440 CONSERVATION: ENVIRONMENTAL ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

Problems of exploitation and utilization of regional resources such as soils, minerals, forests
and wildlife are considered in relation to population growth and regional planning and devel-
opment.

Planning

GE 360 INTRODUCTION TO PLANNING 3 s.h.

Introduction to field of planning on city, metropolitan, regional and county levels. Included
are: intergovernmental context and legislative basis for planning; the comprehensive plan;
plan implementation and the planning agency.

GE 361 PLANNING: BASIC STUDIES AND ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GE 360

Research, analytical design and plan-making techniques in urban and regional planning.
Examines basic items necessary to prepare urban and regional comprehensive plans.

218 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

GE 462 PLANNING: DEVELOPMENT, PRINCIPLES AND THEORY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GE 360

Examines process of city planning during ancient, medieval, renaissance and modern peri-
ods. A review of early planning in America, as well as present city planning is included.

GE 463 PLANNING: DESIGN 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GE 360

Presents concepts of city, subdivision and transportation design in relation to topography,
natural resources and other physical elements.

GE 464 LAND USE POLICY 3 s.h.

Basic concepts of land use policy at the national, regional, county and local levels are
treated. Analysis is made of various land use policies.

Regional Geography

GE 251 GEOGRAPHY OF PENNSYLVANIA 3 s.h.

Regions of Pennsylvania are examined in detail to identify man-environment relationships.
Soils, topography, climate, vegetation, population and economic patterns are studied.

GE 252 GEOGRAPHY OF LATIN AMERICA 3 s.h.

Impact of rapid population growth and economic development on the environment and
spatial organization of Latin America are considered. The resource base and cultural heritage
of the region are studied.

GE 253 GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE 3 s.h.

Investigates relationships underlying land use, dominant international problems, boundary
disputes and regional complexes of European continent.

GE 254 GEOGRAPHY OF USSR 3 s.h.

Regions of the Soviet Union, natural resources, cultural patterns, population, strategic areas
and related geopolitical problems are studied.

GE 255 GEOGRAPHY OF AFRICA 3 s.h.

Systematic survey of the physical, economic, political- historical, and cultural geography of
the continent is followed by regional studies of countries and peoples in Africa, south of the
Sahara.

GE 256 GEOGRAPHY OF EAST ASIA 3 s.h.

Studies China, Japan, Korea, Outer Mongolia, Taiwan geographic background for develop-
ment and wise use and restoration of natural resources dealt with.

GE 257 GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA 3 s.h.

India, Pakistan, Bangia Desh, Sri Lanka, Burma, Thailand, Laos, Cambodia, Vietnam,
Malaysia and Indonesia are studied with special attention to regional similarities and differ-
ences, particularly as they pertain to human adjustment.

Philosophy, Methods, and Techniques

GE 41 1 GEOGRAPHY: THOUGHT AND PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.

Seminar limited to junior and senior majors with at least 1 2 semester hours in geography.
Deals with history of the discipline, great ideas, leading problems and unresolved iss-
ues.

GE 312 RESEARCH IN GEOGRAPHY AND PLANNING 3 s.h.

Introduction to the basic elements of research in the context of orderly scientific investiga-
tion. Emphasizes the application of research methodology to specific geographic and plan-
ning problems.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 219

GE 313 CARTOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Gives an understanding of the compilation and use of maps and develops an ability to
construct various types of maps.

GE 314 MAP AND PHOTOGRAPH INTERPRETATION 3 s.h.

Maps and air photographs, along with remote sensing materials, permits inventory and
analysis of geologic, land use, urban development and other landscape phenomena. The
understanding of these materials and associated tools for their use is presented.

GE 415 REMOTE SENSING 3 s.h.

Deals with air photographs, satellite imagery, thermal sensing, radar imagery and their
application to deriving information about the Earth's physical and cultural landscapes.

Other

GE 371 AEROSPACE WORKSHOP 3 s.h.

Develops an appreciation and provides information related to aerospace activities and contri-
butions; offers background for teaching aerospace courses, discusses aviation/ space ca-
reers and presents the basic principles of flying (usually including some flight instruction).

GE 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 s.h.

Topical courses offered on an experimental basis. Check department schedule for these
offerings.

GE 498 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.

Professional learning experience with emphasis on application of academic background.
Open to majors and minors in geography and regional planning with 75 semester hours and
15 semester hours in the department, respectively. See internship supervisor for additional
information.

GE 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3-6 s.h.

Independent research and study under faculty direction. Interested students should ap-
proach department chairperson for information.

ED 455 TEACHING OF SOCIAL SCIENCE IN SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Study of modern methods and techniques for teaching social science and of current curricula
in social science.

HISTORY DEPARTMENT

JOHN F. KADLUBOWSKI, CHAIRPERSON: CASHDOLLAR, CORD, FERGU-
SON, FRICKE, GALLANAR, GOODRICH, HATFIELD, KRUPNIK, LANDON,
LEHMAN, MARCUS, MASTRO, MILLER, MOORE, OLIVER, RIFE, SMITH,
WILEY.

Programs in history are designed to give both those who major in history in the College of
Humanities and Social Sciences, and those who concentrate in history in the College of
Education an opportunity to study in some depth the past story of man and his world. Degrees
offered by the History Department are the Bachelor of Arts in History and the Bachelor of
Science in Education with a major in Social Studies, concentrating in history. The first
program is under the College of Humanities and Social Sciences, and the second is under
the College of Education.

The history student will find that the program is excellent preparation for government service,
for pre-law training, for broad business opportunities, for work in varied fields of journalism,
for archival positions, and for teaching. Not only the story of the people of the United States,
but also that of other peoples is covered in the belief that historical understanding is essential
for the future of mankind.

220 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

CURRICULA

Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in History are 30 semester hours in history.
Requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with a major in Social
Studies, concentrating on history, are a minimum or 15 semester hours in history within the
42 semester hours required for social science certification. The requirement for a minor in
history is 1 5 semester hours. For all history programs, courses in history in General Education
are applicable. Although there are no prerequisites to history courses, all programs should
be planned with an adviser. Every major and concentrate in history will be advised by History
Department staff members.

Admission to History 482 and 483, initiation in the local chapters of Phi Alpha Theta and Pi
Gamma Mu, participation in study tours and study-abroad programs and other activities
should be investigated by every history student. The department is committed to the idea
of a broad education.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HI 101 HISTORY OF CIVILIZATION I 3 s.h.

Survey course, presenting in various forms origin and development of Western man's major
political, social, economic, relilgious and intellectual institutions to approximately 1600 A.D.

HI 102 HISTORY OF CIVILIZATION II 2 or 3 s.h.

Survey of man's development from 1600 A.D. to present, in which economic, political, social
and intellectual trends are discussed.

HI 103 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES AND PENNSYLVANIA I 3 s.h.

Survey of American history from colonization to 1 865, with attention to Pennsylvania, colonial
v^ foundations, emergence of Federal Union, political and social reform and controversy over
sectionalism and slavery.

HI 104 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES AND PENNSYLVANIA II 3 s.h.

Survey of history of the United States and Pennsylvania since 1865, with emphasis on major
economic, political and social trends and development of American culture. Also considered
is role of America in world affairs.

HI 112 HISTORY SATELLITES 1 s.h.

A variety of topics from Civilization which, when combined with a 2-credit History of Civiliza-
tion II (H1 102), will fulfill a requirement in the Social Science package in General Education.

HI 200 INTRODUCTION TO HISTORY 3 s.h.

For history majors and concentrates. Topics include philosophy of history, important schools
of history and historians, and methods of historical research. Student is encouraged to
become a better historian and to identify with historical profession.

HI 210 HISTORY OF lUP 3 s.h.

The focus is the evolution of Indiana as an institution. Emphasis is placed on the direction,
the atmosphere, and and the interrelation of the school to the world at large. Attention is
given to the development of various internal areas. The Univeristy Archives and resource
persons are utilized.

HI 301 HISTORY OF GREECE 3 s.h.

Will analyze major political, social, and economic developments in ancient Greek civilization
from Bronze Age to death of Alexander.

HI 302 HISTORY OF ROME 3 s.h.

Will trace Roman history from early Republic down to fall of Empire. Roman political theory
will be particularly emphasized.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 221

Hi 303 MEDIEVAL EUROPE I, 400-1000 3 s.h.

History of early Medieval Europe, from decline of Rome to beginnings of High Middle Ages;
emphasis on political, social, economic, religious and intellectual developments.

HI 304 MEDIEVAL EUROPE II, 1000-1300 3 s.h.

History of late Medieval Europe, from High Middle Ages to Renaissance period; emphasis
on political, social, economic, religious and intellectual developments.

HI 305 RENAISSANCE AND REFORMATION 3 s.h.

History of Europe from c. 1250; rise of commercial city. Kings, and pressures on Christian
Church to 1 600. Some consideration of technology and voyages.

HI 306 EARLY MODERN EUROPE 3 s.h.

Greatness of France under Louis XIV; Sweden; Thirty Years' War. Emergence of modern
society; French Revolution.

HI 307 HISTORY OF EUROPE: 1815-1914 3 s.h.

Study of Europe in 1 9th century, with emphasis on the emergence of major thought patterns,
Romanticism, Nationalism, Socialism and Positivism.

HI 308 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE 3 s.h.

Political, economic, and diplomatic trends in Europe since 1900, with major emphasis on
causes and results of war, and search for security.

HI 320 HISTORY OF ENGLAND TO 1688 3 s.h.

Survey of growth of English nation, with emphasis on political, social and economic develop-
ments leading to 17th century conflict between Crown and Parliament.

HI 321 HISTORY OF ENGLAND, 1688 TO PRESENT 3 s.h.

Survey of growth of England as a democratic constitutional monarchy. Attention directed to
industrial revolution, and to imperial expansion and England's role in 20th century world.
Attention given to social and cultural history.

HI 322 FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON 3 s.h.

Brief sketch of Old Regime, concentration on Revolution, and Empire, with emphasis on
politics, social structure, diplomacy and economics.

HI 323 MODERN FRANCE 3 s.h.

Investigation of political, cultural, economic and social developments since 1815. Discus-
sions and readings.

HI 324 HISTORY OF GERMANY TO 1848 3 s.h.

Study of German nation from its prehistoric origins, emphasizing medieval and early modern
phases, to 1848.

HI 325 HISTORY OF GERMANY: 1849-TO THE PRESENT 3 s.h.

Study of development of modern Germany from Revolution of 1848, including impehal
republican and totalitarian phases, to post-War formation of East and West Germany.

HI 326 HISTORY OF RUSSIA 3 s.h.

General survey of Russian history, culture and institutions. Special consideration given to
study of historical forces formative of Revolution of 1917.

HI 327 HISTORY OF SOVIET RUSSIA 3 s.h.

General survey of contemporary Soviet history, culture and institutions. Special consideration
given to study of communist theory and its place in current Russian historiography.

HI 330 HISTORY OF THE ISLAMIC CIVILIZATION 3 s.h.

An approach to Learning about a non-Western culture: Muhammad, Arabs, Muslims as

222 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

creators of a great civilization from rise of Islam to 1800; emphasis on cultural institutions
of Islam and their interrelationships within Middle East.

HI 331 MODERN MIDDLE EAST 3 s.h.

Survey of changes that have taken place in Middle East and in Islam since eighteeth century
and of contemporary problems in that region.

HI 335 HISTORY OF THE FAR EAST 3 s.h.

History of China and Japan from ancient times, Buddhism, medieval Japan; Chinese Commu-
nism, industrialization. Some consideration of peripheral Asia from 1500.

HI 340 COLONIAL AMERICA 3 s.h.

Survey of original thirteen states from their inception as colonies within British empire to
1763, the eve of independence. Attention given to their political development; economic
position within empire; relations with Indians; and evolution of social, educational and reli-
gious life.

HI 341 AMERICAN REVOLUTION 3 s.h.

An examination of Whig-Tory participants of American Revolution. Examines events from
1763 to 1783. Changing interpretations of the courses and effects of the revolution will be
discussed.

HI 342 THE EARLY REPUBLIC 3 s.h.

Survey of United States history from 1783 to 1850, with special attention on constitutional,
political, economic and social trends.

HI 343 CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 3 s.h.

Study of failure of American democracy to cope with issues of mid-nineteenth century,
followed by political, economic, military and social developments during War and reconcilia-
tion of North and South.

HI 344 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES, 1876-1900 3 s.h.

Stresses reaction of various segments of heterogeneous population to rapid industrialization,
urbanization and corporatization of American life and emergence of U.S. as a world power,
special attention to formation of new institutions.

HI 345 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 1900-1929 3 s.h.

Emphasis on political, social, economic and diplomatic developments in American history
between 1 900 and 1 929.

HI 346 RECENT UNITED STATES HISTORY 3 s.h.

Study of political, economic, and cultural changes in American life since 1929; examines
roots of social problems facing us today. Some recent foreign policy trends also studied.

HI 350 HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA: COLONIAL PERIOD, 1450-1820 3 s.h.

Study of life of people, Indian cultures, conquest by Spaniards and Portuguese, government
during Colonial Period, and Wars of Independence.

HI 351 HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA: NATIONAL PERIOD, 1820-PRESENT 3 s.h.

Study of history of nations which have emerged since independence; emphasis on economic,
political, cultural, and social developments of these nations, as well as relationships of these
nations to others in the Hemisphere.

HI 360 HISTORY OF PENNSYLVANIA 3 s.h.

Emphasizes the cultural, economic, political and social development of our state in its various
periods from colonial to today. Special attention given to diversity of Pennsylvania's people,
their institutions and problems.

HI 361 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN RELATIONS, 1775-1900 3 s.h.

Traces Foreign Relations of United States from Independence to emergence as a world

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 223

power. Topics concentrate on themes of commercial relations, political isolation, expansion,
and debate over imperialism

HI 362 HISTORY OF AMERICAN DIPLOMACY 1900-PRESENT 3 s.h.

Treats primarily our 20th century involvement in world affairs and domestic debate over that
involvement. Special emphasis will be placed on role of interest groups and increasing power
of Executive Department over Foreign Affairs.

HI 363 THOUGHT AND CULTURE, EARLY AMERICA 3 s.h.

Selected topics in early American intellectual and cultural growth, with emphasis on Puritan-
ism, Enlightenment, cultural nationalism, and Romantic movement.

HI 364 THOUGHT AND CULTURE, MODERN AMERICA 3 s.h.

Selected treatment of historical development of modern American movements in social and
political thought, religion philosophy, fine arts, and literature.

HI 365 HISTORY OF BLACK AMERICA SINCE EMANCIPATION 3 s.h.

Description and analysis of role of blacks in history of United States since Civil War; emphasis
on key leaders, major organizations, leading movements and crucial ideologies of blacks in
modern America.

HI 367 ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES 3 s.h.

Historical development of economic institutions in American life since Independence; em-
phasis on farming, labor, transportation, banking and manufacturing.

HI 368 U.S. URBAN HISTORY 3 s.h.

A survey of American cities from their beginnings to present emphasizing relationship of
urban history to social science theory, and stages and process of city development.

HI 369 WOMEN IN AMERICA 3 s.h.

A study of the activities of women from the colonial to the modern era-evaluating the culture,
societal, religious, economic and political frameworks. It will review women's involvement in
movements for feminism, social reform, unionism and the abolition of slavery. Film will be
utilized to determine society's changing perspectives of of women.

HI 370 RELIGION IN AMERICA 3 s.h.

A history of religious belief and practice in the United States from the colonial period to the
present, witfi an emphasis on the last one hundred years.

HI 372 HISTORY OF THE EARLY AMERICAN WORKING CLASS 3 s.h.

Description and analysis of the nature and significance of the working class of the United
States in the 18th and 19th centuries. The work settings and communities of workers will be
examined as well as unions such as the National Labor Union and the Knights of Labor.

HI 373 HISTORY OF THE MODERN AMERICAN WORKING CLASS 3 s.h.

Description and analysis of the nature and significance of the working class of the United
States in the 20th century. Work settings and strikes will be examined and analyzed as well
as unions such as the United Mine Workers and the United Auto Workers and labor leaders
including Samuel Gompers, John L. Lewis and George Meany.

HI 374 HISTORY OF ORGANIZED CRIME 3 s.h.

This coursed studies the relationship between urban, entrepreneurial crime, and the evolu-
tion of industrial America.

HI 390 HISTORY OF WOMEN - WORLD CULTURES 3 s.h.

Explores religious, legal, political and mythic dimensions of women in society from ancient
to modern times, including Eastern, Western and American experiences.

HI 391 FILM AS HISTORY 3 s.h.

Particularly concerned with probing relationship between cinema and society. History of film

224 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

is explored and student is given some background in film interpretation and cinematography,
the western, science fiction, police films, and great foreign and American detective films.

HI 392 CRIMES AND PUNISHMENT IN HISTORY 3 s.h.

Explores how historical setting influences nature, commission, response to and punishment
of individual and state crimes in history.

HI 481 SPECIAL STUDIES IN HISTORY 3-9 s.h.

Each semester six to ten courses are offered in interest areas that are not part of the regular
program. For example, Film as History, the American Jew, Fighting the Great Wars, History
of Baseball, the Car and the Christian Perspective have been offered as special studies.
Students may schedule as many of these courses as desired, but two per semester is the
usual limit.

HI 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3-6 s.h.

Prerequisites: 12 s.h. in history; a 3.0 history average; permission of a faculty member
Involves directed reading or research for qualified students. We encourage experimental
projects and personalized learning. Honors sections are provided for qualified students.

HI 483 INDEPENDENT STUDY 3 s.h.

An honors program within the independent study format. Minimum qualifications are a 3.0
Q.P.A. 15 s.h. of history, and a 3.2 average in history classes. Satisfactory honors work is
rewarded by formal recognition at graduation.

HI 485 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.

With departmental approval, students are attached to local or national government or private
agencies doing directive, bibliographical, archival, or museum work. Advising professor
meets with intern regularly and determines what papers or reports will be required.

B.A. in Pre-Law/History

The requirements for this major are the same as for the History major with the addition of
the pre-law interdisciplinary minor.

For requirements in the pre-law minor, students should contact the departmental pre-law
adviser or the department chairperson.

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

Degree programs in International Studies are offered in both the College of Humanities and
Social Sciences (Bachelor of Arts) and the College of Education (Bachelor of Science in
Education). Both degrees are interdisciplinary and, consequently, draw upon the faculty and
course offerings of many other departments. The course selection is broad enough to
prepare the student for any one of a great variety of career opportunities. The Bachelor of
Arts program is designed for the specialist who is interested in a professional career; the
Bachelor of Science is designed to certify the graduate to teach world cultures or any of the
social sciences in the public schools.

CURRICULA

B.A. Program

Beyond the General Education courses required of all students in the University, the require-
ments for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in International Studies are as follows:

1 . The student must build an interdisciplinary sequence of 1 5 semester hours taking an
introductory or comparative international course from each of five social science
disciplines. This selection depends upon the goal of the major and should be deter-

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 225

mined in consultation with adviser and/or the Director of the Center for International
Studies.

2. The student should complete a specialization sequence in the economic and political
systems of another culture which must include a study of language, literature, history
and geography of that region. This specialization sequence must include at least 15
semester hours. Currently, three specializations are offered: Soviet Studies, The Far
East and Latin America. However, students interested in Africa or the Middle or Near
East may elect interdisciplinary courses focusing on the developing nations. It is also
possible to build a program centering on the Atlantic Community of Nations.

Specialization must include work in at least three disciplines. The student is expected to have
completed the intermediate language sequence of the appropriate language in the Genera!
Education requirements, so that no credit towards specialization is given for language
courses numbered below the 300 level.

Minor in international Studies

A minor in International Studies consists of meeting the requirements listed under (1) above.
The curriculum of the Center for International Studies is flexible enough that the student can
plan a program to match his interests.

B.S. in Education (International Studies Concentrate)

A concentration in International Studies will supplement the student's required courses and
leads to Certification in the social science fields for teaching positions in the state of Pennsyl-
vania.

JOURNALISM DEPARTMENT

CRAIG G. SWAUGER, CHAIRPERSON: DeGEORGE, JESICK, RUSSELL,
TRUBY

Students interested in a career in advertising, both media and industrial journalism, or public
relations should enjoy this innovative, flexible program. The Journalism major combines
journalism elective courses, the student's choice of a variety of courses from other University
departments, plus internships which provide on-the-job experience.

The lUP Journalism major is flexible for the individual student, who decides, with an adviser,
what directions his or her education will take for a mass communication career.

A student wishing to enter the program becomes a Journalism major in the College of
Humanities and Social Sciences. Then, the student chooses an individual program within a
large group of elective journalism courses, plus a much larger group of courses from various
other areas of the University.

A student who completes the major graduates with a B.A. in journalism. Because journalism
itself covers all areas of life, the journalism major covers many areas of study preparation.
There are only three required courses, so the student is free to mold the program to his/her
own special interests through both major and free electives.

The journalism major will use journalism courses to fulfill the minimum of 30 hours required
for the major. All journalism majors must complete the intermediate sequence of a foreign
language. This may be done in one of three ways: by examination, by earning credit in third
and fourth semesters of a foreign language, or by completing four semesters of a new
language. If the last procedure is used, the two beginning foreign language courses may be
applied as free electives to the total number of credits needed for graduation.

226 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

COURSE SEQUENCE AND PREREQUISITES

The journalism faculty offers the following operational policy for its course sequence and
prerequisites. The basic idea is for students to take Level I courses prior to Level II courses,
etc. We ask that special attention be given to course prerequisites to avoid scheduling
students without proper experience into courses. We do retain flexibility of waiving sequence
and prerequisites in individual cases.

LEVEL I

JN 481 Grammar for Journalist

JN 105 Journalism & Mass Media (required for all journalism majors) JN 105 is the initial
course in the major and the general survey elective course for non-majors. If they
have the prerequisites, non-majors are welcome into advanced journalism
courses. JN 120 Journalistic Writing (required for all journalism majors)

LEVEL II
JN 337
JN 321

JN
JN

JN
JN
JN

343
481

Editing
Feature Writing

History of the American Press
Issues and Problems

327 Design, Layout and Production
338 News Analysis
223 Photojournalism

JN 326 Public Relations I

JN 328 News Reporting (all majors in Jour-
nalism)

JN 481 Sports Journalism

JN 481 Science and Enviornmental Report-
ing

JN 481 Document Design I

JN 481 Problem Solving in PRI

JN 481 Public Affairs Reporting

LEVEL ill

JN 481 Advanced Reporting
JN 481 Editorial Page
JN 232 Management
JN 481 Public Relations II
JN 481 Document Design II

JN 347 Journalism Law

JN 482 Independent Study

JN 399 Internship

JN 481 Advertising Writing

JN 481 Problem Solving in PR

THE BASIC PREREQUISITES

Advanced Reporting (News Reporting)

Journalism Law (Senior Standing)

Editing (Journalism & Mass Media, Journalistic Writing)

Editorial Page (Junior/Senior Standing)

Feature Writing (Journalism & Mass Media, Journalistic Writing)

Grammar for Journalist (Journalism & Mass Media)

History of the American Press (Journalism & Mass Media)

Independent Study (Departmental Approval)

Internship (Junior/Senior Standing, and Departmental Approval)

Issues and Problems (Journalism & Mass Media, Journalistic Writing)

Journalistic Writing (Journalism & Mass Media)

Design, Layout and Production (Journalism & Mass Media)

Management (Journalism & Mass Media, Internship or Field Experience)

News Anaylsis (Journalism & Mass Media, Junior/Senior Standing)

News Reporting (Journalism & Mass Media, Journalistic Writing)

Photojournalism (Basic photography course or related experience)

Public Relations I (Journalism & Mass Media, Journalistic Writing)

Public Relations II (Public Relations I)

Sports Journalsim (Journalistic Writing)

MINOR COURSES OR FREE ELECTIVES

A number of departments cooperate to make journalism study at lUP a very broad experi-
ence. These courses may be considered for dual major, a minor program(s), or as electives.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 227

With the assistance of an adviser, a student may develop a program by choosing from the
following electives. Electives shown here have pre-authorization. Any other elective requires
adviser approval in writing.

ART POLITICAL

SCIENCE

Graphic Design
Advanced Graphic Design

BUSINESS

Marketing

Principles of Selling
Business Organization & Mgmt.
Business Communication

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Advertising
Consumer Behavior
Marketing Research
Personnel Management
Training Management
Marketing Management

COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA

Intro to Radio Broadcasting
Photography
Television Production
Motion Picture Production
Advanced Motion Picture Production

ENGLISH

Art of the Film
Advanced Composition
Creative Writing
Languages of Media
Oral Communication
Oral Interpretation
Technical Writing

HISTORY

American Politics
Comparative Government
News Interpretation
Legislative Process
Public Opinion
Metropolitan Problems
Constitutional Law & Civil Liberties
Public Administration
Contemporary Political Problems
State & Local Political Systems
Mass Media in American Politics
Modern Political Thought
American Political Thought

COMPUTER SCIENCE

Introduction to Computers

CONTINUING EDUCATION

Career Planning

Career Planning & Development

CRIMINOLOGY

General Administration of Justice
Criminology
Community Relations
Criminal Investigation

ECONOMICS

Contemporary Economic Issues
Environmental Economics
Government and Business
Regulation of Industry

PSYCHOLOGY

U.S. Urban History
Contemporary U.S. History
Diplomatic History of the U.S.
Social & Intellectual History

PHILOSOPHY

General Logic

Ethics

Political Philosophy

Developmental Psychology
Personality
Social Psychology
Industrial Psychology
Motivation

SOCIOLOGY

Contemporary Social Problems
Population Problems
Modern Social Institutions
Racial & Cultural Minorities
The Community
Industrial Sociology
Intro to Social Research

228 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Social Dynamics

Social & Cultural Change

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

JN 105 JOURNALISM AND THE MASS MEDIA 3 s.h.

A critical examination of roles-goals of newspapers, magazines, radio and television as they
affect American society socially, politically and economically.

JN 120 JOURNALISTIC WRITING 3 s.h.

Emphasis on intelligent use of writing ability in a journalistic style, and understanding of the
why of journalism and mass media.

JN 223 PHOTOJOURNALISM 3 s.h.

Introduction to still photography for news media. Includes preparation of portfolio and learn-
ing of specialized processing techniques for high-speed work.

JN 321 FEATURE WRITING 3 s.h.

Designed for student who might work in journalism or who might wish to write on a part-time
or free-lance basis.

JN 323 MANAGEMENT IN MASS COMMUNICATIONS 3 s.h.

Attention given to the process of advancement to management positions in journalism.

JN 326 PUBLIC RELATIONS I 3 s.h.

Explores functions of Public Relations in detail.

JN 327 LAYOUT DESIGN AND PRODUCTION 3 s.h.

Provides basic techniques and theories of layout design and production, including typogra-
phy, headlines, copyfitting, newspaper design and layout, photo cropping, etc.

JN 328 NEWS REPORTING 3 s.h.

Upperclass journalism students. Includes instruction in writing the news story, preparing
copy, interviewing, covering special events and similar reporting activities.

JN 337 EDITING 3 s.h.

Stresses basic practices such as copyediting and headline writing while also focusing on
guidelines for improving accuracy, clarity, transition, spelling and punctuation of copy. Stu-
dents use wire service stylebook extensively.

JN 338 NEWS ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

A current events course, this is a critical study of news and its relationship to the mass media

and the public. Seminar and discussion format.

JN 343 HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN PRESS 3 s.h.

Traces the development of the American press from its colonial roots. Emphasis on the role
of the press in political and social development.

JN 347 JOURNALISM LAW 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: JN 328

Open to non-majors by permission of the instructor. Survey of the major Supreme Court and
state court rulings governing the mass media, especially the news media. Areas include libel,
antitrust, free press/fair trial, privacy. Approach is nontechnical.

JN 339 INTERNSHIP 3-12 s.h.

On-the-job training opportunities in journalism and related areas.

JN 481 SPECIAL TOPICS

These courses vary from semester to semester, covering a number of journalism specialties.

From time to time they are converted to permanent course numbers.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 229

SPORTS JOURNALISM 3 s.h.

Emphasizes skills for covering, writing and editing sports, and introduces students to specific
paractices in newspaper, radio-TV and sports information work.

PUBLIC RELATIONS II 3 s.h.

Presents, as a followup to the theory of Public Relations I, more in-depth instruction and
assignments such as PR whting, case studies, projects and campaigns.

ISSUES & PROBLEMS 3 s.h.

Students examine critical case histories of ethical and professional situations and circum-
stances in the mass communication industry in a lecture and discussion format.

PUBLIC AFFAIRS REPORTING 3 s.h.

This seminar course covers the specialized field of reporting government and public service
beats. Techniques and sources are covered in lecture, demonstration and through guest
speakers.

ADVANCED REPORTING 3 s.h.

Designed for the student seeking a career as a working journalist, this course refines basic
reporting and dealing with more sophisticated techniques, and coverage.

THE EDITORIAL PAGE 3 s.h.

Emphasis on the writing of vigorous but thoughtful and fair editorials. Study of contemporary
practice and policy on letters to the editor, columnists, cartoons, the op-ed page.

BASIC JOURNALISTIC SKILLS 3 s.h.

To help journalism majors get a sound start, this course is offered, primarily for freshman but
also to other interested students. This course is basic, beginning with parts of speech and
parts of the sentence and advancing through most of the other important areas of grammati-
cal instruction.

AVERTISING WRITING 3 s.h.

This is a basic course in the preparation of advertising copy and and continuity for all media.
It is a combination of lecture and laboratory course. Enrollment is limited to 15 upperclass
students per semester.

SCIENCE AND ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTING 3 s.h.

Designed for advanced students who plan to spend a significant portion of their professional
lives writing about science and the environment. Presumes advanced journalism skills and
a sophisticated knowledge of science gained from at least sixteen to twenty hours of science
courses.

PROBLEM SOLVING IN PR I 3 s.h.

Gives the student practice in writing and making oral presentations based on public relations
cases and problems. Familiarizes the student with problem solving and small group commu-
nication skills necessary for those working in the area of public affairs.

PROBLEM SOLVING IN PR II

Introduces students to techniques for analyzing and tracking information flow in organiza-
tions. Introduces students to creative problem solving techniques which are standard prac-
tice in corporate research groups.

DOCUMENT DESIGN I 3 s.h.

Teaches students advanced principles of document design and gives them the opportunity
to apply techniques of rhetorical/stylistic analysis, general problem solving, and holilstic
information display to a wide variety of writing formats used in business, industry and govern-
ment.

DOCUMENT DESIGN II 3 s.h.

Gives students advance work in preparation of substantial corporate and government docu-

230 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

ments such as annual reports, lengthy project reports, white papers, research reports, etc.
Emphasizes skills in research of public and government documents, data analysis and
problem solving, holistic information display, writing and editing.

JN 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.

Opportunities for independent study that goes beyond the usual classroom activities. Ap-
proval of department chairperson required.

LABOR RELATIONS DEPARTMENT

DONALD s. Mcpherson, chairperson: gates, morand, sedwick

The Labor Relations Department offers a graduate program within the College of Humanities
and Social Sciences leading to the degree of Master of Arts in Labor Relations. The 42
semester hour program consists of a required core of 27 semester hours, including a required
thesis, and elective course offerings totaling 15 semester hours. Internships are available
and strongly encouraged.

The Labor Relations program is multi-disciplinary, combining analytical and human relations
skills with knowledge drawn from social sciences and business disciplines. The degree is
designed to prepare professional labor relations practitioners in public and private manage-
ment, unions, neutral agencies, government agencies, and arbitration panels. It has as its
special focus labor relations in the public sector.

While the department does not offer course work leading to an undergraduate major or
degree, it does offer several undergraduate courses which are open to students of any major
or College.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LR 426 CASE STUDIES IN LABOR-MANAGEMENT RELATIONS 3 s.h.

In-depth study of daily labor-management relationships in variety of organizational settings
through utilization of case study technique. Focuses on a problem-solving approach to the
contract administration component of the labor- management relationship.

LR 457 LABOR AND BUSINESS IN POLITICS 3 s.h.

In-depth study and analysis of labor and business involvement in politics. Special attention
to involvement of labor and business in Pennsylvania politics as well as to the relationship
between the two competing groups - conflict or cooperation?

LR 480 PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES OF COLLECTIVE BARGAINING 3 s.h.

Role, function and authority of negotiation committees, techniques of negotiationrthe
negotiations agreement, the mediation process and the arbitration process will be analyzed
through mainly a case study approach.

LR 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LABOR RELATIONS 3 S.h.

Advanced, innovative, or exploratory topics in Labor Relations.

LR 499 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

Independent reading and research under the direction of a faculty member.

LINGUISTICS MINOR INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAM

Interdisciplinary Linguistics Board: SHARON MONTGOMERY (Philosophy,
Chn.), BORMANN (Special Education-Speech and Hearing), WESTPHAL (For-
eign Languages and Literatures), JACOBS (Psychology), OLIN-FAHLE (Soci-

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 231

ology- Anthropology), TANNACITO (English), TOMPKINS (Computer Sci-
ence)

Linguistics is a social science, concerned with an aspect of behavior that has traditionally
set humans apart from the other animals- our use of an intricate system of speech sounds
to communicate with our peers and our use of written symbols to transmit our accumulated
knowledge to our descendants. Language has always been regarded as peculiarly human,
but even this belief is being questioned by those conducting contemporary experiments on
the language capabilities of monkeys. The problems of modern linguistics are of concern to
many diverse fields, including anthropology, sociology, psychology, philosophy, and speech
and hearing. Linguistics has always had a close relationship with literature and foreign
language learning. Developments in other areas have had their impact on linguistics. Formal
models of language and its structures are a part of computer science. This Interdisciplinary
Lingustics Minor is intended to offer to students the opportunity to acquaint themselves with
modern linguistics from a variety of perspectives.

The Interdisciplinary Linguistics Minor consists of 18 semester hours chosen from the list of
options below, selected from at least three participating departments, and including no more
than 6 semester hours from the student's major department. Any one of the following
courses is strongly recommended as an initial program course: AN 233, EN 330, FL 421, or
SH 302.

The program is academically supervised by an Interdisciplinary Linquistics Board consisting
of an at-large complement and one representative from each of following departments:
Computer Science, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology-
Anthropology, and the speech and Hearing section of the Special Education Department.
Board members serve as Interdisciplinary Linguistics advisers.

Some of the courses listed below in the program have prerequisites; these must be satisfied
as prescribed by the department offering the course.

Program Courses

Cultural Symbolism I: Language in Culture

Applied Computer Programming Languages

Data Structures and Non-Numeric Programming

Theory of Computation

History of the English Language

The Structure of English

Trends in Linguistics

Dialects in American English

Psycholinguistics (Also PC 333)

Language and Society

Advanced Language l-ll, where 'fl' is PR, LA, SP, or GM (French,

Latin, Spanish, German).

Structures of French and English

Logic I

Philosophy of Language

Logic II

Psycholinguistics (also EN 333)

Language Development

Language Disorders

NOTE: Specific offerings of Special Topics or other courses in the 480 series offered by
participating departments may be approved by the board for inclusion in the minor. Consult
Board members for current information.

AN

233

CO

220

CO

340

CO

460

EN

230

EN

330

EN

331

EN

332

EN

333

FL

421

fl

351-352

FR

461

PH

221

PH

300

PH

321

PC

333

SH

302

SH

430

232 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

PHILOSOPHY DEPARTMENT

ROBERT M. HERMANN, CHAIRPERSON: ALTMAN, BOONE, BOUFFARD,
CHAN, FERRARA, LIN, MLECKO, MONTGOMERY, SCHAUB.

Philosophy (Major and Minor)

The program in philosophy is designed to provide the student with a capacity for thinking
clearly, a critical attitude and the ability to reason theoretically.

The major offers the background required for graduate work in philosophy. Those whose
primary interests are in other disciplines will find philosphy courses which relate directly to their
fields on a theoretical level. Both the minor and double major are especially desirable for their
reflective benefits and because of the essentially interdisciplinary nature of philosophy.

Requirements for Major and Minor Philosophy

Major Minor

PH 101 General Logic
or

3 s.h PH 221 Symbolic Logic I 3 s.h.

PH 324 History of Philosophy I

or
PH 325 History of Philosophy II
or

6 s.h PH 410 Contemporary Philosophy . . . 6 s.h.

18 s.h Departmental Electives 6 s.h.

27 s.h. total 15 s.h. total

No more than one 100-level course may be counted toward the major or minor. Majors
concentrating in Philosophy may take up to 9 semester hours in Religious Studies, minors
no more than 3 semester hours. These courses are indicated in the catalog by an asterisk.

Religious Studies

A program of courses in religious studies including a minor is offered by the department.
These courses are indicated with an asterisk. The program in religious studies is designed
to provide a balanced, non-sectarian approach leading to a better understanding of the
phenomenon of religion in human experience.

Students considering theological schools, and related vocations such as religious journalism,
broadcasting or education are encouraged to pursue a Philosophy major and/or a Religious
Studies minor.

Requirements for minor in Religious Studies

No more than one 1 00-level course may be counted among the required fifteen semester
hours. One philosophy course (3 s.h.) may be included among the department electives.

REQUIRED

PH 310

Western Religious Thought in

Development

3 s.h.

PH 340

Contemporary Western Religious

Thought

3 s.h.

PH 311

Oriental Religio-Philosophic Thought

3 s.h.

Departmental Electives

6 s.h.

15

s.h. total

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 233

Pre-Law Program

The Philosophy Department participates in the university Pre-Law Minor Program whereby
a student majors in one of several academic disciplines including philosophy and also meets
the pre-law minor requirements. Students interested in the philosophy major/pre-law minor
should consult with the departmental pre-law adviser. Philosophy courses included in the
pre-law minor program are as follows: PH 101, General Logic, PH 222, Ethics and PH 327
American Philosophic Thought.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

*PH 100 INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION 3 s.h.

A beginning approach to the study of religion. Questions discussed will include: the nature
of religion, types of religion, origins of religion, conceptions of deity, the religious nature and
destiny of man, religion and science, religion and society, and contemporary religious issues.

PH 101 GENERAL LOGIC: METHODS OF CRITICAL THINKING 3 s.h.

Designed to develop students' ability to critically analyze deductive and inductive argumenta-
tion, rhetoric and persuasion, with examples drawn from media, textbooks, advertising,
scholarly works, personal contacts, etc. Emphasis upon the nature of definition, clarification
of meaning, detection of fallacies, scientific methodology and logic as a practical tool.

*PH 110 WORLD RELIGIONS 3 s.h.

History, comparative theology, ritual and contemporary influences of world's major religions.
A nonsectarian study of religions such as Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism,
Shinto, Zoroastrianism, Judaism, Christianity and Islam.

PH 120 INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.

Designed to acquaint the beginning student with philosophical problems and methods in
such areas as metaphysic, epistemology, logic, value theory and philosophy of religion. '^

•PH 210 WORLD SCRIPTURES 3 s.h.

Major sacred writings of Hindu, Buddhist, Zoroastrian, Moslem, Confucian, Taoist and Judeo-
Christian traditions will be studied from point of view of their religious significance.

PH 221 SYMBOLIC LOGIC I 3 s.h.

An introduction to symbolic logic dealing with the symbolization of deductive arguments in
the sentential calculus, syllogistic calculus and quantificational calculus, including the logic
of relations. Natural deduction proofs, truth trees and other tests of validity are covered.

PH 222 ETHICS 3 s.h.

Investigation of efforts to rationally justify moral judgment. What is 'moral?' Are moral notions
cultural, rational, divine, or innate in origin? Are they 'relative' or 'absolute?' Are they intuitive,
cognitively meaningless, or supportable by 'good reasons?'

PH 223 PHILOSOPHY OF ART 3 s.h.

Meaning of aesthetics as a philosophical discipline; methodological questions; a classifica-
tion of problem areas; questions of imitation, history and art, the artist, the audience; consid-
eration of some of the major western and non- western writers' positions. Nature of artistic
creativity; art and anarchy; chance and art; definition of art in the present culture.

PH 250 INTERPRETING THE BIBLE 3 s.h.

An introduction to scholarly methods and major themes necessary to understanding of the
Old and New Testaments of Judeo-Christian documents.

PH 460 PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 3 s.h.

An investigation of issues in the philosophy of language and related issues in linguistics
(including anthropological linguistics, sociolinguistics and psycholinguistics). Topics include,

'Program in Religious Studies.

234 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

e.g. the influence of language on perception, rationalist/empiricist perspectives on language
acquisition, language and political control, reference, meaning, truth.

*PH 310 WESTERN RELIGIOUS THOUGHT IN DEVELOPMENT 3 s.h.

Theological development of the Judaeo-Christian religious tradition, approached through in
depth study of selected writings from the early Church Fathers to the Protestant Reformers.

*PH 311 ORIENTAL RELIGIO-PHILOSOPHIC THOUGHT 3 s.h.

Advanced study in those religious philosophies which have shaped the oriental worldviews
and ways of life. Emphasis on Hinduism, Jainism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism,
and Shinto.

•PH 312 BIBLICAL HISTORY AND PALESTINIAN ARCHAEOLOGY 3 s.h.

An investigation of religio-historical traditions of the Bible in light of archaeological research.
Will include study of archaeological method and interpretation, discoveries in Egypt, Mesopo-
tamia, and Syro-Palestine as background for understanding the traditions and religious
practices and beliefs of Israel, and special questions surrounding the Patriarchal narratives,
the Exodus and Conquest, Israel under David and Solomon, the Dead Sea Scrolls and N.T.
times.

PH 321 SYMBOLIC LOGIC II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PH 221 or permission of instructor

A continuation of Logic I designed to enable students to evaluate consistency of statements,
validity of arguments, soundness and completeness of formal systems. Focus on quantifica-
tional calculus and inductive logic.

**PH 323 POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.

Political thought of such major classical theorists as Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Augustine,
Aquinas, Hobbes, Rousseau, Locke, Marx and Mill, examined against the background of
metaphysical roots from which their political views derive.

PH 324 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY I: ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL 3 s.h.

Western philosophy of pre-Socratic, classical Greek, Roman and medieval periods. Special
attention given to Plato, Aristotle, Augustine and Aquinas, as well as the philosophic schools.

PH 325 HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY II: RENAISSANCE AND MODERN 3 s.h.

Continuation of PH 324, beginning with 15th century Renaissance thought and ending with
the 19th century precursors of contemporary philosophies.

**PH 327 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHIC THOUGHT 3 s.h.

Study of the more original and influential philosophical positions developed in America from
colonial period to present, and of the thinkers who gave them their most complete expres-
sions.

PH 329 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 3 s.h.

Philosophical problems in religious thought: nature of religious experience, mysticism, defin-
ing 'religion,' conceptions of deity, existence of God, meaning of religious language, faith,
and knowledge.

PH 330 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 3 s.h.

An investigation into nature of formal and empirical sciences: structure of scientific thought
and its dependence upon or independence of theory; the logical and metaphysical status of
scientific 'laws' and theoretical concepts; reductionism in science; the concept of causality;
the logic of explanation; problems in confirmation theory; science and value. No special
background required. Recommended for math and science majors.

'Program in Religious Studies.

**Offered at the discretion of the department

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 235

*PH 340 CONTEMPORARY WESTERN RELIGIOUS THOUGHT 3 s.h.

Introduction to thought of such contemporary theologians as Bonhoeffer, Buber, Bultmann,
Kierkegaard, Teilhard, Tillich, Barth, Brunner and Niebuhr.

PH 400 ETHICS AND PUBLIC POLICY 3 s.h.

An analysis of the ethical dimension of public policies. Provides a general understanding of
ethical theories, then focuses on their application to specific policy issues. Topics will vary
from semester to semester. (See current schedule of classes)

PH 405 HUMAN RIGHTS; THEIR BASIS AND BOUNDARIES 3 s.h.

An analysis of a concept which is the focus of much moral, political and legal dispute.
Philosophical sources are supplemented by recent social science research concerning the
comparative abilities of human and nonhuman animals and by environmental studies which
prompt consideration of the possible

PH 410 CONTEMPORARY WESTERN PHILOSOPHY 3 s.h.

Survey in depth of 20th century western positions such as pragmatism, logical positivism,
logical and linguistic analysis, existentialism and phenomenology.

PH 420 METAPHYSICS 3 s.h.

Divergent views of the nature of reality and the main questions which it raises: substance,
unity, mind, existence, necessity, possibility, time, eternity, space and the self.

PH 421 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE 3 s.h.

Investigation into problems involved in justifying knowledge claims and a consideration of
methods suggested for their resolution. Particular attention paid to problems of certainty,
objectivity, perception and truth.

PH 450 PHILOSOPHY OF LAW 3 s.h.

An examination of the philosophical issues that arise in the course of attempting to under-
stand the law and how legal institutions do, and should operate.

PH 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 s.h.

Topical courses which will vary from semester to semester. See current schedule of classes.

PH 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-6 s.h.

Individual students wishing to pursue philosophical or religious studies interests not covered
in the department's regular offering may do so by seeking approval for independent study.
Make inquiry of the chairperson. Upon approval students are guaranteed at least five hours
of faculty time per credit. All programs of study must be accepted by the department as a
whole. May be taken more than once to maximum of 6 s.h. (This option is available to both
philosophy majors and non-majors.)

PH 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY: HONORS PROJECT 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: 3.00 QPA, 15 s.h. in Philosophy and 3.20 average in departmental courses.
Majors in Philosophy are invited to take 3 s.h. of independent study designated 'Honors
Project.' Upon satisfactory completion, graduation with departmental honors is possible.

'Program in Religious Studies.

Offered at the discretion of the department.

POLITICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT

RICHARD F. HEIGES, CHAIRPERSON: BYRNES, CARONE, CHASZAR,
KEENE, KRITES, MORRIS, PALMER, PLATT, SMITH, THORPE, WILSON.

Political scientists focus upon political systems, including the effect of environment on the
system, inputs, the decision-making agencies which render binding public polices and sys-

236 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

tern outputs. Approaches to the study of government and politics include: the NORMATIVE
approach, in which philosophical attention centers on values by asking the question, 'What
ought to be?'; and the BEHAVIORAL approach, in which an attempt is made to develop
verifiable theories through scientific methods by asking the questions, 'how' and 'why?'

Students majoring in political science have employment opportunities in federal, state and
local governments, and, with private civic groups, interest groups and political groups. Stu-
dents who go on to graduate work find appointments at higher levels and in college teach-
ing. Students graduating in political science, as in any of the social sciences, are in de-
mand by employers in business and industry. Students completing the Political Science
Internship Program have experienced considerable success in finding employment upon
graduation.

The political science major is also especially suitable for the pre-law student.

Degrees offered by the Political Science Department are the Bachelor of Arts in Political
Science, in Government and Public Service and in Pre Law-Political Science; and the Bache-
lor of Science in Education with a Social Science Major, concentrating in Political Science.
The department also offers a minor in political science.

An interdisciplinary major sponsored by the Political Science Department is International
Studies. For information on this major, see section on International Studies.

CURRICULA

Core Program

Required of ALL Political Science majors and minors (except Government and Public Service
majors) are six semester hours in the following basic courses:

PS 111 - American Politics 3 s.h.

PS 101 - World Politics 3 s.h.

B.A. in Political Science

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in Political Science
are 30 more semester hours in political science, distributed so that at least one course is
in three of the following four areas: American Studies, Political Theory, Public Administration
and International Studies. Students preparing for graduate study should take PS 299 -
Research Method in Political Science at least one Political course, and courses in Computer
Science and Statistics.

B.A. in Government and Public Service

This major requires 36 s.h. as follows: PS 251 , 370, 371 , EC 330, 336; PC 358; SO 346; plus
19 semester hours of the following: PS 350. 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 358, 377, 444, 458
(Internship). Also majors should select one of four interdisciplinary minors prescribed by
department. For descriptive information about this interdisciplinary program, contact depart-
ment chairperson.

B.A. in Pre Law-Political Science

The requirements for this major are the same as for the political science major with the
addition of a 21 s.h. pre-law interdisciplinary minor.

For requirements in a pre-law minor students should contact the departmental pre-law
adviser.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 237

B.S. in Education (Political Science Concentration)

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education with a major in Social Science, Political Science concentration, are 9 more semes-
ter hours in political science. Recommended electives are PS 250, 251 , 350, 353, or 354 and
499; desirable alternatives are PS 280, 283, 285, 352, 359, and 382-387.

Minor in Political Science

A minor in political science consists of 15 semester hours in political science, composed of
the 6 s.h. Core Program and 9 more semester hours elected from all political science
courses.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Required Courses

PS 111 AMERICAN POLITICS 3 s.h.

Introduction to American national government and politics, emphasizing Constitution, Party
system, Congress, Presidency, Courts, and problems in national-state relations, civil rights,
foreign policy, and social and economic policies.

PS 101 WORLD POLITICS 3 s.h.

Analysis of contemporary (Post 1 945) state system and forces shaping world in which we
live. Student is given a framework within which he can analyze contemporary international
politics.

American Studies

PS 251 STATE AND LOCAL POLITICAL SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

Institutions and processes of state and local governments, with special attention to Pennsyl-
vania; emphasis on nature of federalism, state constitutions, and role of state and local
government in an urban society.

PS 298 NEWS INTERPRETATION 1 s.h.

Designed to provide students with techniques for intelligent reading of daily newspaper and
weekly news magazines and to give some understanding of current affairs at state, national
and international levels.

PS 346 POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Examines: (a) who controls the state and state policy, (b) the role the state plays in stablizing
capiltalism and protecting the power of the upper class, (c) the political activities of the middle
and upper class, (d) labor, civil rights and welfare rights, and social movements in America.

PS 350 THE PRESIDENCY 3 s.h.

Examination of Office of President, with attention to constitutional foundations, evolution,
structure, powers and functions; some comparisions between presidential and parliamentary
systems and between offices of President and Governor.

PS 351 LEGISLATIVE PROCESS 3 s.h.

Functional study of legislative bodies and process of legislation, covering organization of
legislative assemblies, operation of committee system, procedures, bill drafting, aids and
controls over legislation.

PS 352 PUBLIC OPINION 3 s.h.

Study of nature of public opinion within political system; attention to formation of public
opinion, expression, propaganda, mass media and interest groups.

238 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

PS 353 AMERICAN POLITICAL PARTIES 3 s.h.

The role of people, parties and pressure groups in politics of American democracy; attention
to sectional and historical roots of national politics, voting behavior, pressure group analysis
and campaign activities.

PS 354 METROPOLITAN PROBLEMS 3 s.h.

Analyzes multiplicity of problems facing our metropolitan areas. Contemporary develop-
ments such as urban renewal, shrinking tax base, federal aid to cities, subsidized mass
transit, municipal authorities and political consolidation are examined.

PS 355 FEDERALISM 3 s.h.

Explores characteristics of federal systems of government, with emphasis on theories, ori-
gins, institutions, problems in intergovernmental relations in United States, federal systems
in other nations and trends.

PS 356 MASS MEDIA IN AMERICAN POLITICS 3 s.h.

Variant theories of the symbolic relationship between American politics and the press are
examined in the light of the American colonial-national experience. The special constitutional
rights given to the media are explored, with particular attention to radio-TV.

PS 357 LABOR IN BUSINESS AND POLITICS 3 s.h.

An in-depth study and analysis of labor and business' involvment in politics is the focus of
the course. Special attention will be given to the involvement of labor and business in
Pennsylvania poliltics as well as to the relationship between the two competing groups-
-conflict or cooperation.

PS 358 JUDICIAL PROCESS 3 s.h.

Explores nature and limits of judicial power, courts as policy-making bodies, selection of
judges, decision process, external forces impinging on the courts, and role of Supreme Court
in its relationship with Congress, the Presidency and federalism.

PS 359 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND CIVIL LIBERTIES 3 s.h.

Study of civil liberties and civil rights issues through leading Supreme Court decisions; topics
treated include First Amendment rights, procedural due process and the Bill of Rights, and
Equal Protection problems in civil rights.

Political Theory

PS 360 CLASSICAL POLITICAL THOUGHT - 3 s.h.

Evolution of the Western political tradition of Constitutionalism from Plato and Aristotle to
Locke and Montesquieu: religious and rational foundations; medieval theories of authority
and representation; early modern theories of the state and sovereignty; concepts of law;
natural rights, liberty and equality, and justice treated in detail.

PS 361 MODERN POLITICAL THOUGHT 3 s.h.

Development of Western political thought since the mid-1 6th century: classic liberalism;
conservative thought; modern irrational ideologies such as fascism and national socialism;
socialist thought; contemporary collectivist liberalism.

PS 362 AMERICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT 3 s.h.

Develops an understanding of American political thinkers from the Puritans through the
current Afro-American writers. Political phenomena is examined relating to past writings and
inferences are made for future political behavior.

Public Administration

PS 250 PUBLIC POLICY 3 s.h.

Emphasizes dynamics of government as they are evidenced in public opinion, pressure
groups, politicaJ parties and our governmental institutions; attention also directed toward the
political-economical nexus within American society.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 239

PS 370 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION I 3 s.h.

Theories of organization and structural organization, personnel processes, executive func-
tions, financial administration, the politics of administration, public relations and problems of
democratic control of bureaucracy.

PS 371 ISSUES IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION II 3 s.h.

Intensive study of role of Federal agencies and their administrators in determining and
developing public policy. Public administration in practice is emphasized by utilizing case
studies.

PS 444 SCIENCE/TECHNOLOGY AND POLITICS 3 s.h.

Focuses on the interactions of science/technology and politics as they impinge on the public
decision-making process. Technology generated socio-political problems are investigated on
local, state, national and international level; the adequacy of political processes and institu-
tions for solving problems in the technological age is questioned.

International Studies

PS 280 COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT I - WESTERN POLITICAL SYSTEMS 3 s.h.

Analyzes western political systems with emphasis upon major contemporary democratic
governments of Europe. Analyzes and compares their political cultures, political institutions
and political processes.

PS 281 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 3 s.h.

Provides a conceptual framework for understanding sovereignty, nationalism, power, secu-
rity, dispute settlement, and diplomatic, legal, economic and military relations of nation-
states.

PS 283 AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 3 s.h.

Examines formulation and execution of American foreign policy, with attention to governmen-
tal institutions, mass media, interest groups and public opinion; emphasizes contemporary
problems.

PS 285 COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT II: NON-WESTERN POLITICAL SYSTEMS 3 s.h.
Analyzes major rion-western political systems with emphasis upon authoritarian and totalitar-
ian systems. Analyzes and compares in a systematic manner their political cultures, political
institutions and political processes.

PS 320 INTERNATIONAL LAW 3 s.h.

Study of the development, nature and function of international law, including recent trends.

PS 321 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS 3 s.h.

Inquiry into purposes, structures and actions of contemporary international political organiza-
tions, such as United Nations, regional and functional organizations.

PS 380 SOVIET POLITICS 3 s.h.

Essential features of Communist party and government of U.S.S.R., including geographical
and historical background and ideological and theoretical foundations. PS 280, Comparative
Government, should be taken phor to this course.

PS 382-387 POLITICAL SYSTEMS 3 s.h. each

Intensive, comparative study of the government and politics of a selected region. Suggested

prerequisites: PS 280 and/or 285.

PS 382 - Africa

PS 383 - Asia

PS 384 - Middle East

PS 385 - Central and Eastern Europe

PS 386 - Atlantic Community

PS 387 - Latin America

240 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

PS 388 POLITICO-MILITARY STRATEGY 3 s.h.

Deals with national security problems including decision making and budgeting, levels of
strategy, the utility of force and the impact of the military on American society.

PS 389 DEVELOPING NATIONS 3 s.h.

Suggested prerequisites: PS 280 and/or 285 Political characteristics of emerging nations;
impact of economic and social change upon political structure; evolving patterns of political
development; and techniques of nation-building.

Research Study and Methodology

PS 299 RESEARCH METHODS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PS 1 1 1 Explores approaches, methods and tools of Political Science, designed
to prepare student who plans to do graduate work in Political Science. Majors and Minors
only.

PS 480 POLITICAL SCIENCE SEMINAR 3 s.h.

Readings and written assignments on a specific topic determined by the instructor in charge.

PS 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-3 s.h.

Course focusing on a specific topic determined by the instructor in charge. See Department
Office for current listings.

PS 482 INDEPENDENT STUDIES 3 s.h.

Readings and written assignments on a specific topic determined by the instructor and
student. Permission required.

PS 485 HONORS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: 15 s.h. in Social Sciences, including 9 s.h. in Political Science, 2.0 QPA in
Social Sciences, and permission of department chairperson and instructor.
Directed readings and one or more papers; topic to be selected by instructor and student.

PS 458 POLITICAL SCIENCE INTERNSHIP 2-12 s.h.

Prerequisites: 9 s.h. in Political Science with 2.0 QPA; PS 1 1 1 ; approval of Internship Director
and Chairperson

Practical experience in government and politics. 'Log' and research project required. Course
grade determined by the instructor.

SOCIAL SCIENCE
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SS 101 CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL SCIENCE 3 s.h.

An interdisciplinary study of a current social topic that uses a team teaching approach. Topics
may vary from semester to semester. The course is one option in the Social Science General
Education Program.

SS 398 SOCIAL SCIENCE FOREIGN STUDY 2-6 s.h.

Directed foreign study, emphasizing historical, political, ecohomic, social and geographical
aspects of the area. Background reading, lectures and briefings, diary or evaluative paper.
Course credit may be applied as General Education or elective credit. (For details see Center
for International Studies.)

Social Science Minor 21 s.h.

A Social Science minor consists of course work in three Social Science departments beyond
General Education courses.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 241

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT

HARVEY HOLTZ, CHAIRPERSON: ACKERMAN, GERALD, GONDOLF,
GRANT, LANHAM, LOUDEN, NEWHILL, NOWAK, OLIN-FAHLE, RAIBOURN,
RAWLEIGH, REYNOLDS, SANDERSON, SNYDER, VEXLER.

The Sociology-Anthropology Department provides opportunity for studies in sociology and
anthropology. Sociology focuses primarily (though not exclusively) on the analysis of modern
industrial societies by studying their basic patterns of social organization, the changes pro-
duced within these patterns, and the impact of these patterns on the thought and action of
individual human beings. Anthropology is the study of human biological and cultural evolu-
tion, and is organized into four subfields: sociocultural anthropology, physical anthropology,
linguistics and archaeology. Social work involves the practical application of social-scientific
knowledge toward the improvement of human relationships and the general quality of social
life.

The curricula offered by the department are relevant to a variety of careers and lifetime
undertakings. Many students plan to affiliate themselves with professional service, govern-
mental, or research organizations, while other students hope to devote themselves profes-
sionally to the scholarly analysis of society by pursuing academic careers in sociology or
anthropology. Our departmental programs are designed to serve these various needs and
interests of students.

Several degree programs are offered by the department. Students may pursue a Bachelor
of Arts in Sociology or a Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology. In addition to these programs
(which are offered under the aegis of the College of Humanities and Social Sciences),
students may pursue a major in Social Science with a concentration in sociology or anthro-
pology leading to the degree of B.S. in Education. This latter program is intended for the
preparation of secondary school teachers and is offered within the College of Education. The
department also offers minors in both sociology and anthropology.

CURRICULA IN SOCIOLOGY

(The curricula in sociology are In revision as this catalog goes to press.
Please contact the department chairperson or advisor before scheduling
courses.)

Bachelor of Arts in Sociology

Students pursuing the B.A. in Sociology are required to complete a total of 30 semester hours
distributed as follows: SO 151 - Principles of Sociology, SO 435 - Social Stratification, SO
443 - Development of Social Theory, SO 455 - Social Research Methods, and six elective
courses in sociology chosen in consultation with the student's adviser. A maximum of six
semester hours of internship in Sociology (SO 471) may be counted'toward the 30 semester
hours required for the major.

Minor in Sociology

A minor in sociology consists of a total of 15 semester hours distributed as follows: SO 151
- Principles of Sociology; SO 231 - Contemporary Social Problems OR SO 443 - Development
of Social Theory OR SO 455 - Social Research Methods; and three other sociology electives.

242 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

CURRICULA IN ANTHROPOLOGY

Bachelor of Arts in Anthropology

Students pursuing the B.A. in Anthropology are required to complete a total of 27 semester
hours distributed as follows: AN 110 - Intro to Anthropology, AN 222 - Introduction to Physical
Anthropology, AN 233 -Cultural Symbolism: Language in Culture and Society, AN 244 - Basic
Archaeology, one course from each of the three major groups (A, B, and C) of anthropology
courses, and any two additional anthropology courses.

Minor in Anthropology

A minor in anthropology consists of a total of 1 5 semester hours. Students must take - AN
110 - Introduction to Anthropology and four other anthropology courses of their choice.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Sociology Courses

SO 151 PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Scientific study of structure and functioning of human societies, with special attention to
factors responsible for organization and transformation of socio-cultural systems. Specific
course content varies from one instructor to another.

SO 231 CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS 3 s.h.

Exploration of some pressing problems currently endemic to Western society. Problems are
defined and solutions explored in light of historical, political, economic, social and anthropo-
logical data.

SO 233 CULTURAL SYMBOLISM: LANGUAGE IN CULTURE AND SOCIETY 3 s.h.

Focuses on social and cultural functions of language. Particular emphasis on analysis of
non-Western languages.

SO 237 NON-WESTERN CULTURES 3 s.h.

A minimal orientation to study of cultural diversity in human societies. Emphasis on determi-
nants of cultural variability and the problem of ethnocentrism. Recommended for Social
Science Education students who concentrate in Sociology or Anthropology.

SO 251 SOCIOLOGY OF HUMAN SEXUALITY 3 s.h.

Depth analysis of a formerly taboo topic, human sexuality, whereby current information
derived from biological, psychological and sociological research on human relationships is
presented to provide a foundation for self-understanding and societal values.

SO 314 ETHNOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS 3 s.h.

Survey of culture history and culture area characteristics of Indians of North America. De-
tailed study of representative groups related to historical, functional and ecological concepts.

SO 322 CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, and SO 151 or AN 110

Examination of personality characteristics produced in a given cultural milieu or sub-group.
Cross-cultural comparisons and analyses made with respect to child-rearing, male-female
role differentiation, bodily movements, suppression, mental disturbance and religious expres-
sion.

SO 332 RACIAL AND ETHNIC MINORITIES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Study of racial, ethnic and religious minorities and divergent heritages in our national life.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 243

SO 333 JUVENILE DELINQUENCY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Study of social and cultural factors involved in various youth life styles, including delinquency.
Cross-cultural and historical approach used in a review of social norms, social control and
socialization institutions, and community-based programs for rehabilitation.

SO 334 POPULATION TRENDS AND PROBLEMS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Major forces of population change examined. Problems of excessive population growth rates

outside of U.S. and declining growth rates in U.S. analyzed. Threats to ecological stability

discussed.

SO 336 SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Sociological study of the family from various theoretical viewpoints. Emphasis on relation
between structure and function of the family and the existing and emerging social environ-
ment.

SO 339 THE COMMUNITY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Analysis of the social structure of communities on the local level in relation to the national
community structure. Examination of current problems and future trends.

SO 340 SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Examination of industrial organizations and their environments. Production systems analyzed
in terms of different forms of organization, e.g., bureaucratic, power-equilibrium and worker-
participation. Special attention paid to who defines production, how such definitions are
legitimized, and how constraints are placed on such definitions by union and other political
organizations.

SO 341 SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Examines the place of education in society. Special attention to development of education
in America and its relation to political and economic phenomena. Some attention given to
education in other industrial and agrarian societies.

SO 342 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL ASPECTS OF HEALTH AND MEDICINE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: 6 s.h. in Sociology or Anthropology

Review of fields of medical sociology and anthropology. Focus on such topics as health and
illness in cross-cultural context, aging, social and psychological aspects of pain, and social
organization of health facilities and services. Definitions of limits of 'life' and 'death' in context
of new technological and ethical issues such as euthanasia, genetic counseling and organ
transplants also discussed.

SO 345 INTERPERSONAL DYNAMICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Study of interaction between and among individuals and groups in various social settings.
Emphasis on small groups, socialization, social influence and compliance, person percep-
tion, collective behavior and mass communication.

SO 346 POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Examination of social context of power and politics, with special reference to such topics as:
who controls the state and state policy; the role of the state in - stabilizing capitalism and
protecting the power of the upper class; political activities of the middle and upper classes;
and labor, civil rights and welfare rights social movements in America.

SO 352 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

244 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Nature of religion as a universal social institution. Universal and variable features of human
religious activity examined, with special attention to causes and consequences of religious
belief and action. Specific topics discussed include: theories of the origin and persistence
of religion; evolution of variant forms of religion; relationship between religion and other
social institutions, especially economy, polity, and science; types of religious organization
in complex societies; revitalization and messianic movements; and the process of seculari-
zation.

SO 354 SEXUAL INEQUALITY IN HUMAN SOCIETIES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Explores current perspectives on sexual inequality. Major topics examined include: sex role
socialization, sexual inequality in everyday life, the maintenance of sexual inequality, and the
sexes in relation to economy and family in various societies.

SO 357 SOCIOLOGY OF AGING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Introduction to various problems faced in the process of growing older. Attitudes of society
toward elderly and social and cultural impact of an aging U.S. population examined.

SO 371 CULTURAL AREA STUDIES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Analysis of prehistoric, historic and contemporary aspects of ethnological studies in a culture
area. Social organization, linguistic ties, cultural ecology, folklore, mythology, artistic expres-
sions of the peoples and their world view are examined. The course may be repeated UNDER
DIFFERENT LETTER DESIGNATIONS according to selection of culture area by instructors
responsible for the course.

THE FOLLOWING CULTURE AREAS ARE AVAILABLE:

SO 371 A CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: JAPAN

SO 371 B CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: CHINA

SO 371C CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: CARIBBEAN

SO 371 D CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: NORTHERN EUROPE

SO 401 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL CHANGE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Exploration of current perspectives on social and cultural change. Special attention to types
of changes individuals might want, how these might be implemented and lessons to be
learned from various change efforts.

SO 435 SOCIAL STRATIFICATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Examines 'who gets what and why?' Detailed analysis of bases of power for and cohesion
of super-rich, middle class, and poor. Also examines mobility and how policies affect inequal-
ity in America.

SO 443 DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL THEORY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: 9 s.h. in sociology and Junior standing

Examination of historical development of social theory with special attention to the classical
theorists and theoretical ideas which have contributed most significantly to modern sociol-
ogy.

SO 447 MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: 9 s.h. in sociology and junior standing

Detailed examination of major theoretical issues, perspectives, and controversies occupying
center stage in contemporary sociological analysis. Major attention to nature and logic of
social theorizing, primary macro-level theoretical perspectives which compete for attention

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 245

in contemporary sociology, and the nature of new directions currently being taken within
sociological theory.

SO 455 SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: 9 s.h. in sociology and Junior standing

Examines diverse research designs used in the social sciences, i.e., survey, field study,

experiment, documentary and existing statistical data. Focuses both on logic and practice

of social research. Students choose either a number of mini-projects or a major research

project.

SO 459 DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL SERVICES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

Examination of ideological and institutional conditions which shape health, unemployment,
social security and welfare services.

SO 471 INTERNSHIP IN SOCIOLOGY 3-12 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

Supervised experience in public or private organizations that extends and complements
coursework at the University.

SO 480 SOCIOLOGY SEMINAR 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Seminar for advanced students devoted to an intensive analysis of specialized issues within
the discipline.

SO 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Focuses on special topics in sociology which are not included in regular course offerings.

SO 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

An opportunity for students to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic through consulta-
tion with a faculty member. A semester project ordinarily expected.

SO 483 READINGS IN SOCIOLOGY 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151

Directed readings on special topics in sociology.

Anthropology Courses
Required Courses

AN 110 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 3 s.h.

General consideration of human biological and cultural adaptations, stressing analysis of
nature of cultural systems as a methods for perceiving and understanding variations among
people today.

AN 222 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY 3 s.h.

Biological evolution and principles of human genetics; evolution of the primates and the fossil
record for human evolution stressed; relationship between race and culture discussed.

AN 233 CULTURAL SYMBOLISM: LANGUAGE IN CULTURE AND SOCIETY 3 s.h.

Focuses on social and cultural functions of language. Particular emphasis to problems in
anthropology with respect to non- Western languages.

AN 244 BASIC ARCHAEOLOGY 3 s.h.

Investigates basic concepts and goals of archaeology. Models of culture change, dating
techniques, artifact analysis, settlement systems and regional exploration strategies pre-
sented. Reconnaissance and excavation methods surveyed. Field and laboratory experience
provided.

246 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Group A - Archaeology

AN 213 WORLD ARCHAEOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prehistory of the world stressing Mesolithic through Urban transitions. Emphasis to technol-
ogy, chronology, ecology and cultural processes.

AN 315 NORTH AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AN 110 or AN 244

Prehistory of North American Indians emphasizing technology and stylistics, history and
cultural ecology.

AN 317 QUANTITATIVE AND INSTRUMENTAL ARCHAEOLOGY 3 s.h.

Theory and methods for quantitative analysis of archaeological data applied to data recov-
ered by University excavation programs. Instruments used for analysis of artifacts, flotation
samples, features, soil samples and for report preparation will be used by each student.

AN 320 ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD SCHOOL 6 S.h.

Prerequisite: AN 110 or AN 244

Field excavation of selected archaeological sites in Indiana and adjacent counties. Opportu-
nity for varied experience in historic and prehistoric Indian sites. Offered Summer only.

Group B - Areal Ethnography

AN 312 WORLD ETHNOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Detailed study of specific pre-literate cultures. Emphasis given to questions of cultural inte-
gration.

AN 314 ETHNOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS 3 s.h.

Survey of culture history and culture area characteristics of Indians of North America. De-
tailed study of representative groups related to historical, functional and ecological concepts.

AN 371 CULTURAL AREA STUDIES 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: AN 110 or AN 211

Analysis of prehistoric historic, and contemporary aspects of ethnological studies in a culture
area. Social organization, linguistic ties, cultural ecology, folklore, mythology, artistic expres-
sions of the peoples and their world view examined. Course may be repeated UNDER
DIFFERENT LETTER DESIGNATIONS according to selection of culture areas by instructors
responsible for the course.

THE FOLLOWING CULTURE AREAS ARE AVAILABLE:

AN 371 A CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: JAPAN

AN 371 B CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: CHINA

AN 371C CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: CARIBBEAN

AN 371 D CULTURAL AREA STUDIES: NORTHERN EUROPE

Group C - Topical Anthropology

AN 21 1 CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY 3 s.h.

Explores nature of culture as a human survival technique. Provides a framework for apprecia-
tion and understanding of cultural differences and similarities in human societies, past and
present.

AN 316 ANTHROPOLOGY OF RELIGION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AN 110 or AN 211

Explores nature, function and universal characteristics of religion in human society by utilizing

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 247

cross-cultural approach. Theories concerning religious phenomena serve as topics for dis-
cussion.

AN 318 MUSEUM METHODS 3 S.h.

Prerequisite; AN 1 10 or 211 or 244

Lecture and laboratory course surveying role of museums as social and educational institu-
tions, types of museums, museum administration and museum architecture. Procedures for
collection, curation, preservation, and storage of anthropological and natural history speci-
mens examined. Multi-media communication stressed in exhibit preparation and gallery
design. Provides practical experience in exhibit preparation and installation. Required field
trip to Washington, D.C. museums.

AN 319 KINSHIP AND SOCIAL ORGANIZATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AN 110 or AN 211

Survey of mechanisms of integration in social organization and their role in the development
of societies. Family, kinship and ideological systems stressed.

AN 321 METHODS OF CROSS-CULTURAL ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AN 110 or AN 211

Comparative methods and techniques reviewed and evaluated in relation to the problems
they were designed to solve. Statistics and computational equipment used in the analysis
of data derived from the Ethnographic Atlas or the Human Relations Area Files.

AN 322 CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, and AN 110 or SO 151

Examination of personality characteristics produced in a given cultural milieu or sub-group.
Cross-cultural comparisons and analyses made with respect to child rearing, male-female
role differentiation, bodily movements, suppression, mental disturbance and religious expres-
sion.

AN 401 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL CHANGE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: AN 110 or SO 151

Exploration of current perspectives on social and cultural change. Special attention given to
types of changes individuals might want, how these might be implemented, and lessons to
be learned from various change efforts.

Additional Anthropology Courses

AN 480 ANTHROPOLOGY SEMINAR 1-3 s.h.

A seminar for advanced students devoted to an intensive analysis of specialized issues within

the discipline.

AN 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 3 s.h.

Focuses on specialized topics in anthropology which are not included among regular course
offerings.

AN 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

An opportunity for students to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic through consulta-
tion with a faculty member. Some kind of semester project ordinarily expected.

AN 471 INTERNSHIP IN ANTHROPOLOGY 3-12 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

The course is designed to offer students practical experience in any of the specialized fields
of anthropolgy (physical, social-cultural, archaeology and linguistics). Each student develops
objectives in consultation with a particular departmental faculty member who is supervising
the internship. Detailed field notes and a major paper based on the experience are required.

AN 483 READINGS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 1-3 S.h.

Directed readings on special topics in anthropology. Instructor guides selection of readings.

248 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Social Work Courses

SW 238 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110

Introduction to the dynamics of helping relationships.

SW 301 SOCIAL WORK METHODS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110

Examines the four content areas of social work practice: casework, group work, community
organization and human services administration.

SW 302 INTERVENTION STRATEGIES IN SOCIAL WORK 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110

Discussion of social work strategies involving the individual, the family, and the group as units
of intervention. Attention given to professional relationships, interviewing skills and the range
of practice modalities.

SW 346 SOCIAL WELFARE POLICIES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110

Examination of the historical development of social welfare policies in Western society.

SW 401 SOCIAL CASEWORK 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110

Introduction to various stategies of social casework. Special emphasis given to assisting the
students in incorporating those values and communication skills necessary for effecting
change in the social situations of a variety of clients.

SW 403 SOCIAL GROUP WORK 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110

Examines principles and concepts of social group work as a method or strategy; role of the
social worker with the group and the individual within the group; consideration of group
processes and dynamics of how groups develop; use of program planning and administra-
tion.

SW 405 COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110

Examination of approaches used in community organization practice at the neighborhood
and other community levels. Areas of emphasis include intergroup relationships, community
development, social conflict and consensus, and community problem solving.

SW 407 HUMAN SERVICES MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110

Treats social agencies as social systems. Focuses on interpersonal and intergroup relation-
ships, communication decision making and policy formulation, and administrative implica-
tions of training, supervision, fund-raising, consultation, budgeting and research.

SW 455 SOCIAL RESEARCH METHODS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: 9 s.h. in sociology and Junior standing

Examines diverse research designs used in the social sciences, i.e., survey field study,

experiment, documentary and existing statistical data. Focuses both on logic and practice

of social research. Students choose either a number of mini-projects or a major research

project.

SW 459 DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL SERVICES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

Examination of ideological and institutional conditions which shape health, unemployment,
social security and welfare services.

The College of Humanities and Social Sciences — 249

SW 471 FIELD PLACEMENT IN SOCIAL WORK 3-12 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of ttie instructor Supervised experience in community work with
cooperating public and private agencies.

SW 480 SOCIAL WORK SEMINAR 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110

Seminar for advanced students devoted to an intensive analysis of specialized issues within
the discipline.

SW 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIAL WORK 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110

Focuses on special topics in social work which are not included in regular course offenngs.

SW 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor

An opportunity for students to engage in an in-depth analysis of some topic through consulta-
tion with a faculty member. Semester project ordinarily expected.

SW 483 READINGS IN SOCIAL WORK 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: SO 151 or AN 110

Directed readings on special topics in social work.

Military Science — 251

MILITARY SCIENCE

COL. WILLARD ROBINSON, CHAIRPERSON: MAJ ROY HELSING,
MAJ PHILIP W. SPENCE, MAJ HERBERT D. STRASSER, CPT ELMO G.
BURTON, CPT ROBERT W. MCNAMARA, CPT JON H. MOILANEN,
CPT RICHARD C. PILLSBURY, SGM RAYMOND C. BROADBENT, MSG
JOHN KOTTAL, SFC JOHN C. MOTT, SFC DAVID E. OSGOOD, SSG
TERRY L. JORDON, SSG SIMON A. PARKER, SSG JOHN YOON, SSG
WILLIAM H. ZENTNER, DAC WILLIAM L GOSS, DAC DONNA S. RAN-
KIN

lUP is authorized a SeniorReserve Officer's Training Corps (ROTC) unit. The ROTC program
offers to both men and women the opportunity to learn and practice leadership and
managerial techniques that will prove beneficial to all life's future endeavors; to obtain credits
which count toward graduation; and to those who choose to complete the total program, a
commission as a second lieutenant in the US Army.

Regular ROTC classes for two semesters satisfy the mandatory University requirement for
taking Health and Physical Education classes.

ENROLLMENT

The program is broken into two phases: the Basic Course (freshman and sophomore years)
and the Advanced Course (junior and senior years). Enrollment in any of the freshman or
sophomore level ROTC courses (MS 101, MS 102, MS 203, MS 204, or MS 996 through MS
999) in no way obligates or commits the student to any military service or any further ROTC
courses. These courses are offered on the same basis as other academic courses at lUP
with the phvilege of withdrawing at any time.

REQUIREMENTS FOR ENROLLMENT

The general requirements for enrollment in ROTC are that the student be accepted by the
University as a regular enrolled student, be a citizen of the United States, physically qualified,
not less than 14 years of age, but 27 or less at anticipated graduation date. Veterans and
junior ROTC graduates may receive exemptions from the Basic ROTC Course as approved
by the PMS. For continuation in the ROTC dunng the junior and seniors years, the student

252 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

must have a 2.0 grade point average in his academic area, successfully completed require-
ments for the Basic ROTC Course, pass a physical examination and be accepted by the
Professor of Military Science (PMS). Advanced Course students must agree in writing to
complete the junior and senior years since they will receive $1 00 a month subsistence during
these school years.

WHAT ROTC OFFERS

Equipment, ROTC textbooks and uniforms are issued without cost to enrolled students.

Credit for successful completion of the four-semester hour Health and Physical Education
General Education requirement for graduation.

Students formally enrolled in the Advanced Course (MS 305, MS 306, MS 407 and MS 408)
are paid a subsistence allowance (currently $100 a month) during the school year.

Training in other practical skills such as scuba diving, adventure training, rappelling, marks-
manship, orienteering, first aid techniques and water safety.

Opportunites to examine the military profession in detail. This includes the Regular Army,
National Guard and Army Reserve.

If students so desire and are accepted into the Advanced Course, they will receive commis-
sions as Second Lieutenants upon graduation from the University and serve either three
years continuous active duty or three months active duty for training with the remaining
obligation served in the Army Reserve or National Guard.

MILITARY SCIENCE CURRICULUM

REGULAR BASIC COURSE - The first two years of military science provide a background
of the historical role of military forces as well as current national military objectives. In
addition, basic leadership is developed and certain skills are taught such as adventure
training, survival training, map reading, scuba diving, rappelling and marksmanship.

MS 101 WORLD MILITARY HISTORY 2 s.h.

A study of the relationship and impact of warfare and military forces on the development of
the world. This includes the interaction of military forces on the social, economical and
technological development of the world as well as a study of strategy, tactics and personali-
ties involved in the major wars. The time period covered is from 1700 to World War I. Also,
see Leadership Laboratory.

MS 102 AMERICAN MILITARY HISTORY 2 s.h.

Study of the evolution of American military institutions and policies and their relationship to
society from World War I to present. Included will be studies of the major wars, their strategy
and their impact as well as the personalities involved. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.

MS 203 FUNDAMENTALS OF TACTICAL OPERATIONS, TECHNIQUES OF
LEADERSHIP AND WEAPONS CHARACTERISTICS 2 s.h.

Organization, techniques, resources and capabilities involved in conducting small unit tacti-
cal operations. Emphasis is on leadership, organization, and management techniques
needed to cause a group of people to accomplish specific objectives. Characteristics of
military weapons systems are taught. Students serve as a leader in Leadership Labs.

MS 204 NATIONAL SECURITY AND FUNDAMENTALS OF MILITARY
TOPOGRAPHY 2 s.h.

Study of national security concepts, policies and the national decision-making process with
emphasis on national resources, national will and economic factors. Included will be a study
of nuclear and conventional response options. Fundamentals of military topography include
the use of military maps to determine topographic features, conduct land navigation and
perform terrain analysis will be covered.

Military Science — 253

ADVANCED COURSE - The last two years constitute the Advanced Course of instruction
for both men and wonnen who desire a commission as a Second Lieutenant in the Army of
the United States. (Either the Army Reserve, National Guard or, for selected students, the
Regular Army). This phase is composed of studies in advanced leadership and management,
tactics, military law, psychological, physiological and social factors which affect human
behavior and modern instructional and training techniques. Practical application is the rule
and students have the opportunity to practice and polish their skills. Participation in the
Advanced Course will earn the student approximately $2,500 between $100 a month subsist-
ence and pay for summer camp ($1,800 is not taxable).

MS 305 FUNDAMENTALS OF LEADERSHIP AND MODERN LEARNING/TEACHING
RELATIONSHIP 3 s.h.

Study in practical application of principles of Leadership /Management as applied in class-
room and field to include case studies in psychological, physiological and sociological factors
which affect human behavior; individual and group solution of leadership problems common
to small units. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.

MS 306 STUDY OF ADVANCE LEADER PLANNING AND EXECUTION OF MODERN
COMBAT OPERATIONS 3 s.h.

Analysis of leader's role in directing and coordinating efforts of individuals and small units
in execution of offensive and defensive tactical missions, to include command and control
systems, the military team and communications techniques. Also, see Leadership Labora-
tory.

MS 407 MANAGEMENT OF THE MILITARY COMPLEX TO INCLUDE FUNDAMENTALS
OF MILITARY AND INTERNATIONAL- LAW 3 s.h.

Study of the various managerial elements needed to effectively control a military organization
and their techniques used to accomplish these functions. Studies in military law and interna-
tional law prepare the students for his legal responsibilities.

MS 408 SEMINAR IN MILITARY ANALYSIS AND MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Contemporary analysis of use of military in world affairs to include importance of strategic
mobility and neutralization of insurgent movements. Selected management problems and
situations will be presented as they relate to military justice, administration, and obligation
and responsibilities of an officer. Also, see Leadership Laboratory.

LEADERSHIP LABORATORY (one afternoon per week) 0 s.h.

A practical experience designed for the attainment and application of leadership principles.
Concurrently scheduled in conjunction with all Military Science courses, it provides for practi-
cal challenges in personal accomplishment, both physical and mental, and for development
of team work and leadership.

SUMMER CAMP 0 s.h.

Students attend a six-week summer camp upon completion of the first year of the Advanced
Course. Time at camp is devoted to practical application of principles and theories taught
during the preceding school years. While at camp, each student receives lodging, subsist-
ence, uniforms, medical care, reimbursement for travel and pay in amount of one-half pay
of second lieutenant per month.

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 255

College of Natural Sciences

and Mathematics

Charles R. Fuget, Dean

One of the characteristics of the twentieth century is the marked change in the relation of
citizens to their environment. Space probes, orbiting satellites, and productive research on
the structure and synthesis of living matter have brought to the forefront for re-examination
such time honored queries as, 'What is the nature of the Universe?', or, 'Can man control
his natural environment?', or, 'How did life begin?'. Correct answers to these and other
questions, coupled with proper application of this knowledge for humankind's betterment,
must be a significant part of the goal of educated people everywhere.

The objectives of the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics are to acquaint the
student with the kinds of problems which lend themselves to possible solutions through the
use of science; to introduce different scientific techniques through significant illustrative
experiences; to give a sense of perspective in the development of science; and to develop
an understanding of the basic community of all scientific disciplines.

DEGREES

The Departments of Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science and Physics offer work leading
to either a Bachelor of Science or a Bachelor of Arts degree, depending upon the specific
course program pursued. The Bachelor of Science degree is awarded for successful work
in the Departments of Geoscience and Mathematics. The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded
by the Department of Psychology.

Several departments in the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics sponsor Master
of Arts or Master of Science degrees in the University's Graduate School. Information on
these programs should be obtained from The Graduate School.

256 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Degree Requirements

in addition to the University's General Education requirements, all students seeking a bacca-
laureate degree in the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics must complete the
requirements for a major as established by the department through which they wish to
specialize. Statements of these requirements and for minoring in a specific field, appear in
the department sections that follow. A double major or minor may encompass a discipline
outside as well as within the College, but should be opted only with adviser approval. As a
general principle, there is considerable latitude in course choice for Natural Sciences and
Mathematics majors; for specifically required courses, substitutions in any program must
have the written approval of the student's department chairperson or the College Dean. The
intermediate series foreign language requirement (a description follows) applies without
exception to all Natural Sciences and Mathematics degrees.

THE FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENT

A candidate for a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree must demonstrate a
proficiency in a foreign language equivalent to that attained upon completion of two years
of college instruction in that language. This requirement may be met by:

a. successful completion of two semesters at the second year level in a specific foreign
language; or

b. successful completion of an exemption or credit examination in lieu of the above, the
examination administered by the lUP foreign languages department.

The foreign language requirement currently may be met through work in French, German,
Greek, Latin, or Spanish.

Any foreign student, registered as such at lUP, whose acquired native language is other than
English and who demonstrates an acceptable proficiency in English, is exempt from the
foreign language requirement for a Natural Sciences and Mathematics degree, if the depart-
ment he/she is majoring in does not require a specific language not thus covered.

SPECIAL CREDIT PROGRAM

College majors may be interested in the programs available through the Marine Science
Consortium.

The Marine Science Consortium was established in 1968 for the purpose of promoting
teaching and research in the marine sciences. The participating institutions include Indiana
University of Pennsylvania and thirteen other colleges and universities. Although no separate
major in the Marine Sciences exists, elective courses may be taken and credited toward
undergraduate curricula in Biology, Geology, Geography, and Earth Science. The Marine
Science Consortium offers five 3-week sessions during the summer at the NASA-Wallops
Island Station, Virginia. Normally, several research cruises are offered each summer.

Students must register for credit and pay credit fees to a participating institution. Room and
board fees are paid to the Consortium. Applications for all summer sessions must be submit-
ted to the institutional Director by April 1 . Students must be accepted by the Consortium
before registering at a participating institution. See section on Marine Science Consortium
for a listing of courses. For brochure, summer bulletin and application forms, contact: Dr.
Francis W. Liegey, Director

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

The College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics offers pre-professional programs for the
preparation of students for acceptance by a professional school: pre-dental, pre-medical and
pre-veterinary medicine. In addition, the College offers a major in the Natural Sciences for
those students whose goal is pharmacy or pharmacology, optometry, osteopathy, podiatry

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 257

or similar professional field. All programs are so designed that, should work at a professional
school not ensue, the student may earn an lUP baccalaureate degree, provided he/she has
been faithful to faculty advisement.

The pre-professional health programs in Natural Sciences and Mathematics presuppose that
the student has an excellent background in the high school sciences and mathematics, or
will prove to be an excellent college student. Because admission standards at most profes-
sional schools are very high, students desiring pre-professional preparation for any of these
fields will find it advantageous to major in the basic department discipline, making known to
the department chairperson their eventual goal but delaying explicit affiliation with the pre-
professional program until they have established themselves academically at the college
level. Commitment to any pre-professional program must be made not later than the end of
the student's fourth semester.

Students interested in the related health fields (dentistry, pharmacy, optometry, osteopathy,
physical therapy, podiatry, etc.) should consult with the Dean of the College of Natural
Sciences and Mathematics during their first semester of lUP attendance, or as soon the-
reafter as possible.

COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS

lUP has been fortunate to enter into cooperative agreements with a number of outstanding
institutions to provide significant career opportunitiesto our students. These formal agree-
ments provide for accelerated graduate or professional degree programs or carefully
planned and coordinated undergraduate programming with the cooperating institution. Pro-
grams are intended to assure acceptance of properly qualified students by the cooperating
professional schools. Additional information concerning the specific programs can be found
under the appropriate academic department in this catalog.

ENGINEERING (See Department of Physics)

Drexel University - the program combines the opportunity for two years of study at lUP with
the remaining three years of study as part of the Drexel plan of cooperative education.
University of Pittsburgh - the program will allow the student to enroll at lUP for the first two
years of college and conclude degree work by enrolling in an engineering program at the
University of Pittsburgh for the last two years.

FAMILY MEDICINE (See Department of Biology)

Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University - the program is designed to
increase the opportunities for lUP students to be admitted to Jefferson Medical College in
the Family Medicine Program designed to provide physicians to rural communities in Pennsyl-
vania where there is a shortage.

FORESTRY AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES (See Department of Biology)

Duke University - the program is designed to coordinate the education of students from lUP
with the graduate programs in forestry and environmental management offered at Duke
University.

PODIATRY (See Natural Science)

Pennsylvania College of Podiathc Medicine - the program is designed to accelerate the
professional training of lUP students in the field of podiatry.

OPTOMETRY (See Natural Sciences)

Pennsylvania College of Optometry - the program is designed to accelerate the professional
training of lUP students in the field of optometry.

258 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

INTERNSHIP PROGRAMS

Several departments have established programs under which students engage in an off-
campus supervised work experience for credit.

For more information about specific Internship programs students should consult with the
chairperson of the department in which the student is majoring. Low-income students eligible
for internships may receive federal-state funding.

BIOLOGY DEPARTMENT

WALTER W. GALLATI, CHAIRPERSON; ALICO, ANDREW, ASH, BAKER,
BROWE, CHARNEGO, CISKOWSKI, CONWAY, DIETRICH, FERRENCE,
FORBES, GOLD, HUE, HULING, HULSE, HUMPHREYS, KESNER, LIEGEY,
MERRITT, MOORE, NASTASE, PICKERING, SCHROCK, STRAWCUTTER,
VALLOWE, WAECHTER, WASKOSKIE, WINSTEAD, ZENISEK.

Degrees offered by the Biology Department are the Bachelor of Science in Biology, the
Bachelor of Arts in Biology, Bachelor of Science in Environmental Health, and the Bachelor
of Science in Education with a Biology major. The first three degree programs are under the
College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, and the fourth under the College of Education.
The department also offers a Biology minor.

CURRICULA

The program leading to a B.S. in Biology is designed to provide maximum depth in the
sciences and mathematics with minimum elective opportunity.Students who plan to attend
graduate school or professional schools such as those in human or veterinary medicine most
often choose this program of studies.

The program leading to a B.A. in Biology is designed to reduce modestly the requirement
in sciences and mathematics and allow for greater elective choice from diverse fields.
Specialized career plans can be best accommodated with this program.

The Environmental Health Program is a preparation for employment in local, state, and
federal agencies and industry. Between the junior and senior year each student should serve
an internship with a governmental agency or an industrial concern.

The program leading to the B.S. in Education with a Biology major is designed to prepare
for Certification in public school teaching.

NOTE: The Biology Department cooperates in programs with Jefferson Medical College,
Duke University School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, and Marine Science Consor-
tium, Inc.

NOTE: In the programs of study that follow, no more than six semester hours in aggregate
from internships, independent study and special topics may be counted toward biology
course requirements. Credits beyond six earned from these sources are counted as general
electives.

CORE PROGRAM

Requirements for B.S. and B.A. in Biology but not Environmental Health and Biology Educa-
tion are 18 s.h. in Biology, 16 s.h. in Chemistry, and 4 s.h. in Mathematics as follows:

Biology (18 semester hours)

Bl 105 Cell Biology 4 s.h.

Bl 110 Plant Biology 5 s.h.

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 259

Bl 120 Animal Biology 5 s.h.

Bl 263 Genetics 3 s.h.

Bl 480 Biology Seminar 1 s.h.

Chemistry (16 semester hours)

CH 111 Gen Chem I 4 s.h.

CH 112 Gen Chem II 4 s.h.

CH 231 Organic Chem I 4 s.h.

CH 351 Biochemistry 4 s.h.

Mathematics (4 semester hours)

MA 121 Calc I 4 s.h.

B.S. In Biology

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Biology are 15 semester hours in Biology, 4 semester hours in Chemistry, 4 semester hours
in Mathematics, and 8 semester hours in Physics, as follows:

Biology

Bl Electives (electives for majors only) 15 s.h.

Chemistry

CH 232 Organic Chem II 4 s.h.

Mathematics

MA 122 Calc II or MA 216 Prob and Stat for

Biology 4 s.h.

Physics

PY 111-1 Physics I 3 s.h.

PY 112-1 Physics II 3 s.h.

PY 111-2 Physics Lab 1 s.h.

PY 112-2 Physics II Lab 1 s.h.

B.A. In Biology

In addition to the core program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Biology
are 9 additional semester hours in Biology electives.

B.S. In Environmental Health (Biology core does not apply)

Required are at least 36 semester hours in Biology, 12 semester hours in Chemistry, 8
semester hours in Mathematics, 9 semester hours in Safety Science, and 8 semester hours
in Physics as follows:

Biology (36 semester hours)

Bl

105

Cell Biology

4 s.h.

Bl

110

Plant Biology

5 s.h.

Bl

120

Animal Biology

5 s.h.

Bl

241

Gen Microbiology

3 s.h.

Bl

362

Ecology

3 s.h.

Bl

310

Applied Entomology & Zoonoses

3 s.h.

Bl

321

Environmental Protection 1

3 s.h.

Bl

322

Environmental Protection II

3 s.h.

Bl

480

Biology Seminar

1 s.h.

Bl

498

Internship or Alternate Experience

6 s.h.

Chemistry (12 semester hours)

CH 111 Gen Chem I 4 s.h.

260 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

CH 112 Gen Chem II 4 s.h.

CH 231 Organic Chem I 4 s.h.

Mathematics (8 semester hours)

MA 121 Calc I 4 s.h.

MA 216 Probability and Statistics for Biology 4 s.h.

Safety Sciences (9 semester hours)

SA 101 Intro to Occupational Safety and

Health Management 3 s.h.
SA 301 Nature & Effects of Occupational

Health Hazards 3 s.h.
SA 302 Measurement & Evaluation of Occupational

Health Hazards 2 s.h.

Physics (8 semester hours)

PY 111-1 Physics I Lecture 3 s.h.

PY 111-2 Physics I Lab 1 s.h.

PY 112-1 Physics II Lecture 3 s.h.

PY 112-2 Physics II Lab 1 s.h.

B.S. in Education - Biology Major (Biology Core does not apply)

The requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with a Biology major
are 29 semester hours in Biology, Physics I & II with labs, General Chemistry I and II, Organic
Chemistry I and Biochemistry.

Biology

Bl

103

General Biology 1

Bl

104

General Biology II

Bl

110

Plant Biology

Bl

120

Animal Biology

Bl

361

Microbiology

Bl

(Electives for majors only):
Bl 105 Cell Biology
Bl 362 Ecology
Bl 263 Genetics

4 s.h.

4 s.h.

5 s.h.
5 s.h.
3 s.h.
8 s.h.

29 s.h.

Minor in Biology

To minor in Biology, a student must have the permission of the Biology Department Chairper-
son. The minor consists of the following courses plus biology electives for a minimum total
of 1 7 semester hours of biology.

Bl 103-104 Gen.Bio.landGen.Bio.il 8 s.h.

or

Bl 105 Cell Biology 4 s.h.

DUKE COOPERATIVE COLLEGE PROGRAM IN FORESTRY
AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

The Cooperative College program with the Duke University School of Forestry and Environ-
mental Studies is designed to coordinate the undergraduate education of students at Indiana
University of Pennsylvania with graduate programs in the areas of resources and environ-
ment offered at Duke. Undergraduate majors in one of the natural sciences, mathematics,
economics, business or political science are suited to the program. Preparation for the Duke
program should include at least one year each of biology with work in botany, economics
with a significant component of microeconomics, and mathematics which should include

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 261

calculus, computer science and statistics. Applicants to the Duke program who have comp-
leted courses in ecology, chemistry, geology, physics and a foreign language; or additional
courses in biology, economics and mathematics will be given preferential consideration.
Students are accepted in either of two degree programs at Duke, the Master of Forestry (MF)
or Master of Environmental Management (MEM).

Students may be accepted into the Duke graduate program after three years of high quality
undergraduate study at lUP or upon completion of the baccalaureate. Students who qualify
after three years will have completed most of the undergraduate degree requirements at lUP
except for total hours. Courses at Duke will be applied to the bachelor's degree at lUP. Dr.
Gould F. Schrock, Department of Biology, is the faculty adviser at lUP and assists students
in program planning.

JEFFERSON MEDICAL COLLEGE-IUP PHYSICIAN

SHORTAGE AREA PROGRAM

A cooperative Family Medicine Physician Education Program has been established by lUP
and Jefferson Medical College of Thomas Jefferson University in Philadelphia for the pur-
pose of improving the distribution of physicians in Pennsylvania. The program is designed
to increase the opportunities for young women and men to practice family medicine in the
rural communities of Pennsylvania where there is a shortage of physicians.

The program at Jefferson Medical College will admit approximately 12 graduates of lUP and
12 graduates of other colleges each year. Students from lUP will be admitted only if properly
qualified according to the admission standards and policies of Jefferson Medical College.
Applications are reviewed by the Joint lUP-Jefferson Subcommittee and recommendations
made to the Jefferson Committee on Admissions.

Requirements for Admission to Jefferson l\/ledicai College

Students may choose from a variety of major fields of study during their four years at lUP.
Regardless of the major field of study, the following course work must be included:

lUP

'General Biology or Zoology 1 year 8 s.h.

'Physics 1 year 8 s.h.

'Inorganic Chemistry 1 year 8 s.h.

'Organic Chemistry 1 year 8 s.h.

'All courses include laboratory.

In addition to the minimum course requirements, the prospective medical student is advised
to complete such courses as: physical chemistry, quantitative analysis, comparative verte-
brate anatomy, genetics, animal developmental biology, calculus, psychology, sociology and
philosophy. Although these courses are not required for admission to Jefferson Medical
College, they are recommended in order that students have an adequate professional, social
and ethical background for the study of medicine. After four years of study at lUP, students
will qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in biology, chemistry, or other
curricula if preferred.

Students who qualify for the Physician Shortage Area Program (PSAP) must certify their
intentions to adhere to the following plan of education and practice: (a) complete the family
medicine curriculum during their four years of medical education at Jefferson Medical Col-
lege, including a six week clerkship in a rural area; (b) complete a three year family medicine
residency; and (c) agree to practice family medicine in an underserved area. Preference will
be given to Pennsylvania residents who are interested in this program, with highest priority
given to those who actually live, at the time of application, in the underserved area in which
they hope to practice.

262 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

A nominal fee will be charged for students using departmental transportation in field courses.

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE COURSES

Bl 105 CELL BIOLOGY 4 s.h.

Introductory course to increase depth of beginning student's understanding of structural and
functional development plus evolutionary aspects of cell concept. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours
lab)

Bl 110 PLANT BIOLOGY 5 s.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 105 or special permission.

Plant structue, function development, recognition and grouping, environmental relationships,
and economic importance of plants considered. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours lab)

Bl 120 ANIMAL BIOLOGY 5 S.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 105 or special permission.

Morphology, physiology, embryology, ecology, taxonomy, social and economic importance
of animals; consideration of principles applicable to a correlation of classical with present
zoology. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours lab)

Bl 252 FIELD ZOOLOGY 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 120

Field natural history of vertebrates; identification, collection and preservation techniques.
Field trips required. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 261 ORNITHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 105 or Bl 103 and 104

A study of birds of the region. Indoor laboratory as well as field trips required. (2 hours lecture,
3 hours lab)

Bl 262 GENERAL ENTOMOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 120

Morphology, anatomy, ecology, taxonomy, economic and public health importance of insect
orders, particularly those of Western Pennsylvania; student collection and field trips required.
(2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 263 GENETICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 110 or 120 and CH 231.

Deals with the distribution and function of the hereditary material; special emphasis on
microbial, viral and molecular genetics. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 269 BIOETHICS AND COEVOLUTION 3 s.h.

Discussion and exploration of the coevolution of man and nature. Areas covered include the
concepts of coevolution, bioethics, resource utilization and possible future lifestyles. De-
signed for majors and non-majors. (3 hours lecture)

Bl 271 EVOLUTION 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: One year biology.

Historical development of evolutionary thought, evidence and operational mechanisms in-
volved; origin and phylogenetic relationships of biologic groups. (3 hours lecture)

Bl 272 CONSERVATION OF PLANT AND ANIMAL RESOURCES 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 105 or Bl 103 and 104.

A study of accepted practices in soil, water, forest and wildlife conservation. (2 hours lecture,
3 hours lab) Saturday field trips may be required.

Bl 273 INTRODUCTION TO ROCKY MOUNTAIN ECOLOGY 4 s.h.

An introductory course intended primarily for those not familiar with the Rocky Mountains.

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 263

Flora and fauna of eacfi of the life zones will be described, collected, and identified. Interac-
tions annong the various elements of these ecosystems will be considered. This course will
be given in a wilderness area. Primitive accommodations allow the student the opportunity
to enjoy the wilderness area as much as possible. Study takes place in Wyoming. Tents, food,
horses, etc. are provided by a professional outfitter. Offered only in the summer. No prerequi-
sites.

Bl 310 APPLIED ENTOMOLOGY AND ZOONOSES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite; Bl 120 or Permission of instructor.

Study of the measures for abatement or control of arthropods, rodents, birds and other
disease vectors of public importance; selection, chemistry, formulation, and safe application
of insecticides, rodenticides and fumlgants; pesticiding equipment; application of biological
and other measures of control. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 331 ANIMAL DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 120

Comparative and molecular development of vertebrate animals are the major considerations.
General principles of development are illustrated using vertebrate, invertebrate and plant
materials. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 350 CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CH 231

Topics include cell membrane systems, bioenergetics, information processing system as well
as growth and differentiation of cells and their organelles. Complements plant and animal
physiology and biochemsitry. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 352 COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 120, CH 231

Comparative study of homeostatic mechanisms and systems in animals and their relation to
fundamental chemical and physical events in cells. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 360 MEDICAL MYCOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 105

A study of the mycology of pathogenic fungi. Consideration will include sources of infection,
distribution, symptomatology, diagnosis, prognosis, immunology and treatment. Pathogens
are used in the course and emphasis is placed upon actual laboratory technique and proce-
dures. (2 hours lecture and 3 hours lab)

Bl 361 MICROBIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 105, CH 231

Introduction to morphology, physiology, and ecology of procaryotic organisms. Importance
of microorganisms in basic and applied research, economics, infection and immunology are
discussed. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 362 ECOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 110, 120.

Study of interrelations and adaptations of organisms; includes consideration of physical and
biotic environmental factors. Field trips. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 364 IMMUNOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 361, CH 351

Physical and chemical properties of antigens and antibodies; nature of antigen-antibody
interactions; mechanism of antibody formation; and immune reaction and disease. Lab
employs serological techniques. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 372 PLANT ANATOMY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 1 10

Embryological development and growth and maturation of typical vascular plants; emphasis
placed on differentiation and maturation of plant organs of various families. (2 hours lecture.
3 hours lab)

264 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Bl 432 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 120

Discussion of anatomy of representative vertebrates from a comparative point of view.
Stresses major organizational changes observed in vertebrate history. (2 hours lecture, 3
hours lab)

Bl 445 MICROTECHNIQUE 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: One year Biology, one year Chemistry.

Production of whole mount, smear, squash, microtome section and serial section microscope
slides of both plant and animal organisms. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 446 DENDROLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: BM 10 or 112, or by permission of instructor.

Study of woody plants as to their identification, distribution, ecology, culture, anatomy, physi-
ology, mensuration and utilization. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 451 TAXONOMY OF PLANTS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 110

Considers the collection, preservation, and identification and taxonomy of plants of this
region. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 453 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 110, CH 231.

Studies physiological processes occurring in plants considered in relation to growth, develop-
ment and ecology of plants. (2 hour lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 461 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 350 or 352, CH 351, MA 121 (or permission of instructor).
Molecular approach to quantitative analysis of mechanisms of functional operation and
coordination in living organisms. Emphasis on chemical and physical principles operating at
primary functional units of organization. (3 hours lecture and 3 hours lab)

Bl 463 LIMNOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 362

An investigation into the physical, chemical, and biological aspects of inland waters and their
inter-relationships. In the laboratory the student will gain experience in the techniques in-
volved in aquatic sampling and the analysis of data. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab) (Saturday
or Sunday labs may be required).

Bl 472 RADIATION BIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Two years Biology, one year Physics, and General, Organic, and Biochemistry.
Aspects of nuclear physics and radioactive isotopes; uses, effects, detection and measure-
ment of radioactive nuclides used in Biology. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 475 MAMMALOGY 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 120

A general discussion of mammals emphasizing systematics, distribution and structural and
functional modifications related to evolution of this group. Lab work samples numerous
techniques that can be applied to mammalian biology. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 476 PARASITOLOGY 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 120

Structure, physiology, ecology, life cycles, pathology and treatment of parasitic protozoa,
flatworm and roundworm species of man. Dissection of hosts for parasites. (2 hours lecture,
3 hours lab)

Bl 478 MYCOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 110

Involves a study of the systemics, morphology and physiology of the kingdom Myceteae with

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 265

emphasis on economically important and experimentally useful organisms. (2 hours lecture,
3 hours lab)

Bl 480 BIOLOGY SEMINAR 1 s.h.

Discussion of recent trends in biological thought and research. Students report on assigned
readings and/or personal research.

Bl 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-3 s.h.

This course varies from semester to semester covering diverse topics in specific areas of
biology.

Bl 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

Student investigates independently any field of biology in which interested. Work supervised
by a faculty member but does not involve regular class or laboratory hours. Enrollment by
permission only.

Bl 489 LITERATURE OF BIOLOGY 2 s.h.

Designed to acquaint students with the use of library resources dealing with biology as well
as with the mechanics of preparing a scientific paper. Practical hands-on experience in a
literature search is an integral part of the course work.

Bl 498 BIOLOGY INTERNSHIP Max. 12 semester hrs., only 6 semester hrs. may be

applied toward the major.
Prerequisites: Biology major with at least 57 semester hours and permission of the Director
of Internships and the Chairperson.

Selected students have opportunity, under Department supervision, to gain off-campus
practical experience in area of interest. Total number of credits and number of credits toward
the Biology major will be decided in consultation between student, his/her adviser, and
Director of Internships.

Course Required of Secondary Education Majors

ED 451 TEACHING SCIENCE IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Background to help science majors meet the problems of teaching science. Various inquiry
approaches useful in meeting objectives of a contemporary science class are taught and
exemplified. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

Courses Provided for Students in Elementary Education

Bl 311 ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 4 s.h.

Laboratory and field course providing basic knowledge in biology and its practical implica-
tions. Physical and biological aspects of the environment are studied. (3 hours lecture, 3
hours lab)

EL 312 TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCIENCE 3 s.h.

Emphasis placed upon science as it relates to the child and the curriculum, planning for
teaching science and recent innovations in science teaching. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)
This course is part of the block, field based program.

Courses Required for Environmental Health Majors

Bl 321 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION I 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Bl 105, CH 112, and permission of instructor.

Considers impact of important components of physical environment on health and deals with
principles and methods for indentification, evaluation, and control of such health hazards.
Major attention to principles and methods of epidemiological investigation. (2 hours lecture,
3 hours lab)

Bl 322 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 321

266 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Subjects receiving attention include: water and food supplies, domestic and industrial sew-
age and wastes, housing, accidents, community air pollution, domestic and industrial poi-
sons, ionizing radiations, occupational health hazards. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Courses For Non-Biology Majors

Bl 103 GENERAL BIOLOGY I 4 s.h.

Introduces biological components of some of man's major problems, including energy stor-
age and release, molecular transport, chemical control, genetics and ecology. (3 hours
lecture, 2 hours lab)

Bl 104 GENERAL BIOLOGY II 4 s.h.

Prerequisite: Bl 103.

Completion of background information with study of selected areas of biology, such as
evolution, behavior and developmental biology. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

Bl 150 HUMAN ANATOMY 3 s.h.

Study of the functional systematic anatomy of the human. Lab studies center on non-human
mammals whose anatomy is then related to the human condition. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours
lab, 2 night exams)

Bl 151 HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 4 s.h.

Course deals with acquiring, through lecture presentations and laboratory experiments, an
understanding of the basic functions and control of major organ systems of human body.
Organ systems examined include the following: Muscular system, cardiovascular system,
respiratory system, endocrine system, renal system, digestive system, reproductive system
and nervous system. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

Bl 241 GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Study of microorganisms, and role they play in water, soil, food and infection. Standard
methods and techniques are emphasized in laboratory. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

Bl 265 HUMAN GENETICS 3 s.h.

Behavior of genes in man, as individuals and as populations will be considered through
pedigree studies, linkage analysis, chemical structure of proteins and cytogenetic correla-
tions. Emphasis on facts and principles which relate to man's growing social, ethical and
political problems. (3 hours lecture)

CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT

THOMAS E. CRUMM, CHAIRPERSON; ASTING, BALLAS, BORDAS, CHRIS-
TODOULEAS, COLEMAN, COSTA, FAZIO, HARTLINE, KOLACZKOWSKI,
MARKS, McKELVEY, METZ, PATSIGA, SCROXTON, SYTY, TACKETT, VA-
RUGHESE, WOOD, WUNZ, ZAMBOTTI.

Degrees offered by the Chemistry Department are the Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, the
Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry and the Bachelor of Science in Education with a Chemistry
major. The first two degree programs are under the College of Natural Sciences and Mathe-
matics, and the third is under the College of Education. The department also offers a
Chemistry minor.

CURRICULA

The B.S. in Chemistry is a professional degree and is accredited by the American Chemical
Society. The student completing this major should be qualified to assume a position in
industry or government as a chemist or to apply for admission to graduate school to pursue
advanced studies leading to the M.S. or Ph.D. degree. The student considering going to a

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 267

professional school who also wishes to complete this degree should elect appropriate
courses as required by the professional school in addition to the courses required here.
Those students who are particularly interested in biochemistry should elect a few selected
biology courses.

The curriculum leading to the B.A. in Chemistry is designed to allow for the workable union
of nonscience areas with chemistry in such a way as to retain the fundamental science and
mathematics requirements needed for a career in chemistry. A cognizant selection of elec-
tives will qualify the student for entrance into many fields in which there is an acute need
for educated people and, at the same time, satisfy the entrance requirements of various
professional and graduate schools.

Some possible and useful combinations between chemistry and other disciplines would
include chemistry-biology, chemistry-business administration, chemistry-computer science,
chemistry-criminology, chemistry-government, chemistry-predental, chemistry-prelaw,
chemistry-premedicine and chemistry- English (technical writing). The student must arrange
a practical sequence of non-chemistry courses in consort with his/her adviser and the
department chairperson concerned. A student seeking a career in forensic science should
major in chemistry.

The curriculum leading to the B.S. in Education with a Chemistry major is designed to prepare
the student to teach chemistry at the secondary school level. Upon completion of the
specified course work, the graduate is eligible for certification as a chemistry teacher by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.

Core Program

Requirements for ALL Chemistry majors are 29 semester hours in Chemistry, 8 semester
hours in Mathematics, and 8 semester hours in Physics as follows:

Chemistry

CH

113-114

CH

231-232

CH

321

CH

322

CH

341

CH

343

Mathematics

*MA

123-124

MA 121-122

Concepts in Chem I and II
Org Chem I and II
Quant Analysis
Instrumental Analysis
Phys Chem I
Phys Chem Lab I

Calc I and II for Physics and

Chemistry

Calc I and II

8s.h.
8s.h.
4 s.h.
4 s.h.
4 s.h.
1 s.h.

8 s.h.
8 s.h.

•B.S. in Chemistry majors must take these Math courses
Physics

*PY

131-1,132-1

Physics 1 and II

3 s.h. each

.pY

131-2,132-2

Physics 1 and II Lab

1 s.h. each

PY

111-1,112-1

Physics 1 and II

3 s.h. each

PY

111-2,112-2

Physics 1 and II Lab

1 s.h. each

*B.S. in Chemistry majors must take these Physics courses

B.S. in Chemistry

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Chemistry are 14-15 more semester hours in Chemistry and 3 more semester hours in
Mathematics. In addition, the Department requires that the foreign language requirement (6
semester hours) of the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics be fulfilled by German
courses. Course numbers are as follows:

268 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Chemistry

CH 301 Chemistry Seminar 1 s.h.

CH 342 Phys Chem II 3 s.h.

CH 344 Phys Chem Lab II 1 s.h.

CH 411 Inorg Chem 3 s.h.

Electives from the following (6-7 semester hours):

CH 302 Industrial Chem 3 s.h.

CH 331 Org Qual Analysis 3 s.h.

CH 335 Advan Org Chem 3 s.h.

CH 351 Biochem 4 s.h.

CH 376 Radiochem 3 s.h.

CH 412 Inorg Preparations 3 s.h.

CH 421 Advan Instrum Analysis 3 s.h.

CH 441 Advan Phys Chem 3 s.h.

**CH 498 Problems in Chem 1-2 s.h.

Mathematics (one of the following)

MA 171 Intro to Linear Algebra 3 s.h.

MA 227 Calculus III 4 S.h.

MA 241 Differential Equations 3 s.h.

MA 342 Advanced Calculus for Applications 4 s.h.

Foreign Language
GM 251-

252 Ger III and Ger IV or
GM 256 Sci Ger (in place of 252) 3 s.h. each

**CH 498 is required for ACS certification (2 s.h. course)

B.A. in Chemistry

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Chemistry
are 1 5 semester hours minimum in a complementary field, including a minimum of 6 semester
hours of advanced work. Any foreign lanuage may be taken to fulfill the Natural Sciences
and Mathematics graduation requirement.

B.S. in Education (Chemistry l\/lajor)

In addition to the Core Program requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education with a chemistry major are 4-5 more semester hours in Chemistry (a minimum of
33 semester hours total in Chemistry are required), 4 semester hours in biology, and 3
semester hours in education, as follows:

Chemistry

CH 498 Problems in Chem 1 or 2 s.h.
(at least one of the following)

CH 411 Inorganic Chem 3 s.h.

CH 351 Biochemistry 4 s.h.

CH 342 Physical Chemistry II 3 s.h.

Biology

Bl 105 Cell Biology 4 s.h.

Education

ED 451 Teaching Science in the Secondary

School (see Biology) 3 s.h.

**CH498 is required for ACS certification (2 s.h. course)

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 269

Strongly Recommended Courses for Chemistry Majors

Due to the importance of computers in many areas of chemistry, it is strongly recommended
that all chemistry majors take one or two Computer Science courses. Computer Science
would be an excellent complementary field for the B.A. degree.

CO 110 Introduction to Computer Science 3 s.h.

CO 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3 s.h.

Minor in Chemistry

The minor in Chemistry consists of a minimum of 20 semster hours, selected as follows:
CH 111-112 Gen Chem I and II 8 s.h.

CH 231-232 Org Chem I and II 8 s.h.

CH 321 Quant Analysis 4 s.h.

or
CH 323 Analytical Methods 4 s.h.

or
CH 351 Biochem 4 s.h.

Special Courses

The Chemistry Department provides certain special courses as services for other Colleges
and Departments, such as CH 101 and 102, CH 103 and CH 355.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

For those courses which combine lecture and laboratory, attendance and satisfactory per-
formance in the laboratory are required in order to pass the course.

CH 101-102 COLLEGE CHEMISTRY 1 & II 4 s.h. each

Topics from fields of inorganic, organic and biochemistry. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

CH 103 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY 4 s.h.

One-semester course to survey areas of inorganic and biochemistry. Open only to Physical
Education majors. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

CH 111-112 GENERAL CHEMISTRY I AND II 4 s.h. each

Lecture-discussion of principles of chemistry, including theory and applications. The lab
illustrates principles discussed. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

CH 113-114 CONCEPTS IN CHEMISTRY 4 s.h. each

These two semesters of general chemistry give the chemistry major an in-depth and quantita-
tive background in areas of physical, inorganic and analytical chemistry. (3 hours lecture, 3
hours lab)

CH 230 PHYSICAL CONCEPTS FOR BIOCHEMISTRY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 102

Study of important concepts from physical, analytical and organic chemistry that are neces-
sary background for biochemistry. Designed for dietetics majors in the College of Home
Economics. (3 hours lecture)

CH 231-232 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I AND II 4 s.h. each

Prerequisite: CH 112 or 114.

Study of compounds of carbon, with special emphasis on structure and reactions of more
important classes of carbon compounds. Laboratory work involves preparation and punfica-
tion of representative compounds. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours lab)

CH 301 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR 1 s.h.

Discussion of current technical literature and current research problems of staff. Lectures

270 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

by outside chemists and student presentations. Open to junior or senior chemistry majors
and to others by permission of the instructor. (1 hour)

CH 302 INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CH 232.

Study of application of chemistry and science to industries of western Pennsylvania for the
science teacher. Consists of lectures, laboratory work and field trips to representative indus-
tries. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

CH 303 GLASSBLOWING TECHNIQUES 1 s.h.

Introduces science student to techniques necessary for construction and modification of
scientific glass apparatus. Limited to junior and senior science majors and others by permis-
sion of instructor. (2 hours lecture)

CH 305 NEW APPROACHES TO TEACHING HIGH SCHOOL CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: at least junior chemistry education major.

Survey of current approaches in teaching high school chemistry. Modified versions of Chem
Study Approach and Chemical Bond Approach investigated; individualization of chemistry
and application of various teaching materials and techniques used in individualizing chemis-
try surveyed. Environmental chemistry and development of relevant topics in chemistry used
to better understand chemical basis of our current environmental problems. (4 hours lecture-
lab)

CH 321 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS 4 s.h.

Prerequisite: CH 1 12 or CH 1 14.

Theory and practice of quantitative analysis, including gravimetric and volumetric analysis;
special emphasis on perfecting student's laboratory techniques and application of general
chemical knowledge through problem solving. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours lab)

CH 322 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS 4 s.h.

Prerequisite: CH 321.

Modern instrumental methods of chemical analysis. Student learns theory behind the instru-
ment, principles of operation, interpretation of data obtained and limitations of methods. (3
hours lecture, 4 hours lab)

CH 323 ANALYTICAL METHODS 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: CH 1 1 2 and non-chemistry major.

Principles of precipitation, acid-base, oxidation-reduction and equilibria are applied to prob-
lem solving and to laboratory determinations; instrumental methods of analysis, such as
colorimetry, atomic absorption and flame emission, gas chromatography, etc. (3 hours lec-
ture, 4 hours lab)

CH 331 ORGANIC QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CH 231-232 (CH 232 may be taken concurrently).

Gives student experience in systematic identification of various classes of organic com-
pounds by both chemical and physical methods. (4 hours lecture-lab)

CH 335 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: CH 232 and CH 341.

Selected topics of current interest covered. Possible topics include: reaction mechanisms,
molecular spectroscopy, stereochemistry, natural products, heterocyclics, polymer chemis-
try and organic synthesis. (3 hours lecture)

CH 341 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: MA 122, 124 or 128 and PY 112 or 132; CH 112 or 114.
Chemical thermodynamics with applications to solutions, phase and chemical equilibria-
kinetic theory. (4 hours lecture)

CH 342 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CH 341

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 271

Study of solids, liquids, surfaces, cfiemical kinetics, electrochemistry, atomic and molecular
structure. (3 hours lecture)

CH 343 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY I 1 s.h.

Prerequisites: CH 321, 341.

Experiments illustrating application of fundamental laws to actual systems. (3 hours lab)

CH 344 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORATORY II 1 s.h.

Prerequisites: CH 342, 343

Extension of Physical Chemistry Laboratory I; experiments related to chemical kinetics,
molecular spectroscopy and other topics of physical chemistry. (3 hours lab)

CH 351 BIOCHEMISTRY 4 s.h.

Prerequisite: CH 231

Study of chemistry and biological functions of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, minerals,
vitamins and hormones. (4 hours lecture)

CH 355 BIOCHEMISTRY AND NUTRITION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CH 102.

Course for Home Economics major; studies chemistry and biological function of biologically
active compounds with respect to nutritional requirements. (3 hours lecture)

CH 376 RADIOCHEMISTRY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CH 322.

Study of basic aspects of nuclear structure, phenomena of radioactive isotopes and chemical
effects of such isotopes. Concurrent lab work utilizing instruments for detection and mea-
surement of radioactive nuclides used in chemical experimentation. (4 hours lecture-lab)

CH 411 INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CH 341

Gives understanding of advanced theories of atomic structure, chemical bonding, acids and
bases, coordination compounds and selected topics. (3 hours lecture)

CH 412 INORGANIC PREPARATIONS 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: CH 321 and CH 411.

Lectures include discussion of descriptive chemistry of elements according to their peri-
odicity; laboratory includes investigation of synthesis; purification and characterization of
inorganic substances. (4 hours lecture-lab)

CH 421 ADVANCED INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: CH 322

Study of modern chemical analysis, using advanced instrumental techniques; emphasis on
theory, principles of operation, capabilities and limitations of advanced analytical instruments
used. (4 hours lecture-lab)

CH 441 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 3 S.h.

Prerequisite or Co-requisite: CH 342.

Study of fundamental ideas of quantum and statistical mechanics, molecular structure, and
other topics of current interest. (3 hours lecture)

CH 498 PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY 1 to 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of Chairperson.

Course of independent study on selected problems, including lab work, library reading and
conferences with staff member. A minimum of 4 hours per week required per credit.

CH 499 INTERNSHIP IN CHEMISTRY 4-9 s.h.

Prerequisites: CH 113, 114, 231, 232, 321, 341 and departmental approval.
Full-time involvement in an actual 'on-the-job' situation in an industrial laboratory under the
tutelage of a selected preceptor. A department faculty member will work closely with the

272 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

student and preceptor and will assume responsibility of making the final evaluation and
assigning a grade.

SC 105 PHYSICAL SCIENCE I 4 s.h.

See course description in Physics Department. This course is not a prerequisite for Physical
Science II.

SC 106 PHYSICAL SCIENCE II 4 s.h.

Designed to survey chemical principles and concepts and to relate these prinicples to our
current environmental problems. Brief exploration made of chemistry of minerals and rocks
and sources of energy for the future. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

SC 1 1 1 SCIENCE IN MODERN CIVILIZATION 3 s.h.

Designed to acquaint non-science major with some of the major scientific discoveries and
to develop an awareness of how science affects our lives. (3 hours lecture)

COMPUTER SCIENCE DEPARTMENT

GERALD M. BURIOK, CHAIRPERSON; BUTERBAUGH, CUNNINGHAM,
CROSS, MAPLE, McKELVEY, SHUBRA, SWEENEY, TOMPKINS, WOLFE.

The program in Computer Science at lUP leads to the B.S. or B.A. degree and is designed
primarily to prepare graduates for productive work in highly computer-dependent areas of
business, government, and industry. In recent years, the distribution of first jobs for majors
graduating from the program has been as follows:

Business Applications Programming and Systems

Analysis 24%

Government Applications 16%

Computer Software Development 24%

Scientific & Applied Mathematical Programming 12%

Graduate School 12%

Other Computer Related Jobs 12%

In a rapidly developing field such as Computer Science, it is important that the graduate's
education be broad and fundamental so that new trends can more readily be followed. Our
goal is to balance fundamentality and breadth with sufficient supervised practice so that our
graduates are productive at the time they graduate, but ready and willing to change with the
field.

Most applied computer scientists work in cooperation with professionals trained in other
areas, and with managers. Hence the ability to work and communicate with others of different
educational backgrounds is an important characteristic. To that end, we encourage computer
science majors to take a strong minor (or area concentration) in a second area of interest.
Some students may wish to double major. Majors in other curricula at lUP are also welcome
to take Computer Science courses for which they are qualified, or a Computer Science minor.

Students majoring in Computer Science should set their goals beyond simple programming,
and should be preparing:

1 . to program well, both in design and implementation phases, and document what they
have programmed, and

2. to analyze real-world problems in preparation for program design and implementa-
tion, and

3. to manage activities that are strongly computer dependent, or

CO

220

CO

250

CO

300

CO

310

CO

315

CO

480

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 273

4. to improve the tools that programmers and systems analysts use, i.e. to develop

a. better machine systems,

b. better software systems,

c. better languages for communicating with machines, or

d. better methods for solving intractable problems, or

5. to teach about computers at college or high school level, or

6. to advance the fundamental theory of digital information processors.

CURRICULA

The Computer Science fvlajor Program to the B.A. or B.S. Degree (Note 1) includes:

Computer Science core courses:

CO 110 Introduction to Computer Science

(Note 2) 3 s.h.

Applied Computer Programming 3 s.h.

Introduction to Numerical f^ethods 3 s.h.

Assembler Language Programming 3 s.h.

Data Structures 3 s.h.

Large File Organization and Access 3 s.h.
Seminar on Current Computer Topics,

1 s.h. each semester of senior year 2 s.h.

At least one CO course numbered in the range 405-479.

Additional Computer Science courses to bring the total CO semester hours to a minimum
of 30

Minimum: 7 s.h.

Computer Science course requirement: 30 s.h.

Mathematics prerequisite to CO 250:

MA 121-122 or 123-124 or 127-128 (Note 3) 8 s.h.

General Education requirement of the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, includ-
ing Foreign Language. Six ^mester hours of the 8 required in the Calculus may be applied
toward the General Education requirement of 52 semester hours. CO courses are not
accepted as part of the General Education requirement for CO majors. Hence the additional
requirement is: 46 s.h.

Elective courses, preferably including courses in a minor or concentration (Note 4), possibly
including additional Mathematics and Computer Science courses. 40 s.h.

Minimum total for the B.A. or B.S. degree 124 s.h.

Note 1 : If a minor is selected from the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, or
from the College of Business, or if an additional 9 semester hours of Computer
Science are taken, including 4 semester hours CO 485 or 399, then the B.S.
degree is awarded. Otherwise the B.A. degree is awarded.

Note 2: Credit in or exemption from CO 110 may be obtained by examination. Credit so
obtained applies to the major credit requirement of 30 semester hours, but exemp-
tion does not. CO 200, which may be taken in preparation for CO 110, may not
be applied to the major credit requirement of 30 semester hours.

274 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Note 3: Any calculus sequence may be elected, MA 1 27-1 28 (227) for students interested
in pure math, MA 1 23-1 24 for students interested in applied math, and MA 1 21 -1 22
for all others. Any calculus sequence may apply to a minor in mathematics.

Note 4: Minors are possible in a wide variety of fields. See Note 1 . For specific restrictions
on the minor program, see the announcement of the selected minor department
in the Undergraduate Bulletin.

Minor in Computer Science

Any 1 5 semester hours of Computer Science for which the student is qualified, necessarily
including CO 220, Applied Computer Programming.

An undergraduate course in Computer Science for majors in other disciplines who wish to
take only one course is:

CO 200 Introduction to Computers (3 s.h.)

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Core Courses

CO 110 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE 3 s.h.

(For science, mathematics, and computer science majors, and for others who have a suffi-
ciently quantitative orientation.)

Basic structure of modern digital computers; batch processing vs. interactive time-shared
online computing; problem analysis and computer solution using flowcharting and the FOR-
TRAN language. Exemption or credit by examination possible. (2 hours lecture and 1 hour
recitation)

CO 200 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS 3 s.h.

(For non-science, non-mathematics students, who have a more verbal orientation. Does not
count towards Computer Science major.)

A computer appreciation course for students with an interest in computers and what they can
do; survey of computer organization, flowcharting and programming; exercises in the interac-
tive BASIC language; economic, political, psychological and technical effects of computers
in our society. (3 hours lecture)

CO 210 PROGRAMMING THE COMPUTER 2 S.h.

Prerequisite: CO 200 or equivalent.

Development of computer programming skills using the FORTRAN language, including com-
puter representation of data. Problem analysis and computer solution using flowcharting and
the language learned. Two recitation hours per week. May be used as a prerequisite to
advanced courses in place of CO 110.

CO 220 APPLIED COMPUTER PROGRAMMING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CO 110 or equivalent.

Structured programming principles and techniques, as implemented thru the ANS COBOL

language; program design using top-down techniques; group programming projects; program

and project documentation; introduction to tape and disc files. (2 hours lecture and 1 hour

recitation)

CO 250 INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL METHODS 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: CO 110, MA 122, 124 or 128.

Algorithmic methods for function evaluation, roots of equations, solutions to systems of
equations operations, matrix operations, curve fitting, interpolation, numerical integration and
differentation; errors in computation. (3 hours lecture)

CO 300 ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAMMING 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: CO 110 or equivalent.

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 275

Examination of structure and languages of machines; representation of data, addressing
techniques, symbolic coding, assemblers, macros, etc; problem solution using assembly
language. (2 hours lecture and 1 hour recitation)

CO 310 DATA STRUCTURES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CO 220

Basic concepts of data; storage systems and structures; lists, arrays, strings, hashing tech-
niques; searching and sorting techniques; data structures in programming languages; string
processing. Programming in a block structured language. (3 hours lecture)

CO 315 LARGE FILE ORGANIZATION AND ACCESS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CO 220

The organization of large computer files for business systems, information systems and other
applications. Use of COBOL for efficient file access. Evaluation of file access methods.
Advanced topics in COBOL. (3 hours lecture)

Intermediate and Advanced Courses in Data Processing

CO 320 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CO 315 or permission of the instructor.

Planning, design and implementation of large software systems using structured top-down
techniques; maintenance and documentation principles and practices; large group projects.
(1 hour lecture and 2 hours rectation)

CO 345 DATA COMMUNICATIONS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CO 220 and MA 214, 217, or equivalents.

Communication of digital data between computers, and to and from terminals and other
peripherals; computer networks; design project or term paper. (3 hours lecture)

CO 360 IBM JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE 1 s.h.

Prerequisite: CO 220 or permission of the instructor

Detailed study of the job control language (JCL) of the IBM OS operating system; comparison

of OS with the locally available CP-6 operating system of Honeywell. (3 hours lecture for 5

weeks)

CO 370 COMPUTER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CO 220

Concepts and techniques of computing facility management, including selection of computer
resources; survey of applications in which computer resource management is needed; fac-
ulty supervised management project at a selected local computer facility. (3 hours lecture)

CO 399 INTERNSHIP IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 4-12 s.h.

Prerequisites: CO 250, CO 300, CO 310, CO 315, Other courses depending on type of
internship position desired, completion of application, and selection by committee.
Positions with participating companies provide students with experience in Computer Sci-
ence under the supervision of the companies and faculty. Requirements include three on-site
consultations, two university consultations, completion of progress reports and presentation
of final cumulative paper. Offered only to students during the second semester and summer
of their Junior year, or the summer and the first semester of their Senior year. No more than
4 semester hours of CO 399 may be applied toward the 30 semester hours requirement for
a major in Computer Science.

CO 402 COMPUTERS IN EDUCATION 3 s.h.

Introduction to computers and computer programming in the language BASIC with emphasis
on applications in education; general models for computer usage in education and educa-
tional institutions and case studies of specific projects in terms of approach, effectiveness
and implications for the future. Does not count toward Computer Science major. (3 hour
lecture)

276 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

CO 441 DATA BASE MANAGEMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: CO 315

Review of data base concepts. Detailed study of data base management approaches.
Comparative study of commercially available data base management systems. Project on the
locally available data base system. (3 hours lecture)

CO 480 SEMINAR, CURRENT TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
Section 1 : Trade Literature 1 s.h.

Section 2: Professional Literature 1 s.h.

Reading, review and discussion of the current literature of computer science and industry,
effective oral presentation; employment prospects; one semester focuses on the trade
literature, the other on the professional literature, of the field. Must be taken over 2 semes-
ters, in Senior year (or Junior year, if CO 399 Internship is taken in Senior year), with each
section taken once. (1 hour recitation)

Advanced Courses in Programming Applications and Theory

CO 420 MODERN PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: CO 220 and CO 310.

Comparative study of the properties and applications of a range of modern higher level
programming languages, including APL, SNOBOL, PL/I, ALGOL 60, PASCAL, LISP, and
TRAC. Comparison with older languages such as BASIC, FORTRAN, COBOL AND RPG. (3
hours lecture)

CO 450 APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: CO 250, MA 171 and MA 241, or equivalents.

Polynomial approximations using finite differences, with applications in numerical integration
and differentiation. Numerical solution of initial value ordinary differential equations. The APL
language will be introduced and used, along with FORTRAN, in programming selected
algorithms. (3 hours lecture)

CO 460 THEORY OF COMPUTATION 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: CO 310 and MA 219, or consent of instructor.

Formal methods for describing and analyzing programming languages and algorithms. Back-
us-Naur forms; productions; regular expressions; introduction to automata theory; Turing
machines; recent concepts in algorithm theory. (3 hours lecture)

Advanced Courses in Machines & Systems Programming

CO 410 PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE AND MICROPROGRAMMING 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: CO 300 and CO 310.

The logical description of computer processor structure (architecture), with emphasis on the
microprogramming approach. Project assignments using the Microdata 1600 minicomputer.
(3 hours lecture)

CO 430 INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CO 300 and CO 310.

Concepts and techniques of systems programming with an emphasis on assembly and
compilation of user programs. Representation of source language so as to facilitate the
needed translation process. Exercises using various computer systems. Three hours lecture
per week.

Special Courses and Project Study

CO 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: 12 semester hours in Computer Science or consent of instructor.
Seminar in advanced topics of Computer Science, content will vary depending on interests
of instructor and students. May be repeated for additional credit. Three hours per week.

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 277

CO 485 SPECIAL PROJECTS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 1-4 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of a Computer Science faculty member who agrees to supervise
your project.

Arrangements for selection of a specific topic must be made before tfie end of the prior term.
Hours as arranged.

GEOSCIENCE DEPARTMENT

FREDERICK R. PARK, CHAIRPERSON; HALL, PRINCE,
RICHARDSON, C. SUTTON, TAYLOR.

The Geoscience Department provides curricula in areas of natural science dealing with and
related to the earth and its environment by offering courses in astronomy, geology,
meteorology and oceanography.

In addition to on-campus instruction, opportunities exist for summer course work and re-
search in geology and oceanography at the Marine Science Consortium located at Wallops
Island, Virginia.

Degrees offered by the Geoscience Department are the Bachelor of Science in Geology, the
Bachelor of Science in Geoscience, and the Bachelor of Science in Education with a major
in Earth and Space Science or with a major in General Science. The first two degree
programs are under the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, and the last two are
under the College of Education.

The Department also will act in an advisory capacity for students enrolled in the B.S. in
Natural Science with concentrations in Astronomy, Meteorology, or Oceanography. These
degree programs are designed to prepare students for graduate work in the aforementioned
disciplines.

CURRICULA

The B.S. degree in Geology is, in a sense, a dual purpose degree program. Not only is it
designed to graduate well trained, competent geologists, able to compete for positions as
professional geologists in the job market; but it is also designed to provide the student with
the necessary allied science and math background to enable the good student to qualify for
admission to the Graduate School of his/her choice in Geology.

The B.S. degree in Geoscience offers the student a broad-based science background. In
addition to the 38 semester hours of Geoscience (Astronomy, Geology, Meteorology, Ocean-
ography) the student will also acquire a strong background in Math and the Allied Sciences
of Chemistry, Biology and Physics. The student who earns the B.S. degree in Geoscience
may anticipate career openings in government or private industry in those expanding fields
directly associated with environmental studies. The B.S. in Geoscience will also prepare
students for admission to graduate study, should they choose to pursue academic prepara-
tion beyond the undergraduate level.

The department recognizes as one of its functions the role of serving the field of public
education by the preparation of qualified and certified teachers of earth and space science.
Also, because of the interdisciplinary nature of both the department and the requirements
for preparing general science teachers, the department administers the program designed
to lead to general science certification and includes majors of that category as department
members.

Minor in Geology

The minor in geology consists of 15 semester hours of geology. General Geology I and II
are required. The remaining 7 semester hours of geology may be selected by the student.

278 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

it is recognized that the anthropology student minoring in geology would benefit from courses
differing in content from those benefiting students who, for example, are majoring in Urban
Planning. The department staff members will be happy to consult with students concerning
their special needs.

Minor in Geoscience

The requirement for the minor in Geoscience will be 1 6 semester hours of geoscience, taken
within the following framework. Students must complete one course in each discipline within
the department: Astronomy 3 semester hours; Geology 4 semester hours; Meteorology 3
semester hours; Oceanography 3 semester hours, for a total of 13 semester hours. The
additional 3 semester hours can be taken in any one of the aforementioned disciplines. It
is further stipulated that neither then on-major General Astronomy nor the Geology of
Pennsylvania courses will be acceptable toward the minor in Geoscience.

DEGREE PROGRAMS

B.S. in Geology

The departmental requirements for the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Geology are as
follows:

Geology 35 s.h.*

Geoscience 3 s.h.

Math 7-8 s.h.

Chemistry 8 s.h.

Physics 8 s.h.

Electives 24-25 s.h.

includes a summer field course of 5 s.h. and two 1 s.h. independent study. Detailed program
description available in Geoscience Department

B.S. in Geoscience

The departmental requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Geoscience are as
follows:

Geoscience (Selected under adviser's supervision)

38 s.h.

Math

7-9 s.h.

Biology

11-14 s.h.

Chemistry

8 s.h.

Physics

8 s.h.

Electives

9-13 s.h.

Detailed program description avaiable in Geoscience Department

B.S. in Education (Earth and Space Science Major)

The departmental requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education with a
major in Earth and Space Science are as follows:

Astronomy 7 s.h.

Geology 14 s.h.

Meteorology 6 s.h.

Oceanography 6 s.h.

Math 4 s.h.

Biology 4 s.h.

Chemistry 8 s.h.

Physics 4 s.h.

Detailed program description available in Geoscience Department

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 279

B.S. in Education (General Science Major)

A major in another science department may be certified in General Science if the student's
program includes, or is supplemented with, the prescribed credits, as follows:

Astronomy 3 s.h.

Geology 3-4 s.h.

Geoscience Field course 3-4 s.h.

Meteorology 3 s.h.

Math 4 s.h.

Biology 8 s.h.

Chemistry 8 s.h.

Physics 8 s.h.

Science Elective 3 s.h.

Detailed program description available in Geoscience Department

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GS 101 EARTH SCIENCE: GEOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

A non-mathematical treatment of introductory oceanography and geology designed specifi-
cally for non-science majors. (3 hours lecture)

GS 102 EARTH SCIENCE: GEOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY LAB 1 s.h.

Should be taken concurrently with GS 1 01 . Lab experiences in various aspects of oceanogra-
phy and geology. (2 hours lab including field trips)

GS 103 EARTH SCIENCE: METEOROLOGY AND ASTRONOMY 3 s.h.

No prerequisite.

The earth's upper environment is studied by focusing on the effects of the atmosphere and
the earth's place in the universe on the daily lives of man. (3 hours lecture)

GS 104 EARTH SCIENCE: METEOROLOGY AND ASTRONOMY LAB 1 s.h.

Should be taken concurrently with GS 103. Use of the weather station and the planetarium
highlight the series of exercises designed to aid students in developing meaningful concepts
about their ability to understand and, in the future, control their place in the universe. (2 hours
lab)

GS 1 10 GENERAL ASTRONOMY 3 s.h.

Specifically designed to introduce students to discipline of astronomy; emphasis placed on
study of planets, space program, constellations and Milky Way. (2 hours lecture, 1 lab
session or night observation) No science or math majors except those completing general
science certification requirements.

GS 121 GENERAL GEOLOGY I 3 s.h.

Introduction to science of earth; properties and processes of earth's interior and crust and
their interaction with surface processes to shape and modify man's physical environment.
(3 hours lecture)

GS 122 GENERAL GEOLOGY I LABORATORY 1 s.h.

Should be taken concurrently with GS 121. Identification of common minerals and rocks;
introduction to topographic and geologic maps, to land forms, and to geologic structures. (3
hours lab including field trips)

GS 131 GENERAL GEOLOGY II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GS 121 or permission of instructor.

Introduction to history of earth, its physical changes and sequences of configuration, and
record of biological evolution. (3 hours lecture)

280 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

GS 132 GENERAL GEOLOGY II LABORATORY 1 s.h.

Should be taken concurrently with GS 1 3 1 . Selected problems in geologic map interpretation,
paleontology and stratigraphic rock sequences. (3 hours lab including field trips)

GS 321 MINERALOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GS 121 or CH 111.

Concerned with properties of minerals; introduction to crystalography and chemistry of
crystals, followed by a determination of minerals and their probable genesis. (2 hours lecture,
3 hours lab)

GS 322 IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC PETROLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GS 321.

Concerned with a description of igneous and metamorphic rock character based upon
mineral components and physical relationship between mineral components of a rock. (2
hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

GS 324 GLACIAL GEOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: GS 121 and GS 131.

Study of origin and development of all features resulting from action of glaciers. (2 hours
lecture-lab or field trip)

GS 325 STRUCTURAL FIELD GEOLOGY I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GS 131 or permission of instructor.

Analysis of deformation structures such as folds, joints, faults, foliation and lineation. In-
cludes lab and field work with geologic maps, cross sections, Brunton compass, stereo-
graphic projections, and field reports on structures observed in the region. (2 hours lecture,
3 hours and field trips)

GS 326 STRUCTURAL FIELD GEOLOGY II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GS 325.

Techniques of geologic field work including work with Brunton compass, aerial photographs,
plane table and alidade, drafting and rock color charts. Includes a field project involving
compilation of measured and described stratigraphic sections, a geologic map, cross section
and field report. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab and field trips)

GS 327 GEOMORPHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: GS 121 and GS 131.

A study of the origin of the earth's land forms, including relationship of geologic structure to
landform types and role of geomorphic processes in landscape development. (2 hours
lecture, 3 hours lab)

GS 330 PALEONTOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GS 131 or permission of instructor.

Study of the morphology, evolution, geologic significance and paleoecology of invertebrate
fossils. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

GS 335 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GS 321 .

Deals with location and probable origin of fossil fuels, ores of the non-metals, and metallic
ores, both ferrous and nonferrous. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

GS 336 GEOLOGY OF THE NORTHERN ROCKIES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor.

A field study of the major geologic features and relationships involved in the development
of the northern Rocky Mountains, National Park and Monument areas of South Dakota,
Wyoming and Montana are included among the areas investigated. (2 weeks, summer only)

GS 341 SOLAR SYSTEM 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MA 121 and PY 111.

Fundamentals of astronomy, with emphasis on observational methods, mechanics and origin

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 281

of the solar system, and spatial relationship of the solar system to the other members of the
universe. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab or night observation)

GS 342 STELLAR ASTRONOMY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MA 121 and PY 111.

Fundamentals of astronomy, with emphasis on sun, stars, galaxies, the sidereal universe and

use of spectroscopy for gathering astronomical data. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab or night

observation)

GS 350 OPERATION OF THE PLANETARIUM 1 s.h.

Prerequisites: GS 110 or 341 or 342 or permission of instructor.

Designed to acquaint the student with methods of operation and repair of a Spitz A-3-P

planetarium. Content includes topics suitable for lectures to various age groups. Student will

write and present a demonstration lesson. Meets once a week with occasional evening

observations.

GS 361 PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PY 1 1 1 and MA 121 or permission of instructor.

Introduction to physical, chemical, geological and biological nature of ocean; topography,
submarine geology and bottom deposits. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

GS 362 MARINE GEOLOGY AND PLATE TECTONICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Physics I and II, Geology courses.

A study of marine geology, coastal geomorphology, marine sedimentary environments and
plate tectonics examined in the light of sea floor spreading and other oceanographic evi-
dences. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

GS 371 METEOROLOGY I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: One year of Physical Science or Physics.

Introduction to meteorological sciences; composition and structure of the atmosphere; radia-
tion principles; elementary thermodynamics and heat balance. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

GS 372 METEOROLOGY II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GS 371 or permission of instructor. Introduction to physical, dynamical and
theoretical meteorology. (2 hours lecture and 3 hours lab)

GS 411 SEDIMENTARY PETROLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GS 321 or permission of instructor.

Study of sediments and sedimentary rocks with emphasis on interpreting ancient environ-
ments of deposition utilizing sieve analysis, hand lens and petrographic microscope. (2 hours
lecture, 3 hours lab and field trips)

GS 412 STRATIGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: GS 411 or permission of instructor.

Phnciples and processes involved in development and deschption of stratified rock se-
quences, principles and problems of correlation, and selected stratigraphic problems. (2
hours lecture, 3 hours lab and field thps)

GS 420 GEOLOGY OF PENNSYLVANIA 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor

An advanced course dealing with many varied aspects of Pennsylvania geology, including
the structure, stratigraphy and geologic history of its varied geologic provinces. (2 hours
lecture, 3 hours lab)

GS 440 SUBSURFACE GEOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Minimum 20 credit hours of Geology.

An introduction to the geology of petroleum, its origin, migration, entrapment and production.
Lab is designed to provide practical experience in subsurface mapping techniques and the
use and evaluation of geophysical logging devices. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

282 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

GS 441 CARBONATE GEOLOGY-FLORIDA 3 s.h.

Prerequiste: Permission of Instructor.

Two weeks of field study in Florida Keys. Course will be conducted from base camp in Florida
Keys and will consist of both land and water work as the different carbonate environments
in the Keys, Florida Bay and in the Atlantic reef tract are studied.

GS 480 GEOSCIENCE SEMINAR 1 s.h.

For seniors majoring in some aspect of geoscience. The seminar: (1) provides student
opportunity to prepare, formally present and defend a scientific paper based either on his
own research or on a topic chosen by him with the approval of instructor, (2) provides
opportunity to discuss topics presented by other students, faculty, or guests.

GS 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

It is the department's intension to use this course to schedule extended field trips and for
teaching special courses which will utilize the specialities of the geoscience faculty.

GS 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

Independent study provides the student with an opportunity to use library, laboratory or field
research in an area which is of interest to him under the supervision of a designated faculty
member.

GS 485 INTERNSHIP 1-3 s.h.

Summer work experiences with cooperating firms or agencies. May be scheduled only after
consultation with advisor and chairperson. Restricted to Junior and Senior Geoscience
Department majors.

MARINE SCIENCE CONSORTIUM
FRANCIS W. LIEGEY, DIRECTOR

The following courses are offered through the Marine Science Consortium which operates
during the summer at the NASA-Wallops Island Station, Virginia.

All courses include lecture and field work and meet for morning and afternoon sessions on
Monday through Friday.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Ml 110 INTRODUCTION TO OCEANOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: None.

Introduction to physical, chemical, biological and geological aspects of oceans and methods
and techniques of oceanography. Lab emphasis placed on at-sea assignments.

Ml 211 FIELD METHODS IN OCEANOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Ml 110 or consent of instructor.

Familiarization with dynamic marine environment involving use and application of oceano-
graphic instruments and sampling devices.

Ml 212 NAVIGATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Four years high school math or equivalent or consent of the instructor.
Covers navigation, i.e., the art and science of safely bringing a vessel from one position to
another in a body of water. Course divided into: (1) brief historical background; (2) navigation
within sight of land, i.e., piloting; (3) navigation in the open sea, including electronic navigation
methods.

Ml 221 MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: One year biology or consent of instructor.

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 283

Study of marine invertebrates with emphasis on development, reproduction, structure, func-
tion and classification of selected marine organisms.

Ml 241 MARINE BIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Botany and zoology or consent of instructor.

Study of plant and animal life in marine environment with emphasis placed upon physical and
chemical factors affecting biota.

Ml 250 MANAGEMENT OF WETLAND WILDLIFE 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: None.

The ecology and management of wetland wildlife, particularly of freshwater marshes and
saltwater marshes. Special emphasis on ecosystem approach.

Ml 260 MARINE ECOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequiste: One year of biology or consent of instructor.
A course in ecology of marine organisms.

Ml 270 SCUBA DIVING 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Swimming ability and good health. (A standard diving physical form will be
mailed to students electing the course.) Students who complete course will receive a Na-
tional Association of Underwater Instructors Diver Certificate.

Ml 280 MARINE FIELD BIOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: None. An introduction to basic principles of ecology and natural history of
selected plants and animals in terrestrial, freshwater and marine environments. Suitable for
non-science majors.

Ml 331 CHEMICAL OCEANOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Ml 110 and one year of chemistry.

Treatment of oceanic chemical phenomena by sampling and laboratory analysis techniques.

Ml 342 MARINE BOTANY 3 s.h.

In-the-field studies and laboratory analysis by instrumentation of marine and marine fringe
plants in the Middle Atlantic Coast as exemplified by those found in the Cape Henlopen,
Delaware, and Wallops Island, Virginia, areas.

Ml 343 MARINE ICHTHYOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: General Biology and/or consent of the instructor.

A study of fishes. Specimens collected along Eastern Seaboard by students will be used to
illustrate anatomy, physiology and systematics of this major vertebrate group. Field collec-
tions will give student opportunity to observe relationships of these animals to biotic and
physical environment.

Ml 344 ANATOMY OF MARINE CHORDATES 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Six hours of biology including general Zoology.

Designed to familiarize students with various aspects of marine chordates.

Ml 345 MARINE ORNITHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: One year of Biology, or consent of the instructor.

Introduces student to avain fauna of seacoast and enables comparison with inland species.
In addition to field work providing visual and vocal identification, lecture matehal will include
information on distribution, behavior, physiology and anatomy of birds.

Ml 362 MARINE GEOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Ml 1 10 and physical geology or consent of instructor.
Studies of structural and sedimentary environments of continental shelf, slopes and ocean
basins and crustal structure of earth and its relation to sedimentary record and geologic
history of oceans.

284 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Ml 364 PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Ml 110, one year of physics, one semester of calculus and permission of the
instructor.

Course includes consideration of physical properties, mass and energy budgets, theory of
distribution of variables; cause, nature, measurement, analysis and prediction of tides, cur-
rents and waves; and basic instrumentation in the field.

Ml 420 MARINE MICROPALEONTOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: One year of geology and biology or consent of instructor.
Deals with modern, living representatives of microorganisms important in fossil record with
particular emphasis placed on taxonomy, morphology, evolution and ecologic affinities of
representative groups.

Ml 431 ECOLOGY OF MARINE PLANKTON 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: One year of Biology.

Study of phytoplankton and zooplankton in marine and brackish environments. Qualitative
and quantitative comparisons made between the planktonic populations of various types of
habitats in relation to primary and secondary productivity.

Ml 459 COASTAL GEOMORPHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: One year of Geology.

A study of coastal geomorphology with emphasis on Late Cenozoic and Pleistocene sea-
level changes in response to world-wide continental glaciation. The student will participate
in field studies of Pleistocene deposits and the weathering of these deposits.

Ml 481 SPECIAL TOPICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: Instructor consent.
Topics vary from session to session.

Ml 500 PROBLEMS IN MARINE SCIENCE 3 s.h.

Graduate students or undergraduate students with advanced standing registering for this

course may elect either of the following options.

Option A: Take a 200, 300, or 400 level Ml course and complete, in addition to regular course

requirements, a project in the area under direction of instructor.

Option B: Complete an independent research project. A research proposal must be approved

by the Academic Committee of M.S.C. in advance of the time research is to be pursued.

MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT

JAMES C. REBER, CHAIRPERSON; ANGELO, ARMS, BERTNESS, BROUGH-
TON, BUSOVICKI, CROOKS, A. DAVIS, DEISHER, DUNCAN, GIAMBRONE,
GISBON, HARTMAN, HENNEMANN, W. LONG, MADERER, D. McBRIDE, R.
McBRIDE, McCOY, MUELLER, OAKES, PETERS, RETTIG, D. SHAFER,
SHAWER, SHEPLER, W. SMITH, SPEAKMAN, STILWELL, WESTWOOD, R.
WOLFE, M. WOODARD.

The Mathematics Department prepares students for work in industry, graduate school math-
ematics and teaching. Degrees offered by the Department are the Bachelor of Science in
Mathematics, the Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics, and the Bachelor of Science
in Education with a Mathematics major. The first two degree programs are offered within the
College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics and the third is with the College of Education.
The Department also offers a minor in Mathematics and a minor in Applied Statistics. The
program for a mathematics major in the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics is
two-phased. A student may pursue a degree in Applied Mathematics or Mathematics. Those
completing a degree in Mathematics will be prepared to continue their studies in mathematics
in graduate school though some may enter business, industry, or government service. Those
students receiving a degree in Applied Mathematics will be primarily prepared to enter
business, industry, or government service in an area where mathematics or computer sci-

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 285

ence is used or to continue their studies in applied mathematics or computer science in
graduate school. This student would not be expected to continue graduate studies in pure
mathematics.

The program leading to the B.S. in Education with a Mathematics major prepares the student
for teaching mathematics in junior or senior high school. Many graduates, however, continue
their formal education in mathematics at the graduate level.

Core Program

Requirements for ALL Mathematics majors, beyond the University's General Education
requirements are CO 110 and 18 semester hours in Mathematics, as follows:

MA 127,128,227 Calculus I, II, III 12 s.h.

MA 171 Introduction to Linear Algebra 3 s.h.

MA 271 Introduction to Algebraic Structures 3 s.h.

B.S. in Mathematics

In addition to the Core Program, requirements are 18 more semester hours in Mathematics,
as follows:

I. MA 421 Advanced Calculus I 3 s.h.
MA 476 Abstract Algebra I 3 s.h.

II. At least 3 semester hours in one of the following:

MA 422 Advanced Calculus II 3 s.h.

MA 427 Introduction to Topology 3 s.h.

MA 477 Abstract Algebra II 3 s.h.

III. At least enough semester hours in the following courses to meet the minimum
requirements of 36 semester hours total for the major:

Differential Equations 3 s.h.

Theory of Numbers 3 s.h.

Foundations of Geometry I 3 s.h.

Foundations of Geometry II 3 s.h.

Mathematical Statistics I 3 s.h.

Mathematical Statistics II 3 s.h.

Linear Algebra 3 s.h.

Complex Variables I 3 s.h.

Complex Variables II 3 s.h.

Topics in Statistics 3 s.h.

It is strongly recommended that the Mathematics major take two of the three courses in
Section II, one of the two being Introduction to Topology. It is further recommended that
students who intend to take graduate work in mathematics check the requirements for
entrance to their intended school of graduate study for guidance in choosing courses from
Section III. B.S. in Applied Mathematics in addition to the Core Program, requirements are
as follows:

I. MA 241 - Differential Equations and MA 342 -

Advanced Calculus for Applications 7 s.h.

MA

241

MA

353

MA

355

MA

356

MA

363

MA

364

MA

371

MA

423

MA

424

MA

465

or

MA

421,

422

Advanced Calculus 1 and II

6 s.h.

MA

363,

364

Mathematical Statistics 1 and II

6 s.h,

MA

445

Programming Models in Operations Re-
search

3 s.h.

or

MA

446

Probabilistic Models in Opeartions Re-
search

3 s.h.

286 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

II. An additional course selected from the following is required so that the total
number of semester hours is at least 36. MA 371 , MA 399, MA 423, MA 424, MA
427, MA 445, MA 446, MA 465, MA 476, MA 477, MA 481, MA 490.

III. CO 250 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3 s.h.
CO 450 Applied Numerical Methods 3 s.h.

B.S. in Education (Mathematics Major)

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education with a Mathematics major are 16 semester hours in Mathematics, including ED
456, as follows:

I. Required courses:

MA 355 Foundations of Geometry I 3 s.h.

Ma 363 Mathematical Statistics I 3 s.h.

MA 452, 453, or 454 - Mathematical Methods

Seminar* 1 s.h.
ED 456 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary

Schools 3 s.h.

*Seminars in teaching geometry, teaching algebra and teaching general mathematics will be
conducted as part of the seminar offerings. It is required that each Mathematics major take
at least one of these seminars.

II. One 3 semester hour course must be selected from the following five courses:
MA 353 Theory of Numbers 3 s.h.

MA 371 Linear Algebra 3 s.h.

MA 421 Advanced Calculus I 3 s.h.

MA 476 Abstract Algebra I 3 s.h.

III. Mathematics electives (chosen in consultation with adviser) at least 3 semester
hours.

Minor in Mathematics

The Minor in Mathematics consists of a minimum of 1 7 semester hours in mathematics made
up of any two semester sequence in calculus and additional semester hours selected from
courses for mathematics majors. This excludes MA 010, MA 101, 110, 214, 216, 217, 417,
482, 483.

Minor in Applied Statistics

The Minor in Applied Statistics consists of a minimum of 17 semester hours in Mathematics
selected as follows: Required are (a) MA 121, 123, or 127; (b) Choice of at least one of the
following: MA 1 02, MA 1 22, MA 1 71 ; (c) Choice of MA 21 4, 21 6 or MA 21 7; (d) MA 41 7. The
remaining semester hours may be chosen from appropriate courses in Statistics, Ma 418,
MA 481-3 or mathematics courses approved by designated adviser in the Mathematics
Department.

A cumulative QPA of at least 2.0 in MA courses in required for a Minor in Mathematics or
Applied Statistics. The Mathematics Department will not certify that a transfer student has
complete a minor unless the student has completed at least one course in the lUP Mathemat-
ics Department.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MA 010 BASIC ALGEBRA 3 s.h.

A basic course in algebra including factoring, exponents and radicals, systems of linear
equations, complex fractions and inequalities. Designed for those students who lack the
basic algebraic skills required in MA 110 Elementary Functions. This course will not meet
general education math requirements. (3 hours lecture)

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 287

MA 101 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.

Introduces logic and mathematical way of analyzing problems; develops an appreciation for
nature, breadth, and power of mathematics and its role in a technological society and
introduces useful mathematics or mathematics related to student interest. Possible topics
include: logic, problem-solving, number theory, linear programming, probability, statistics,
intuitive calculus, introduction to computers, mathematics of finance, game theory. (3 hours
lecture)

MA 102 FINITE MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: At least 4 years of high school mathematics or a college mathematics course.
An informal approach to practical application of mathematics. Fundamental concepts of
matrices, linear system, linear programming, probability and decision theory will be intro-
duced and used to develop mathematical models for business, physical science and ecology.
Computer packages may be used as a tool to solve mathematical problems. This course may
be taken in place of MA 101 by well-prepared students or by those who have completed MA
101 and seek an additional experience. (3 hours lecture)

MA 110 ELEMENTARY FUNCTIONS 3 s.h.

For students not prepared to begin study of calculus; topics include polynomial, exponential,
logarithmic and trigonometric functions. (3 hours lecture)

MA 121/122 CALCULUS I AND II FOR BUSINESS. NATURAL AND
SOCIAL SCIENCES 4 s.h. each

Prerequisite: MA 110 or equivalent high school preparation.

Introduces non-math major to analytic geometry, elementary functions (including trig func-
tions), central ideas of the calculus (limit, derivative and integral), applications of these
central ideas to social and natural sciences and numerical methods that involve series. (4
hours lecture)

MA 123/124 CALCULUS I AND II FOR PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY 4 s.h. each

Prerequisites: High school algebra, geometry and trigonometry.

Techniques of differentiation and integration, with application to analytic geometry of two and
three dimensions by means of vector analysis (algebra and calculus), kinematics, surface
integrals, line integrals, infinite series, matrices and simultaneous linear equations, differen-
tial equations with numerous application to physical problems. (4 hours lecture)

MA 127/128/227 CALCULUS I, II, AND III 4 s.h. each

Prerequisite: Permission of the Mathematics Department.

These courses stress the theory of the calculus as well as the application in problem solving.
Topics to be included are: Calculus I - real numbers, an introduction to analytic geometry,
functions, limits and continuity, derivatives and applications, the differential, and antidifferen-
tiation; Calculus II -- definite integrals and applications, logarithmic and exponential functions,
trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions, polar coordinates, hyperbolic functions,
indeterminate forms, improper integrals and Taylor's formula; Calculus III - vectors in the
plane, parametric equations, vectors in three dimensional space, solid analytic geometry,,
differential calculus of functions of several variables, directional derivatives, gradients, ap-
plications of partial derivatives, infinite series. (4 hours lecture)

MA 171 INTRODUCTION TO LINEAR ALGEBRA 3 s.h.

Introduction to vector spaces, linear transformations determinants and matrix algebra. Top-
ics are presented in a direct and intuitive approach. (3 hours lecture)

MA 214 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS FOR BUSINESS MAJORS 3 s.h.

Designed to introduce study of probability theory, discrete random variables and probability
distributions, empirical frequency distributions, theoretical frequency distributions, statistical
investigations and sampling, and sampling distributions. (3 hours lecture)

288 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

MA 216 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS FOR NATURAL SCIENCES 4 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 121

Frequency distributions, measures of central tendency and variation, probability, probability
distributions, sampling distributions. Hypothesis testing for means, variances, proportions.
Correlation and prediction, regression, analysis of variance and nonparametric statistics.
Emphasis on applications. (4 hours lecture)

MA 217 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 3 s.h.

(For non-math majors)

Frequency distributions, measures of central tendency, variation, elementary probability,
sampling, estimation, testing hypotheses, correlation and regression; emphasis on applica-
tions as opposed to theoretical development of topics. (3 hours lecture)

MA 219 DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: CO 110 and a two semester calculus sequence.

Topics include set algebra, mappings, relations, semigroups, groups, directed and undirected
graphs. Boolean algebra and prepositional logic, with examples and applications of these to
various areas of computer science. Emphasis placed on developing an intuitive understand-
ing of basic structures rather than formal theories, and influence of these topics on theory
and practice of computing. (3 hours lecture)

MA 241 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 122 or 124 or 227. Emphasis is placed on techniques of solution and
elementary physical applications. A thorough study is made of differential equations classi-
fied as order one-degree one, linear, and nonhomogeneous. Solution techniques involving
reduction of order techniques, the differential operator and infinite series are introduced. (3
hours lecture)

MA 271 INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES 3 s.h.

Gives student basic ideas of contemporary mathematics. Includes mathematical logic, alge-
bra of sets, equivalence relations and partitions of sets, functions and fundamentals of group
theory. Methods of proof in area of abstract mathematics. (3 hours lecture)

MA 342 ADVANCED CALCULUS FOR APPLICATIONS 4 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 241

This course deals with application of mathematics to problems of science. Emphasis is
placed on the three phases of such an application and on the development of skills neces-
sary to carry out each step: (a) translation of the given physical information to a mathematical
model; (b) treatment of the model by mathematical methods; (c) interpretation of the mathe-
matical result in physical terms. Topics included are vector calculus, integral theorems,
fourier series, partial differential equations and the Laplace transformation. (4 hours lecture)

MA 353 THEORY OF NUMBERS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 271.

Divisibility, congruences, primitive roots, number theoretic functions, diophantine equations,
continued fractions, quadratic residues. (3 hours lecture)

MA 355 FOUNDATIONS OF GEOMETRY I 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: MA 171, 271.

Studies various groups of transformations and geometries associated with these groups in
the Euclidean plane. The Euclidean Similarity, Affine and Projective Groups of Transforma-
tions are studied. (3 hours lecture)

MA 356 FOUNDATIONS OF GEOMETRY II 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: MA 355. An extension of the topics included in MA 355. The real projective
plane is introduced and the analytic geometry of this plane. (3 hours lecture)

MA 363 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 122 or 124 or 227.

Probability theory necessary for understanding of mathematical statistics is developed. Ap-

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 289

plications of set theory to models, combinations and permutations, binomial, Poisson and
normal distributions, expected values and moment generating functions. (3 hours lecture)

MA 364 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 363.

Multivahate distributions, change of variable technique, Chisquare distribution, estimation,
confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, contingency tables, goodness of fit. Practical ap-
plications are used to aid in the development. (3 hours lecture)

MA 371 LINEAR ALGEBRA 3 s.h.

Prerequisites; MA 171, 271.

Vector spaces and linear transformations are studied in a theorectical setting. Also canonical
forms and multilinear algebra are studied. (3 hours lecture).

MA 399 INTERNSHIP IN MATHEMATICS 3-12 s.h.

Prerequisites: Completion of core curriculum, completion of application.
Positions with participating companies or agencies provide students with experience in
mathematics related work under the supervision of the agencies and faculty. Requirements
include one to three on-site consultations, two university consultations, completion of prog-
ress reports and presentation of final cumulative paper.

MA 417 STATISTICAL APPLICATIONS 3 s.h.

(For non-math majors) Prerequisite: MA 214, 216 or 217. Using computer programs, a wide
array of statistical procedures for educational research workers will be explored. Basic
concepts of statistical inference and prediction will be reviewed, including regression analysis
and prediction, hypothesis testing, analysis of variance and covariance, and partial and
multiple correlation. Emphasis is on use of computer and interpretation of computer print-
outs, along with understanding techniques employed. No computer knowledge is necessary.
(3 hours lecture)

MA 418 SAMPLING SURVEY THEORY AND ITS APPLICATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: (For non-math majors), MA 214, 216 or 217.

Directed to the student who is or will be doing quantitative research and will be commission-
ing large-scale surveys and will be evaluating the results. Sampling techniques and statistical
principles underlying their use will be introduced. Consideration to the practical problems
associated with implementation. (3 hours lecture)

MA 421 ADVANCED CALCULUS I 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MA 124 or MA 227, MA 271.

Study of set theory, real number system, functions topology of cartesian space, sequences,
convergence and uniform convergence, continuity, and uniform continuity. (3 hours lecture)

MA 422 ADVANCED CALCULUS II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 421.

Includes study of convergence sequences in Rn, global properties of continuity, uniform
continuity, differentiation of Rn, Reimann integrals and infinite series. (3 hours lecture)

MA 423-424 COMPLEX VARIABLE I AND II 3 s.h. each

Prerequisite: MA 124 or 227.

Introduction to theory of functions of a complex variable: topics included are elementary

functions, analytic functions, conformal mapping, integration, series and application. (3 hours

lecture)

MA 427 INTRODUCTION TO TOPOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 271.

Study of sets, functions, continuity, compactness, the separation axioms and metric spaces;
application of topology to analysis is demonstrated. (3 hours lecture)

MA 445 PROGRAMMING MODELS IN OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3 s.h.

Prerequistes: 2 semester sequence of calculus

290 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Development of deterministic mathematical models for managerial and social sciences with
relevant computational techniques. (3 hours lecture)

MA 446 PROBABILISTIC MODELS IN OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: 2 semester sequence of calculus, MA 363.

Development of probabilistic mathematical models for managerial and social sciences with
relevant computational techniques. (3 hours lecture)

MA 450 MATHEMATICS FOR EARLY CHILDHOOD 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 1 51 Study of childcentered, activity-oriented mathematics program for early
childhood education.

Students gather and contruct mainipulative materials and become familiar with commercially
produced materials. Pre-number activities, number activities, numeration, operations on
whole numbers, fractional numbers, geometry, measurement, problem solving.

MA 452 SEMINAR IN TEACHING ALGEBRA 1-4 s.h.

MA 453 SEMINAR IN TEACHING GEOMETRY 1-4 s.h.

MA 454 SEMINAR IN TEACHING GENERAL MATHEMATICS 1-4 s.h.

Seminars are designed for pre-student teacher. Students in each class will gain insights into
the problems in teaching each topic, and become aware of the materials available and
methods of instruction geared to the special type of student. Education majors only.

MA 465 TOPICS IN STATISTICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 364

Correlation and regression from applied and theoretical points of view, bivariate and mul-
tivariate normal distribution, analysis of variance, nonparametric methods. Practical prob-
lems involving statistical techniques and use of computer statistical packages. Knowledge
of computer programming is not required. (3 hours lecture)

MA 476 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MA 171, 271.

Development of theory of integral domains, fields, rings and groups; designed to develop

student's power to think for himself and to improve ability to construct formal proofs. (3 hours

lecture)

MA 477 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 476

Designed to have student continue study of algebra by use of axiomatic method; Euclidean

domains; polynomial domains and extension fields included; inter-relationships between

these structures and simpler structures, particularly groups and rings, are developed as in

study of Galois group of a polynomial and in an introduction to Galois Theory. (3 hours

lecture)

MA 481 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS 1-3 s.h.

(Credit toward Math major)

MA 482 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS 1-3 s.h.

(Credit toward graduation)

MA 483 TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS 1-3 s.h.

(Credit for non-math majors only)

MA 490 INDEPENDENT STUDY 1-3 s.h.

ED 456 TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS 3 s.h.

(To be taken during the year prior to student teaching.) Prepares students to teach mathe-
matics in modern secondary schools. Lesson planning and presentation evolve from examin-

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 291

ation of teaching strategies, use of media in teaching mathematics and handling of individual
differences. (3 hours lecture)

Courses for Elementary and Special Education Majors Only

MA 151 MATHEMATICS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS I 3 s.h.

Topics included are: acts, concepts of logic, mathematical systems, systems of numeration
developing the set of integers, rational numbers and real numbers. (3 hours lecture).

MA 152 MATHEMATICS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 151

Topics included are: sentences in one variable, sentences in two variables, non-metric
geometry, metric geometry, coordinate geometry, introduction to statistics and probability,
computers and calculators. (3 hours lecture)

EL 313 TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 152

Emphasis given to recent developments in curriculum and instruction techniques for develop-
ing concepts, implications of recent research and resources and materials helpful to pro-
spective teachers. Students will be expected to diagnose, plan, instruct and evaluate during
a supervised teaching experience. Three hours lecture)

EX 240 TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS TO THE MENTALLY AND PHYSICALLY
HANDICAPPED 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 151

Emphasis is given to recent developments in the elementary curriculum and instruction,
techniques for developing concepts, implications of recent resource developments and
materials helpful to the prospective special education teacher. In this section, more emphasis
will be put on helping children see issues through physical activity and how to adapt current
materials to meet the needs and abilities of slow children. (3 hours Lecture)

Exemption tests for waiver of requirements are available for both MA 151 and MA 152. MA
101 Foundations of Mathematics is NOT an appropriate substitute for either MA 151 or MA
152.

Concentration in Mathematics for Elementary Education Majors

Elementary education majors may elect to take a concentration of at least 15 hours in
mathematics. The program of courses for this concentration is as follows: In addition to MA
151 and 152 select nine hours from the following courses:

MA 317 INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 152

Introduces students to elementary concepts of probability and statistics which will enable
them to analyze data, make predictions and determine which concepts may be used with
children. (3 hours lecture)

MA 420 PRE-CALCULUS MATHEMATICS I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 152

Examines the function concept as applied to elementary real number functions and graphing
techniques for these functions. Topics include real number functions such as absolute value,
step, linear, quadratic and other polynomial functions, trigonometric and other periodic func-
tions, exponential logarithmic functions and all other inverse functions. Students will examine
curricular matehals that develop function concepts in Grades K-8. (3 hours lecture)

MA 456 PRINCIPLES OF GEOMETRY I 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 152

Students become acquainted with an informal, intuitive approach to geometry. Activities and
materials for teaching geometrical concepts to children are an integral part of the course.
(3 hours lecture)

292— Indiana University of Pennsylvania

MA 457 INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER THEORY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 152

Introduction to topics of elementary number theory including: divisibility, prime numbers,
factorization, modular arithmetic, problem-solving and place of number theory in the elemen-
tary school curriclum. Students will examine many number theory activities which can help
to strengthen skills with basic facts in an interesting, non-routine setting. (3 hours lecture)

MA 458 INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC AND LOGICAL GAMES 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 152

Introduction to some of the basic ideas, terminology, and notation of mathematical logic and

Boolean Algebra as well as games of strategy that involve logic. In addition, an investigation

of how logic is taught and used in various programs for the elementary school. (3 hours

lecture)

MA 459 COMPUTER RELATED TOPICS IN THE ELEMENTARY AND

MIDDLE SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: MA 152

Provide teachers with concepts and techniques necessary to teach computer related topics

to children. Participants will work with elementary school children throughout the semester.

(3 hours lecture)

MA 471 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ALGEBRA 3 S.h.

Prerequisite: MA 152

Concepts of basic algebraic structures such as group, ring, integral domain, field and vector
space are studied within the context of the mathematical maturity of the student. Other topics
include relations and functions, polynomials and polynomial equations, systems of equations
and inequalities. Consideration given to development of these concepts in the mathematics
curriculum. (3 hours lecture)

NATURAL SCIENCES

CHARLES R. FUGET, DIRECTOR; BALLAS, BROUGHTON, GAGGINI,
MUELLER, SCROXTON.

The program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in Natural Science is designed to
prepare students for various professional schools - optometry,podiatry, pharmacy, dentistry
(the natural science major is not recommended for medical school preparation). The degree
is offered by the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics.

In addition to the University's General Education requirements and the requirements of the
College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics, a total of 45-46 semester hours are required
for the major. The distribution is: Biology, 14 s.h.; Chemistry, 16 s.h.; Physics, 8 s.h.; and
Mathematics or Computer Science, 7 to 8 s.h.

NOTE: The credits in Natural Sciences and in Mathematics INCLUDE those required in the
General Education portion of the degree requirements.

PHYSICS DEPARTMENT

RICHARD D. ROBERTS, CHAIRPERSON; BERRY, BUCKWALTER, EDDY,
FOX, GAGGINI, HERSHMAN, MATOLYAK, MATOUS, McNAMARA, RAMSEY,
RIBAN, WHITSON.

The Physics Department aims to fully prepare qualified young men and women for careers
in physics. Two degrees are offered within the College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics:
the Bachelor of Science in Physics and the Bachelor of Arts in Physics. Each of these is
adequate preparation for those wishing to enter a graduate program in physics or wishing

College of Natural Sciences and Mathennatics— 293

to pursue research in industrial technology or for those wishing a strong physics bacl<ground
before aiming at their direct goal of medical research, air pollution control, etc. Two degrees
are provided within the College of Education, the Bachelor of Science in Education with a
Physics major and the Bachelor of Science in Education with a Physics-Mathematics major.
The department also provides a minor in Physics, as well as general science courses for
those who wish to be truly liberally educated with a working knowledge of the rudiments of
physical science.

In addition, a pre-engineering program is offered whereby a student may acquire the first two
years' requirements at lUP and complete the remainder at the cooperating institution.

CURRICULA

Core Program

Requirements for ALL Physics programs are 18 semester hours in Physics and 18 semester
hours in Mathematics as follows:

Physics

*PY

131-1

Physics l-C Lecture

3s.h.

*PY

132-1

Physics ll-C Lecture

3s.h.

*PY

131-2

Physics l-C Lab

1 s.h.

*PY

132-2

Physics ll-C Lab

1 s.h.

PY

222

Mechanics 1

2 s.h.

PY

331

Modern Physics

3 s.h.

PY

350

Intermediate Experimental Physics 1

3 s.h.

Mathematics

*MA

123

Calculus 1 for Physics and Chemistry

4 s.h.

•MA

124

Calculus 11 for Physics and Chemistry

4 s.h.

MA

241

Differential Equations

3 s.h.

MA

342

Advanced Calculus for Applications

4 s.h.

CO

200

Introduction to Computers

or

CO 110 Introduction to Computer Science 3 s.h.

*0r appropriate substitute.

B.S. in Physics

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Physics are 27 more semester hours in Physics and 3 more semester hours in Mathematics,
as follows:

Physics

PY 223

Mechanics II

2 s.h.

PY 231

Electronics

4 s.h.

PY 242

Optics

3 s.h.

PY 323

Electricity and Magnetism II

2 s.h.

PY 342

Thermal and Statistical Physics

3 s.h.

PY 351

Interm. Exp. Physics II

3 s.h.

PY 473

Quantum Mechanics 1

4 s.h.

PY 472

Nuclear Physics

3 s.h.

PY 490

Solid State Physics

3 s.h.

Physics Elective

3 s.h.

PY

223

PY

231

PY

323

PY

351

PY

473

Physics Elective

294 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Mathematics - One of the following:

MA 171 Intro to Linear Algebra 3 s.h.

MA 217 Probability and Statistics 3 s.h.

MA 421 Advanced Calculus I 3 s.h.

MA 423 Complex Variables I 3 s.h.

CO 250 Intro to Numerical Methods 3 s.h.

B.A. in Physics

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Physics
are 18 more semester hours in Physics as follows:

Physics

Mechanics II 2 s.h.

Electronics 4 s.h.

Electricity and Magnetism II 2 s.h.

Interm. Exp. Physics II 3 s.h.

Quantum Mechanics I 4 s.h.

3 s.h.

In addition, students are required to complete a two-semester Natural Science sequence
other than Physics and a two-semester advanced Social Science or a two-semester ad-
vanced Natural Science sequence.

B.S. in Education (Physics IVIajor)

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education with a Physics major are 1 0 more semester hours in Physics and 8 semester hours
in Chemistry as follows:

Physics

PY 231 Electronics 4 s.h.

PY 242 Optics 3 s.h.

Physics Elective 3 s.h.

Chemistry

CH 111-112 General Chemistry I and II 8 s.h.

B.S. in Education (Physics - Mathematics Major)

In addition to the Core Program, requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education with a combined Physics-Mathematics major are 6 more semester hours in Phys-
ics and 12 more semester hours in Mathematics, as follows:

Physics

PY 242 Optics 3 s.h.

3 s.h.

Physics Elective

Mathematics

MA

271

MA

171

MA

355

MA

421

Intro to Algebraic Structures 3 s.h.

Intro to Linear Algebra 3 s.h.

Foundations of Geometry I 3 s.h.

Advanced Calculus I 3 s.h.

Minor in Physics

To minor in Physics, a student must successfully complete 15 semester hours in Physics
which must "consist of at least three courses at the 200 level or higher. PY 150 may be
substituted with the permission of the chairperson.

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics— 295

Pre-Engineering (Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Materials, Mechanical)

Common to all engineering programs are the following science and mathematics require-
ments: *PY 131-1, *PY 131-2, *PY 132-1, *PY 132-2. PY 322, PY 342, *MA 123, *MA 124,
MA 171, MA 241 *CH 111, *CH 112.

Further requirements depend on the particular engineering program chosen. Complete infor-
mation regarding a specific program may be obtained from the Physics Department. *0r
appropriate substitute.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PY 101 PHYSICS AND OUR ENVIRONMENT 3 s.h.

An overview of the areas of energy, transportation and pollution. These topics are ap-
proached via the relevant concepts of physical science and physics. (3 hours lecture)

PY 1 10 SOLAR ENERGY 3 s.h.

Prerequistie: SC 105 or equivalent

Overview of the solar energy field including the feasibility of solar technologies in comparison
with other energy technologies. Science of solar collection, storage and applications. (3
hours lecture)

*PY 111-1 PHYSICS I LECTURE 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: Elementary algebra and trigonometry

General college physics; mechanics, wave motion and sound. (3 hours lecture)

*PY 112-1 PHYSICS II LECTURE 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PY 111-1

Electricity and magnetism, heat, light, atomic and nuclear physics, and an elementary intro-
duction to relativity and quantum theory. (3 hours lecture)

*PY 111-2 PHYSICS I LAB 1 s.h.

Corequisite: PY 111-1

Physics laboratory at level of Physics I; exercises in mechanics, wave motion and sound. (3
hours lab)

*PY 112-2 PHYSICS II LAB 1 s.h.

Corequisite: PY 112-1

Physics laboratory at level of Physics II; exercises in optics, electricity and magnetism, and
radioactivity. (3 hours lab)

*PY 131-1 PHYSICS l-C LECTURE 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MA 121, 123 or 127, at least concurrently

A calculus-based course in general college physics; topics covered are similar to those

covered in Physics 111, but are treated in more depth through use of calculus. (3 hours

lecture)

*PY 132-1 PHYSICS ll-C LECTURE 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: MA 122, 124, or 128, at least concurrently

Continuation of Physics l-C; topics covered are similar to those covered in Physics II, but are
treated in more depth through the use of the calculus. (3 hours lecture)

*PY 131-2 PHYSICS l-C LAB 1 s.h.

Corequisite: PY 131-1

Sequence of physics laboratory at same level as Physics l-C; exercise in mechanics, wave
motion, sound and kinetic theory. (3 hours lab)

296 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

*PY 132-2 PHYSICS ll-C LAB 1 S.h.

Corequisite: FY 132-1

Sequence of physics laboratory at same level as Physics ll-C; exercises in optics, electricity
and magnetism, and radioactivity. (3 hours lab)

FY 150 COMFUTER AFFLICATION TO FHYSICS LABORATORIES 3 s.h.

Covers applications of the RCA 110A and micro-computers to laboratory data acquisition.
Interfacing design and construction as well as computer repair and machine level computer
programming are included. (2 hours lecture and 2 hours lab).

FY 151-1 MEDICAL FHYSICS LECTURE 3 s.h.

Development of concepts and principles of physics with a strong emphasis as to their use
and application in medical and other biophysical areas. (3 hours lecture)

FY 151-2 MEDICAL PHYSICS LAB 1 S.h.

Experiments dealing with applications of physical principles to field of medicine. Practical
experience with use of electronic equipment, chart recorders, etc., of type found in modern
day medicine will be introduced. (3 hours lab)

FY 222 MECHANICS I 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: FY 111 or 131; MA 122, 124 or 128

Dynamics of a particle in one, two and three dimensions, central forces including planetary

and satellite motion, energy in particle dynamics, statics, systems of particles. (2 hours

lecture)

FY 223 MECHANICS II 2 s.h.

Prerequisites: FY 222, MA 241

Mechanics of a rigid body, constraints, oscillations, wave motion, introduction to Lagrangian
and Hamiltonian formulation and relativistic mechanics. (2 hours lecture)

FY 231 ELECTRONICS 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: FY 112-1 or 132-1; MA 122, 124 or 128

Circuit theory, transients, vacuum-tube and transistor circuits, frequency response, input and
output impedance, feedback and electronic noise. Operational amplifiers and digital electron-
ics. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

FY 242 OPTICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: FY 112-1 or 132-1; MA 122, 124, or 128

Geometrical optics, physical optics, including interference, diffraction and polarization. Quan-
tum Optics is introduced. (3 hours lecture)

FY 322 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM I 2 s.h.

Prerequisite: FY 222

Electrostatic potential theory, dielectries, dipole theory, magnetostatics. Maxwell's equation

for static fields, and Legendre's polynomials and other approximation methods. (2 hours

lecture)

FY 323 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM II 2 s.h.

Prerequiste: FY 322

Time-dependent form of Maxwell's equations, electromagnetic induction, vector potential,
magnetism, radiation fields and poynting vector. (2 hours lecture)

PY 331 MODERN PHYSICS 3 s.h.

Frerequistes: FY 112-1 or 132-1; MA 122, 124 or 128

Introduction to particle and wave properties of matter, atomic structure, relativity, solid state
and nuclear physics. (3 hours lecture)

*FY 111-1, 112-1 with accompanying labs PY 111-2, 112-2 and PY 131-1, 132-1 with
accompanying labs PY 131-2, 132-2 also satisfy the General Education requirement for a
laboratory science sequence.

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 297

PY 342 THERMAL AND STATISTICAL PHYSICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites; PY 112-1 or 132-1; MA 122, 124 or 128

Thermometry, laws of thermodynamics, low-temperature physics, entropy, properties of ideal
gas and an introduction to statistical mechanics. (3 hours lecture)

PY 350 INTERMEDIATE EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS I 3 s.h.

Prerequistes: PY 242 and 331

Required fundamental experiments in areas of mechanics, optics, modern physics and heat.
(6 hours lab)

PY 351 INTERMEDIATE EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS II 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PY 350

Increasingly sophisticated experiments in essential areas of physics. Analog and digital
computers and the Van de Graaff are available. (6 hours lab)

PY 421 SELECTED EXPERIMENTS I 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PY 231 and 331

Experiments selected from advanced optics, microwaves, radio and optical astronomy, semi-
conductor properties, cryogenics and classic experiments in atomic physics. (6 hours lab)

PY 432 ADVANCED ELECTRONICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PY 231

Digital Measurement, Switching Circuit, Logic circuits, Counting, Coding, Input and Output,
AD and DA converters. Computer organization. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab)

PY 472 NUCLEAR PHYSICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PY 331

Survey of nuclear physics; nuclear size; nuclear mass, reaction theory, types of radioactive
decay, nuclear models, nuclear forces and elementary particles. (3 hours lecture)

PY 473 QUANTUM MECHANICS I 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: PY 222 and 331

Quantum mechanics following method of Schrodinger; the theory is applied to properties of
harmonic oscillator, hydrogen atom, electron in a magnetic field and radioactive decay of
alpha particles. (4 hours lecture)

PY 474 QUANTUM MECHANICS II

Prerequisite: PY 473

A sequel to PY 473, general principles of quantum mechanics are further developed. Matrix

mechanics, angular momentum theory, time-independent perturbations, variational methods,

spin and introduction to the many-body problem. (3 hours lecture)

PY 480 SEMINAR 1 s.h.

Speakers from within and outside the University conduct a seminar on a weekly or bi-weekly
basis on different topics of interest in the physics community.

PY 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSICS 1-3 s.h.

Varies from semester to semester and covers diverse topics in specific areas of physics. This
course number is also used to offer courses under development.

PY 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PHYSICS 1-6 s.h.

With departmental permission, an advanced student may investigate one or more areas of
physics in the student's interest. Work is supervised by a physics faculty member but does
not necessarily involve regular lecture or laboratory hours.

PY 490 SOLID STATE PHYSICS 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PY 223 and 331

Reciprocal lattice, crystal structure, the quantization of fields to produce quasi-particles such
as phonons, magnons, excitons. Fermi gas of electrons, energy bands, semiconductor
crystals and photoconductivity. (3 hours lecture)

298 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

General Education Courses

SC 105 PHYSICAL SCIENCE I 4 s.h.

The physical world is studied by focusing on concepts of matter and energy; emphasis on
physical phenomena that can be explained by Physics and Astronomy. (3 hours lecture, 2
hours lab)

SC 106 PHYSICAL SCIENCE II 4 s.h.

See course descriptions in Chemistry Department section.

SC 401 THE GROWTH OF SCIENCE AND ITS CONCEPTS I 3 s.h.

Traces development of science concepts and their interaction with growing society of West-
ern Civilization, from earliest beginnings to time of Newton. Treatment is non-mathematical.
(3 hours lecture)

SC 402 THE GROWTH OF SCIENCE AND ITS CONCEPTS II 3 s.h.

Influence and development of concepts of Science in Western Civilization are studied from
Newton to present time; stress placed on non-mathematical understanding of the basic
ideas. (3 hours lecture)

ED 457 TEACHING PHYSICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 3 s.h.

Provides foundation for a prospective secondary school physics teacher in the area of
current professional practices, curriculum and methods.

PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT

DOUGLAS A. ROSS, CHAIRPERSON; CARTWRIGHT, EDGAR, FLEISCHER,
GROVER, D. R. JACOBS, MAGEE, MARQUETTE, PATTON, RICH, RITTLE,
ROBERTSON, SCHNEIDER, STIRES, SUSSMANN, THORNTON, VANDE
CREEK, WALZ, ZANICH.

The program in psychology leads to a Bachelor of Arts degree and is designed to give the
student an understanding of the methods and major findings of the science of behavior, with
an introduction to several areas of professional application. The major offers the background
required for graduate work in psychology and also preparation for such related fields as
social work, personnel work, advertising, medicine, law and theology. The department also
offers a minor in psychology.

CURRICULA

B.A. in Psychology

The major in psychology consists of a minimum of eleven courses, including PC 101 -
General Psychology and MA 217 - Probability and Statistics, both of which can be used to
meet General Education requirements, and Experimental Design and Analysis I and II. At
least two courses must be taken from Group A and two courses from Group B below.
Psychology majors are required to complete a minor or concentration.

Physiological Psychology 4 s.h.

Human Cognition: Perception 4 s.h.

Conditioning and Learning 4 s.h.

Human Cognition: Learning 4 s.h.

Animal Behavior 4 s.h.

Course Group

A

PC

362

PC

363

PC

365

PC

366

PC

367

Course Group B

PC

351

PC

354

PC

355

PC

356

PC

357

PC

358

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 299

Intro, to Psych. Measurement 3 s.h.

Developmental Psychology OR 3 s.h.

Child Psychology 3 s.h.

Personality 3 s.h.

Abnormal Psychology 3 s.h.

Social Psychology 3 s.h.

Suggested Course Sequence for Psychology Majors
Freshman Year

First Semester — PC 101 - General Psychology
Second Semester — MA 217 - Probability & Statistics
Sophomore Year

First Semester — PC 290 - Exp. Design & Analysis I
Second Semester — PC 291 - Exp. Design & Analysis II
Junior Year

First Semester

One course from Group A

One course from Group B

Second Semester

One course from Group A

One course from Group B

Senior Year

At least three additional courses in

psychology

An honors program has been developed to enrich the education of qualified psychology
majors and assist such students in gaining entrance to graduate school by providing class-
room and research experiences which will prepare them for work at the graduate level.

Psychology majors possessing at least a 3.0 quality point index at the end of their third
semester are eligible to apply for entrance into the honors program. The program itself
consists of two research seminar courses and two semesters of independent research taken
in addition to the normal requirements for the psychology major. These requirements are
normally met on a one course a semester basis throughout the four semesters of the junior
and senior years. The two semesters of independent research are taken consecutively and
are devoted to the completion of an honors thesis.

Minor in Psychology

A minor in psychology consists of six courses: General Psychology, Probability and Statistics,
Experimental Design and Analysis I, one course from Group A, one course from Group B,
and one additional course to be selected by the student.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PC 101 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

An introduction to the scientific study of behavior.

PC 200 STRESS AND COPING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

Designed to present fundamental concepts of psychological adjustment. Emphasis on pre-
ventive approaches to maladjustment and psychological disorders.

PC 290 EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN AND ANALYSIS I 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, MA 217

A laboratory course devoted to designing, conducting and evaluating Results of psychologi-
cal experiments. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

300 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

PC 291 EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN AND ANALYSIS II 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, 290

A continuation of Experimental Design and Analysis I. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

PC 351 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, MA 217

Survey of psychological measurement techniques, with emphasis on theoretical assump-
tions underlying these techniques and discussion of interpretation and limitations of measur-
ing instruments.

PC 354 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequite: PC 101

Comprehensive study of all factors that contribute to human development from conception
to death, particularly as they relate to psychological development of individual. A survey
course directed at students not planning to take PC 355, PC 373, PC 374. Credit toward a
major or minor in psychology will not be given for both PC 354 and PC 355.

PC 355 CHILD PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

Study of factors that influence total development and behavior of child. Current theories and
research are considered, with focus upon optimum development of individual. Credit toward
a major or minor in psychology will not be given for both PC 355 and 354.

PC 356 PERSONALITY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

Provides comparative analysis of major representative traditional and contemporary theories
of personality.

PC 357 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

The description, causes and treatment of behaviors labled abnormal in our society are
studied from experimental and clinical points of view.

PC 358 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

The study of the effects of the social environment on human behavior. Topics include
perception of person, attitude formation and change, and small group interaction.

PC 362 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, 290

Study of relationship between behavior and anatomy and physiology of nervous system. (3
hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

PC 363 HUMAN COGNITION: PERCEPTION 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, 290

Study of perceptual process. Sensory mechanisms for processing information are examined,
as well as responses to complex stimuli. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

PC 364 PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY 4 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 290 or permission

Survey of the theoretical and empirical foundations of psychopharmacology. Topics include
discussions of the basic principles of pharmacology, theories of drug action, structure and
function of the nervous system with special emphasis on current findings on neurotransmit-
ters and the site of action of psychoactive drugs. (3 hours lecture, 2 lab)

PC 365 CONDITIONING AND LEARNING 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, 290

Examination of basic phnciples of learning and related phenomena; discussion of classical
conditioning, discrimination learning and aversive control of behavior. (3 hours lecture, 2
hours lab)

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics — 301

PC 366 HUMAN COGNITION: LEARNING 4 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, 290

Study of methods and findings in areas of human memory and human information process-
ing. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

PC 367 ANIfVIAL BEHAVIOR 4 S.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, 290

Comparative survey of behavioral processes, with emphasis on sensory systems and learn-
ing in organisms of different phylogenetic levels. (3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab)

PC 371 HUMAN MOTIVATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

Systematic study of how behavior is initiated, sustained, directed and terminated. Current
theories in this area are critically reviewed.

PC 373 ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

Study of the adolescent and his world, especially the physical aspects of adolscence,
psychological growth patterns, social pressures and adaptation.

PC 374 ADULT DEVELOPMENT AND AGING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

A survey of physiological, cognitive, emotional and social issues affecting the young adult,
the middle-aged and the elderly. Includes an examination of significant adult life crises.

PC 375 SOCIAL COGNITION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, 358

The application of social psychological research and theory to selected public issues such
as racism, aggression, altruism, social injustice and international conflict.

PC 376 ENVIRONMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequite: PC 101

The study of the relationship between human behavior and its environmental context. Em-
phasis on the physical environment, both natural and built.

PC 377 POLITICAL BEHAVIOR 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101, PS 111

An interdisciplinary course which investigates the psychological bases of political behavior.

PC 378 PSYCHOLOGY OF DEATH & DYING 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

Theories and research which delineate the psychological factors affecting the dying person
as well as those persons close to one who is dying are discussed.

PC 379 PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101, Junior or Senior standing or permission of the instructor.
A critical examination of the assumptions about women which are held by the discipline of
psychology, considering both current research and individual experience. The psychological
effects of socialization on sex role identity, achievement, interpersonal power, mental health
and chtical incidents in female development are discussed in the context of relevant con-
cepts from developmental and social psychology.

PC 399 INDUSTRIAL/ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 S.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101; MA 217

The study of psychological principles in an organizational setting; application of psychologi-
cal principles to individual behavior and experience in organizations.

302— Indiana University of Pennsylvania

PC 410 HISTORICAL TRENDS IN PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisite: PC 101

Comprehensive overview of historical antecedents of contemporary psychology with empha-
sis on their implications for future developments in the field.

PC 445 BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: 12 s.h. of psychology

Survey of the theoretical and empirical foundations of behavior modification procedures.

PC 450 INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY 3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101 and department consent

Overview of clinical psychology, with emphasis upon clinician's use of methods of evaluation,
and treatment and modification of behavior.

PC 480 HONORS SEMINAR PSYCHOLOGY
Prerequisites: PC 290 and department consent.

PC 481 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY 2-3 S.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101 and department consent

A seminar providing study of selected topics not emphasized in other courses. May be taken
more than once to a maximum of 6 semester hours.

PC 482 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PSYCHOLOGY 1-3 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101 and department consent

Individual students pursue their particular interests in psychology in consultation with a
member of the staff. May be taken more than once to a maximum of 6 credits.

PC 489 PSYCHOLOGICAL PRACTICUM 1-12 s.h.

Prerequisites: PC 101 and department consent

Under supervision of psychology department, selected students receive experience in appli-
cation of psychological techniques. May be taken more than once to a maximum of 12
semester hours.

Directory— 303

BOARD OF STATE COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY
DIRECTORS

MRS. ROBERTA J. MARSH, CHAIRPERSON Stroudsburg

DR. SYED R. ALI-ZAIDI Shippenville

DR. MURIEL BERGMAN Allentown

MISS REBECCA F. GROSS Lock Haven

JO HAYS State College

MRS. ANNE JACKSON Sewickley

FREDERICK A. REDDIG Shippensburg

DR. BERNARD F. SCHERER Greensburg

BEVERLY SCHIFFRIN Gladwyne

HARRY E. SEYLER York

J. EDWARDS SMITH Lancaster

HENRY B. SUHR, JR Oil City

JOHN B. VELTRI Pittsburgh

lUP BOARD OF TRUSTEES

SENATOR PATRICK J. STAPLETON, President Indiana

PATRICK F. McCarthy, vice President Punxsutawney

FRANK GORELL, Secretary Indiana

DAVID L. JOHNSON, Treasurer Philadelphia

MIRIAM K. BRADLEY Monroeville

SAMUEL W. JACK, JR Indiana

JOHN B. McCUE Kittanning

CHARLES J. POTTER Indiana

DAVID M. SIESKO Berwick

ARMSTRONG COUNTY CAMPUS ADVISORY BOARD

JAMES WYANT, President DAVID FENNELL

JOHN J. GAVRAN, Vice-President JOHN B. McCUE

MARGARET B. CLAYPOOL, Treasurer D. WESLEY MINTEER

ROBERT H. DOERR, Secretary LAWRENCE A. ROSENSON

PUNXSUTAWNEY CAMPUS ADVISORY BOARD

RALPH ROBERTS, President AUGUST DEREUME

THOMAS BARLETTA, Vice President CHARLES ERHARD

EUGENE CURRY, Treasurer GLENN HENERY

ELAINE LIGHT, Secretary JOHN KELLY

GEORGE ADAMSON ANDREW LASKA

GEORGE BROWN, JR. NICHOLAS LORENZO, JR.

M.L. CARLTON PATRICK MCCARTHY

SID CARLTON JENNY B. SCHWARTZ

WILLIAM COOPER FRANK SHAW

EUGENE CURRY GEORGE WEST

THOMAS CURRY SIDNEY WILLAR

304 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DIRECTORY

ADMINISTRATION

JOHN E. WORTHEN President

Ed.D., Harvard University
Judith A. Moorhead Assistant to the President

M.A., lUP
NORMAN J. NORTON Provost and Vice President for Academic Affairs

Ph.D., University of Minnesota
Frank Como Associate Provost

Ph.D., Arizona State University
Robert H. Doerr Director, Armstrong County Campus

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University

Richard A. Distanisiao Assistant to Director, Armstrong County Campus

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Norman Storm Director, Punxsutawney Campus

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Vacant Assistant to Director, Punxsutawney Campus

William E. Lafranchi Director of Librahes and Media Resources

M.S.L.S., University of Illinois

Ronald A. Steiner Associate Director of Libraries and Media Resources

M.S.L.S., Case Western Resesrve University
Diane L. Duntley Director, Academic Services and Testing Center

Ed.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
Robert L. Gaylor Assistant Provost

M.A., St. Francis College
Donald Seagren Registrar

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University

Frederick A. Sehring Associate Registrar

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Mark J. Staszkiewicz Director, Institutional Research and Planning

D.Ed, University of Cincinnati
Lee Bowker Dean, The Graduate School

Ph.D., Washington State University
David M. Lynch Associate Dean, The Graduate School

Ph.D., West Virginia University
M. Curtis Paddock Director, Center for Community Affairs

M.P.A., University of Missouri-Columbis
Carol Miller Assistant Director, Center for Community Affairs

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Connie Howard Coordinator, Radio and Television

Cyrus A. Altimus Dean, College of Business

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Howard B. Cox Associate Dean, College of Business

Ph.D., Ohio State University
Vacant Dean, College of Education

Robert E. Millward Interim/Associate Dean, College of Education

Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Larry Void Director of Professional Laboratory Experiences

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
Warner E. Tobin Director, University School

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
J. Christopher Benz Dean, College of Fine Arts

Ed.D., Columbia University
Barbara J. Balsinger Director, University Museum

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Vacant Dean, College of Health Sciences

Directory— 305

Dean, College of Home Economics

Dean, College of Humanities and Social Sciences

Chairperson, Military Science

M. Kathleen Jones

Ph.D., Ohio State University
Oliver J. Ford

Ph.D., University of Connecticut
Colonel Willard Robinson

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Charles R. Fuget Dean, College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Jerry T. Ice Dean, School of Continuing Education

Ed.D., Fordham University
Frank Cignetti Director, Intercollegiate Athletics

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
James Mill Associate Director, Intercollegiate Athletics

Ph.D.. University of Pittsburgh
Ruth Podbielski Associate Director, Intercollegiate Athletics

M.Ed.. University of Pittsburgh
C. EDWARD RECESKI Vice President for Administration

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Vacant Assistant to Vice President for Administration

Maintenance Superintendent

Maintenance Superintendent

Maintenance Supenntendent

Director, Public Safety

Everett Reed
John Dale
Richard Sawyer
Paul Lang

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Richard Smith
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Pam Daldoss
Robert L. Marx

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Ronald Bartlebaugh
B.S., Murray State University
Vacant
Lois Drayer
Emil Oraskovich
EDWARD J. NORBERG
B.S., Gannon College
Maurice Fox

Barbara Eisen

A.B., Case Western Reserve University
Mark Strawcutter

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Ray Homa
Melvin J. Cochran

B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
John BIystone
Mary Gaul

JOHN D. WELTY Vice President for Student and University Affairs

Ed.D., Indiana University at Bloomington
Sherril A. Kuckuck Assistant to V.P. for Student and University Affairs

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Fred Dakak

Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
Nancy Newkerk

M.A., Syracuse University
Lyman Connor

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Robert McGowan
M.Ed., Wayne State University
Jonell Hoenstine

B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Purchasing Officer

Purchasing Agent
Director, Campus Physical Planning

Personnel Director

Assistant Personnel Director

Duplicating Manager

Post Office Supervisior

Vice President for Finance

Director, Computer Center
Assistant Director, Computer Center

Assistant Director, Computer Center

Operations Manager, Computer Center
Director, Budget

Director, Accounting
Director of Payroll

Dean of Admissions

Associate Dean of Admissions

Assistant Dean of Admissions

Assistant Dean of Admissions

Director. Alumni Affairs

306 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Assistant Director, Alumni Affairs

Director, Career Services
Assistant Director, Career Services

Karen Gresh

B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Roy A. Moss

Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
Ruth Riesenman

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
John Frank Counselor, Career Services and Coordinator Veterans Affairs

Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
Robert I. Witchel Directer, Counseling and Student Development Center

Ed.D., University of Georgia

Russell D. Miars

Ph.D., University of Iowa
Karen Redus

Ph.D., North Texas State University
Crawford Johnson

M.A., Atlanta University
Ronald Lunardini

M.Ed., Duquesne University
Kathryn Stratton

Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Alphonse N. Novels

M.A., East Stroudsburg
Brenda Townsend

M.Ed., Virginia State College
Wilford G. Vaulx-Smith

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Carolyn Wilkie

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Ronald W. Thomas

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
Patricia I. Heilman

B.A., Seton Hill College
Larry A. Judge

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Mary Ellen Lieb

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Frederick A. Joseph

M.Ed., Kent State University
Sally C. Abrams

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Mary Miller

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
William M. Srsic

M.Ed., Edinboro State College

Counselor

Counselor

Director, EOP and Program for Scholars

Assistant Director, EOP

Assistant Director, Program for Scholars

Counselor EOP

Counselor EOP

Counselor EOP

Academic Support Specialist

Executive Director, External Relations

Director, Publications and Advertising

Director, Sports Information

Director, Public Information

Director, Financial Aid

Assistant Director, Financial Aid

Assistant Director, Financial Aid

Associate Director, Financial Aid

Richard T. Wolfe

Director, Grants, Awards and Conferences

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Linda Hall

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
Richard Baginski

M.S., Shippensburg
Susan Greene

B.A., University of Pittsburgh
Melanie Wardrop

B.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Nancy Doyle

M.Ed., SUNY, Albany
John J. Johnston

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Judith Richards

M.Ed., Ohio State University

Director, Residence Life

Associate Director, Residence Life

Associate Director, Residence Life

Assistant Director, Residence Life

Quadrangle Coordinator

Quadrangle Coordinator

Quadrangle Coordinator

Directory— 307

Robert Rodecker Residence Director

M.Ed., Trenton State College
Tom Forsberg Director, Student Activities

M.A., Bowling Green State University
Kevin M. Slater Assistant Director, Student Activities and Director

M.A., Washington University of the Black Cultural Center

Gary Snnith Associate Director of Student Activities and Organizations

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
James W. Laughlin Dean of Student Life

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Owen Dougherty Assistant Dean of Student Life

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
Christopher Knowlton Manager, Student Cooperative Association

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Gerald Baker Manager, Co-op Store

Mahlon Halleck Manager, Lodge-Farm

B.A., Antioch College
Dennis V. Hulings Manager, Program Services

M.A., Brigham Young University
Charles Potthast Business Manager

M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Saivadore Ruffulo Manager, Operations

DEPARTMENT CHAIRPERSONS

College of Business

DONALD J. ROBBINS Accounting

BERNARD A. MOREAU Administrative Services and Business Education

KENNETH SHILDT Finance and Management Information Systems

VINCENT P. TAIANI Management and Marketing

College of Education

WILLIAM MCCAVITT Communications Media

JAMES C. WILSON Counselor Education

JOHN P. QUIRK Educational Psychology

EMILY K. DECICCO Elementary Education

DAVID E. ROTIGEL Foundations of Education

EUGENE SCANLON Special Education and Clinical Services

WARNER E. TOBIN University School

College of Fine Arts

JOANNE P. LOVETTE Art

CALVIN E. WEBER Music

A. LYNN LOCKROW Theater

Theater College of Health Sciences

HAL E. WINGARD Allied Health Professions

D SHELBY BRIGHTWELL Health and Physical Education

CARLEEN ZONI Nursing

ROBERT E. McCLAY Safety Sciences

College of Home Economics

DONNA L. STREIFTHAU Consumer Services

RONALD SIMKINS Food and Nutrition

ALMA L. KAZMER Home Economics Education

308 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

College of Natural Sciences and Mathematics

WALTER W. GALLATI Biology

THOMAS E. CRUMM Chemistry

GERALD M. BURIOK Computer Science

FREDERICK R. PARK GeoScience

JAMES E. REBER Mathematics

RICHARD ROBERTS Physics

DOUGLAS A. ROSS Psychology

College of Humanities and Social Sciences

R. PAUL MCCAULEY Criminology

DONALD A. WALKER Economics

BOB CUREY English

JOSE M. CARRANZA Foreign Languages and Literatures

RUTH I. SHIREY Geography and Regional Planning

JOHN E. KADLUBOWKSI History

CRAIG G. SWAUGER Journalism

DONALD S. MCPHERSON Labor Relations

ROBERT M. HERMANN Philosophy

RICHARD HEIGES Political Science

HARVEY S. HOLTZ Sociology/ Anthropology

DIRECTORS OF CONTINUING EDUCATION PROGRAMS

AUBREY BRADSHAW Coordinator, Youth Traffic Safety

KAREN L. CHICKOS Director, Part-time Studies

JUDITH COPE Director, Adult Education

KAREN G. DEICHERT Director, Community-University Studies

JAMES DIRKS Coordinator, Emergency Medical Services Programs

JOHN PARRISH Program Assistant, Emergency Medical Services Programs

GARY FULTON Coordinator, Emergency Rescue

RICHARD HORNFECK Director, Highway Safety Center

PAUL LANG Director, Crime Study Center

JAMES TODD Assistant Director, Crime Study Center

RONALD MARTINAZZI Director, Criminology Extension Program

BRIAN J. MCCUE Director, Program for Business, Industry and Labor

MARTIN MORAND Director, Center for the Study of Labor Relations

REBECCA STERLEY Director, Vocational and Educational Programs

DIRECTORS OF SPECIAL CLINICS

ROBERT WITCHEL Counseling and Studeent Development Center

LAWRENCE T. TURTON Speech and Hearing Clinic

LINDA L. WILLIAMS : Reading Clinic

PECHAN HEALTH CENTER STAFF

ROBERT B. DAVIES, D.O Director

ANATOLY PRIMAK, M.D.

HIDEYA TSUDA, M.D.

C. E. WILSON, D.O.

FLORENCE DONGILLA Supervisor of Nurses

EMERITI

EDWARD L. ANDERSON English

LOIS V. ANDERSON Elementary

MAMIE L. ANDERZHON Geography

Directory— 309

LEE ROY H. BEAUMONT Business

MARGARET L. BECK English

LOIS C. BLAIR Professional Laboratory Experiences

EDWARD N. BROWN Chennistry

R. MORRISON BROWN English

MAUDE O. BRUNGARD Speech and Heanng

ROBERT W. BURGGRAF Music

JOHN CHELLMAN Dean of Health Sciences

DON-CHEAN CHU Foundations of Education

CHARLES L. COOPER Accounting

PATRICIA PATTERSON CORDERA Business

RALPH W. CORDIER Dean of Academic Affairs

ROBERT J. CRONAUER Art

BETTY DAVIS Elementary Education

CHARLES A. DAVIS Music

ROBERT W. ENSLEY English-Theater

LIDA T. FLEMING University School

SAMUEL F. FURGIUELE English-Journalism

BERNARD J. GANLEY Vice President, Administration

THOMAS G. GAULT Geography and Regional Planning

CLYDE C. GELBACH History

RALPH M. GLOTT Elementary Education

JAMES R. GREEN Associate Dean of the Humanities

TREVOR HADLEY Vice President of Student Affairs

E. SAMUEL HOENSTINE Career Services

DONALD E. HOFFMASTER Biology

JOHN P. HOYT Mathematics

RAYMONA E. HULL English

ARTHUR KANNWISHER Philosophy

MARION KIPP Mathematics

ORVAL KIPP Art

MAY E. KOHLHEPP Elementary Education

RAYMOND L LEE Political Science

STANLEY W. LORE Elementary Education

P.D. LOTT Elementary Education

DOROTHY LUCKER English

JOY E. MAHACHEK Chairperson, Mathematics

Coordinator of Secondary Education Depts.

FRANCES G. McGOVERN Management and Marketing

DONALD M. MACISAAC Communications Media

LAWRENCE F. McVITTY Art

BRUCE A. MEADOWCROFT Educational Pyschology

JANE S. MERVINE History

WALLACE F. MORRELL Mathematics

JAMES M. NIX English-Theater

ANNA K. OTOOLE Elementary

WILLIS E. PRATT Chancellor

DANIEL G. REIBER Chairperson, Department of Physics

MILDRED REIGH Mathematics

RALPH W. REYNOLDS Art

OPAL T. RHODES Chairperson, Home Economics

MAURICE L. RIDER English

NORMAN SARGENT Communications Media

ALICE K. SCHUSTER History

MILDRED SHANK Educational Psychology

ELWOOD B. SHEEDER Dean, School of Business

DWIGHT E. SOLLBERGER Coordinator, Natural Sciences

LESLIE S. SPENCER Finance and Management Information Systems

MARTIN STAPLETON Biology

LAWRENCE C. STITT Music

310— Indiana University of Pennsylvania

JAMES K. STONER Chairperson, Business and Distributive Education

GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER Dean, School of Education

I. LEONARD STRIGHT Dean, The Graduate School

BEATRICE THOMAS Business

EUPHEMIA NESBITT WADDELL Library

PAUL M. WADDELL Physics

ALBERT J. WAHL History

ROBERT O. WARREN Associate Provost

HALLEY O. WILLISON Mathematics

DAVID C. WINSLOW Geography and Regional Planning

ROBERT L. WOODARD Director, Institutional Research

THE FACULTY

ROBERT J. ACKERMAN, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., Western Michigan University
CARL F. ADAMS, Associate Professor

D.M.A., Columbia University
BARBARA A. AIERSTOCK, Professor

Ed.D., Temple University
RONALD D. ALI, Instructor

M.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
ROBERT K. ALICO, Professor

Ph.D., St. Bonaventure University, New York
NORINE A. ALLEN, Assistant Professor

M.S., University of Buffalo
ANDREW ALTMAN, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., Columbia University
WILLIAM D. AMES, Assistant Professor

J.D., Ohio Northern University
FRED P. ANDERSON, Assistant Professor

M.B.A., University of Michigan
RUTH ANDERSON, Professor

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ALLAN T. ANDREW, Professor

Ph.D., Utah State University
JOSEPH S. ANGELO, Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
ANTHONY A. ANGELONI, Professor

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JANET L. ANTHONY, Instructor

M.S., West Virginia University
IDA Z. ARMS, Professor

M.S., University of Illinois
NOREEN O. ASH, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Illinois
NEIL J. ASTING, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., University of Rhode Island
MARIE K. BAHN, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Western Maryland College
WILLIAM M. BAHN, Professor

Ed.D, West Virginia University
FRANK T. BAKER, Professor

Ph.D., West Virginia University
JOI^N C. BAKER, Assistant Professor

M.A., Siena Heights College
DONALD J. BALLAS, Professor

Ph.D., University of Nebraska

Sociology/Anthropology

Music

Health and Physical Education

Art

Biology

Nursing

Philosophy

Administrative Sen/ices

and Business Education

Management and Marketing

Home Economics Education

Biology

Mathematics

Educational Psychology

Health and Physical Education

Mathematics

Biology

Chemistry

Special Education and
Clinical Sen/ices

Special Education and

Clinical Services

Biology

Food and Nutrition

Geography and
Regional Planning

Directory— 311

FRANCIS BALLAS. Professor

Ph.D., West Virginia University
BARBARA J. BALSIGER, Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
DENNIS BARTHA, Associate Professor

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
NANCY R. BARTHELEMY, Associate Professor

M.S., University of Wisconsin
MARY LOU BATCH, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CHARLES BATTAGLINI, Associate Professor

M.F.A., Tyler School of Art, Temple University
THOMAS L. BECK, Associate Professor

M.Ed., Duquesne University
WILLIAM R. BECKER, Professor

Ph.D., University of Iowa
PATRICIA A. BELL. Associate Professor

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
MARGARET BELLAK, Assistant Professor

M.N., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES M. BENCH, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
THOMAS J. BENECKI, Assistant Professor

M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh
PAUL BEN-ZVI, Associate Professor

M.F.A., University of Iowa
RICHARD E. BERRY, Professor

Ph.D., Princeton
CHARLES H. BERTNESS, Professor

Ph.D., University of Illinois
WILLIAM W. BETTS, JR., Professor

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
JOSEPH A. BIANCO, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
GARY J. BIRD, Associate Professor

M.M., North Texas State University
PATRICIA L. BLACK, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Duquesne University
BARBARA BLACKLEDGE, Instructor

M.A., University of Virginia
WILLIAM A. BLACKSMITH, III, Associate Professor

Ed.D., West Virginia University
JEAN L. BLAIR, Assistant Professor

M.N.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JOSEPH BOGAN, JR., Professor

Ed.D., West Virginia University
ROBERT J. BOLDIN, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
CHARLES N. BONGIOVANNI, Assistant Professor

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
DANIEL N. BOONE, Professor

Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School
CARL W. BORDAS, Professor

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
NELSON H. BORMANN, Associate Professor

M.A., Western Michigan University
DAVID T. BORST, Professor

D.M.A., Eastman School of Music
ALBERT E. BOUFFARD, Associate Professor

Ph.D., Duquesne University

Chemistry

Art

Elementary Education

Health and Physical Education

Special Education and

Clinical Services

University School

Health and Physical Education

Music

Home Economics Education

Nursing

Special Education and

Clinical Services

Management and Marketing

Art

Physics

Mathematics

English

Administrative Services and

Business Education

Music

Nursing

Theater

Health and

Physical Education

Nursing

Criminology

Finance and

Management Information Systems

Military Science

Philosophy

Chemistry

Special Education and

Clinical Services

Music

Philosophy

312 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

MALCOLM E. BOWES, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., Ohio University
JESSIE BRIGHT, Assistant Professor

M.A., University of Rochester
LORRIE J. BRIGHT, Professor

M.A., University of Rochester
D. SHELBY BRIGHTWELL, Professor

P.E.D., Indiana University, Bloomington
KENNETH W. BRODE, Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN BROUGHTON, III, Professor

D.Ed., Oklahoma State University
ANDREW C. BROWE, Associate Professor

Ph.D., Medical College of Virginia
FREDERICK J. BROWN, Associate Professor

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
RUTH ANNA W. BROWNING, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
GARY L. BUCKWALTER, Professor

Ph.D., Catholic University of America
GERALD M. BURIOK, Professor

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
RONALD I. BURNER, Assistant Professor

M.B.A., West Virginia University
ELMO G. BURTON, Assistant Professor

B.S., Arkansas State University
SANDRA L. BURWELL, Associate Professor

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JOHN F. BUSOVICKI, Assistant Professor

M.S., Notre Dame
GARY L. BUTERBAUGH, Associate Professor

M.A., Syracuse University
JAMES D. BYRNES, Professor

Ph.D., University of Maryland
PATRICK A. CARONE, Professor

Ph.D., Duke University
JOSE M. CARRANZA, Professor Chairperson,

Ph.d., University of Pittsburgh
BRUCE D. CARTWRIGHT, Associate Professor

A.M., West Virginia University
CHARLES E. CASAVANT, Associate Professor

Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
CHARLES D. CASHDOLLAR, Professor

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
DONNA B. CAUFFIEL, Assistant Professor

M.A., lUP
VINCE CELTNIEKS, Assistant Professor

M.S., University of Montana
MARY ANN CESSNA, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
CHRISTINA A. CHA, Associate Professor

M.S.M., Union Theological Seminary, New York
RICHARD R. CHAMBERLAIN, Associate Professor

M.A., University of Denver
BENJAMIN C. CHAN, Professor

Ph.D., Temple University
WILLIAM D. CHAPMAN, Assistant Professor

M.S., "West Virginia University
MICHAEL R. CHARNEGO, Associate Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Theater

English

English

Chairperson, Health and

Physical Education

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Mathematics

Biology

Criminology

Home Economics Education

Physics

Chairperson, Computer Science

Accounting

Military Science

Art

Mathematics

Computer Science

Political Science

Political Science

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Psychology

Music

History

Food and Nutrition

Health and Physical Education

Food and Nutrition

Music

Library

Philosophy

Special Education and

Clinical Services

Biology

Directory— 313

EDWARD CHASZAR, Professor Political Science

Ph.D., The George Washington University
R. PHILIP CHEKANSKI, Associate Professor Safety Sciences

M.S., Central Missoun State University
CARL C. CHEN, Associate Professor Finance and

Ph.D., Kent State University Management Information Systems

RICHARD CHRISTENSON, Associate Professor Safety Sciences

M.S., Northern Illinois University
NICHOLAS CHRISTODOULEAS, Professor Chemistry

Ph.D., Louisiana State University
ROBERTA CHURCH, Assistant Professor Accounting

M.A., University of Miami (Fla.)
GARRY J. CISKOWSKI, Associate Professor Biology

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma Health Science Center

LOIS A. CLARK, Assistant Professor Health and Physical Education

M.A., Slippery Rock State College
VAUGHN CLAY, Associate Professor Art

D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
STANLEY COHEN, Professor Criminology

J.D., Salmon P. Chase, College of Law
WILLIAM H. COLBY, Assistant Professor Military Science

B.A., Marshall University
EDWARD G. COLEMAN, Associate Professor Chemistry

M.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology
PATRICIA COLLINS-STOCKTON, Associate Professor English

Ph.D., University of Michigan
CAROL E. CONNELL, Assistant Professor Library

M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
THOMAS E. CONWAY, Professor Biology

Ed.D., West Virginia University
DAVID M. COOK, Professor English

Ph.D., Ohio State University
STEVEN CORD, Professor History

Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University
CARMINE J. CORTAZZO JR., Assistant Professor Health and

M.S., University of Illinois Physical Education

JOSEPH J. COSTA, Professor Assistant Chairperson, Chemistry

D.Ed., West Virginia University
HARRY CRAIG, Professor English

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
WILLA RUTH CRAMER, Assistant Professor Consumer Services

M.S., Pennsylvania State University
CYNTHIA N. CREEKMORE, Assistant Professor Library

M.S.L.S., University of Tennessee
CYNTHIA A. CRONK, Assistant professor Special Education

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University and Clinical Services

BLAINE C. CROOKS, Associate Professor Mathematics

Ed.M., Harvard
JOHN A. CROSS, Assistant Professor Computer Science

M.S., Case Western Reserve
JOHN W. CROSS, Associate Professor Economics

M.A., University of Massachusetts
THOMAS E. CRUMM, Associate Professor Chemistry

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
WILLIAM H. CULP, Professor Counselor Education

D.Ed., West Virginia University
HELEN D. CUNNINGHAM, Assistant Professor Nursing

M.S.N.E., University of Pittsburgh
THOMAS P. CUNNINGHAM, Associate Professor Computer Science

M.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology

314 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

BOB J. CUREY, Professor Chairperson, English

Ph.D., Wayne State University
GEORGE J. CVEJANOVICH, Assistant Professor Safety Sciences

M.S., Harvard University
SUSAN S. DAHLHEIMER, Assistant Professor Food and Nutrition

M.S., Pennsylvania State University
S. JANE DAKAK, Associate Professor Health and Physical Education

M.Ed., University of North Carolina at Greensboro
ALICE L. DAVIS, Professor Elementary Education

Ed.D., Temple University
ARLO DEAN DAVIS, Professor Mathematics

Ph.D., University of Colorado
CARL D. DAVIS, Associate Professor Health and Physical Education

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN A. DAVIS, Associate Professor English

M.A., University of Pennsylvania
WAYNE J. DAVIS, Professor Economics

Ph.D., Rutgers University
MALCOLM M. DAY, Professor English

Ph.D., Western Reserve University
RUTH DE CESARE, Professor Music

Ph.D. New York University
EMILY K. DECICCO, Professor Chairperson, Elementary Education

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
ELENA M. DECOSTA, Assistant Professor Foreign Languages

Ph.D, University of Wisconsin
LEONARD B. DEFABO, Professor Educational Psychology

M.Ed., Duquesne University
ANTHONY G. DEFURIO, Professor Art

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
JAMES M. DEGEORGE, Professor Journalism

Ph.D., Tulane University
CAROLYN I. DEISHER, Associate Professor Mathematics

M.A., Pennsylvania State University
VIRGINIA C. DEMAND, Assistant Professor Administrative Services

Ed.D., University of Arkansas and Business Education

DANIEL DICICCO, Professor Music

D.M.A., University of Michigan
ALICE D. DICKIE, Assistant Professor Health and Physical Education

M.S., West Virginia University
WILLIAM E. DEITRICH, JR., Professor Biology

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN L. DIETZ, Associate Professor Music

D.M.A., University of Michigan
SALVATORE DINA, JR., Assistant Professor " Military Science

B.A., Temple University
THOMAS J. DONGILLA, Assistant Professor Art

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ALBERTA R. DORSEY, Professor Elementary Education

D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
VICTOR S. DRESCHER, Associate Professor Foreign Languages

D.M.L., Middlebury College and Literature

JOHN J. DROPCHO, Assistant Professor Art

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
KURT P. DUDT, Assistant Professor Communications Media

M.Ed., Clarion State College
DONALD D. DUNCAN, Associate Professor Mathematics

D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
DEBRA A. DUTKIEWICZ, Instructor Theater

B.F.A., Butler University

Directory— 315

JAMES A. DYAL, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Illinois
JERRY K. EDDY, Professor

Ph.D., West Virginia University
KENNETH F. EDGAR, Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
EDWARD J. EDWARDS, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Pennsylvanis State Universtiy
DONALD G. EISEN, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CALVIN H. ELLIKER, Instructor

M.L.S., University of Wisconsin
JOAN B. ELLIOTT, Associate Professor

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
MARY LOUISE ELTZ, Associate Professor

M.Ed., East Stroudsburg State College
RONALD R. EMERICK, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
THOMAS FALCONE, Assistant Professor

D.B.A., Kent State University
CHARLES W. FAUST, Professor

M.A., Middlebury College and Literatures
FRANK FAZIO, JR., Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
GENE A. FELIX, Assistant Professor

M.S., Pennsylvania State University
RONALD T. FERGUSON, Professor

Ph.D., University of Minnesota
VINCENT J. FERRARA, Professor

Ph.D., Fordham University
GARY M. FERRENCE, Professor

Ed.D., Indiana University, Bloomington
JERRY B. FIDDLER, Professor

Ed.D., State University of New York, Buffalo
FERNAND FISEL, Associate Professor

M.A., Andrews University
MARSHALL G. FLAMM, Professor

A.M., Temple University
MITCHELL FLEISCHER, Associate Professor

Ph.D., Michigan State University
PEGGY L. FLETCHER, Assistant Professor

M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh
SUSAN E. FORBES, Associate Professor

M.A., Kent State University
WILLIAM R. FORBES, Professor

Ph.D., Indiana University, Indiana
JOHN N. FOX, Professor

Ph.D., Wesleyan University
JOHN R. FREUND, Professor

Ph.D., Indiana University
ERNEST B. FRICKE, Professor

Ph.D., New York University
DONALD P. FRITZ, JR., Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
EDWIN J. FRY, Associate Professor

M.M., DePaul University
NORMAN W. GAGGINI, Associate Professor

B.S., M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JOSEPH M. GALLANAR, Professor

Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University

Economics

Physics

Psychology

Nursing

Theater

Library

Elementary Education

Health and

Physical Education

English

Management and Marketing

Foreign Languages

Chemistry

Special Education

and Clinical Services

History

Philosophy

Biology

Special Education

Clinical Services

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Special Education

and Clinical Services

Psychology

Finance and Management

Information Systems

Geography and Regional Planning

Biology

Physics

English

History

English

Music

Physics

History

316 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

ELEANOR M. GALLATI, Assistant Professor Home Economics Education

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
WALTER W. GALLATI, Professor Chairperson, Biology

Ph.D., Ohio State University
C. ALEXANDER GARVIN, Professor Economics

Ph.D., University of Tennessee
CONRAD J. GATES, Associate Professor Labor Relations

J.D. University of Buffalo
VIRGINIA GOULD GERALD, Associate Professor Sociology-Anthropology

M.A., University of Arizona
GAIL J. GERLACH, Associate Professor University School

M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University
FRANK GHESSIE, JR., Assistant Professor Administrative Services

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University and Business Education

MOHAMED GHOBASHY, Professor Accounting

C.P.A., Ph.D., Hochschule fuer Wethandel, Vienna, Austria
RAYMOND D. GIBSON, Associate Professor Mathematics

M.A., University of Illinois
CHARLES A. GODLASKY, Professor Health and Physical

Ed.D., Penn State University Education

IRVING GODT, Professor Music

Ph.D., New York University
LOUIS L. GOLD, Professor Biology

Ph.D., Ohio State University
EDWARD W. GONDOLF, Assistant Professor Sociology/ Anthropology

Ph.D., Boston University
THOMAS D. GOODRICH, Professor History

Ph.D., Columbia University
PHILIP B. GORDON, Assistant Professor Home Economics Education

Ph.D., Ohio State University
BROOKE V. GRANT, Associate Professor Sociology-Anthropology

M.A., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN GEORGE GRASSINGER, JR., Associate Professor Library

M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES L. GRAY, Professor English

Ph.D., Duke University
THOMAS GIAMBRONE, Assistant Professor Mathematics

Ed.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
WILLIAM F. GRAYBURN, Professor English

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
WILLIAM G. GRESSLEY, Assistant Professor Food and Nutrition

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
ROYDEN P. GROVE, Assistant Professor Health and Physical

M.Ed., Ohio University Education Education

DAVID E. GROVER, Professor Psychology

Ph.D., University of Kentucky
DANIEL S. GRUBB, Professor English

Ph.D., University of Michigan
ANTONIO M. GUARDIOLA, Associate Professor Foreign Languages

Doctor en Pedagogia, University of Habana (Cuba) and Literatures

AURORA P. GUARDIOLA, Assistant Professor Foreign Languages

Doctor en Pedagogia, University of Habana (Cuba) and Literatures

RICHARD A. HALAPIN, Assistant Professor Finance and Management

M.B.A., M.S., University of Pittsburgh Information Systems

CRAIG L. HALBROOK, Assistant Professor Military Science

B.S., Jacksonville University
HARRY W. HALDEMAN, Associate Professor English

M.A., Pennsylvania State University
FRANK W. HALL, II, Professor Geoscience

Ph.D., University of Montana

Directory— 317

ROBERT W. HAMILTON, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JANIS M. HANDLER, Instructor

M.S., Indiana University (Bloomington)
MARY M HART, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD A. HARTLINE, Professor

Ph.D., University of California
MARLIN E. HARTMAN, Professor

D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
PATRICK M. HARTWELL, Associate Professor

Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
E. SAMUEL HATFIELD, Associate Professor

A.M., West Virginia University
BEVERLY HAUBER, Assistant Professor

M.S., University of Pittsburgh School of Nursing
MALCOLM R. HAYWARD, III, Professor

Ph.D., Tulane University
RICHARD HAZLEY, Professor

A.M., Columbia University
DONN W. HEDMAN, Assistant Professor

M.F.A., Washington State University
NOLAND R. HEIDEN, Associate Professor

A. I.e. P., Ph.D., University of Michigan
RICHARD F. HEIGES, Professor

Ph.D., Ohio State University
ISABEL T. HELMRICH, Associate Professor

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
ROY M. HELSING, Associate Professor

M.A., Washington State University
WILLARD W. HENNEMANN, Jr., Professor

Ph.D., Cornell University
ANITA C. HENRY, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Indiana at Bloonnington
ROBERT M. HERMANN, Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
HERLINDA HERNANDEZ,Assistant Professor

M.A., University of the Americas (Mexico)
KENNETH E. HERSHMAN, Associate Professor

Ph.D., Purdue University
PAUL R. HICKS, Assistant Professor

M.A.L.S., George Peabody College for Teachers
ROBERT H. HOELLEIN, Associate Professor

Ph.D., Ohio State University
HARRY G. HOLT, Associate Professor

M.S., Bucknell University
OLIVE M. HOLT, Assistant Professor

M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania
HARVEY S. HOLTZ, Assistant Professor

M.A., City University of New York
JAMES D. HOOKS, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
HELEN B. HOVIS, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
SUZANNE H. HUDSON, Professor

Ph.D., Marquette University
LEON J. HUE, Associate Professor

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
MARVIN HUFF, Associate Professor

M.Ed., Westminster College

Art

Communications Media

Nursing

Chemistry

Assistant Chairperson

Mathematics

English

History

Nursing

English

English

Art

Geography and Regional

Planning

Chairperson

Political Science

Educational Psychology

Military Science

Mathematics

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Chairperson, Philosophy

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Physics

Library

Educational Psychology

Economics

Nursing

Chairperson

Sociology-Anthropology

Library

Home Economics Education

English

Biology

Economics

318 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

RICHARD T. HULING, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
ARTHUR C. HULSE, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., Arizona State University
JAN G. HUMPHREYS, Professor

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
JAMES M. INNES, Associate Professor

M.F.A., Kansas City Art Institute
DOMINIC J. INTILI, Professor

Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
D. ROBERT JACOBS, Professor

Ph.D., Wayne State University
MARY J. JALONGO, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Toledo
ROSA JEN, Assistant Professor

M.S., Florida State University
RANDY JESICK, Assistant Professor

M.S. J., West Virginia University
JUDITH L. JOHANSON, Assistant Professor

M.M.E., Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana
GEORGE B. JOHNSON, Associate Professor

M.F.A., Atlanta University
HUGH B. JOHNSON, JR., Professor

D.M.E., Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana
JOHN R. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
RALPH L. JOHNSON, Associate Professor

M.Ed., Slippery Rock State College
RITA M. JOHNSON, Instructor

M.S., Purdue University
ROBERT G. JOHNSON, Professor

Ph.D., Bowling Green University
FOSTER T. JONES, Associate Professor

M.A., Indiana University
RONALD A. JULIETTE, Professor

Ed.D., Indiana University at Bloomington
JOHN F. KADLUBOWSKI, Professor

Ph.D., University of Maryland
NICHOLAS KARATJAS, Associate Professor

Ph.D., SUNY at Stony Brook
DAVID KAUFMAN, Associate Professor

M.L.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology
WILLARD J. KAYLOR, Associate Professor

M.A., George Peabody College for Teachers
ALMA L. KAZMER, Professor

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University Education
DAVID SHANKLAND KEENE, Professor

Ph.D., Princeton University
CHRISTINE F. KESNER, Assistant Professor

M.A., University of Akron
MICHAEL H. KESNER, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
ROBERT L. KING, Professor

Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
ROBERT J. KIRBY, JR., Assistant Professor

M.S.L.S., Catholic University of America
RICHARD S. KNAB, Professor

D.M.E., Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana
RICHARD W. KOLACZKOWSKI, Professor

Ph.D., Cornell University

Biology

Biology

Biology

Art

Music

Psychology

Elementary Education

Library

Journalism

Music

Art

Music

University School

Health and Physical

Education

Food and Nutrition

English

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Communications Media

Chairperson, History

Economics

Library

Health and Physical Education

Chairperson, Home Economics

Political Science

Consumer Services

Biology

Elementary Education

Library

Music

Chemistry

Directory— 319

L. JUNE KORAB, Assistant Professor Health and Physical Education

M.S., Indiana University, Bloomington
JOAN M. KOSS, Assistant Professor Adult-Community Education

M.Ed., Springfield College
BARBARA KRASZEWSKI, Associate Professor English

M.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
HELEN M. KRESAK, Assistant Professor Nursing

M.P.H., University of Pittsburgh
VANCE R. KRITES, Associate Professor Political Science

M.A., Central Michigan University
JOSEPH S. KRUPNIK, Associate Professor English

M.A., Pennsylvania State University
JACK KUHNS, Associate Professor Elementary Education

Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
GOPAL S. KULKARNI, Professor Geography and Regional Planning

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JODELL L. KUZNESKI, Instructor Nursing

M.N.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD J. LAMBERSKI, Associate Professor Communications Media

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
DALE E. LANDON, Professor History

Ph.D., University of Illinois
BETTY B. LANHAM, Professor Sociology-Anthropology

Ph.D., Syracuse University
WALTER R. LAUDE, Associate Professor Library

M.S.L.S., Indiana University (Bloomington)
NEIL B. LEHMAN, Professor History

Ph.D., Ohio State University
EUGENE E. LEPLEY, Professor Health and Physical Education

Ed.D., West Virginia University
WILLIAM J. LEVENTRY, Associate Professor Educational Psychology

Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
FRANCIS W. LIEGEY, Professor Biology

Ph.D., St. Bonaventure University
MARY BETH LEIDMAN, Assistant Professor Communications Media

M.Ed., Emerson College
TIAN-MIN LIN, Professor Philosophy

Ph.D., Boston University
C.T. LINDH, Assistant Professor Accounting

M.S., Duquesne University; C.P.A.
DOROTHY I. LINGENFELTER, Associate Professor University School

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
RICHARD L. LIPSKY, Assistant Professor Communications Media

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
ALICIA V. LINZEY, Assistant Professor Biology

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
RENEE LISCINSKY, Associate Professor Foreign Languages

Doctorat du ze cycle, U. of Besacon, France and Literatures

VICTOR LISCINSKY, Associate Professor Health and Physical Education

L.P.T., University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT I. LLOYD, Associate Professor Music

M.S., Julliard School of Music
A. LYNN LOCKROW, Assistant Professor Chairperson, Theater

M.F.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro
PATRICIA LOMMOCK, Associate Professor Health and Physical Education

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM F. LONG, SR., Associate Professor Mathematics

M.A., Bucknell University
ALWYN LOUDEN, Associate Professor Sociology-Anthropology

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh

320 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

JOANNE P. LOVETTE, Professor Chairperson, Art

D.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
A. LYNNE LUCAS, Assistant Professor Library

M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
JOAN Y. LUCHSINGER, Assitant Professor Music

M.M., University of Illinois
SANDRA JOYCE LYNN, Assistant Professor Consumer Services

M.S., Auburn University
CHARLES R. MADERER, Associate Professor Mathematics

M.A.T., Brown University
RICHARD D. MAGEE, Professor Psychology

Ph.D., Temple University
DONALD C. MAHAN, Associate Professor Administrative Services and

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Business Education

MARGARET D. MAHLER, Professor Adult-Community

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Education

W. DELIGHT MALITSKY, Associate Professor Music

M.A., Manhattan School of Music
KATHERYNE MALLINO, Associate Professor Library

M.S.L.S., Drexel Institute of Technology
JAMES H. MAPLE, Associate Professor Computer Science

M.A., Bowling Green State University
IRWIN MURRAY MARCUS, Professor History

Ph.D., Lehigh University
RONALD L. MARKS, Professor Chemistry

Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
GRACE MARLIN, Instructor University School

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
BARBARA W. MARQUETTE, Associate Professor Psychology

Ph.D., West Virginia University
ARTHUR H. MARTEL, Professor Economics

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
LILLIAN G. MARTIN, Associate Professor University School

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JOSEPH M. MASTRO, Associate Professor History

M.E., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN K. MATOLYAK, Associate Professor Physics

Ph.D., West Virginia University
GEORGE M. MATOUS, Associate Professor Physics

Ph.D., University of Notre Dame
CHARLES MAWHINNEY, Associate Professor Finance and Management

M.B.A., Uriiversity of Pittsburgh Information Systems

RICHARD D. McAFOOSE, Associate Professor Management and Marketing

Litt.M., University of Pittsburgh
DONALD A. McANDREW, Assistant Professor English

Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
DOYLE RICHARD McBRIDE, Associate Professor Mathematics

M.A.T., Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana
RONALD L. McBRIDE, Professor Mathematics

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
MICHAEL A. McCaffrey, Assistant Professor Finance and Management

M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania Information Systems

WILLIAM McCAVITT, Associate Professor Chairperson, Communications Media

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
R. PAUL McCAULEY, Professor Chairperson, Criminology

Ph.D., Sam Houston State University
ROBERT E. McCLAY, JR., Associate Professor Chairperson, Safety Sciences

M.S., North Carolina State University
DONALD S. McCLURE, Associate Professor English

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University

Directory— 321

RONALD McCOY, Associate Professor Mathematics

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DONALD C. McFEELY, Professor Elementary Education

Ph.D., University of Maryland
GARY McGLOSKY. Assistant Professor Safety Sciences

M.S., University of Michigan
VICTOR D. McGUIRE, JR., Assistant Professor Criminology

M.P.A., University of Georgia
DONALD R. McKELVEY, Professor Chemistry

Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University
KATHERINE K. McKELVEY, Assistant Professor Computer Science

Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University
JOHN J. McMANMON, Professor English

Ph.D., University of Chicago
MARK E. McNABB, Assistant Professor Criminology

M.A., Adams State University
PATRICK J. McNAMARA, Associate Professor Physics

M.S., University of Detroit
ROBERT W. MCNAMARA, Assistant Professor Military Science

M.A., Purdue
DONALD S. Mcpherson, Professor Chairperson, Labor Relations

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD P. MEASE, Professor Special Education and

Ph.D., University of Iowa Clinical Services

EDWARD R. MELODINI, Assistant Professor Criminology

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CRUZ MENDIZABAL, Professor Foreign Languages and Literatures

Doctor en Filosofia y Letras, Universidad Javeriana, Bogota
ROBERT E. MERRITT, Professor Biology

Ph.D., University of Tennessee
JOHN E. MERRYMAN, Professor Foundations of Education

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
PATRICIA A. METZ, Assistant Professor Chemistry

M.S., Duquesne University
EDWARD MILEFF, Professor Health and Physical Education

Ed.D., Boston University
JAMES G. MILL, JR., Associate Professor Health and Physical Education

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
LARRY CARL MILLER, Professor History

Ph.D., Northwestern University
LAURABEL H. MILLER, Assistant Professor English

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
VINCENT P. MILLER, JR., Professor Geography and Regional Planning

Ph.D., Michigan State University
ROBERT E. MILLWARD, Professor Elementary Education

Ed.D., The Pennsylvania State University
GEORGE R. MILTZ, Associate Professor Foreign Languages

M.A., University of Cincinnati and Literatures

MARGARET L. MINNICK, Assistant Professor Food and Nutrition

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JOEL D. MLECKO, Associate Professor Philosophy

Ph.D., Catholic University of America
JON A. MOILANEN Military Science

B.S., University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh
KOFIE MONTGOMERY, Instructor Health and Physical Education

M.S., Pennsylvania State University
SHARON MONTGOMERY, Professor Philosophy

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ARCHIE F. MOORE, Associate Professor Health and Physical Education

M.S., Springfield College

322 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

EDGAR W. MOORE, Associate Professor History

M.A., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee
ROBERT N. MOORE, Professor Biology

M.S., Bucknell University
MIA MOORE-ARMITAGE, Assistant Professor Food and Nutrition

Ph.D., University of Tennessee
BERNARD A. MOREAU, Professor Chair, Administrative Services

D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh and Business Education

THOMAS V. MORLEY, Assistant Professor Military Science

B.A., Texas A and M University
MORTON M. MORRIS, Professor Special Education and

Ed.D., Columbia University Clinical Services

ROBERT L. MORRIS, Professor Political Science

Ph.D., West Virginia University
RUTH S. MORRIS, Assistant Professor Administrative Services

M.A., Bucknell University and Business Education

JOANNE MUELLER, Professor Mathematics

Ph.D., University of Iowa
MURIEL A. MUNRO, Assistant Professor Special Education and

Ph.D., University of Kansas Clinical Services

J. ROBERT MURRAY, Professor Communications Media

Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
MARIAN A. MURRAY, Professor Nursing

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT J. MUTCHNICK, Assistant Professor Criminology

Ph.D., Florida State University
ATAOLLAH NAHOURAII, Associate Professor Finance and Management

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Information Systems

ANTHONY J. NANIA, Professor English

Ph.D., Notre Dame University
ANTHONY J. NASTASE, Associate Professor Biology

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM A. NEAL, Associate Professor Health and Physical Education

M.A., The George Washington University
LINDA SHEARER NELSON, Associate Professor Home Economics Education

M.S., Cornell University
GINI G. NEWELL, Instructor Special Education and Clinical Services

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
THOMAS NOWAK, Associate Professor Sociology-Anthropology

Ph.D., Cornell University
CARL P. OAKES, Associate Professor Mathematics

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
PATRICK J. O'CONNOR, Assistant Professor Administrative Services and

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute Business Education

ANJA H. OLIN-FAHLE, Associate Professor Sociology-Anthropology

M.A., Haverford College
JAMES M. OLIVER, Professor History

Ph.D., University of Missouri
GARY JAMES OLMSTEAD, Professor Music

D.M.A., Cleveland Institute of Music/Case Western Reserve University
WILLIAM OLSON, Associate Professor Management and Marketing

Ph.D., University of Texas
LUDO op de BEECK, Professor Foreign Languages

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh and Literatures

NICHOLAS N. PACALO, Assistant Professor Safety Sciences

M.S., U.C.L.A.
DOROTHY ANN PALMER, Associate Professor Political Science

M.A., Miami University (Ohio)
LARRY R. PANAIA, Instructor Athletics

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Directory— 323

FREDERICK R. PARK, Associate Professor Chairperson, Geoscience

M.S., University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT A. PATSIGA, Professor Chemistry

Ph.D., State University College of Forestry, Syracuse University
GARY W.R. PATTON, Professor Psychology

Ph.D., Tufts University
JAMES EDWARD PAYNE, Professor Geography and Regional Planning

A.M., University of North Carolina
GERARD C. PENTA, Professor Foundations of Education

Ph.D., Michigan State University
LAURENCE JOHN PERKINS, Assistant Professor Music

M.M., Eastman School of Music
DANIEL PERLONGO, Associate Professor Music

M.M., University of Michigan
EVERETT J. PESCI, Professor Counselor Education

Ed.D., West Virginia University
JOSEPH ALEXANDER PETERS, Associate Professor Mathematics

M.S., University of Illinois
JUNE K. PHILLIPS, Professor Foreign Languages

Ph.D., Ohio State University and Literatures

JERRY L PICKERING, Professor Biology

Ph.D., Rutgers State University
DENTON F. PILLION, Associate Professor Management and Marketing

Ed.M., Worcester State College; Boston College; Clark University
RICHARD C. PILLSBURY, Assistant Professor Military Science

B.A., University of Wisconsin at Oshkosh
EDWARD E. PLATT, Professor Political Science

Ph.D., University of Connecticut
MARK A. PLIVELIC, Associate Professor Accounting

M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh, C.P.A.
KAREN POLANSKY, Assistant Professor Nursing

M.S.N., California State Universtiy at Los Angeles
JOHN A. POLESKY, Associate Professor Administrative Services

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh and Business Education

DUANE M. PONKO, Assistant Professor Accounting

M.Ed., Duquesne University
PAUL A. PRINCE, Professor Geoscience

Ed.M., Harvard University
JOHN P. QUIRK, Professor Chairperson, Educational Psychology

D.Ed., University of Georgia
WILLARD W. RADELL, Assistant Professor Economics

Ph.D., University of Illinois
DOWNEY RAIBOURN, Associate Professor Sociology-Anthropology

M.A., Indiana University (Bloomington)
DAVID L. RAMSEY, Instructor Physics

B.A., Washington and Jefferson College
CHANCY R. RAWLEIGH, Professor Sociology-Anthropology

Ph.D., Syracuse University
RICHARD E. RAY, Professor English

Ph.D., Bowling Green University
KAREN E. READY, Assistant Professor Foreign Languages

M.A., Middlebury College and Literatures

CLARICE K. REBER, Assistant Professor Special Education

M.S., University of Michigan and Clinical Services

JAMES C. REBER, Professor Chairperson, Mathematics

Ph.D., Duke University
JACK C. REED, Associate Professor Safety Sciences

M.S., University of Arizona
JAMES B. REILLY, Professor Elementary Education

Ed.D., West Virginia University

324 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

WILLIAM L RETTIG, Professor

Ph.D., Ohio State University
VIRGINIA E. REYNOLDS, Assistant Professor

M.A., Columbia University
DAVID M. RIBAN, Professor

Ph.D., Purdue University
ALEXANDER R. RICH, Professor

Ph.D., Kent State University
DARLENE S. RICHARDSON, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., Columbia University
J. MERLE RIFE, Professor

Ph.D., Ohio State University
WANDA RIFE, Assistant Professor

M.S.L.S., Case Western Reserve University
ROBERT H. RITTLE, Professor

Ph.D., Kent State University
JOSEPH S. RIZZO, Professor

Ph.D., University of Maryland
DONALD J. ROBBINS, Associate Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
LIONEL E. ROBERTS, JR., Associate Professor

J.D., Cumberland School of Law
RICHARD D. ROBERTS, Associate Professor

M.S., Pennsylvania State University
DONALD V. ROBERTSON, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
COL WILLARD L. ROBINSON, Professor
BERNARD ROFFMAN, Associate Professor

M.A., Fordham University
ROSALY ROFFMAN, Assistant Professor

M.A., University of Hawaii
DOUGLAS A. ROSS, Professor

Ph.D., Lehigh University
DAVID E. ROTIGEL, Professor

Ed.D., University of Illinois
PHYLLIS ROUMM, Professor

Ph.D., Kent State University
RICHARD D. ROWELL, Associate Professor

Ed.D., University of Georgia
PHILLIP A. RUFFNER, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HOWARD A. RUSSELL, Professor

D.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
ROBERT RUSSELL, Assistant Professor

M.A.T., Indiana University
GRACE A. RYAN, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
MARY E. SADLER, Instructor

M.N., University of Pittsburgh
STEPHEN K. SANDERSON, Professor

Ph.D., University of Nebraska
NICOLO A. SARTOR I, Assistant Professor

M.M., University of Michigan
JOHN SCANDRETT, Instructor

M.M., University of Wisconsin
EUGENE F. SCANLON, Professor

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
R. THOMAS SCHAUB, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

Mathematics

Sociology-
Anthropology
Physics

Psychology

Geoscience

History

Library

Psychology

Elementary Education

Chairperson, Accounting

Administrative Services

and Business Education

Chairperson, Physics

Psychology

Military Science
English

English

Chairperson, Psychology

Chairperson, Foundations of Education

English

Administrative Services

and Business Education

English

Art

Journalism

Management and Marketing

Nursing

Sociology-Anthropology

Music

Music

Chairperson, Special Education

and Clinical Services

Philosophy

Directory— 325

JOAN SCHMITT, Assistant Professor Consumer Services

M.A., Michigan State University
MARTHA S. SCHEEREN, Assistant Professor Library

M.S.L.S., University of Pittsburgh
CARL W. SCHNEIDER, Professor Psychology

Ph.D., Michigan State University
GOULD F. SCHROCK, Professor Biology

Ph.D., University of Chicago
DONALD W. SCOTT, Assistant Professor Criminology

M.Phil., Yale University
JOHN H. SCROXTON, Associate Professor Chemistry

M.S., Alfred University
GEORGE K. SEACRIST, Associate Professor English

M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
THOMAS SEDWICK, Associate Professor Labor Relations

Ph.D., Syracuse University
ROBERT C. SEELHORST, Professor Art

Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
FREDERICK W. SEINFELT, Professor English

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
CONSTANCE SETTLEMYER, Professor Nursing

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
DALE M. SHAFER, Professor Mathematics

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
RONALD G. SHAFER, Professor English

Ph.D., Duquesne University
ESTHER M. SHANE, Assistant Professor Special Education

M.S., West Virginia University and Clinical Services

SATYA SHARMA, Associate Professor Consumer Services

Ph.D., Ohio State University
MAHER Y. SHAWER, Professor Mathematics

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
JOHN SHEPHERD, Associate Professor Finance and Management

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Information Systems

JACK L. SHEPLER, Professor Mathematics

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
DAVID L. SHIELDS, Associate Professor Foreign Languages

M.A., Middlebury College and Literatures

KENNETH LEE SHILDT, Associate Professor Chairperson, Finance and Management

M.S., Pennsylvania State University Information Systems

RUTH I. SHIREY, Professor Chairperson, Geography

Ph.D., University of Tennessee and Regional Planning

DANIEL C. SHIVELY, Associate Professor Library

M.S.L.S., Drexel Institute of Technology
CHARLES J. SHUBRA, JR., Assistant Professor Computer Science

M.S., Pennsylvania State University
RONALD E. SIMKINS, Associate Professor Chairperson, Food

M.Ed., Westminster College and Nutrition

JEAN J. SLENKER, Associate Professor Art

M.A., Professional Diploma, Teachers College, Columbia University
ROBERT EUGENE SLENKER, Associate Professor Art

M.A., Professional Diploma, Teachers College, Columbia University
EDWARD L. SLONIGER, Professor Health and Physical Education

Ph.D., University of Illinois
MAXINE SMATLAK, Assistant Professor Nursing

M.N., University of Pittsburgh
BERT A. SMITH, Associate Professor Political Science

M.A., University of Missouri
HELENA M. SMITH, Professor English

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University

326 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

WILLIAM R. SMITH, Professor

Ed.M., Harvard University
W. WAYNE SMITH, Professor

Ph.D., University of Maryland
RONALD F. SMITS, Assistant Professor

D.Ed., University of Massachusetts
MARIE E. SNEAD, Associate Professor

A.M.L.S., University of Michigan
KAY SNYDER, Associate Professor

Ph.D., Cornell University
JAMES SOLAK, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
HAROLD M. SOMMER, Associate Professor

Ed.D., University of Georgia
ROBERT D. SOULE, Associate Professor

M.S., Purdue University
ELWOOD R. SPEAKMAN, Associate Professor

M.A.T., Brown University
PHILIP SPENCE, Associate Professor

B.S., University of Scranton
JOSEPH B. SPIEKER, Professor

Ph.D., Catholic University
VIRGINIA S. SPRENKEL, Assistant Professor

M.N., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES G. STAPLES, Professor

D.M.A., Eastman School of Music
JEANNE M. STEELE, Associate Professor

Ph.D., Ohio State University
JOANNE B. STEINER, Assistant Professor

M.S., University of Wisconsin
CHARLES B. STEVENSON, Associate Professor

M.A., George Washington University
MERLE STILWELL, Professor

Ph.D., Cornell University
LLOYD K. STIRES, Professor

Ph.D., Duke University
ROBERT J. STONEBRAKER, Professor

Ph.D., Princeton University
HERBERT D. STRASSER, Associate Professor

M.Ed., Kansas State University
RICHARD M. STRAWCUTTER, Professor

M.S., Columbia University
DONNA L. STREIFTHAU, Professor

Ph.D., Ohio State University
ROBERT S. STROCK, Associate Professor

M.Ed., Shippensburg State College
ALVIN J. STUART, Professor

Ph.D., Ohio University
PETER SULLIVAN, Associate Professor

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
MARIO SUSSMAN, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Illinois
CONNIE J. SUTTON, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
LOUIS R. SUTTON, Professor

Ed.D., West Virginia University
CRAIG G. SWAUGER, Professor

Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN J. SWEENEY, JR., Assistant Professor

J.D. Law, University of Pittsburgh

Mathematics

History

English

Library

Sociology-Anthropology

Finance and Management

Information Systems

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Safety Sciences

Mathematics

Military Science

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Nursing

Music

Nursing

Food and Nutrition

Management and Marketing

Mathematics

Psychology

Economics

Military Science

Biology

Chairperson, Consumer Services

Administrative Services

and Business Education

Elementary Education

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Psychology

Geoscience

Health and Physical Education

Chairperson, Journalism

Computer Science

Directory— 327

FORD HARRIS SWIGART, JR.. Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
MARY E. SWINKER, Instructor

M.A., Kent State University
AUGUSTA SYTY, Professor

Ph.D., University of Tennessee
STANFORD L. TACKETT, Professor

Ph.D., Ohio State University
VINCENT P. TAIANI, Associate Professor

Ph.D., State University of New York, Buffalo
DANIEL J. TANNACITO, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Oregon
JOHN F. TAYLOR, Assistant Professor

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
LEONARD P. TEPPER, Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CAROL A. TETI, Associate Professor

D.M.A., University of Michigan
EUGENE F. THIBADEAU, Professor

Ph.D., New York University
JOANN E. THISTLETHWAITE, Assistant Professor

M.S.N.E., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN C. THOMAS, Associate Professor

J.D., West Virginia University
RAYMOND L. THOMAS, Professor

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
CAROLYN A. THOMPSON, Assistant Professor

M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
RICHARD E. THORELL. Associate Professor

M.Ed., University of Rochester
GORDON F. THORNTON, Professor

Ph.D., Ohio University
GERALD L. THORPE, Professor

Ph.D., Wayne State University
DENNIS D. TIGER, Professor

D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
WARNER E. TOBIN, Professor

D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
HOWARD E. TOMPKINS, Professor

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
MARTHA A. TROXELL, Associate Professor

J.D., Temple University
J.DAVID TRUBY, Professor

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
LAWRENCE R. TUCKER, Associate Professor

M.S., Ohio State University
LAWRENCE J. TURTON, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Kansas
HENRY H. VALLOWE, Professor

Ph.D., University of Chicago
LEON D. VANDECREEK, Professor

Ph.D., University of South Dakota
POTHEN VARUGHESE, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., Kent State University
RICHARD VEXLER, Assistant Professor

M.A., University of Pittsburgh
LESLIE VICKERS, JR., Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
FRANK A. VIGGIANO, JR., Associate Professor

M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout

English

Consumer Services

Chemistry

Chemistry

Chairperson, Management

and Marketing

English

GeoScience

Geography and

Regional Planning

Music

Foundations of Education

Nursing

Criminology

English

Health and Physical Education

Music

Psychology

Political Science

Accounting

University School

Computer Science

Administrative Services and

Business Education

Journalism

Health and

Physical Education

Special Education

and Clinical Services

Biology

Psychology

Chemistry

Sociology-Anthropology

Special Education and

Clinical Services

Consumer Services

328 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

ROBERT J. VISLOSKY, Professor

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JACOB U. VOELKER, Associate Professor

M.A., University of Notre Dame
DOROTHY C. VOGEL, Professor

Ph.D., New York University
EDWINA B. VOLD, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
EVA VOUKLIZAS, Associate Professor

M.M., Indiana University
JAMES A. WADDELL, Associate Professor

M.A., University of North Carolina
RICHARD F. WAECHTER, Professor

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
TIRLOCHAN S. WALIA, Associate Professor

Ph.D., New York University
DONALD A. WALKER, Professor

Ph.D., Han/ard
NORMA E. WALKER, Professor

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
JOANN E. WALTHOUR, Assistant Professor

M.M.E., University of Pittsburgh
GEORGE B. WALZ, Professor

Ph.D., Lehigh University
STEPHEN B. WARE, Associate Professor

B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University
HELEN LOUISE WARREN, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JANE WASHBURN, Associate Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM M. WASKOSKIE, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN G. WATTA, Assistant Professor

M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
CALVIN E. WEBER, Professor

Ed.D., University of Illinois
CHARLES E. WEBER, Professor

Ed.D., Columbia University
WILLIAM F. WEGENER, Professor

D.P.A., Nova University
RONALD M. WEIERS, Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CHRISTOPHER L WEILAND, Assistant Professor

M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technology
JAMES E. WELKER, Assistant Professor

M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh
NED O. WERT, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
GERMAN F. WESTPHAL, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., Simon Fraser University
JACK R. WESTWOOD, Associate Professor

M.S., Bucknell University
ROBERT L. WHITMER, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
DENNIS W. WHITSON, Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES HERBERT WILDEBOOR, Associate Professor

M.M.E., University of Kansas
GEORGE T. WILEY, Professor

Ph.D., Western Reserve University

Art

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

History

Elementary Education

Music

English

Biology

Finance and Management

Information Systems

Chairperson, Economics

Consumer Services

University School

Psychology

Economics

English

Counselor Education

Biology

English

Chairperson, Music

Geography and Regional Planning

Criminology

Management and Marketing

Art

Finance and Management

Information Systems

Art

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Mathematics

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Physics

Music

History

Directory— 329

LINDA L WILLIAMS, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
EDWARD D. WILSON, Professor

Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
JAMES C. WILSON, Professor

Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
TIMOTHY L. WILSON, Associate Professor

Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
T. KENNETH WILSON, Associate Professor

B.A., University of Buffalo
HAROLD E. WINGARD, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
RAY L. WINSTEAD, Associate Professor

Ph.D., North Carolina State University
WILLIAM L. WOHLGAMUTH, Assistant Professor

Ph.D., Louisiana State University
EDWARD G. WOLF, Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES L. WOLFE, Assistant Professor

M.S., The Pennsylvania State University
RICHARD E. WOLFE, Professor

Ph.D., University of Illinois
BETTY LOU WOOD, Assistant Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
JOHN T. WOOD, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
MELVIN R. WOODARD, Professor

Ed.D., Oklahoma State University
DON W. WOODWORTH, Associate Professor

M.A., Indiana University
DALE W. WOOMER, Professor

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
JOHN C. WORZBYT, Professor

Ed.D., University of Rochester
PAUL R. WUNZ, JR., Professor

Ph.D., University of Delaware
MYRON M. YAGEL, Associate Professor

Ed.D., University of Virginia
JOAN R. YANUZZI, Professor

Ph.D., Cornell University
ROBERT YARUP, Assistant Professor

M.A., West Virginia University
DAVID L. YOUNG, Professor

Ph.D., Ohio State University
MAURICE M. ZACUR, Professor

D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DANIEL E. ZALAZAR, Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
GENO ZAMBOTTI, Associate Professor

M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MARY L. ZANICH , Associate Professor

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CYRIL J. ZENISEK, Professor

Ph.D., Ohio State University
CARLEEN ZONI, Associate Professor

M.N., University of Pittsburgh
PHILLIP J. ZORICH, Assistant Professor

M.A., University of Oregon

Elementary Education

Political Science

Chairperson, Counselor Education

Management and Marketing

English

Health and Physical Education

Chairperson, Allied Health

Biology

Administrative Services

and Business Education

Library

Computer Science

Mathematics

Consumer Services

Chemistry

Mathematics

English

Administrative Services

and Business Education

Counselor Education

Chemistry

Special Education

and Clinical Services

Educational Psychology

English

Communications Media

Geography and Regional Planning

Foreign Languages

and Literatures

Chemistry

Psychology

Biology

Chairperson, Nursing

Library

330— Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Adjunct Professors - Environmental Health

CHARLES A. DURITSA

Regional Solid Waste Manager, Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources;

B.S., California State College

TERRY R. FABIAN

Regional Environmental Protection Director, Pennsylvania Department of Environmental

Resources; B.S., Juniata College

STEPHEN F. PEDERSEN

Regional Water Quality Manager, Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources;

M.S., Villanova University

JOSEPH P. PEZZE

District Supervisor for Air Quality, Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources;

M.S., University of Pittsburgh

THOMAS PROCH

Regional Aquatics Biologist, Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources; M.S.,

University of Pittsburgh

Adjunct Professors-Medical Technology

The individuals named below provide programs affiliated solely with Indiana University of
Pennsylvania. Administrators and teaching staffs of other hospital schools are awarded
Adjunct Professorships in years when Indiana students are in attendance.

EDWARD J. BENZ, M.D.

Director, School of Medical Technology, St. Luke's Hospital, Bethlehem, PA; M.D.,

University of Pittsburgh
RONALD BERARDI, M.D.

Director of Pathology Laboratories and School of Medical Technology, Latrobe Area

Hospital, Latrobe, Pa; M.D., Loyola University, Chicago, IL
SUSTANA BHATTACHARJI, M.D.

Director, School of Medical Technology, Harrisburg Hospital, Harrisburg, PA
MARGARET BLACK, B.S., M.T. (ASCP)

Coordinator of Education, School of Medical Technology, Polyclinic Hospital,

Harrisburg, PA; B.S., Lebanon Valley College
VIRGINIA DELL CRAIG, B.S., B.A., M.T. (ASCP)

Education Coordinator, Benedum School of Medical Technology, Western

Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; B.S., B.A., Texas Woman's University
SUSAN DELLINGER, B.A., M.S., M.T. (ASCP)

Program Director, School of Medical Technology, St. Joseph Hospital, Lancaster,

PA; B.A., Shippensburg State College; M.S. Temple University
JOANNE R. DeNOFA, B.S., M.T. (ASCP), M.A.

Educational Coordinator, School of Medical Technology, St. Luke's Hospital,

Bethlehem, PA; M.A., Lehigh University
JOHN W. EIMAN, M.D.

Director, School of Medical Technology, Abington Memorial Hospital, Abington, PA;

M.D., University of Pennsylvania
JANICE FOGLEMAN, S.M., M.T. (ASCP)

Educational Coordinator, School of Medical Technology, Harrisburg Hospital,

Harrisburg, PA
NORTON I. GERMAN, M.D.

Director, School of Medical Technology, St. Thomas Hospital, Akron, OH; B.A., New

York University; M.D., Albert Einstein College of Medicine, New York, NY
SIDNEY GOLDBLATT, M.D.

Director of Clinical Laboratories and Chief Pathologist, Conemaugh Valley Hospital

Directory— 331

JOANNE GROTE, B.S., M.T. (ASCP)

Assistant Program Director. School of Medical Technology, Latrobe Area Hospital,

Latrobe. PA; B.S., St. Francis College
NORMA HOENSHEL, B.S., M.T. (ASCP), M.A.

Program Director, School of Medical Technology, Latrobe Area Hospital, Latrobe,

PA; B.S., California State College; M.A., Central Michigan University
CARLOS C. LAMAS, M.D.

Associate Director, Benedum School of Medical Technology; Western Pennsylvania

Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; M.D., Madrid University Medical School
MARIE LEE. B.A., M.A., M.T. (ASCP)

Education Coordinator, School of Medical Technology, Medical College of

Pennsylvania B.A.; University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Central Michigan University
TERESA A.PALMER, M.T. (ASCP), B.S.

Educational Coordinator, School of Medical Technology, Conemaugh Valley

Hospital; B.S., University of Virginia
JULIAN W. POTOK, D.O.

Associate Director, School of Medical Technology, Polyclinic Hospital, Harrisburg,

PA; D.O., Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine
DAVID L. SAWHILL, M.D.

Director, School of Medical Technology, Medical College of Pennsylvania; B.S.,

Allegheny College; M.D.. University of Pittsburgh
BARBARA J. SCHEELJE, M.T. (ASCP)

Educational Coordinator, School of Medical Technology, Abington Memorial

Hospital, Abington, PA;, B.S., Colby- Sawyer College
EUGENE SNEFF, M.D.

Director, School of Medical Technology, Altoona Hospital, Altoona, PA; M.D.,

Hahnemann Medical College
LOIS SOJOURNER, M.T. (ASCP), B.S.

Educational Coordinator, School of Medical Technology, St. Thomas Hospital,

Akron, OH; B.S., University of Akron
ALEXANDER STAURIDES, M.D.

University of Pennsylvania Western Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; M.D.,

University of Thessaloniki, Thessaloniki, Greece
WILLIAM O. UMIKER, M.D.

Director of Medical Technology, St. Joseph Hospital, Lancaster, PA; M.D., University

of Buffalo
JACQUELINE YANDLE, M.T. (ASCP)

Educational Coordinator, School of Medical Technology, Altoona Hospital, Altoona,

PA; B.S., Juniata College

Adjunct Professors-Respiratory Therapy

CLAUS L. ANDERSON, M.D.

Lecturer in Pulmonary Medicine, School of Respiratory Therapy, The Western

Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; M.D., Temple University
GRAYCE BELL

Director, Cardiopulmonary Laboratory. The Western Pennsylvania Hospital.

Pittsburgh. PA
THOMAS CARLISLE

Associate Director, Cardiopulmonary Laboratory, The Western Pennsylvania

Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA
EDWARD H. HALE. M.D.

Lecturer in Internal Medicine, School of Respiratory Therapy, The Western

Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; M.D., Meharry Medical College
JEFFERY ALAN HECK, R.R.T.

Instructor. School of Respiratory Therapy. The Western Pennsylvania Hospital,

Pittsburgh, PA; B.S., Ohio State University

332 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

THOMAS C. HON, R.R.T.

Director of Clinical Education, School of Respiratory Therapy, The We Pennsylvania

Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM J. MALLEY, R.R.T.

Assistant Director, School of Respiratory Therapy, The Western Pennsylvania

Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.S., University of

Pittsburgh
DEBRA MICHAELS

Instructor.School of Respiratory Therapy The Western Pennsylvania Hospital,

Pittsburgh, PA; B.S., Clarion State College; B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
PATRICK F. MUTCH

Assistant Executive Director, Western Pennsylvania Hospital; B.A., M.P.H., University

of Pittsburgh
JOHN H. SCOTT, M.D.

Chief of Pulmonary Medicine and Medical Director, School of Respiratory Therapy,

The Western Pennsylvania Hospital, Pittsburgh, PA; M.D., University of Pittsburgh
LAWRENCE T. SLATTERY

Director, Respiratory Therapy Department, The Western Pennsylvania Hospital,

Pittsburgh. PA, R.R.T.
KENNETH A. VEROSTEK

Instructor, School of Respiratory Therapy, The Western Pennsylvania Hospital,

Pittsburgh, PA; B.S., University of Pittsburgh

Adjunct Professors-Psychology

JAMES A. BESHAI

Director of Psychology Services at Dixmont State Hospital, Sewickley, Pennsylvania;

Ph.D., University of Kentucky
JAMES KLINEDINST

Director, Indiana County Guidance Center, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University

of Minnesota
HERBERT I. LEVIT

Director of Undergraduate Training, Woodville State Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; Ed.D.,

Temple University
ANTHONY J. PALMER

Director of Undergraduate Training, Woodville State Hospital, Carnegie,

Pennsylvania; Ed.D., West Virginia University
NOEL A. PLUMMER

Director of Psychological Services, Woodville State Hospital, Carnegie,

Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Florida
ALAN W. RUSNAK

Director of Graduate Training, Psychology Department, Woodville State Hospital,

Carnegie, Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Florida

Index — 333

Index

Academic Good Standing 37

Academic Grievances 46

Academic Honors 41

Academic Policies 37-47

Academic Violations 39-41

Accounting Department 69-71

Activities Board 56

Activity Fees 22-24

Adjunct Professors 330-332

Administrative Officers 304-307

Administrative Services and Business

Education Department 72-73

Admission and Registration 15-20

Advance Registration Fee 22

Advanced Placement Program 63

Advisory Program 44

Allied Health Professions 145-149

Anthropology 241 , 245-247

Application Fee 16

Application for Graduation 64

Application for Housing 51

Applied Music 137

Aquatics School 157-159

Armstrong County Campus

Advisory Board 303

Art and Art Education 124-129

Artist Series 56

Athletics 57

Audit Fee 22

Audit Policy 42

Automobiles 51

B

Bad Check Charge 22

Basic Fees 21-23

Billings and Payments 24

Biology Department 258-266

Board of State College and

University Directors 303

Bookstore 54

Branch Campuses 9-14

Buildings and Grounds 6

Business — Accounting

Department 69-71

Business — Administrative

Services 72-80

Business and Distributive

Education 74

Business Associate Degree

Program 10, 76

Business Education 73

Business — Finance and Management

Information Systems

Department 81 -85

Business — Labor Relations . . . 230-231

Business — Management and Marketing

Department 85-88

Calendar 3

Cancelled Semester Policy 39

Career Services 53

Certification for Teachers 95

Certification in Education for

Safe Living 156-157

Certification Students 19

Chairpersons of Departments . . 307-308

Changes of Curriculum 43

Cheating 39

Chemistry Department 266-272

Child Development/Family Relations

Program 182-183

Class Attendance 41-42

Clubs and Organizations 57-58

Classification of Students 37

Clinics 53, 95

Co-Curricular Activities 55

College Board Examinations 16

College of Business 67-88

College of Education 91-121

College of Fine Arts 123-141

College of Health Sciences 145-167

College of Home Economics . . . 169-185
College of Humanities and

Social Sciences 187-249

College of Natural Sciences and

Mathematics 255-302

Commonwealth Association of

Students 55

Communications Media 97-100

Community-University Studies

Series 96

Commuters 52

Computer Center 7

Computer Science Department . . . 272-277

Consumer Services 168-176

Continuing Education 13, 89-90

Counseling and Student Development

Center 52

Counselor Education 100-101

Course Number Abbreviations . . . .46-47

Course Withdrawal Policy 43-44

Criminology Department 190-195

Criminology Associate Degree

Program 10

Criteria Governing Continuance

at lUP 38-39

334 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Damage Fees 24

Dean's List 41

Degree Candidacy 19-20

Degree Fee 24

Delinquent Accounts 24-25

Departments (course descriptions)

Accounting 69-71

Administrative Services and Business

Education 72-74

Allied Health Professions ... 145-149

Medical Technology 148-149

Respiratory Therapy 144-148

Art and Art Education 124-129

Athletic 57

Biology 258-266

Chemistry 266-272

Communications Media 97-100

Computer Science 272-277

Consumer Services 168-176

Counselor Education 100-101

Criminology 190-195

Economics 195-200

Educational Pyschology 101-102

Elementary Education 103-107

English 200-207

B.A. in Speech 203

Communications Major 201

Finance and Management Information

Systems 81-85

Food and Nutrition 176-180

Foreign Languages 207-215

Foundations of Education . . . 107-108
Geography and Regional

Planning 215-219

Geoscience 277-282

Health and Physical

Education 149-157

History 219-224

Home Economics Education . . 180-185

International Studies 224-225

Journalism 225-230

Labor Relations 230

Linguistics 230-232

Management and Marketing 85-86

Mathematics 284-292

Military Science 251-253

Music and Music Education . 129-138

Natural Sciences 292

Nursing 159-162

Philosophy 232-235

Physics 292-298

Political Science 235-240

Psychology 298

Safety Sciences 162-166

Social Science 240-241

Sociology-Anthropology 241-249

Special Education and Clinical

Services 108-121

Theater 138-141, 302

Department Chairpersons 307-308

Department Abbreviations 46-47

Dietetics Curriculum 176

Dining Room Policy 51

Directors of Special Clinics 308

Directory 303-332

Disciplinary Dismissal 40

Distributive Education 74

Driver Education 156

Duke Cooperative Program in Forestry

and Environmental Studies.. 260-261
Duisburg Program 209

E

Early Admissions Program 17

Earth and Space Science 292

Economics Department 195-200

Educational Psychology 101-102

Education of Exceptional

Children 103-107

Education of Hearing Impaired . 109-112
Elementary Education Department . 103

Eligibility for Graduation 59

English Department 200-207

Emeriti 308-310

Employment 28

Exemption Examinations 63-64

Extra-Curricular Activities

(Branch Campuses) 9-14

Faculty 310-332

Fees 21-23

Finance and Management Information

Systems 81-85

Finances 21-35

Financial Aid 27

Financial Delinquency Policy 24

Food and Nutrition 176-180

Food Service Management Option . . 176

Food Services 1 1 , 22, 50-51

Foreign Languages Department . . 207-215
Foreign Language

Requirement 60, 188-189, 256

Foreign Study Program 189

Forestry and Environmental Studies

Cooperative Program 260-261

Foundations of Education

Program 107-108

Freshman Applicants 16-17

Freshman Orientation 49

Full-Time Student 37

General Education 59-65

Geography and Regional

Planning 215-219

Geology Minor 277-278

Geoscience Department 277-282

Government and Public Service 236

Index — 335

Grade Reports 37

Grades and Quality Points 38

Graduate Program in

Labor Relations 230

Graduate School 143

Graduation Requirements 59-65

Grants 27

Guaranty Student Loan Program 29

Guidelines for Student Conduct 54

H

Handbook 57

Health Fee 22

Health and Physical Education

Department 149-157

Health and Physical Education

Requirements 45

Health Services 52

Health Sciences, College of 145-166

History Department 219-224

History of the University 6

Home Economics Education ... 167-185

Housing Fee 22

Housing 50

How to Apply for Admission 15-18

Humanities 60

Indiana Penn 56

Infirmary 52

Insurance 53

Interdisciplinary Linguistics Minor.. 232

International Studies 208-209

Internship Programs 189-256

Internships 44

Intramurals 57

lUP Board of Trustees 303

Jefferson Medical College — lUP Physician

Shortage Area Program 261-262

Journalism 225

Junior Education 17

Key for Course Numbers 46-47

Labor Relations 230

Late Registration Fee 22

Library and Media Services 7-8

Linguistics Minor, Interdisciplinary.. 232

Loans 29-32

Location of the University 6

M

Management and Marketing

Department 85-88

Management Information Systems and

Finance 81-85

Mail 54

Major Violation Procedure 39

Marine Science Consortium — Special

Credit Program 282

Mathematics Department 284-292

Media Services 7

Medical Technology 148

Medical Technology Fee 23

Mexico Program 209

Military Science Department ... 251-253

Military Fee 24

Mine Safety Management 163

Minor Violation Procedure 39

Music and Music Education 129-138

N

Nancy Program 209

National Direct Student Loan 29

Natural Sciences 292

Natural Sciences — Pre-Professional

Programs 256

Nursing Department 159-162

O

Oak, The 56

Occupational Home Economics

Options 182

Organizations and Activities 54-57

Orientation 49

Out-of-state Student Fee 23

P

Payment of Fees 24

Part-Time Study 19

Pass-Fail Policy 42

Pechan Health Center Staff 308

Philosophy Department 232-235

Physician Shortage Area Program . . 261

Physics Department 292-298

Placement Services 53

Political Science Department . . . 235-240

Pre-Law English 202

Pre-Law/ History 233

Pre-Law Political Science 236

Pre-Professional Programs 189, 256

Private Instruction in Music 23, 130

Professional Education 93-94

Professional Practicum 93

Program for High School Juniors 17

Psychology Department 298

Publications 56-57

Punxsutawney Campus Advisory

Board 303

336 — Indiana University of Pennsylvania

Purposes of the University 5

Q
Quality Points 37

R

Reading Clinic 53

Readmission Policy 19

Refund Policy 25-27

Refrigerator Rentals 51

Rehabilitation Education 116-118

Religious Life 57

Religious Studies 232

Required Courses 60

Requirements for Graduation 59-65

Reserve Officers Training

Corps 45, 251-253

Residence Hall Association 56

Residence Halls 60

Residency Requirements 63

Respiratory Therapy 145-148

Rules and Regulations for

Student Behavior 54

Speech Pathology and Audiology. . . 112

Speech and Hearing Clinic 53

Student Activity Fee 22-24

Student Cooperative Association 56

Student Employment 29

Student Government Association 55

Student Life and Services 52

Student Publications 56-57

Students' Rights 27

Student Study Abroad Fee 23

Student Teaching 93

Student Union 54

Summer Sessions 3, 20-23

Summer Sessions Fee 23-24

Systems, Management Information and
Finance 81-85

Teacher Certification 95

Telephones 51

Theater Department 138-141

Three-Year Degree Program 64

Time of Payments 24

Transcript Fees 24

Transfer Students 18

Safety Sciences Department 162-166

Scholarships 31-35

Scholastic Aptitude Test 16

School of Continuing Education . . .89-90

Science/Math Electives 61

Second Baccalaureate Degree 64

Self-Instruction in Critical

Languages 188

Semester Hour Load 42

Service Facilities 54-56

Senate 45

Smoke Signals 57

Social Sciences 61

Sociology- Anthropology

Department 241 -249

Sophomore Screening 44

Special Education and Clinical

Services 108-121

Education of Exceptional Child . . 109
Education of Hearing Impaired .. 118

Rehabilitation Education 116

Speech Pathology and

Audiology 112

Special Fees 22-24

Univers
Univers
Univers
Univers
Univers
Univers
Univers
Univers
Univers
Univers

U

ty. The 5-8

ty Clinics 53

ty Concert Committee 56

ty Extension Program 89-90

ty Farm 54

ty Lodge 54

ty Residence Halls 50

ty School 94

ty Senate 45

ty Sponsored Loan Program . .29

Urban Education 108

Valladolid Program 209

Veterans 53

Vocational Rehabilitation Assistance . .35

W

Withdrawal Policy 25-27

Work-Study Program 28

0 69 1

I